|
TROOP CONTROL DOCUMENTS - PART ONE
|
|
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS - CHAPTER SIX
I. PLANNING AND COMBAT DOCUMENTS 6-1
Preparation and Formulation of Combat Documents 6-1
Classification 6-1
Preparation 6-2
Contemporary Requirements of Combat Documents 6-3
Procedure for Preparation and Transmission of Combat Documents 6-4
Operations Reports 6-6
Combat Report 6-7
Operations Summary 6-7
Compiled Summary of Combat Experiences 6-8
Combat Instructions 6-9
Combat Report and Situation Report 6-10
Operations Summary Operativnaya Svodka 6-11
Reconnaissance Report 6-12
Reconnaissance Summary svodka 6-13
Types of reconnaissance svodka 6-13
Operational Directive of Army 6-14
Journal of Combat Operations 6-16
Situation Report Map 6-17
Recording documents 6-17
Record journal 6-18
Daily record sheet 6-18
Dispatch Book 6-18
Receipts 6-18
Form for recording signal communications 6-18
Document routing 6-18
Methods of Transmission 6-18
Incoming Documents 6-19
Outgoing Documents 6-19
Filing Documents 6-19
Final Disposition of Documents 6-19
Decision Process and Document Preparation 6-19
Journal of Orders, Instructions, and Reports Sent and Received 6-21
|
|
|
II. DIVISION 6-25
Operations 6-25
Army Initial Instructions to Division 6-25
Sample Army Initial Instructions 6-26
Division Initial Instructions 6-27
Sample Division's Initial Instructions 6-27
Division Combat Order 6-28
Combat Instruction from Division to Regiment 6-28
Sample Division Combat Order 6-29
Sample Combat Instruction from Division to Regiment 6-37
Explanatory Notes for the Plan 6-39
Distribution of Support Forces and Means 6-40
Measures to Protect Against Nuclear Weapons 6-40
Availability and Time of Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons 6-40
Destruction of Targets in First Nuclear Strike 6-41
Distribution of Aviation Resources 6-41
Correlation of Forces Tables 6-41
Availability and Technical Condition of Tanks 6-41
Availability, Location, and Distribution of Material Supply 6-41
Table of Warning Signals 6-41
Reconnaissance 6-53
Instructions on Reconnaissance Received from Army 6-53
Division Commander's Instructions on Reconnaissance 6-53
The Chief of Staff's Actions on Reconnaissance 6-54
Estimate of the Situation by Chief of Reconnaissance 6-55
Instructions of Division on Reconnaissance to the Chief of Reconnaissance of
the Regiment 6-56
Guiding Data of Reconnaissance Plan 6-57
Graphic (Map) Plan of Reconnaissance 6-59
Written Instructions to Reconnaissance Plan 6-60
Reconnaissance Reports 6-61
Artillery 6-63
Instructions from Chief of RT&A at Army 6-63
Suggestions of Chief of RT&A to Commander 6-63
Instructions of the Division Commander on Determining Missions, Targets, and
Means for using Rocket Forces 6-63
Instructions of the Division Commander in Determining the Missions for
Artillery 6-63
Instructions of Division Chief of RT&A on Artillery to the Chief of
Artillery of a Regiment 6-64
Distribution of Artillery and Artillery Units from Army 6-66
Graphic of Arty Prep Fire 6-66
Graphic of Initial Nuclear Strike 6-66
Annex to Div Arty Fire Plan 6-66
Echelonment of Ammunition Supply in the Division 6-66
Division Artillery Plan 6-72
Engineer 6-74
Plan for Employment of Engineers 6-74
Signal 6-76
Plan for Employment of Signal Troops 6-76
Rear Service 6-80
Contents of the Instructions of the Division Commander on Rear Service Support
6-80
Contents of the Division Order for Rear Service Support 6-80
Elements Participating in Planning of Rear Service Support 6-80
Planning Measures Taken Prior to Receipt of Division Order and Army Directive
6-80
Contents of the Graphic Part of the Rear Service Support Plan 6-81
Deployment of Division Rear Service Elements 6-82
Supply and Evacuation Routes 6-82
Types of Material Means 6-83
Organizing Medical Support in Large Units, Units, and Sub-units 6-83
Elements of Medical Support System in Units and Large Units 6-83
Types of Medical Assistance 6-84
Types of Technical Support 6-84
Principle Measures of Technical Support 6-84
Technical Service and Maintenance Tasks 6-85
Technical Service for Automobiles 6-85
Repair Levels 6-85
Priorities for Evacuation 6-86
|
|
|
III. ARMY HEADQUARTERS 6-87
Operations 6-87
Sample Operational Instruction Front to Army 6-87
Operations Directive of the Central Front 6-87
Planning Documents 6-89
Contents of the Army Commander's Decision on the Offensive Operation 6-90
Components of the Concept of the Operation 6-90
Calendar Plan 6-90
Planning Army Operation 6-94
Content of Operations Plan 6-94
Operations Plan 6-95
Graphic Parts of the Plan as Drawn on the Map 6-95
Factors Included in the Written Part of the Plan Along with the Remaining
Instructions, Information, and Calculations 6-95
Explanatory Notes for the Plan 6-96
Combat Grouping of Army 6-99
Distribution of Support Units 6-100
Availability and Time of Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons 6-101
Destruction of Targets in First Nuclear Strike 6-102
Distribution of Air Support 6-103
Correlation of Forces Tables 6-104
Measures to Protect Against Nuclear Weapons 6-107
Availability and Technical Condition of Tanks, 6-108
Availability, Location, and Distribution of Material Supply 6-109
Warning Signal Plan 6-110
Appendices of the Operation Plan 6-111
Plan for the Initial Nuclear Strike 6-111
Content of Operations Plan for Nuclear Strike 6-111
Plan for Interaction 6-112
Content of the Plan for Interaction 6-112
Army Cooperation (Interaction) Plan 6-113
Interaction of Army Units with Air Defense 6-114
Preparation of Attack Assembly Areas 6-114
Contents of the Plan for Preparing and Occupying the Attack Assembly Areas
6-114
Contents of the Written Instructions of the Plan for Occupying FUP Area 6-114
Plans for Combat Support Measures 6-115
Army Operations Directive 6-115
Sample Army Operations Directive 6-116
Sample Blank Army Operations Directive 6-125
Combat Instructions from Army to Division 6-134
Sample Combat Instructions from Army to Division 6-135
Blank Sample Combat Instructions from Army to Division 6-138
Reconnaissance 6-141
Instructions on Reconnaissance from Front 6-141
Army Commander's Instructions on Reconnaissance 6-142
The Chief of Staff's Actions on Reconnaissance 6-143
Chief of Staff Instructions on Reconnaissance 6-143
Duties of the Chief of Reconnaissance 6-145
Report and Suggestions of Chief of Reconnaissance 6-146
Guiding Data of Reconnaissance Plan 6-148
Calculations of Reconnaissance Forces 6-149
Sequence for Preparing Reconnaissance Plan 6-150
Plan for Employment of Reconnaissance Troops 6-151
Written Instructions to Army Reconnaissance Plan 6-152
Army plan map 6-158
Instructions of Army Staff on Reconnaissance to the Chief of Reconnaissance of
the Division 6-159
Artillery 6-160
Combat Instructions from Front Chief of RT&A to Army on Rocket
Troops and Artillery 6-160
Instructions of the Army Commander on Determing Missions, Targets, and Means
for using Rocket Forces 6-161
Instructions of the Army Commander in Determining the Missions for Artillery
6-162
Instructions of Army Chief of RT&A on Rocket Troops and Artillery to the
Chief of Rocket Troops and Artillery of the Division 6-162
Distribution of Army Artillery and Front Artillery 6-167
Graphic of Artillery Preparatory Fire 6-169
Availability and Location of Material Supplies 6-170
Air 6-171
Combat Instructions of the Air Army Staff of the Front to the Ground
Army on Aviation Matters (Army's Helicopters etc 6-171
Combat Instructions of the Army Commander on Aviation Means and Helicopters
Subordinate to Him 6-171
Missions of the Group of Combat Control 6-173
Points for Guidance and Target Designation 6-173
Report of Air Army Control Group Leader to Ground Army Commander 6-174
Orders of Army Commander on Air Assault Operations 6-174
Instructions of the Army Staff on Air Forces (Helicopters) to the Division
Staff 6-174
Air Defense 6-175
Combat Instructions of Front Staff to the Army on PVO 6-175
Army Commander's Decision on Air Defense 6-175
Army Commander's Instructions on Air Defense 6-176
Combat Instructions of the Army Commander on PVO 6-176
Planning Air Defense 6-177
Air Defense Plan 6-177
Instructions of the Army Staff on Air Defense (PVO) to the Divisions 6-178
Engineer 6-179
Combat Employment of Engineer Troops in Army Offensive Operations 6-179
Aims of Engineer Support in Army Offensive Operations 6-179
Engineer Support Tasks During Preparation of Operations 6-179
Principle Missions for Engineer Support During the Conduct of Army Offensive
Operations 6-179
Groupings of Engineer Troops in Army Offensive Operations 6-180
Missions and Assignment of Army Engineer Troops During Army Offensive
Operations 6-180
Organization of Combat Employment of Army Engineer Troops in Offensive
Operations 6-180
Engineer Support During Assault River Crossings During Army Offensive
Operations 6-181
Tasks of Engineer Support 6-181
Engineer Support for Commitment of Second-Echelon (Reserves) into Combat 6-182
Engineer Tasks During Commitment 6-183
Principle Measures of Organization of Engineer Support at Army Level 6-183
Sequence of Decision Making 6-184
Items in the Plan of Engineer Support 6-186
Missions to units 6-188
Plan for Employment of Engineers 6-189
Distribution of Front and Army Engineers 6-191
Signal 6-193
Plan for Employment of Signal Troops 6-193
Maskirov 6-194
Maskirovka Plans 6-194
Defense Against Mass Destruction Weapons at Army Level 6-195
Organization of Protection of Forces and Means and Rear Services from Enemy Use
of Nuclear Weapons 6-195
Plan for Protection of Forces and Means 6-196
Basic Mission of Radiological - Chemical Reconnaissance 6-196
Liquidation of Results of Enemy Use of Mass Destruction Weapons 6-197
Missions of Forces that Participate in the Liquidation of the Consequences of
Enemy Mass Destruction Weapons 6-197
Army Rear Service in Offensive Operations 6-199
Composition, Missions, and Capabilities of Army Rear Service Units and
Installations 6-199
Missions of Army Rear Service 6-199
Organizing the Army's Rear Service in Offensive Operations 6-200
Planning Rear Service 6-200
Establishment of the Army's Rear Service in Offensive Operations and its
Relocation During the Operation 6-201
Requirements of the Army for the Principal Types of Material Means in Offensive
Operations, Volume of Reserves, and Their Echelonment 6-202
Organization of Control of the Rear Service, Composition of the Army's Rear
Service Control Points 6-202
Plan for Employment of Army Rear Service Troops 6-207
|
|
|
IV. FRONT HEADQUARTERS 6-208 - IN PART TWO
Operations 6-208 Main Measures for Preparation of Front Offensive
6-208
Operations Directive Received by Front 6-209
Clarification of Mission 6-211
Estimate of Situation 6-211
Instructions to Chief of Staff 6-211
Initial Instructions (warning order) 6-212
Calendar Plan 6-214
Duties of Front Commander and Staff 6-218
Suggestions of Front Staff Officers 6-218
Making the Decision 6-218
Contents of the Clarification of the Mission 6-218
Content of the Assessment of the Situation 6-218
Organization of the Decision 6-218
Front Commander's Decision 6-219
Operation Plan on Map 6-219
Written Instructions on the Plan 6-219
Written Plan 6-219
Plan Annexes 6-220
Plan for FUP Areas 6-220
Written Plan for FUP Area 6-220
Preparing the Troops and FUP Areas Prior to the Initiation of Military Action
6-221
Explanatory Notes for the Plan 6-222
Combat Grouping of front 6-223
Distribution of Support Units 6-224
Availability and Time of Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons 6-225
Distribution of Air Support 6-226
Correlation of Forces Tables 6-227
Measures to Protect Against Nuclear Weapons 6-228
Availability and Technical Condition of Tanks and Armored Vehicles 6-229
Availability, Location, and Distribution of Material Supply 6-230
Assessment of Combat Support Capabilities 6-231
Combat Operations Schedule 6-232
Signal Warning Plan 6-233
Format of Operations Directive 6-237
Description of Content of Front Operations Directive 6-238
Front Directive - blank sample 6-241
Front Directive for Central Front 6-250
Reconnaissance 6-260
Duties of the Chief of Reconnaissance 6-262
Instructions on Reconnaissance from GRU or Reconnaissance Directorate at TVD
6-262
Format - Suggestions of Chief of Reconnaissance 6-264
Front Commander Instructions on Reconnaissance 6-266
Chief of Staff Instructions on Reconnaissance 6-266
Sequence for Preparing Reconnaissance Plan 6-267
Content of Reconnaissance Plan 6-268
Guiding Data of Reconnaissance Plan 6-269
Graphic Plan of Simultaneous Flight of Reconnaissance Air 6-270
Calculations of Reconnaissance Forces 6-271
Written Instructions to Reconnaissance Plan 6-273
Front Reconnaissance Plan Map 6-287
Artillery 6-288
Combat Instructions of TVD Commander on Rocket Troops and Artillery 6-288
Combat Instructions of Front Staff on Employment of Rocket Troops and
Artillery to Army Staff 6-293
Combat Instructions of the Front Commander on Artillery 6-294
Order of Front Chief of Rocket Troops and Artillery to the
Front Anti-tank Reserve 6-296
Plan for Employment of Rocket Troops 6-297
Distribution of Front Artillery and Artillery Units of VGK 6-298
Graphic of Initial Nuclear Strike 6-299
Echelonment of Material Means in the Front 6-300
Air 6-301
Air Components in the Preparation of front Offensive Operations 6-301
Instructions of the Commander in Chief of the Air Forces 6-301
Suggestions of the Air Army Commander to the Front Commander 6-301
The Front Commander's Assignment to the Air Army 6-302
Distribution of Air Sorties in Terms of Missions 6-304
Graphic of Initial Nuclear Strike by Air Army 6-308
Air Defense 6-311
General Staff Instructions on Air Defense 6-311
Instruction of TVD Headquarters on Air Defense 6-311
Contents of the Decision of the Front Commander on Air Defense During
the Offensive 6-311
Front Instruction on Organization of Air Defense 6-312
Report and Suggestions of the Chief of Front's Air Defense During
Front Commander's Decision-making 6-312
Control of Fighter Aviation 6-313
Engineer 6-314
Employment of Engineer Troops in Front Offensive Operations 6-314
Aim of Engineer Support in Front Offensive Operations 6-314
Engineer Support Tasks During the Preparation of Front Offensive
Operations 6-314
Engineer Support Tasks During Conduct of Front Offensive Operations
6-314
Organization of Combat Employment of Engineer Troops in Front
Offensive Operations 6-315
Plans for Engineer Support 6-315
Graphic Part of the Plan 6-316
Grouping of Engineer Troops 6-316
Engineer Support During Assault River Crossings of front Forces 6-317
Engineer Support of Commitment of Front Second-Echelon Troops into
Engagement 6-318
Engineer Support for Consolidation of Vital Seized Lines and Repulsion of Enemy
Counterstrikes During Conduct of Offensive Operations 6-319
Aim of Engineer Support 6-319
Engineer Obstacles 6-320
Preparation of Roads 6-320
Distribution of front engineers and engineer units of VGK 6-321
Signal 6-322
Organizing and Planning Signal Communications in Front Offensive
Operations 6-322
Plan for Employment of Signal Troops 6-322
Contents of the Signal Plan 6-322
Tables in the Signal Plan 6-323
Cryptographic security instructions 6-324
Frequency allocation table 6-325
Conversation table 6-326
Radio-electronic Warfare 6-327
Principle Measures for the Organization of Radio-electronic Warfare 6-327
The content and method for conducting the principal measures for the
organization of radioelectronic warfare 6-327
Planning Radio-electronic Warfare 6-329
The Electronic Jamming Plan 6-331
Maskirovka 6-333
Basic Methods for Maskirovka 6-333
Organization of Maskirovka 6-333
Sequence of Organization 6-334
Contents of Commander's Instructions on Maskirovka 6-334
Defense Against Mass Destruction Weapons 6-340
Organization and Capabilities of Front Chemical Troops 6-340
Principle Tasks of Front and Army Chemical Troops 6-341
Determine Coordinates of Nuclear Bursts 6-342
Chemical - radiation reconnaissance 6-342
Organization of Reconnaissance at Front Level 6-342
Tasks for Reconnaissance 6-342
Determine Radiation and Contaminated Areas 6-343
Avoiding (bypassing) Contaminated Areas 6-343
Decontamination of Clothing and Equipment - Decontamination of Terrain 6-343
Control (Inspection) of Radiation Levels of Personnel 6-344
Control of Changes in the Contamination of Terrain 6-344
Protection Against Mass Destruction Weapons in Front Offensive 6-344
Organization of Protection of Troops Against Mass Destruction Weapons 6-344
Shielding (Protection) of Forces Against Enemy Mass Destruction Weapons 6-346
Plan for Eliminating the Consequences of Enemy Mass Destruction Weapons 6-348
Plan for Restoring the Combat Effectiveness of the Forces and Means 6-349
Rear Services 6-350
The Tasks and Likely Composition of the Front Rear Services 6-350
Support of the Rear Services 6-351
General Principles 6-351
Deployment 6-351
Forward Echelon of Rear Services 6-352
Front Rear Service Second-Echelon 6-353
Redeployment of Rear Service Bases 6-354
Requirements in the Organization and Content of the Rear Services Support Plan
6-354
Front Level Rear Service Principles 6-356
General Principles of Supply 6-356
Rules Governing Movement of Supplies and Types of Transport Vehicles 6-356
Rear Services Management 6-357
Establishment of the Rear Services in an Offensive Operation and Methods of
Movement 6-357
Front Level Requirements Concerning Content and Management of Rear
Service Support Plans 6-357
Estimate of Rear Service Situation and Rear Service Decision Made by Chief of
Rear Services 6-358
Instructions From TVD High Command (General Staff) On Rear Services 6-359
Air Army's Rear Service 6-371
|
|
|
LIST OF FIGURES CHAPTER SIX
Figure 197 Message journal 6-21
Figure 198 Table of daily staff activity 6-22
Figure 199 Combat alert duty chart (front) 6-23
Figure 200 Diagram of commander - staff interaction 6-24
Figure 201 Form for distribution of support forces 6-40
Figure 202 Availability and Time of Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons 6-42
Figure 203 Destruction of Targets in First Nuclear Strike 6-43
Figure 204 Distribution of Aviation Resources 6-44
Figure 205 Correlation of Forces Table A 6-45
Figure 206 Correlation of Forces table B 6-46
Figure 207 Correlation of Forces Table C 6-47
Figure 208 Correlation of Forces Table D 6-48
Figure 209 Correlation of Forces Table E 6-49
Figure 210 Availability of Tanks, SP Guns and Armored Vehicles 6-50
Figure 211 Availability and Distribution of Material Supplies 6-51
Figure 212 Table of Warning Signals 6-52
Figure 213 Composition of Reconnaissance forces 6-57
Figure 214 Calculation of Reconnaissance forces and means 6-58
Figure 215 Graphic Plan of Reconnaissance 6-59
Figure 216 Written Instructions to Reconnaissance Plan 6-60
Figure 217 Distribution of Artillery and Arty units from Army 6-67
Figure 218 Graphic of Artillery Preparation Fire 6-68
Figure 219 Graphic of Initial Nuclear Strike 6-69
Figure 220 Annex to Division Artillery fire Plan 6-70
Figure 221 Echelonment of Ammunition Supply in the Division 6-71
Figure 222 Division artillery plan map 6-73
Figure 223 Echelonment of material in division 6-82
Figure 224 Calendar Plan 6-93
Figure 225 Combat Grouping of Army 6-99
Figure 226 Distribution of Support Units 6-100
Figure 227 Availability and Time of Use of Chemical and nuclear Weapons 6-101
Figure 228 Destruction of Targets in First Nuclear Strike 6-102
Figure 229 Distribution of air support 6-103
Figure 230 Correlation of Forces Tables 6-104
Figure 231 Correlation of forces table (cont) 6-105
Figure 232 Correlation of forces (cont) 6-106
Figure 233 Availability of Tanks SP Guns, and Armored Vehicles 6-108
Figure 234 Availability, Location and Distribution of material Supplies 6-109
Figure 235 Warning Signal Plan 6-110
Figure 236 Interaction plan 6-113
Figure 237 Composition of army recon forces 6-148
Figure 238 Distribution of recon forces 6-149
Figure 239 Written instruction to army recon plan 6-157
Figure 240 Army recon plan map 6-158
Figure 241 Distribution of army and front artillery 6-167
Figure 242 Map of army artillery plan 6-168
Figure 243 Graphic of artillery prep fire 6-169
Figure 244 Availability of material supplies 6-170
Figure 245 Engineer grouping (blank form) 6-191
Figure 246 Army engineer grouping table 6-192
Figure 247 Echelonment of material in army 6-204
Figure 248 Material requirements for army operation 6-205
Figure 249 Echelonment of material means in front 6-206
Figure 250 Plan for rear service support 6-207
Figure 251 Calendar Plan 6-217
Figure 252 Combat grouping of front 6-223
Figure 253 Distribution of support units 6-224
Figure 254 Distribution of nuclear and chemical weapons 6-225
Figure 255 Distribution of Air sorties 6-226
Figure 256 Correlation of forces and means (eight tables) 6-227
Figure 257 Availability and technical condition of armored vehicles 6-229
Figure 258 Availability and location of material supplies 6-230
Figure 259 Assessment of combat support capabilities 6-231
Figure 260 Combat operations schedule 6-232
Figure 261 Signal warning plan 6-233
Figure 262 Table of interaction 6-235
Figure 263 Sample of Table of Interaction for front 6-236
Figure 264 Guiding data for reconnaissance plan 6-269
Figure 265 Graphic plan of flight of reconnaissance air 6-270
Figure 266 Calculation of reconnaissance forces 6-271
Figure 267 Distribution of reconnaissance forces and means 6-272
Figure 268 Written instructions for front reconnaissance 6-276
Figure 269 Written instructions for front reconnaissance 6-286
Figure 270 Front reconnaissance plan map 6-287
Figure 271 Assessment of opposing nuclear rocket units 6-289
Figure 272 Ammunition requirements and supply 6-291
Figure 273 Plan for employment of rocket troops 6-297
Figure 274 Distribution of artillery 6-298
Figure 275 Graphic of initial nuclear strike 6-299
Figure 276 Echelonment of material means in the front 6-300
Figure 277 Distribution of air sorties in missions 6-307
Figure 278 Graphic of initial nuclear strike by air army 6-308
Figure 279 Graphic of air operation 6-310
Figure 280 Distribution of engineer units 6-321
Figure 281 Frequency allocation table 6-325
Figure 282 Conversation table 6-326
Figure 283 Composition of front rear service organizations 6-363
|
|
|
I. PLANNING AND COMBAT
DOCUMENTS
Preparation and Formulation of Combat Documents
The effectiveness of troop control and maintaining mission-oriented
coordination in the activities of the staff in troop control are directly
related to the formulation, transmission, use, and storage of combat documents.
Combat documents include all documents related to organization, preparation,
and conduct of combat actions (operations). Combat documents also include
documents connected with movement and deployment (concentration) of the troops
on the terrain. They are used in the process of preparing data, formulating the
commander's decision, planning combat actions (operations), and in
disseminating missions to the troops. In addition, they are used to transmit
necessary information to higher, lower, and interacting headquarters and to
summarize and disseminate experiences of combat actions. Therefore, combat
documents are considered general-purpose information means which affect all
control organs, since some formulate them, some insure their transmission, some
organize accountability and storage, and others are guided by these documents
in their practical activities. The documents contain information needed for
troop control displayed by letters, figures, set drawings, and symbols.
Preparation and duplication of combat documents is normally conducted with the
help of technical documentation equipment. These documents are easy to store,
transport, and transmit over all modern technical communication equipment. In
addition, written combat documents have a great legal significance and their
storage in archives makes it possible to study and analyze the experiences of
preparing and conducting combat actions. Moreover, combat documents are one of
the most convenient forms of feeding information into a computer and its
subsequent processing and output.
Classification
Depending on their various characteristics, combat documents can be classified
in various ways. In terms of their purpose and content, they are broken into
three categories:
Troop control documents (Dokumenti po upravlenie): These documents are
intended for drawing up the commander's decisions, planning an operation
(battle), and assigning missions to the troops. They include the following:
decisions;
plans;
operational directives;
operational orders;
combat instructions;
instructions on all types of support;
working maps.
Information and accountability documents (Otchotno - enformtsioni
dokumenti): These documents are intended for reports to higher commands on
the progress of conducting assigned missions, developing situations, new
decisions, as well as for informing higher and interacting staffs. They include
the following:
situation combat reports (Boevie Donisenie);
operational and reconnaissance summaries;
reports on various types of support;
rear service summaries;
accounts, combat action logs, wrap-ups, maps, diagrams, etc.
Reference documents (Spravochni Dokumenti): These are reference
documents designated for support of the commander's decision making, planning
an operation (battle), and also for reports to the commanders and other
officials in the process of directing troop combat actions. They include the
following:
data on the operational assessment and mathematical modeling of an operation
(battle);
listings of the effective troop combat strength;
data on the amount and delivery time of ammunition, various tables, diagrams,
and other reference materials necessary in the work of the control organs.
In terms of the form of preparation, combat documents are classified as
follows:
written (textual);
graphic (on map and diagrams);
tape recordings;
phonograms;
photographs;
computer software.
Written documents can be prepared in the following forms:
Standard and arbitrary statement forms: Today the most commonly used documents
in the practical work of the staff are those in which the information is
stated in an arbitrary form but has a specific structure. Such documents are
characterized by brevity and even a certain vividness of stating the
information contained in them;
Formalized form: Includes documents drawn up with the help of special forms
which are pre-prepared for specific types of combat documents. The formalized
documents form consists of two parts - fixed and variable information. The
fixed part of the form includes the description of information (group of
information) which is always contained in a given combat document and also the
corresponding codes. The variable part of the form is filled out while
preparing the document. To fill out the form, means to state clearly and
specifically only that information, the descriptions of which are indicated in
the corresponding lines of the fixed portion of the form.
Preparation
Experience gained from exercises indicates that commanders and staffs spend a
lot of time preparing combat documents. Therefore, in order to speed up the
preparation of combat documents, cut the preparation time, and also to insure
the working out of the combat documents in accordance with prescribed
specification and requirements of combat manuals (regulations), necessary
pre-prepared formalized blank forms should be established.
At the same time the recommended forms for various combat documents should not
be very rigid (structured) in order to prevent them from negatively affecting
the initiative and creativity of commanders and staff in preparing them.
Depending on the availability of time, the characteristics of the assigned
missions, and the method of conveying missions to the executing elements, the
form of such documents can be adjusted.
The form of formalized documents (blank forms) should be suitable to use in
case of employment of nuclear weapons or without the use of such weapons. In
the later case irrelevant points are crossed out.
Contemporary Requirements of Combat Documents
In contemporary times experiences of various exercises indicate that one of the
important characteristics of troop control is the ever-increasing volume and
complexity of information which must be received and processed in the interest
of accomplishing troop control tasks. This entails an increase in the number of
documents prepared by staffs, while at the same time reducing the time for
developing them. Resolution of this contradiction is one of the important
problems of modern troop control. At the same time, it is necessary to take
into account the increased demands for documents and the broad possibilities of
using technical equipment for their development, formulation, transmission,
processing, and depiction.
Secrecy, accuracy, and speed have always been the principle requirements in
preparing combat documents. Today combat documents must also be as brief as
possible and permit machine processing. They should be clear and concise in
statement, have a high standard and clarity in design, and be easy to document,
duplicate, transmit, process, and display by technical equipment. Another
important requirement of a modern combat document is its timely development and
transmission.
In order to achieve the brevity, clarity, and conciseness of statement in
combat documents, concise and clear wording, standard abbreviation, and
conventional signs must be used. In all combat documents, particularly
directives, only extremely necessary information, orders, and combat
instructions should be included without repeating already known information or
irrelevant information and data known to the recipients from other sources. It
must also be noted that brevity of documents does not degrade the clarity and
must not subject the statement to different understanding or interpretation or
raise questions or necessitate additional explanation.
When including situation data in combat documents such as the time, status, and
character of action of friendly and enemy troops, only verified information
should be included. Information requiring verification or clarification should
be so stated, if there is a need to show it in the document.
Clarity of graphic documents is achieved by using appropriate symbols,
conventional signs, and setting off the content of the document against the
background of the topographic features of the map. Clarity is also achieved by
using the appropriate colors established for conventional signs. The graphic
document should not be cluttered up with textual data and tables. Reference and
explanatory texts should not block the topographic background of the map. Given
the various capabilities of technical equipment for documentation and
reproduction of combat documents and for transmission of textual and graphic
information and their processing, the capabilities of available technical
equipment must be taken into account in preparing the documents in terms of
size, structure, color combination, and others.
One of the most important requirements of combat documents in contemporary
times is the timeliness of developing and transmitting of documents to
executing elements. An untimely prepared or transmitted document is useless.
This requirement follows directly from the nature of modern operations
(battles), characterized by high dynamism and abrupt and rapid changes in the
situation. The timeliness of working out combat documents depends on the
following factors:
preparing and training of control organs;
overall organization of the work in the staff, directorates, and sections;
perfecting levels of methods used in preparing documents;
types of combat documents;
technical equipment used.
In addition to the need for timeliness in the development of combat documents,
timeliness in transmitting the documents is equally important. The time for
transmitting a document is determined by the following:
size of the document;
type of document (written form, graphic, or a combination of both);
speed and reliability of the transmission equipment.
Since the form and structure of combat documents greatly affects their
preparation and transmission time and their overall effectiveness as combat
documents, one way of further improving combat documents is to find new forms
and structures. The introduction of formalized documents (blank forms) is part
of the effort. Formalization of combat documents insures a substantial
reduction in the size of the part of the document being developed and reduces
the time to prepare and transmit it over technical communication equipment,
while the load on the equipment is significantly decreased. In addition,
formalization helps to standardize documents and eliminates duplicate and
superfluous information in them. Moreover, the possibility of using formalized
combat documents for transmitting and processing information in automated
control systems is another important advantage of formalized documents. The
formalized documents can be easily used as input into a computer without any
kind of preliminary preparation. Furthermore, the use of formalized documents
simplifies the transmission of information when conducting troop control of
multi-national troops of a coalition force. This reduces the problems caused by
language barriers.
Despite all advantages of formalized documents they can not replace all of the
usual forms of combat documents, particularly in peacetime and when adequate
time is available to prepare combat documents during the preparation and
conduct of an operation (battle). Therefore, it is recommended to formalize
only those combat documents which are characterized by a relatively consistent
set of information needed for troop control and are frequently and regularly
circulated and which should be sent quickly to headquarters and the troops.
These will primarily include combat instructions issued in the course of combat
action and the information and accountability documents
(Otchotno-enformatsioni dokumenti) such as combat situation reports
(Boyevie Donisenie), operational and reconnaissance summaries, reports
on different types of support, combat action logs, etc.
One of the most convenient forms for preparing and transmitting formalized
documents is considered to be the questionnaire form structure. In addition to
the questionnaire form structure of the formalized document, a tabular form may
be used. Formalized document forms can be published as tablets of forms as
applied to each type of combat document. After development of the document, the
form is torn off and the drafter and time of development and transmission of
the document to the communication center are indicated on the remaining stubs.
These form tablets, have their own permanent numbers, and are provided to all
staffs between which the corresponding types of combat documents may be
circulated.
Procedure for Preparation and Transmission of Combat
Documents
The procedure of preparation and transmission of combat documents is specified
by the orders, instructions, and directions of the commander and the chief of
staff. The specific listing of combat documents to be prepared in actual
situations is specified by the chief of staff on the basis of the commander's
instructions, higher command's directions, and the prescribed priority report
log. The chief of staff determines who must develop which documents, the
procedure and times for submitting the documents for signature, and the method
and forms of transmitting them.
On the basis of the instructions of the chief of staff, the heads of staff
directorates (sections), chiefs of arms and services, and heads of working
groups within the control organs, organize direct development of related combat
documents and assign specific officers to prepare each document. The drafters
of such documents are instructed on the content of the documents, form of their
design, and the number of copies and deadlines to prepare them. The chiefs of
staff directorates (sections) and chiefs of arms and services and other control
organs follow and track the preparation of assigned combat documents and at the
prescribed time submit them to the commander and chief of staff for signature
and approval.
The design of combat documents requires preparation of a set of specific
procedural information. They are as follows:
title and statement of content;
classification and copy number;
addressee;
identification of the originating unit (formation);
location of the originating command post;
date and time of the document being signed;
scale and year of edition of the map;
signature of officials indicating their name, rank, and position;
remarks on time of dispatch and reception of the document by the addressee.
During the preparation of combat documents the following must be taken into
consideration:
Time is shown on the basis of Moscow time, when necessary local time is shown
but clearly stated as local;
Names of populated areas (cities, towns) and terrain features are written in
capital letters and not parenthesized. When necessary their map coordinates are
given;
In identifying areas of deployment of our own forces by population centers and
terrain features, they are mentioned from right flank -- and for enemy location
from his left;
To identify defensive areas, strong points, and areas of deployment or
concentration of troops, a minimum of three reference points (orientation
points) must be shown. To identify lines a minimum of two points must be shown;
boundary lines are identified by using population centers and terrain features
as orientation points in the following manner:
first from the right, covering the depth of combat formation of our own forces
and the entire depth of offensive mission in the enemy's depth;
then, by the same method on the left;
in defense, the boundary lines begin from the rear of defensive area to the
point in front of the forward line which corresponds with the range of
available weapons;
The direction of the attack is identified by several points starting from the
line of initiation of the attack (line of commitment into battle) and ending
with the line of the assigned mission;
Only those abbreviations are to be used which are officially established and
are standard. Quantities of units and sub-units in combat documents are shown
in written form such as:
two tank companies;
one motorized rifle platoon;
In tables of correlation of forces and means and other calculation tables
quantities of units and weapons are shown in number form such as:
tank companies - 2;
T-62 tanks - 27;
Zil-157 vehicles - 8;
Numbers of echelons in combat formations are shown in written form such as:
first-echelon;
second-echelon.
Graphic documents are usually prepared on maps of various scales. When they are
prepared on non-transparent paper, the paper must have a grid system with
numbering of coordinates corresponding to the map. A graphic document made on
overlay paper must have grid square references in the corners or at least three
local features plotted to facilitate matching the overlay to the map. It must
also include a north direction indicator, a linear scale, and a reference to
the map from which it was made. In preparing graphic documents the following
must be taken into account:
situation of friendly forces, their missions and actions are marked in red
except for rocket troops, artillery, engineer, chemical, radio technical, and
signal troops which are marked in black;
the situation and action of the enemy are marked in blue;
numbers, names of units, and explanatory details for our own forces are written
in black and for the enemy forces in blue;
symbols to show friendly and enemy forces and weapons are marked in accordance
with the ground features and their deployment on the basis of directions of
actions and fire; when needed the type and number of equipment are written next
to the symbol;
situation data is marked by fine lines without covering and smearing map
details;
sources of information acquired are marked by appropriate symbols in black at
the side of the markings such as:
(N) for observation, (P) for POW interrogation, (DP) for enemy documents, (MZh)
for debriefing local populations, (PRTZ) for information provided by partisans;
(?) for unverified information; time and date of information received from the
source are shown beside the symbols;
actual situations and actions of troops are shown in solid lines, while likely
or expected situations and actions are marked by dotted lines;
when several situations (at several times) are shown on the map, the markings
related to different times are distinguished by different color shadows or
other marks (dots, crosses, dashes, etc. along solid lines).
The time for development of combat document,, particularly graphic documents,
can be greatly reduced by advance preparation of blank forms, calculations,
tables, commander's decision map (plan of the operation), and charts with
information on them which is not subject to change during the time of
documents' preparation, such as:
initial situation of our own and enemy forces;
assigned missions;
boundaries;
target coverage;
zones of enemy's fixed sites;
etc.
In order to expedite the preparation of combat documents, their development can
be conducted concurrently with making the commander's decision. Specially
prepared blanks of standard combat documents can be of great help in making the
required documents in a short time. They include a set of texts on various
types of combat actions (operations) applicable to various command levels, the
nature of missions to be accomplished, and the types of operations (battles).
Transmission of combat documents is conducted both over technical communication
equipment and by postal-courier service or staff officers. The selection of
specific methods of transmitting a written document is determined by taking
into account its importance, the time allocated for its dissemination, and also
the transmission reliability requirements.
The staff is obliged to inform the commander or the chief of staff of
subordinate troops about the dispatch of operational directives, operation
orders, and instructions, indicating when and how the document was sent. The
receipt of operational directives, operation orders, and instructions,
including those transmitted over technical communications equipment, is
acknowledged immediately.
Operations Summary:
The operations summary (operativnaya svodka) is a document which
summarizes the situation during the last 24 hours, briefly describing friendly
and enemy operations, condition of units and equipment, and general progress in
accomplishing missions by each subordinate unit. It is prepared by the
operations department (directorate) on the basis of written reports and
summaries received from subordinate units and reports from staff observers,
from observation posts, and from liaison officers. This document differs from
the combat report in that it is purely a staff document, not going to the next
higher commander but direct to the next staff level. It is signed by the chief
of staff and the chief of operations. The operations summary normally includes
the following:
general description of the operation of the unit as a whole, evaluation of
enemy and friendly operations, locations of the main forces at the time of the
summary was prepared, a listing of the losses, and a brief description of
friendly and enemy air activity.
description of the operations of each subordinate unit (separate paragraph for
each unit). Situation and condition of each unit, losses and capabilities, and
major episodes involving contact with the enemy.
situation of specialized units and reserves
activities and situation of adjacent units
information on terrain and weather;
information on the status and types of communications with subordinate and
adjacent units
Compiled Summary of Combat Experiences:
The compiled summary of combat experiences (itogovaya svodka oboshchennogo
boyevogo opyta) is prepared twice a month at division level and once a
month at army level. Its primary purpose is to inform the higher commands of
the lesson learned from combat experiences. The form of this summary is not
prescribed, but Soviet manuals do recommend that the general sequence be
followed. The summarized report should include the following:
a short description of the situation, progress of the operation, and results
attained during operations by the unit for the period covered in the report;
general description of enemy activity, with particular emphasis on typical
characteristics observed in enemy organizations, methods of combat, and use of
arms and technical equipment. The enemy's tactical and technical concepts,
fortified areas, defensive organization and centers of resistance, antitank and
antipersonnel obstacles, and similar matters are described.
typical characteristics observed in the operations of friendly troops and the
use of new methods of coordinating, maneuvering, regrouping, or supervising
units and installation also are included;
use of various arms and services in combat should be described;
significant observations on the exercise of troop control and organization of
communications, especially the use of radio equipment, are reported;
conclusions are offered as to the lessons learned as a result of the combat
experience of subordinate units during the report period.
The first part describes the character of the assigned operation and progress
or results attained during the report period. (Locations and activities of
units need not be discussed in order; eg right units to left units as in the
operations order, but begins with the unit concerned with the most significant
or critical action.)
The second part contains new enemy order of battle information and enemy
activities.
The third part outlines the decision of the commander of the reporting unit and
briefly describes how the decision is to be implemented
The fourth part contains requests for assistance (additional units or
equipment) if the situation requires it.
The combat report, if directed to the next higher commander, is signed by the
lower commander and his chief of staff. However, combat reports may also be
submitted to the chief of staff of the higher headquarters, in which case they
are signed by the lower chief of staff and chief of operations directorate.
Shorter combat reports are frequently sent over radio or wire.
|
|
|
Operations Reports
The operations section in addition to keeping itself informed, is responsible
for disseminating information. this is done by means of verbal and written
reports and answering inquiries. In addition to keeping the commander and the
chief of staff informed, the operations section must keep the next higher
headquarters, other staff sections, staffs of chiefs of arms and services, and
subordinate staffs informed, and must provide for mutual exchange of
information with adjacent staffs. This responsibility is assigned to one of the
assistant chiefs of the operations section. Inquiries from the next higher
headquarters, usually from the operations section or the operations duty
officer, normally are answered orally, using prearranged message codes and map
codes. In addition to oral reports, the operations section prepares written
reports, the most important of which are the combat report and operations
summary. The operations section also maintains the journal of combat operations
and at army level maintains the summarized report of combat experiences.
Combat Report:
The combat report (boyevoye doneseniye) is one of the basis documents
that provide information to higher commanders and staffs relative to the
situation and the progress of the operation. The document is used by the higher
commander to estimate the situation and also serves as a basis for his
supervision over the fulfillment of missions by subordinate units. The combat
report is a periodic report; that is, it is submitted at regular specified
intervals, often 3 or 4 times a day, to higher headquarters. This does not
preclude the lower unit commander from rendering a combat report at any time
upon his own initiative, when the changing situation requires a new plan of
action. The final scheduled combat report of the day (every 24 hours) is
submitted as a summary and is signed by the commander. It purpose is to give
the higher commander information on the activities of the enemy, of his own
troops, and on the course of the operation during the day. It contains more
detailed information than the other periodic combat reports and may describe in
considerable detail significant happenings and heroic achievements by
individuals or units. The typical combat report covers the following points in
order:
|
|
|
Combat Instructions
Approved___ Serial Number
Secret
Copy Number
|
Combat Instructions for Commander 116th Div
Command post:__ Time__ Date__
Scale of map___ Date of map___
1. Brief assessment of enemy
2 Mission of the division in this instruction
3. Missions of means of higher commander in support of this division, missions
of adjacents, and, if needed, major questions on interaction.
4. Time for being prepared to fulfill mission
5. Troop control, signal communications, and time for sending reports and
deputies of commander
Signature of chief of operations directorate and
Signature of chief of staff
(Sometimes commander does not need to approve.)
|
|
|
Combat Report and Situation Report
Serial No
Secret
Copy Number
Title is to whom, such as
To army commander
command post and time and date and map
1. Results of combat actions Results of combat actions for period of
action. It can vary depending on lapsed time since receipt of order
2. Situation, composition, and character of actions of own forces at the
specific time of the situation report and character of adjacents
3. Composition, situation, and actions of enemy
4. Decision of commander at present time or in new situation coming up in
future
5. Request for assistance to fulfill mission
Signature chief of operations department
Signature of chief of staff
Signature of division commander
|
|
|
Operations Summary Operativnaya Svodka
Serial number
Secret
Copy number
To commander of army
Command post - time and date - map scale etc
1. Character of actions, situation, and composition of division during the
past 6 hours or 24 hours
2. Grouping, composition, and character of action of enemy
3. Brief combat action of regiments and others two levels below. The division
discusses battalions and the army talks about regiments.
4. Losses and what has been captured from enemy (trophies)
5. Material support, how much used, and how much on hand, how much they need
6. Brief report on situation and actions of adjacents
7. Other data on the outcome of combat
Signature of chief of operational directorate
Signature of chief of staff
|
|
|
Reconnaissance Report
Serial Number
Secret
Number of copy
To commander army or to chief of reconnaissance of army
Reconnaissance Report Command post - time and date and map scale
1. General character of enemy actions at the appointed time
2. Situation, grouping, and intentions of enemy
3. Changes that happened since the last report and what data from what sources
has been received
Signature chief of reconnaissance department
|
|
|
Reconnaissance Summary svodka
Differences from the reconnaissance doneseniye:
The doneseniye information is a staff document of units and formations
that report to higher staffs on the enemy. They send it at appointed time or on
their own initiative or on request of higher staff. However a reconnaissance
svodka is an information document of the staff of units, formations,
and higher units on the data on the enemy at a specified time sent to higher
staff according to the reports table and to adjacent and lower on enemy
situation.
Serial number
Secret
Copy Number
|
|
|
Heading to whom sent
Command post and map and time and date
1. General character of enemy actions in front of unit and on flank
2. Data on nuclear, chemical, and bacteriological weapons and use of these by
enemy and location of enemy weapons at the time of preparation of report
3. Data on combat composition, grouping, character of actions, of ground forces
on each axis, showing the boundaries between enemy units, order of battle, unit
designations, formations, and their situation
4. Data on air forces, PVO, command posts, radio technical means, rear service
installations, engineer fortifications and obstacles, and others
5 Results:
- general assessment, actions, and forces of enemy, capabilities for using
nuclear weapons, possible character of actions
- during conduct of reconnaissance, identify and locate the following objects
required;
Types of reconnaissance svodka
Daily reconnaissance summary
Itogovaya svodka - Compiled results summary, as a rule it is reported
for a specified period of operation or at end of the operation and sent to
higher staff. In the itogovaya reconnaissance svodka they
analyze the following points:
- brief analysis of combat actions of enemy for the period;
- data on forces and means of enemy that are located in front of unit
- character possible of actions
- character of command, composition, and troop control organs including the
commander and his capabilities and habits etc.
- new types of combat actions and operations
- new weapons;
In the annex to the reconnaissance svodka are the following:
- maps, information on the enemy organizational set up, tables of organization,
number and order of battle, etc., losses of enemy, prisoners, and other
explanatory data.
|
|
|
Operational Directive of Army
Serial number approval army commander
Secret
Number of copy
Command post time date, map scale and etc. date
1. Brief data on composition, grouping, actions, and possible concept of
enemy;
2. Missions of forces and means of higher commander and adjacents;
- a. missions of forces and means of higher hqs in support of army;
- b. missions of adjacents of army and boundaries with adjacents;
3. Concept of operation:
- means for destruction of enemy and mission of army;
- axis of main attack and other attacks;
- combat grouping ;
- means for maneuver;
4. Missions for subordinate formations:
I order:
- division of first-echelon: forces and means for reenforcement, line for
commitment into engagement, width of breakthrough sector, missions for fire
preparation, means for destruction of enemy, axis of main strike, immediate
mission, subsequent mission, missions of forward detachments if any, number of
nuclear and chemical weapons for battle, positions for FUP areas, axis for
routes for movement into commitment, command posts of division and rear control
post, boundary lines with adjacents;
- division of second-echelon: line of commitment into engagement, means for
destruction of enemy, axis of main attack, immediate mission, axis for further
advance, location for deployment of division, means and routes for movement
forward for commitment of division. means and forces for reenforcement on
commitment into battle, number of nuclear and chemical rockets at time of
battle;
- missions of rocket forces brigade: missions during offensive, targets for
first nuclear strike, time for delivery of rockets, missions on reconnaissance
and observation of targets, preparation of rocket forces for firing, position
area for unit, how positions will be prepared by engineer fortifications,
maskirovka of area, defense and security of area, movement of rocket
forces during operation;
- missions of artillery forces: composition of artillery group army, division
and regiments, general missions of artillery during offensive, missions during
the fire preparation, duration of fire preparation, quantity of ammunition
fired in preparation, means of fire support, and accompanying fire, and
positions for artillery;
- missions for supporting aviation: general missions during offensive, missions
during participation in air preparation, aviation support and aviation
accompanying fire, missions for reconnaissance, missions for fight against
enemy tanks, missions for covering main grouping of army against enemy aviation
strikes, distribution of air resources by missions to divisions and conduct of
air assaults;
- missions of air assaults: composition and means of air desants,
areas for landings, time for landing, missions of desant actions, FUP
for desant forces, and assembly waiting areas, aircraft or helicopters
for the landing, cover of FUP area ,time for landing of aircraft, means for
support of desant during flight and landing and time of combat. troop
control of desant;
- missions of PVO forces: missions for covering main grouping and rear service
installations during preparation for operation and during operation, missions
for reconnaissance, observation, and warning on enemy; combat duty service,
position areas for forces, movement forward of PVO during the operation;
- missions of anti-tank reserve: composition and mission of anti-tank, lines
for deployment, with aim of destruction of enemy tanks, area for location in
FUP area, means for movement and axis of movement;
- missions of POZ (mobile obstacle detachment): composition and missions, lines
for mine fields, areas for deployment in FUP area, means for movement and axis;
- missions of general combined arms reserve: composition, deployment area,
means for movement during operation and possible missions;
- engineer reserve: composition, location of deployment, means and axis for
movement, possible missions during operation;
- chemical reserve: composition, location for deployment, means and axis of
movement, possible missions during operation;
- time for preparation of forces for operation;
- norms for use of material means during operation;
5. Troop control: command post and forward CP and rear control post and axis
for their deployment;
- signal communications;
- deputies.
Signature chief of operational directive
Signature of chief of staff
|
|
|
Journal of Combat Operations:
The journal of combat operations (zhurnal boyevykh deyestviy) is the
basic document providing historical information and description of the combat
operation and various phases of the operation. Its purpose is to provide
material for studying combat experiences and to serve as a source of historical
data on the unit for a given combat operation. The journal is maintained during
lulls in the operation, but it must not lag behind events more than 24 hours at
division level, 2 days at corps level, and 3 days at army level. The keeping of
the journal is usually the responsibility of assigned line officers who are
assisted by the chief of staff and the chief of operations. The journal is kept
on the basis of documents and notes selected by these officers. With in 1 month
after completion of an operation, the journal entry describing the operation,
complete with appended documents, must be ready for the signature of the chief
of staff and the chief of the operations directorate and the approval of the
commander. (At front and army levels it must be approved by the
military council. The typical entry in the journal of combat operations
describing a complete combat operation includes:
- a detailed account of the combat operation, the work of the commander and
staff, and the utilization of arms and services, including conclusions and
lessons to be learned from the operation and various phases of it.
- significant innovations in the utilization of personnel or weapons, in
tactics, and in the utilization of material or equipment;
- comments from various sources describing the operations by subordinate units
and by the commander and staff, including outstanding episodes or heroic feats
which would be of interest to military historians;
- copies of all important operational documents and maps used for a given
operation are appended to the journal.
This is a reporting information document which relates to the time of
preparation and during the course of combat actions. It is used for developing
lessons and combat experience, and making reports and reference material on
combat activities of forces, for preparing historical journals and also used
for scientific experimental work in the future. The journal of combat actions
of units and formations and larger units and ships from first to third rank is
prepared and made by officers and prepared by a staff officer appointed to this
duty for the duration of the time he is on the army staff.
The notes for the journal are entered every day and usually have the following
list:
- date, day, month, and year
- general situation at beginning of the operation or battle;
- composition and grouping, character of actions, and situation of enemy in the
area of combat actions;
- means of battle, weapons, new means, and tactics that enemy has used
- on own forces - combat and organizational composition including composition
and number of each and their location;
- missions that were issued to units and formations and large units;
- decisions that were made by the commander during the operation or battle;
- material support of forces in main basic types;
- morale- political situation of personnel;
- situation of adjacents and fulfillment of missions by them;
The account shows the following information:
- account of action during combat actions, new missions that were issued to
units, formations, and large units from higher commanders, decisions that were
made by the commanders during operation, actions of troop control and signal
means, episodes and actions that are most important and heroic actions of
officers and soldiers, new types of tactical actions, means for conduct of
combat;
In the journal of combat actions only new data are written but not routine
activities when out of action. In the journal there are annexes for operational
directives, combat instructions, report maps, and plans for enemy fortified
regions, photographs of officers and soldiers mentioned. At an appointed time
they make a copy of the journal and send it to the higher staff.
|
|
|
Situation Report Map:
Otchetnaya carta obstanovki;
The situation report map (otchetnaya karta obstanovki), kept by the
operations section illustrates operations conducted during the given period.
During the less active periods of combat the time covered by the map is of
course greater, in more fluid situations a situation report map is prepared for
each phase of the operation;
- the situation report map is used primarily to report the situation to higher
headquarters. copies of this map or sketches form the map are frequently
appended to reports and summaries. The original map is appended to the journal
of combat operations and is considered a fundamental source of material for the
preparation of military history.
This is a reporting information document in which the historical sequence of
action of own forces and those of enemy for an appointed period of time is
shown by means of graphics and maps. The map is issued by the staff of units,
large units, and formations. The map is used for information and explanation of
combat experience of forces and for making reports for use during preparation
of historical material. The map shows the following information:
- general data on the situation of own and enemy forces at the start of the
operation;
- combat missions of formations, large units, and units of own forces and
attached and supporting forces and adjacents;
- actions of own forces and adjacents during fulfillment of given missions and
results that they achieved;
- actions of enemy forces.
The map typically shows most important situations (breakthrough of enemy
prepared defense, destruction of counter attack blow, commitment of
second-echelon into combat, passing of water obstacles and others). During the
conduct of combat actions with use of mass weapons, they show on the map
nuclear strikes of both sides, areas of contamination, destruction, movement of
forces around destruction areas. Data on own forces is shown for two levels
lower. The situation of forces at various times is shown by different symbols
or colors in accordance with use of proper tactical symbols.
For protection of the surface of the map itself they use plastic and write with
special dissolvable solutions. The map for the staff of formations and large
units is prepared by an appointed officer in the operational department or
directorate. The map for reconnaissance, artillery, engineer, signal, and rear
service units is prepared by officers of their staffs. In units they only
prepare one map - that is prepared by the assistant to the chief of staff.
|
|
|
Recording documents
The various staffs, staff sections, and headquarters elements preparing,
receiving, and dispatching operations documents are required to keep current
records on the documents and their location. Procedures for recording documents
vary with the headquarters; however, in the processing of documents, three
basis records are generally required. These are - a "record journal",
a "daily record sheet", and the "dispatch book."~ Receipts
are also used to supplement these records. If the contents of documents are
transmitted by signal communications, the messages are coded, but the
transmitted or received messages are registered in the clear in a "form
for recording signal communications."
"Record journal" (zhurnal ucheta)
The record journal is primarily a record of documents prepared by the preparing
agency. The preparing section keeps a separate journal of each of the various
types of documents prepared, such as one for operations orders, one for
reconnaissance plans, one for air defense plan, etc. Documents prepared
primarily for use within the section such as working documents, as well as
documents prepared for dispatch, such as orders, are noted in the "record
journal." However, in the latter case, dispatched documents are also noted
in the "dispatch book'.
"Daily record sheet" (list po dennoy zapis)
The daily record sheet a daily record of all document received. Essentially, it
is a record of the identity of the document received, when dispatched, from
whom it came, and when and by whom it was received.
"Dispatch Book" (razhosnaya kniga)
The dispatch book is a record of documents dispatched. In addition to
identifying the document and the sender, this record identifies the messenger
and the final recipient and indicates the time required to deliver he document.
Receipts
Receipts are an additional method used to record the exchange of documents.
Sometimes, standard receipt forms are utilized, but it is more common practice
to have the envelope in which the document is delivered signed by the recipient
and retained by the messenger as a receipt.
Form for recording signal communications (blank zapisi
peregovorov)
The form is used to record receipt and dispatch of messages and conversations
conducted by telephone, telegraph, or radio. The communications normally are
coded, but this record identifies the station, participants, and summarizes the
communication in the clear.
|
|
|
Document routing
Methods of Transmission
Documents or messages may be delivered by messenger or liaison officer, or
transmitted by telephone, telegraph, radio, or liaison aircraft. In the latter
group, the contents of documents sent by signal communications are normally
coded, and the more important operations documents are sent band received only
through the cryptographic section or the staff for coding and decoding. Decoded
messages re sent directly to the chief of staff and the operations section. A
record is kept of all messages sent or received by signal means in the
"form for recording signal communications".
Incoming Documents
Depending on the means of delivery documents arrive in the message center,
radio center, central telephone station, or at the air liaison landing strip.
The documents are then recorded and delivered directly to the addressee. The
addressee signs a receipt, normally on the envelope, making a notation as to
the time of delivery, and notifies the sending agency immediately, normally by
signal communications. Documents with a dispatch classification of
"K", "G", or "B" coming to the command post are
delivered immediately to the operations duty officer. He, in turn, immediately
sends "K" documents to the addressee and "G" documents to
the chief of staff or chief of operations section. "B" documents,
with the exception of those addressed to the political section, are opened by
the operations duty officer and delivered to the address within the specified
time limit or in accord with significance of contents.
Outgoing Documents
The documents preparing agency or staff section keeps a record of documents
prepared in the "record journal" In addition to recording dispatched
documents in the dispatch book, notation is made on the copy retained by the
preparing agency, as to the number of copies prepared and to whom, when, and by
what means the document or excerpts from the document were dispatched. For
delivery, the documents are given to a signal communication agency, to a
liaison officer, or to the message center. The documents are then delivered
according to the dispatch classification. The more important documents are
delivered personally by the liaison officers. The most important documents
received by the message center are dispatched immediately to the addressee.
Documents of lower category and other correspondence are sent to the message
center to be delivered according to priority and schedule.
Filing Documents
Most staff sections use a five folder system for filing the operations
documents. Documents are numbered consecutively for filing in each folder;
there is a folder for each of the following types of documents:
- documents received from higher staffs;
- documents prepared by the staff section;
- reports to higher staffs;
- documents from lower staffs;
- all other operations documents.
Final Disposition of Documents
In addition to the staff combat documents, the staff collects for record and
historical purposes the individual situation maps and field note books of the
unit officers and the forms for recording signal communications. The operations
section of the staff has primary responsibility for preparing on the basis of
these documents the unit history and other studies to be used for instruction
and training. Twice a year, at a time prescribed by the general staff, usually
1 January and 1 july, documents are collected and sent to a central receiving
point to be processed for storage in the central archives of the Soviet army in
Moscow.
Decision Process and Document Preparation
The Soviet method for making decisions in which the commander and staff
interact has been discussed in the chapters on division, army, and
front troop control procedures. It conforms to the description of the
dual subordination of Soviet combat arms, special troops, and services chiefs
to their commanders and to their counterparts at the next higher headquarters
that is shown in the diagram in Chapter One. The procedure is essentially the
same for each specialty, ie. artillery, signal, engineer, etc.
At the same time that the commander receives the operations directive or order
from his superior commander each of these chiefs is receiving instructions on
the use of their forces and means from their counterpart. These instructions
provide details on the forces and means they may receive as reinforcements from
above, what actions the higher level forces will be doing that may affect their
level, what activities they will be required to accomplish in the interest of
the higher level, and other coordinating instructions relative to their
specialty. As the commander clarifies his mission, they also clarify these
instructions and prepare to brief the commander. When the commander receives
the operations order he also issues his own preliminary instructions to his
staff and other officers. After the clarification of the mission the commander
and staff begin the estimate of the situation during which the special staff
and other officers provide their suggestions as desired by the commander. After
the commander makes his decision it is translated into action by the dual
channel method. The more general aspects are promulgated in the form of the
operations order or instructions to the next subordinate combined arms
commander and the special aspects are covered in two sets of special
instructions issued by the various specialty chiefs. One set of instructions is
on the actions of that specialty forces and means directly subordinate to that
headquarters (ie instructions on engineer support issued by army to the army
engineers troops), and the other set of instructions is issued to the related
specialty chief at the next lower combined arms headquarters (ie, instructions
on engineer matters issued by army to the chief of engineers at division). This
process is illustrated in the diagram in Figure 200.
|
|
|
Figure 197 Message Journal of
Orders, Instructions, and Reports Sent and Received
JOURNAL OF ORDERS,
REPORTS, AND INSTRUCTIONS SENT AND RECEIVED
|
Number |
Time and date |
To whom sent or from whom received |
Brief summary of content |
Means by which sent |
Who sent or received |
Who discussed the info |
Signature |
Remarks |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 198 Table of daily staff activity

|
|
|
Figure 199 Combat Alert Duty Chart
(front)

|
|
|
Figure 200 Diagram of Commander - staff
Ineraction

|
|
|
II. DIVISION
|
|
|
In this section are the principal combat documents
received by, produced at, and sent from the division headquarters.
Operations
The first group of documents are the orders, directives, instructions and other
combat documents prepared by the operations section.
Army Initial Instructions to Division
The first word a division may receive of impending combat action may come in
various ways. During peacetime the earliest warning most likely would come in
the form of a direct, encrypted, electronic alert (warning) signal from the
general staff. Upon receipt of this alarm signal the duty officer would order
immediate evacuation of the garrison according to established alert procedures,
while the division commander would take the emergency plan from the unit safe.
This "alert" warning order generally is limited to the standard
operating measures the division takes to clear its garrison and begin its
mobilization process at its assembly area. Once this has been received and
acted upon, or during the course of a war already begun, when the army
commander wants to alert the division commander on forthcoming actions, he
issues "Initial Instructions. The division would normally receive a
warning order in the form of "Initial Instructions" sent from its
parent army when the latter received its new mission from the front.
The army commander's initial instructions focus on those measures which must be
taken immediately to prepare for action pending receipt of further orders. A
sample of army initial instructions follows.
Sample Army Initial Instructions
Only to the commander of the 16th MRD
The army has received an offensive mission: The time of readiness is set for
___.
The army commander has ordered:
1. All troops and staffs will be brought to a state of full combat readiness
and prepared for the conduct of combat actions.
2. All personnel, equipment, weapons, ammunition, foodstuffs, POL, and other
material means must be brought up to mobilization norms in all units and
staffs.
3. The army's large units and units will occupy designated departure areas for
attack. Departure areas will be prepared in terms of engineer work and
obstacles to repel likely enemy attacks and to provide protection against mass
destruction weapons and air strikes.
4. One motorized rifle regiment from each first-echelon division, reinforced by
two artillery battalions, will be assigned as covering troops to organize the
security and defense of border areas with interaction with the border troops.
5. Divisional rocket battalions will occupy positions from 5 to 10 km from the
border. Positions will be prepared and camouflaged.
6. Surplus equipment, weapons, means, and other material and damaged equipment
will be evacuated to appropriate places.
7. Wounded and sick personnel requiring long treatment will be evacuated to the
front, (military district, or group of forces hospitals). The army's
medical facilities will be readied to receive sick and wounded.
8. All air defense troops will prepare and occupy positions to repel the
enemy's air attacks. The rocket troops will be brought to such a state of
readiness to enable them to launch rockets at the shortest time, when it
becomes necessary.
Army --------------------------Army
Chief of Operations ----------Chief of Staff
|
|
|
Division Initial Instructions
Immediately upon receipt of the operations directive from army the division
commander will clarify the division mission and issue a preliminary warning
type order to subordinates in the form of "Initial Instructions". In
these initial instructions the division commander focuses on those measures
which must be taken immediately in order to prepare for further action. This
document prescribes to subordinates the general preparatory actions they must
take and alerts them to expect to receive specific instructions on the content
of their missions. It may be that in most situations the regiments will have
already done most of their preparations immediately on receipt of the alarm
signal. The commander's orders are issued by the operations section either by
electronic means or in writing, depending on the situation and requirements for
secrecy and urgency for timeliness. A sample of the content of a division
initial instructions follows.
Sample Division's Initial Instructions
Only to the commander of the 110th MRR.
The division has received an offensive mission. The time preparation must be
completed is 0600, Dec 15th.
The division commander has ordered:
1. The regiment is to shift to the state of full combat readiness for the
accomplishment of the mission.
2. Units will deploy in assembly areas assigned for the state of full combat
readiness. They will establish personnel and equipment mobilization points and
accomplish all measures to bring reach wartime strength in terms of personnel,
weapons, equipment, ammunition, foodstuffs, POL, clothing, and other material
in units and staffs.
3. The regiment will occupy attack departure (FUP) areas. The departure areas
will be prepared in terms of engineer work to repel likely enemy aggression and
to protect the troops against nuclear, air, and chemical attacks.
4. All surplus equipment and material, and equipment requiring major repairs
will be turned over to related organs.
5. Wounded and sick requiring long term treatment will be evacuated to
front hospitals.
6. The air defense means will prepare cover and occupy positions to repel
likely enemy air attacks.
Division Chief of operations ------------------------Division Chief of Staff
Rank _____Signature-------------------------------- Rank________ Signature
|
|
|
Division Combat Order
The division operations section prepares the division combat order on the basis
of the commander's decision. The same decision is shown on the plan in the form
of the commander's decision map with its supporting tables. The combat order is
the official controlling document ordering their actions, however it is not
disseminated as a complete document to them. Rather, each subordinate receives
extracts of the operations order in the form of combat instructions. The order
contains the following five sections.
I. Enemy Situation: This is a brief description of the enemy force facing the
division and a forecast of his probable course of actions.
II. Missions of army in support of the division and, missions of the adjacents:
A description of the support to be received by the actions of army elements in
the division area and the activities of adjacent forces relevant to the
division's own missions.
III. Concept of the operation: The commander's concept on how he plans to
accomplish the division's mission.
IV. I order: The specific assignments to each subordinate element stating
exactly what and where and when they are to act.
V. Troop Control: This section describes the locations and movement of the
division command posts, signal communication issues, and the commander's
deputies and successors.
The following is an example of a division combat order.
Combat Instruction from Division to Regiment
The division operations section prepares a "Combat Instruction" for
the regiment, based on the division commander's decision and plan. This is one
of the principal official tasking order from division to regiment. In case the
division commander issues his order to the regiment commander orally, the staff
follows up with this written "Instruction". The combat instruction
contains the following four sections:
I. Enemy: Briefer description of the enemy as shown in the combat order.
II. The specific missions of the regiment: A statement of the order to the
regiment.
III. The division's actions in support of the regiment and its adjacent units
and inter action issues if needed:
IV. Troop control measures: A statement of the troop control measures described
in the division operations order.
The sample of a division combat instruction to a regiment follows the combat
order.
I Approve ---/---/--------------------------------------- Serial No ----
Commander 16th MRD------------------------------------- SECRET
Gen-Major Ivanov ------------------------------------------Copy Number --
(Sig)
|
|
|
SAMPLE DIVISION COMBAT ORDER
|
|
|
COMBAT ORDER
of the Commander of the 16th MRD for Offensive Battle
Command Post ------at (time)--- On (date )---
Map 1:50.000 Aug 1972 ed
I. Enemy Situation:
Elements of the enemy's ___ Corps prepares to initiate military action against
our forces. The enemy has prepared a defensive line along the Fulda River to
inflict maximum losses on friendly forces from a defensive posture. Units of
the enemy 3rd Armored Division of the Vth U. S. Corps will be directly
confronting the 16th Motorized Rifle Division, with up to 1.5 mechanized
battalions in his first defensive positions consisting of the following company
strong points.:
-- company strong point at ----
-- company strong point at ----
-- company strong point at ----
-- company strong point at ----
The enemy's brigade reserve composed of up to one tank battalion is likely to
deploy in company strong points as follows:
----, ----, -----, -----, the counter attack of the brigade reserve is likely
from the line Gittersdorf in the direction of Hahlgaus - Eichhof.
Positions of enemy's brigade artillery are disclosed in the following areas,
---, ---, --- and ---. Positions of general support artillery are at ---, ---,
and ---.
Totally in the first-echelon of the enemy forces, directly in front of the 16th
MRD will be -- mechanized companies, ---tanks, --- guns and mortars, ---
anti-tank means and --- air defense means.
The enemy's division reserve composed of up to one tank brigade is deployed in
the area: Liederbach, Wallenrod, Vadenrod, and East of Romrool. Its counter-
attack is likely from the line of Hill 408 and Beinenrod in the direction of
Grebenau - Bad Hersfeld. The enemy's second-echelon forces may include ---
nuclear rocket systems, --- nuclear artillery pieces, --- mechanized companies,
--- guns and mortars, --- tanks, --- anti-tank means and --- air defense means.
In the sector of the 16th MRD attack, up to one enemy armored cavalry battalion
is likely to operate in the covering (security) zone.
The action of enemy forces will be supported by nuclear capable U. S. air
forces and --- combat helicopters . the enemy can fire --- nuclear rounds
during the initial nuclear strike on 16th MRD targets.
II. Missions of army in support of the division and, missions
of the adjacents
a. The following targets in the division's attack area are destroyed by army's
rocket troops, and the air force during the initial nuclear strike:
-- enemy's nuclear weapons in the area ---;
-- nuclear depot at ---;
-- airfields at ---;
-- divisional command post at ---.
-- enemy's reserves at ---.
The friendly air force during the offensive battle conducts the air preparatory
fire, assault support and accompanying air support as well as air defense cover
of divisions' troops and targets. To support the division attack three sorties
of fighter - bomber aviation squadrons are allocated. Ten sorties of Mi-26
helicopters are allocated for airborne assault. Air cover, and support of the
air assault troops is conducted in inter-action with front's fighter
and fighter- bomber aircraft.
b. On the right flank, the 11th MRD attacks in the direction of Bebra -
Stadtallendorf with an immediate mission to seize the line of Remsfeld - 3 kms
south of Roboldshausen and a long range mission to seize the line of Momberg -
Wahlen.
The boundary with the division passes through the following points: Eisenach,
Ludwigsau, Hill 466, and Dannenrod.
On the left flank the 18th MRD attacks in the direction of Niederaula -
Keldatal with an immediate mission to seize the line of one km south of
Lingelbach, and northern edge of Maar and a long range mission to seize the
line of Ober Breiderbach, and Meicles.
The boundary with the division passes through the following points: Mohra, Hill
388, Schenksolz, (exclude) Koulbausen,(excluded) Lingelbach and Nieder
Breidenbach.
III. Concept of the operation
Using 10 nuclear rockets with a yield of 102 kilotons during the initial
nuclear strike, the division is to destroy the enemy's nuclear rocket in the
area --- and his nuclear artillery in the areas --- and --- and to destroy the
enemy's divisions main forces in the areas ---,---,---,-- ,-and ---; the
enemy's CP at ---, and the enemy's rear service installations at ---, and ---.
Exploiting the results of its own and army's nuclear strikes, the division
attacks the enemy on the line of Ludwigsen - Asbach; develops the attack in the
direction of Eichhof - Kirchheim; destroys the enemy forces in the area Bad
Hersfeld, Recherode, Kirchheim, and Asbach; destroys the enemy division
reserves in the area of Willingsahain, Weibendorn, and Reimbolds; and seizes
the line of Scharbach, Offray, and Lingelbach as its immediate mission.
Then the division continues the attack in the direction of Ottrau - Alsfeld,
Heimertshausen and at the end of the day seizes the line of Rubkirchen,
Heimerlshausen, and Nider Breidenbach, as its long range mission.
The division's future direction of attack on the following day is
Heimerlshausen - Homberg. The direction of the main attack is along highway 48.
The 110th reinforced BMP Motorized Rifle Regiment acts as the forward
detachment of the division to destroy, from the line of march, the enemy's
covering troops in the border areas and to support the quick advance of the
division's main forces to the forward line of the enemy's forward defense area.
For the conduct of the division's attack, 15 nuclear, 5 chemical, and 15
conventional rockets are allocated.
If the nuclear weapons are not used, the enemy's forward defensive area is
penetrated (broken through) in the area south of Bad Hersfeld and Asbach.
The division's combat formation is in two echelons.
112 MRD, 16th Tank and 111 MRD are in the first-echelon.
110th BMP MRR after accomplishing its mission as the division's forward
detachment, is assigned to the division's second-echelon.
IV. I order:
a. The 112th MRR with the division artillery regiment (minus the 4th
Battalion), 2nd company of the division engineer battalion, the division
anti-tank battalion (- 3rd battery) is to attack the enemy from the line of
Eichhof, southern edge of Asbach and develop the attack in the direction of
Asbach - Hohewured and destroy the enemy in the area Eichhof, Hills 238, 325
and Asbach and seize the line of south of Hill 376, Hill 359, as its immediate
objective. The regiment is to continue the attack in the direction of Hohewurzd
- Kirchheim and destroy the enemy and his artillery positions in the area of
Hill 320, Kirchheim and Hill 319 and seize the line of north of Kirchheim,
northern edge of Kelba and then continue the attack in the direction of
Reinbolds.
On the right flank the 16th Tank Regiment attacks. The boundary line passes the
following points: Malkomes, Hill 439, Scholf, Hill 376, road junction (T) north
of Kirchheim.
b. The 16th Tank Regiment with three artillery battalions and the 1st company
of the 16th Engr Bn is to attack --- (same as for the 112th MRR.)
c. The 111st MRR with two artillery battalions the engr platoon and one
anti-tank battery is to attack the enemy from the line --- (same as for 112th
MRR.)
d. the 110th BMP Motorized Rifle Regiment with two artillery battalions, one
anti-tank battery and one combat engineer company is assigned as the division's
forward detachment. The regiment is to destroy from the line of march the
enemy's covering troops in the border area and to support rapid advance of the
division's main forces to the forward line of the enemy's forward defense area.
At the beginning of the attack of the division's main forces on the enemy's
forward defensive area, the regiment is assigned to operate as the division's
second-echelon, and it is to deploy in the area south of Bad Hersfeld, Asbach,
and Kuhnbach. During the attack, the regiment is to follow the 112th MRR by
bounds and be prepared to be committed at --- into combat and to develop the
attack along route 48 in order to destroy the enemy reserves from the line of
march and seize the line East of Zell and East of Romrod as its immediate
mission.
During the commitment into combat the regiment will be given two artillery
battalions, one anti-tank battery and one engineer company. As the division's
forward detachment at the outset, the regiment is given two artillery
battalions from the division artillery regiment, one battery from the division
anti-tank battalion and one company from the division engineer battalion.
In interaction with the border forces, the regiment is to establish defensive
positions and engineer obstacles in the security zone on likely directions of
the enemy's attack and to prevent penetration by the enemy's reconnaissance
elements into the depth of own territory.
E. Rocket Bn.
1. During the front's initial nuclear strike, the following targets
are to be destroyed by the rocket bn.
-- first-echelon bn, target #314 center of burst at ---, 3 kt, air burst at H -
00.20 hrs or on signal.
-- first-echelon bn, target 315, center of burst (COB) ---, 3 kt, air burst,
H-00.20 or on signal.
-- arty bn, target #316 center of burst at ---, 3 kt, air burst at H - 00.20
hrs or on signal.
-- second-echelon tank bn, target 317, center of burst (COB) ---, 20 kt, air
burst, H-00.20 or on signal.
-- nuclear artillery, target #318 center of burst at ---, 10 kt, air burst at H
- 00.20 hrs or on signal.
-- Bde CP, target 319, center of burst (COB) ---, 3 kt, ground burst, H-00.20
or on signal.
-- nuclear rocket, target #320 center of burst at ---, 3 kt, air burst at H -
00.20 hrs or on signal.
-- division rear, target 321, center of burst (COB) ---, 10 kt, air burst,
H-00.20 or on signal.
2. Time of delivery of nuclear and chemical rockets to the battalion is P - 6
hours. Time of delivery of conventional rockets to the battalion is D - 3 days.
3. The status and situation of targets to be hit by nuclear strikes are to be
continuously followed, observed and appropriate changes must be made in the
initial nuclear strike plan as the status of targets changes.
4. Preparation of the rocket troops for rapid initiation of fire is to be kept
at the highest level. The technical support of rockets is to be thoroughly
organized.
5. The position areas of the rocket troops are to be fully prepared in terms of
engineer work and concealment. Alternate positions are to be prepared as well.
Protection of rocket troops against mass destruction weapons and security and
defense of rocket positions and mobile technical bases are to be organized and
executed.
6. To insure effective employment, longer range, and timely launch of strikes
on designated targets; positions for the rocket battalion are to be prepared
close to the border. Moreover relocation positions for the phase of the
beginning of the attack are to be prepared at a distance of 10 km from the
forward line of the enemy's forward defensive area.
F. To artillery troops
1. The following artillery groups are to be established:
-- divisional artillery group composed of 6 artillery battalions;
-- artillery groups of the 112th MRR and the 16th TR composed of 4 artillery
battalions each;
-- artillery group of the 111st MRR composed of 3 artillery battalions.
2. Artillery missions
-- destruction of enemy's nuclear weapons;
-- inflict losses on the enemy during his aggression, and support of combat
action of own forces in our security area.
-- inflict losses on the enemy when he crosses the border and during the combat
action in the security zone;
-- the following tasks are to be conducted during the artillery preparation;
--- (a) destruction and suppression of strong points on the forward line and in
the depth of the enemy defense;
--- (b) destruction and suppression of enemy's artillery and mortar batteries;
--- (c) destruction and suppression of the enemy's immediate reserves.
--- (d) destruction of the enemy's command posts
--- (e) width of the penetration (breakthrough) area is 4 km, duration of the
artillery preparatory fire is 40 minutes and ammunition expenditure is 0.8
units of fire. The density of fire is the penetration area is 100% while on its
immediate flanks it should be not less than 60%.
--destruction and suppression of the enemy during the combat action in the
depth of the enemy's first-echelon brigade, throughout the assault support
mission by the method of concentration of fire, successive concentration and
assault barrage fires on single and double lines.
-- support the attacking forces by fire during the combat action in the depth
of the enemy's defense by accompanying fire in the form of concentration of
fire, massive fires and fires on individual targets.
-- inflict losses on the enemy's troops during their counterattack
-- support the division troops during assault river crossing
-- support and cover the open flanks and gaps between combat formations
-- support the commitment of the second-echelon troops and reserves;
-- fight the enemy's artillery and mortars during the conduct of combat action
in the depth of the enemy's defense.
G. To division's air defense troops
1. The division's air defense troops are to concentrate their main effort to
cover the following targets.
-- division's first-echelon troops particularly on the direction of the main
attack, in the departure area, during the breakthrough, and in the depth of the
defense;
-- rocket bn and division artillery group in the departure area, during the
breakthrough and during the conduct of the offensive battle;
-- command posts and rear services in the departure area and during the attack;
-- the second-echelon troops during their movement and deployment for
commitment into combat;
-- airborne assaults in desant departure areas, during their flight
and landing, and during their combat action;
-- the division's main forces and crossing sites during the assault river
crossing;
-- the division's troops during the repulsion of the enemy's counterattacks;
2. The division's air defense reconnaissance and warning system is to be
coordinated with the air defense reconnaissance, fire, and warning system of
the army.
3. During the preparation and conduct of the offensive battle, the air defense
troops are to be in full combat readiness and be prepared to repel enemy's air
attacks. In any situation not less then one third of the air defense troops are
to be in combat duty status.
4. Positions for air defense troops are to be prepared in terms of engineer
work. In addition to the main positions, alternate positions are also to be
prepared.
5. Movement and relocation of the air defense troops during the preparation and
conduct of the battle must be carried out in such a way, that during the
crucial phases of the battle all or the bulk of the air defense troops are in
position and ready to repel the enemy's air attacks.
H. Airborne assaults
During the conduct of the offensive battle, the following airborne assaults are
inserted;
1. desant No. 1:
-- composition of the "desant" is one airborne assault
battalion with one mountain mortar battery and one engineer platoon.
-- the mission of the "desant" is to destroy the ammunition
depot and seize the bridge in the area, 2 km north of Munch-Leusel.
The departure area of the "desant" is in the northwest of
Etfurt which is to be occupied at 0600 on D-1. During one day there, required
preparation for "desant" must be conducted.
--The "desant" is carried and landed by 10 MI-26 helicopters
and covered by 6 of front's fighter aircraft. The time of landing of
the "desant" is 1600 on the day of the attack (D day)
-- the landing area is initially hit by front's fighter-bomber
aviation troops. Positions of air defense means and airfields along the flight
sector are destroyed by aviation forces, division rocket battalion and
division's artillery.
-- Planning of the "desant" is conducted by MI-26 helicopter
squadron commander along with the division's operations section and the
commander of airborne assault battalion.
-- The troop control during the preparation is conducted from the command post
of the helicopter squadron in the departure area. The troop control during the
conduct of the combat action is exercised from division CP and the CP of the
airborne assault Bn.
2. desant No. 2.
-- composition of the desant is one airborne assault company.
-- The mission of the "desant" is to destroy nuclear rocket
in the area, north of Immichenhain.
-- the departure area for the desant is in the north west of Erfurt
which is to be occupied at 0600 of D-1 and where necessary preparation for the
desant is to be made.
-- the desant is transported by 8 Mi-8 helicopters of the division and
it is covered by 6 fighter aircraft.
-- time of landing is 1400 on the day of the attack;
-- the landing area is hit by air strikes while positions of air defense means
within the flight sector are hit by rocket and artillery troops.
-- the planning for the desant is conducted by helicopter squadron
commander along with the division's operations section and the commander of the
airborne assault company;
-- the troop control during the preparation is conducted from the command post
of the helicopter squadron in departure area, while during the conduct of the
combat action the troop control is exercised from the division command post and
the command observation post of the airborne assault company.
I. To combat and transport helicopter squadron
-- support the insertion of one airborne assault in the designated areas as
reflected in subparagraph H;
-- conduct struggle against the enemy's tanks and support the division troops
during the conduct of the attack;
-- support communications in accordance with the instructions of the division
staff.
J. Division's anti-tank reserve
The division's anti-tank reserve is composed of two batteries attached to the
division from the army's anti-tank unit. It is to deploy in the area --- and
conduct the struggle against tanks on the main direction. The likely lines of
the repulsion of the enemy's tank counterattacks for the antitank reserve are
as follows:
-- Line NO 1 at --- in the direction of ---
-- Line NO 2 at --- in the direction of ---
-- Line NO 3 at --- in the direction of ---
-- Line NO 4 at --- in the direction of ---
During the attack the antitank reserve is to move on the direction of the main
attack following the 112nd MRR.
K. To Mobile obstacle detachment (POZ)
The mobile obstacle detachment is composed of the division's engineer obstacle
company. The detachment is to deploy in --- and during the conduct of the
offensive battle, it is to move with the anti-tank reserve and join in the
struggle against enemy tanks on designated lines.
L. To engineer reserve
The engineer reserve is the division engineer battalion (minus sub-units
attached to regiments). After accomplishment t of the missions related to the
preparation for the attack and breaching lanes in the enemy's obstacles
directly in front of his forward defensive line, the engineer reserve is to
deploy in the area ---. and be prepared to conduct unexpected tasks during the
conduct of the attack. The engineer reserve is to follow the 16th Tank Regiment
during the conduct of the offensive battle.
M. To chemical reserve:
The chemical reserve is composed of the division's chemical battalion. The
chemical reserve is to deploy at --- and move during the conduct of the attack
in the direction of --- and be prepared to conduct unexpected missions.
N. Time to be prepared for the attack is 2400 of ---(date)
V. Troop control
-- The division's command post deploys at Unlerneurode.
-- The rear service control point deploys at Donges.
-- The division's forward command post deploys in the area south of the T road
junction west of Malkames.
The direction of relocation of the command post during the conduct of the
offensive combat is Asbach - Rimberg - Hallhof.
Signal communication from the division CP's with the army's Commander and
staff, as well as with subordinate and inter-acting troops' commanders and
staff is to be established by radio, radio-relay, telephone, and mobile
communications means with strict observation of secure troop control
regulations.
My deputies are: the chief of staff, chief of political affairs and the
commander of the 112th MRR.
Div's chief of operations section
(signature)
Div's chief of staff
(signature)
|
|
|
SAMPLE COMBAT INSTRUCTION FROM DIVISION TO REGIMENT
I Approve --/--/--
-----------------------------------------------------------------------Serial
No ----
Commander 16th MRD
--------------------------------------------------------------------SECRET
General Major Ivanov
----------------------------------------------------------------------Copy NO.
(signature)
COMBAT INSTRUCTIONS
of the commander of the16th MRD for offensive battle to the commander of
the 112 MRR
Command Post at --- at ---(time) on --- (date)
Map 1:50,000, Aug 1972 edition
I. Enemy
Elements of enemy's ___ Corps prepare to initiate military action against our
forces. The enemy has prepared a defensive line along the Fulda River to
inflict maximum losses on friendly forces from defensive posture. In this case,
units of the enemy 3rd Armored Division of the Vth U. S. Corps will be directly
confronting the 16th Motorized Rifle Division, with up[ to 1.5 mechanized
battalions in his first defensive positions consisting of the following company
strong points.:
-- company strong point at ----
-- company strong point at ----
-- company strong point at ----
-- company strong point at ----
The enemy's brigade reserve composed of up to one tank battalion is likely to
deploy in company strong points as follows:
-- ----, ----, -----, -----, the counter attack of the brigade reserve is
likely from the line Gittersdorf in the direction of Hahlgaus - Eichhof.
Positions of enemy's brigade artillery are disclosed in the following areas,
---, ---, --- and ---. Positions of general support artillery are at ---, ---,
and ---.
Totally in the first-echelon of the enemy forces, directly in front of the 16th
MRD will be -- mechanized companies, ---tanks, --- guns and mortars, ---
anti-tank means and --- air defense means.
The enemy's division reserve composed of up to one tank brigade is deployed in
the area: Liederbach, Wallenrod, Vadenrod, and East of Romrood. Its counter-
attack is likely from the line of Hill 408 and Beinenrod in the direction of
Grebenau - Bad Hersfeld. The enemy's second-echelon forces may include ---
nuclear rocket systems, --- nuclear artillery pieces, --- mechanized companies,
--- guns and mortars, --- tanks, --- anti-tank means and --- air defense means.
In the sector of the 16th MRD attack, up to one enemy armored cavalry battalion
is likely to operate in the covering (security) zone.
The action of enemy forces will be supported by nuclear capable U. S. air
forces and --- combat helicopters . The enemy can fire --- nuclear rounds
during the initial nuclear strike on 16th MRD targets.
II. The 112th MRR with three artillery battalions of the
division's artillery regiment, combat engineer company of the division engineer
battalion and the division's anti-tank battalion (minus 1st battery) is to
attack the enemy from the line of Eichhof - southern edge of Asbach; develop
the attack in the direction of Asbach - Hohe Wurzel; destroy the enemy in the
area: Eichhof, Hills 238 and 325 and Asbach; and seize the line of the south of
Hills 376 and 359 as its immediate mission. Then the regiment is to develop the
attack in the direction of Hohe Wurzel - Kirchheim; destroy the enemy in the
area : Hill 320, Kirchheim, and Hill 319; and seize the line of the bridge
north of Kirchheim and the northern edge of Kleba as its subsequent mission.
Then the regiment is to continue the attack in the direction of Reimbolds.
The regiment is to breakthrough the enemy's forward defense area, in
interaction with the 16th Tank Regiment and the 114th MRR of the 18th MRD, on a
two kilometer front, and during the artillery preparatory fire destroy and
suppress enemy's strong points on the forward line and its immediate vicinity,
as well as the enemy's artillery and mortars.
Time to be ready for the attack is 2400 hrs of ___ (date).
III. The division's tasks in support of the regiment and the
adjacents.
a. In the regiment's sector of the attack the following targets are destroyed
by the division's means:
-- enemy Bde CP in the area _--.
-- enemy's strong points in areas ---, ---, ---, and ---;
-- enemy's artillery in areas ---, ---, ---, and ---.
b. On the right flank the 16th Tank Regiment attacks and conducts breakthrough
of the enemy defense on a two kilometer front. Its immediate mission is to
destroy the confronting enemy and to seize the line of Hill 308 and Hill 376
and its subsequent mission is to destroy the enemy in its sector and seize the
line of south of Grossmannersrode and northern edge of Kirchheim. The boundary
line with the regiment passes through the following points:
-- Molkomes, Hill 439, Schlof, Hill 376, and T road junction north of
Kirchheim.
On the left the 114th MRR of the 18th MRD attacks with an immediate mission to
seize the line of Hill 358 and Hill 346 and a subsequent mission to seize the
line of Hill 336 and Hill 363. The boundary line with the regiment passes
through the following points: Scheulkslz, Koulhausen, Kleba, and Lingelbach.
IV. Troop control
-- the division's CP deploys at Unlerneurode;
-- division's rear control point deploys at Donges;
-- division's forward CP deploys south of T road junction west of Melkames.
The direction of relocation of the division's command post during the conduct
of the offensive battle is the direction of Asbach, Rimberg - Hallhof.
Signal communication from the division's command posts with the army commander
and staff, as well as with subordinate and inter-acting troops commanders and
staff is to be established by radio, radio-relay, telephone, and mobile
communication means, with strict observation of secure troop control
regulation.
My deputies are: the chief of staff, chief of political affairs (deputy
commander for political affairs), and the commander of the 112th MRR.
Div chief of operations section
(signature)
Div chief of staff
(signature)
|
|
|
Explanatory Notes for the Plan
These notes are prepared as part of the commander's decision process and
provide basic data relevant to the understanding of the division's capabilities
and they are employed to accomplish the assigned mission. They may be displayed
with the commander's decision map or kept for reference with it. They are thus
available for everyone who comes to the headquarters to discuss the battle. The
first three notes are written text. They are the following items.
1. Brief assessment of the opponent's possible actions: This section is a brief
summary of the estimate prepared during the estimate of the situation on which
the commander's decision is based. Any changes in the enemy's probable course
of action is an immediate trigger for consideration on changing the plan or
making other appropriate response.
2. Concept of the battle: This is the commander's expression of the fundamental
purpose he seeks to achieve and the main measures he plans to take to achieve
it.
3. The scope of the battle area: This is the statistics on the width, depth,
and average rate of advance established for the division combat action.
-- width:
-- depth:
---- -of which:
-----depth of immediate mission
-----depth of long range mission
--required average rate of advance (km/hr)
|
|
|
Distribution of Support Forces and
Means
This shows the distribution of tank, artillery, air defense, engineer and
chemical troops to the regiments and which will be held in division reserve.
Figure 201 Form for distribution of support forces
|
|
|
Measures to Protect Against Nuclear
Weapons
This is a brief written description of the following three topics:
-- a. Safe line for nuclear fires:
-- b. Warning signals indicating nuclear explosions are immanent:
-- c. Marking of own troops locations: The methods that will be used to mark
the location of the forward line of troops visually to insure that pilots can
distinguish friend from foe. The troops carry colored marker panels, which are
displayed on the ground upon proper signal.
Availability and Time of Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons
This (Figure 202) shows the number of nuclear, chemical, and special rocket
warheads by yield and rocket type. It shows how many are on hand in the
division and how many are expected to arrive during the combat action. The same
warheads are shown divided according to the sequence of major division tasks
and milestones for the battle.
Destruction of Targets in First Nuclear Strike
This table (Figure 203) summarizes the distribution of targets and firing
sub-units. It shows such data as the warhead yield, height of burst, degree of
defeat of the target and time for the strike. Several variants will be worked
out and kept current for quick response when the order is given.
Distribution of Aviation Resources
This section of the explanatory notes to the division decision is a table
(Figure 204) showing support aviation and combat helicopters assigned to
support during each phase of the battle.
Correlation of Forces Tables
This is the most important table (Figures 205-209 in multiple pages) in that it
depicts the calculation of force ratios and densities which play such an
important part in Soviet planning. It is a set of correlations, made for
different times and locations. One table shows the total number of friendly and
enemy forces and means at the beginning of the operation and expected to be
remaining after each major event. Other tables show the correlation on
individual axes and for various other milestones.
Availability and Technical Condition of Tanks,
Self-propelled Guns, and Armored Vehicles
This table (Figure 210) shows the number of tanks and other armored vehicles
available in operational condition and how many are in each category of
maintenance in each regiment and major separate unit. The categories are in
accordance with standard Soviet norms for kilometers before next scheduled
maintenance.
Availability, Location, and Distribution of Material Supply
This table (Figure 211) shows the distribution of most types of ammunition,
POL, and food available for the operation either on hand or due in and how much
must remain at the end of the operation. The ammunition is measured in units of
fire, fuel in refills, and food in days of rations.
Table of Warning Signals
The signal warning plan in Figure 212 gives the main alarm signals, and means
for identification.
|
|
|
Figure 202 Availability and Time of Use of
Chemical and Nuclear Weapons

|
|
|
Figure 203 Destruction of Targets in First
Nuclear Strike

|
|
|
Figure 204 Distribution of Aviation
Resources

|
|
|
Figure 205 Correlation of Forces Table A
|
|
|
Figure 206 Correlation of Forces Table B
|
|
|
Figure 207 Correlation of Forces Table C

|
|
|
Figure 208 Correlation of Forces Table D
|
|
|
Figure 209 Correlation of Forces Table E

|
|
|
Figure 210 Availability of Tanks, SP Guns
and Armored Vehicles

|
|
|
Figure 211 Availability and Distribution of
Material Supplies

|
|
|
Figure 212 Table of Warning Signals

|
|
|
Reconnaissance
The following section contains samples of the basis documents used as part of
the process of planning division reconnaissance including documents received by
or prepared by the reconnaissance section. The division commander and chief of
staff play large, direct role in organizing, tasking, and planning
reconnaissance. This is because the main purpose for reconnaissance is to
provide information to serves the commander's needs. However, as with other
functional areas in the staff and chiefs of combat arms, special troops, and
services, reconnaissance is also subordinate to its counterpart staff section
at the higher headquarters. Therefore the chief of reconnaissance receives a
set of instructions from the higher headquarters, which he must discuss with
his commander, and he in turn prepares instructions on reconnaissance for
transmission to the regiments as well as reconnaissance instructions to the
division reconnaissance battalion.
Instructions on Reconnaissance Received from Army
The division chief of reconnaissance receives instructions on the conduct of
reconnaissance in accordance with the overall army reconnaissance plan. (See
also the section on army reconnaissance.) The instructions cover the following
points:
-- a short current summary of information on the enemy;
-- instructions on organizing officer observation posts along the border to
operate prior the deployment of the covering forces;
-- measures the division reconnaissance will take upon occupation of their
positions by the covering force;
-- instructions on organizing reconnaissance and observation with the forces
and means of the radio and radar reconnaissance units of the reconnaissance
battalion;
-- instructions on organizing visual observation posts from division and
regimental forces up to the border;
-- instructions on organizing reconnaissance and observation by aerial
photography from helicopters along the border; during preparation for the
offensive, create the following:
-- specific essential items of information required by the army commander such
as the following;
---- 1. the time enemy covering forces begin to move from their barracks and
their composition, grouping, areas of deployment, and defensive positions.
----2. the extent of engineer fortifications and preparations, and locations of
nuclear and conventional fougasse in the covering force area;
----3. the enemy's basic main line of defense and its engineer preparations,
and obstacles in front of the main line of resistance;
--the number of reconnaissance groups SPETZNAZ, which the division will send
into the enemy rear area at the beginning of the operation and where they will
operate;
-- the times and locations for sending reconnaissance reports and summaries:
-- information on the operations of aerial and other non-divisional
reconnaissance elements in the division's offensive area and instructions on
interaction and signal communications;
Division Commander's Instructions on Reconnaissance
The division commander considers his requirements for information and
determines the reconnaissance needed. He defines and specifies the missions and
objectives for reconnaissance. He defines the data he wants and when he needs
it and in what form the reconnaissance forces may be used, especially prior to
the offensive. Based on the combat missions and the assessment of available
information on the enemy, the division commander specifies the following:
-- the aim and the most important tasks of reconnaissance;
-- where and at what targets (areas, directions) the main effort of
reconnaissance must be concentrated;
-- what information must be acquired at what time;
-- what reconnaissance forces and means are allocated to be used in acquisition
of reconnaissance information prior to the initiation of the combat action.
He also specifies the additional troops and means which he desires to employ to
accomplish reconnaissance tasks. He also listens to the suggestions of the
chief of staff and chief of the reconnaissance section on reconnaissance
issues, as well as on reconnaissance during the conduct of the most important
tasks.
The following is a sample of typical division commander's instructions on
reconnaissance. These are elaborated on by the chief of staff and implemented
by the chief of reconnaissance.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
DIVISION COMMANDER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON RECONNAISSANCE
1. Reconnaissance must in a timely fashion disclose the measures taken by
the US Eighth Mechanized Division to prepare to attack, determine the time of
initiation of the enemy's attack, and the grouping of the enemy forces and
their likely concept of action.
2. The principle tasks of reconnaissance are as follows:
-- detect the movement of rocket units and sub-units from their permanent
garrisons, their direction of movement, position areas of firing batteries,
command posts, areas of deployment of supplies of nuclear rounds, and locations
of stockpiles;
-- detect the movement of the US Eighth Division from its permanent garrisons,
the direction of movement, and the assembly and deployment areas of main
grouping;
-- detect the number of units and combat composition of units and sub-units in
the areas____, determine their time of readiness, their direction of movement,
and the enemy's intention regarding their employment;
-- follow and observe the movement of enemy forces in their attack area;
-- detect and determine the characteristics of defensive engineer work in the
covering (security) zone.
-- establish the locations and strength of platoon strong points, weapons
firing positions, mine fields and obstacles along the forward edge of the main
line of resistance and on alternate positions in the depth.
The main effort of reconnaissance is to be concentrated in the direction of
___.
The Chief of Staff's Actions on Reconnaissance
The division chief of staff supervises all aspects of reconnaissance including:
-- responsibility for organizing reconnaissance;
-- obligation to know the enemy in the division area, to forecast likely
changes in the situation, and to be ready to answer the commander's questions
about enemy forces;
-- give concrete details of reconnaissance missions assigned by the higher
commander and staff, specify the order (priority) of the conduct of the
reconnaissance missions, confirm targets on which the main reconnaissance
effort will be concentrated, designate forces and means to conduct of the most
important tasks and the reserve of reconnaissance troops and means;
In addition the chief of staff issues instructions on the principle measures
regarding the preparation of reconnaissance forces and means to accomplish
assigned missions, designates and instructs the time of signing the
reconnaissance plan and combat instructions on reconnaissance.
The following is a sample of typical instructions from the chief of staff to
the chief of reconnaissance.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
INSTRUCTIONS BY THE DIVISION CHIEF OF STAFF ON
RECONNAISSANCE
At the end of 3.22 the observation system must be organized on the state
border by the forces and means of the division reconnaissance battalion and the
112th MRR. Deployment of observation points will be coordinated with the border
troops.
The Division Separate Special Purpose (SPETZNAZ) company is to concentrate in
the area ______. Preparation of the SPETZNAZ reconnaissance groups to conduct
missions must be completed by the end of 3.23.
On 3.28 the characteristics of defensive engineer work, the extent of their
occupation, grouping of forces and the fire system of the defending enemy
troops in the covering (security) zones at ___ and on the forward defensive
line in areas ___ must be confirmed.
The reconnaissance plan and combat instructions on reconnaissance are to be
presented at 0900 on 3.24.
Based on the instructions of the division commander and chief of staff, the
chief of reconnaissance begins to organize the reconnaissance for the
operation. The measures and actions taken by the division chief of
reconnaissance include the following:
-- issuing the reconnaissance combat mission to various reconnaissance troops
and the establishing the time for completing each mission as well as the time
and method for reporting reconnaissance information;
-- establishing the measures for interaction among the various reconnaissance
activities and units conducting them;
-- issuing instructions to the reconnaissance troops concerning the method of
their movement to their deployment areas;
-- instructing the reconnaissance staff on preparing the reconnaissance plan.
-- monitoring the attainment of assigned missions.
Estimate of the Situation by Chief of Reconnaissance
During the commander's estimate of the situation the chief of reconnaissance
provides an assessment of the enemy to include the following:
-- situation, status, character of action, and intention of enemy ground
forces;
-- situation, status, location, and capabilities of enemy artillery, air, air
defense, and other special (nuclear) targets;
-- grouping of enemy artillery;
-- location of enemy nuclear rocket troops and nuclear depots;
-- location of enemy reserves.
Instructions of Division on Reconnaissance to the Chief of
Reconnaissance of the Regiment
The division chief of reconnaissance prepares instructions on the conduct of
reconnaissance for each regiment in accordance with the overall division
reconnaissance plan. The instructions cover the following points:
-- a short current summary of information on the enemy;
-- what measures the regiments will take to establish observation;
-- organize division visual observation posts and observation posts from the
one regiment in the covering force up to the border;
-- during preparation for the offensive, establish the time enemy covering
forces begin to appear in the forward areas and their composition, grouping,
areas of deployment, and defensive positions;
-- establish the extent of engineer fortifications and preparations, and
locations of nuclear and conventional fougasse in the covering force area;
-- establish the enemy's basic main line of defense and its engineer
preparations, and obstacles in front of the main line of resistance;
-- when reconnaissance reports and summaries will be sent;
-- when the report on the operations, situation, and composition of the
reconnaissance forces themselves and fulfillment of their missions will be sent
to division;
|
|
|
Guiding Data of Reconnaissance
Plan
Figure 213 Composition of reconnaissance forces

|
|
|
Figure 214 Calculation of 12th MRD
Reconnaissance Forces and Means and Their Distribution in Terms of
Missions

|
|
|
Figure 215 Graphic (Map) Plan of
Reconnaissance

|
|
|
Figure 216 Written Instructions to
Reconnaissance Plan

|
|
|
Reconnaissance Reports
There are three standard reconnaissance reports issued during each day. The
periodic reconnaissance report is sent to higher headquarters every few hours
as prescribed by instructions. It provides a picture (snapshot) of the
situation at a specific time. The organization and content of the report is
shown below. The reconnaissance summary is provided once a day in accordance
with instructions. It provides a brief narrative of the highlights of the past
24 hour period. The organization and content is shown below. The reconnaissance
operational report is a report that reconnaissance units and sub-units give to
the staff which has assigned them to conduct reconnaissance. It gives the
situation as of a specific time, but not of the enemy as in the periodic
report, but rather of the operational status, missions, capabilities,
requirements, and activities of own reconnaissance forces and means. The format
and content of this report is also shown below.
|
|
|
PERIODIC RECONNAISSANCE REPORT
1. General enemy action:
Nature of actual enemy action along the entire area of the army with the
enemy's composition and grouping of committed forces and reserves.
2. Special enemy situation
Same as above for each direction or area of subordinate formations (large
units) from right to left.
3. Significant specific information about the enemy
4. Conclusion:
Possible development of enemy action including likely time and place of
commitment of his reserves and use of nuclear weapons, etc.
|
|
|
RECONNAISSANCE SUMMARY
1. General enemy Situation:
1. Overall development:
A summary of overall development of the enemy's activity during the report
period in the entire sector of the division with the total estimated enemy
losses and his current density of forces and means.
2. Summary on each direction:
Summary of enemy activity during the report period on each direction from right
to left.
-- a.
-- b.
-- c.
3. Enemy nuclear capability and preparation
4. Enemy air actions
5. Enemy naval action
6. Significant information about the enemy
-- a. nuclear weapons
-- b. new weapons and equipment
-- c. new methods of action
-- d. important POW interrogation
-- e. new reserves
-- f. other
7. Conclusion: Actual situation of the enemy and his likely intentions and
characteristics of action:
-- a. strength, number of units, composition
-- b. grouping of forces
-- c. air and naval forces
-- d. reserves
-- e. general situation in the enemy territory
-- f. likely actions
|
|
|
RECONNAISSANCE OPERATIONAL REPORT
1. Mission questions (tasks)
-- Answers to the questions given as reconnaissance tasks, where, when what was
looked for etc.
2. What other things were discovered
-- Additional information acquired during the reconnaissance task by these
units.
3. Actual Situation and Requests for assistance
-- Gives actual status of reconnaissance forces and means their losses,
supplies, capabilities, and requests for assistance. What are the
reconnaissance forces doing and where they are.
|
|
|
Artillery
The following section contains the basic documents used in planning
artillery support at the division level.
Instructions from Chief of RT&A at Army
The chief of rocket troops and artillery at army issues instructions on
artillery to the divisions. These instructions inform the division on what
artillery reinforcements it will receive and what fire missions it must
undertake for army, as well as what targets will be attacked by army artillery
and other matters. See the section on the army artillery for detailed
discussion.
Suggestions of Chief of RT&A to Commander
The chief of rocket troops and artillery informs the commander of the
instructions received from higher headquarters, his own estimate of the enemy
artillery and status of friendly artillery and makes suggestions in support of
the commander's decision. See Chapter Two for details of the responsibilities
of the chief of rocket troops and artillery and his suggestions to the
commander.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
Suggestions of Division Chief of RT&A to the Division Commander
during the Making of the Decision
Enemy Forces
Directly opposing the 16th MRD are elements of the ___8th Mechanized Division,
Vth US Corps. They have the following missiles and nuclear artillery:
-- _____;
-- _____;
-- ______;
Deeper in the enemy defense area the following operational-tactical missiles
can affect the division's attack sector:
-- ____;
-- ____;
-- ____;
The enemy's artillery supporting his brigade and divisional defense area
consists of ___,___,___,___.
On the forward defense belt the majority of artillery is in prepared positions
with its known battery positions as follows:
-- ____;
-- ____;
-- ____;
-- _____;
Artillery reconnaissance and air and radio-technical reconnaissance is to
locate the positions of brigade and division artillery which are not yet known.
Own forces
The 16th MRD is reinforced for the offensive with six gun and one MRL artillery
battalions and 1 anti-tank battalion from ____. The attached artillery units
will arrive at the division at ____. The composition of these units along with
the divisional artillery in personnel is 92% and 95% in equipment.
The total artillery available in the division totals 16 artillery battalions
(288 guns and howitzers and 36 MRL's), plus 54 mortars and 36 AT guns and 78
ATGM's. IN terms of the required number of guns per kilometer of breakthrough
frontage, the division shall be capable to support a break through sector of up
to 4 km width. The capability of the division artillery makes it possible to
establish DAG and RAG's with the following compositions:
-- DAG - 6 arty battalions;
-- RAG1 - 3 arty battalions;
-- RAG2 - 3 arty battalions;
-- RAG3 - 2 arty battalions.
The division can establish an AT reserve composed of one AT battalion and still
be able to reinforce the anti-tank sub-units of first echelon regiments.
Organic and attached artillery units and sub-units are currently in the
assembly area preparing for the operation, their training and combat experience
is satisfactory. Supplies of ammunition and fuel are at designated norms at the
units and at the division level.
The division expenditure requirements in ammunition for the conduct of the
offensive battle and its resupply during the operation and creation of supply
reserves at the end of the operation are as follows:
|
|
|
Totals required |
SA |
ARTY |
MRL |
TANK |
PVO |
Quantity on hand |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
2.25 |
2.0 |
in units |
0.8 |
0.8 |
0.8 |
1.5 |
1.5 |
in div depots |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.75 |
0.5 |
Resupplied during the battle |
1.5 |
3.5 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
3.0 |
Used during the battle |
1.5 |
3.5 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
3.0 |
Balance at end of battle |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
2.25 |
2.0 |
|
|
|
From the army's instructions on the employment of
RT&A the following are known: the 16th MRD should deploy 4 arty bns
forward, of which one arty bn will be from the regiment comprising the forward
detachment. These artillery units should prepare firing positions 3-8 km from
the border. Also the division rocket battalion should deploy 10 km from the
border. The movement of the forward detachment through the enemy's covering
force area should be supported by a minimum of 3 artillery battalions. The
remaining artillery troops of the division should be ready to support the
deployment and commitment into battle of the division main forces.
The division will conduct a break through on the enemy forward defense zone on
ta width of 4 km. The division breakthrough area will be also covered by fire
of 4 artillery battalions of AAG, 2 battalions of the AGRA, and 3 battalions of
second echelon division artillery.
The duration of artillery preparatory fire will be 40 minutes, assault support
fire should be conducted through the depth of the enemy's first echelon brigade
defenses.
Artillery reconnaissance of division artillery should detect and locate the
enemy's FLOT, strong points, artillery and mortar batteries, CP's and reserves.
|
|
|
Suggestions
1. To support the division mission the artillery groups should be
established as follows:
-- DAG: army artillery brigade + MRL bn (attached) + division MRL bn - total 6
battalions.
-- RAG1: (main direction) division arty regiment (- MRL bn) + regt arty bn -
total 4 bns.
-- RAG2: 22 Arty Bde (- 2 bns) + regt arty bn - total 3 bns.
-- Division anti-tank reserve: Army AT Bn (attached).
-- Regt AT reserve (main direction) 2 AT batteries.
-- Regt AT reserve 2 AT batteries;
-- Regt AT reserve 1 AT battery
2. During the commitment into battle of the division second-echelon the tank
regiment will be reinforced by two artillery battalions.
3. Duration of artillery preparatory fire is 40 minutes and should be started
when own troops deploy into battalion columna at the line of ___.
4. Artillery support during the course of the battle should be conducted by
double fire curtain (ognivoi val) up to the depth of the enemy's first echelon
battalions, then by the method of successive concentrations of fire (PSO) to
the entire depth of the brigade defense. Further on artillery accompanying fire
should be conducted by means of massive and concentration fire.
Instructions of the Division Commander on Determining Missions,
Targets, and Means for using Rocket Forces
The division commander issues detailed instructions on the employment of rocket
forces. This guidance is taken by the chief of rocket troops and artillery and
it forms one of the bases for the detailed planning of rocket troops. The
guidance includes the following points:
-- which enemy groups and targets will be destroyed in the first nuclear strike
by the division rocket battalion:
---- a. destruction of nuclear means and nuclear depots in the following
location;
-----b. destruction of main forces of the ____ division;
-----c. destruction of command posts of the ____ brigades at the following
locations _____;
---- d. destruction of PVO points at ____,____, and --;
---- the enemy forces will be destroyed to the following level in percent using
the following types of warheads and bursts -( for example, air burst of 20 kt);
-----reserve of nuclear and chemical ammunition;
Instructions of the Division Commander in Determining the Missions for
Artillery;
The division commander also issues instructions giving his guidance for the
employment of artillery in support of the coming operation. The instructions
include the following points:
-- the composition of artillery groups and distribution of artillery among the
regiments;
-- designate the specific composition of the division artillery group and
composition of the anti-tank reserve;
-- designate the main missions for artillery during the preparation phase and
the course of the operation;
-- designate the breakthrough area, time for artillery preparation, depth of
artillery support and its type; and the quantity of ammunition which will be
used;
-- which artillery will participate in the artillery preparation;
-- how artillery will support the commitment of the division second-echelon
regiment;
Instructions of Division Chief of RT&A on Artillery to the Chief of
Artillery of a Regiment
The chief of rocket troops and artillery at the division level prepares
instructions on various technical details of artillery activities for each
regiment. These instructions provide the regimental artillery chiefs with
information on their regiment's requirements to fit the division plan, what
resources they can expect, and other matters. The regiment chiefs report on
this information to their commanders and use it as one of the bases for their
artillery planning. The instructions contain the following points:
-- what artillery battalions and anti-tank artillery units will be provided as
reenforcement for the regiment;
-- what will be the norms for expenditure of ammunition during the preparatory
fire and support fire, and for the regiment's important missions, and the
capabilities for its resupply during the course of the battle;
-- instructions for conduct of re-confirming reconnaissance and exact
determination of the targets that will be destroyed in the artillery
preparatory fire phase;
-- which division or army artillery sub-group will support the regiment during
the course of the day's battle;
-- width of the breakthrough sector for the regiment, density of artillery per
kilometer of front, and length of duration of the preparatory fire, composition
of the fire preparation (usually it consists of 3-5 artillery strikes), means
for delivery of ammunition to the gun firing positions;
-- details on movement of the artillery units to their forward firing positions
in order to be ready for conduct of preparatory fire, the areas for the firing
positions, time to arrive and be prepared, conduct of artillery reconnaissance,
designation of the targets for the preparatory fire,
-- how support fire will be provided up to the depth of the defending
first-echelon brigades and the types of artillery support fire;
-- methods for providing artillery accompanying fire during the battle;
-- composition and grouping of the artillery in the covering force area and its
missions;
Combat Instructions of Division Chief of Artillery to Commander of
Division Artillery Group (DAG)
The division chief of artillery issues instructions to the DAG commander, who
generally will be the commander of an artillery brigade attached from army, on
the conduct of artillery fire for the coming battle. The following is a sample
of these instructions.
|
|
|
- Serial No.
-- Secret
-- Copy No.
Combat Instructions
of Division Chief of RT & Artillery to DAG
CP: At ___(location) at ___ (time and date)
RT & Arty to DAG
1. Enemy:
Elements of enemy's Vth Corps prepare to initiate military action against our
forces. The enemy has prepared a defensive line along the Fulda River to
inflict maximum losses on friendly forces from defensive posture. On this line
units of the enemy's Third Armored Division of the Vth U.S. Corps will be
directly confronting the 16th Motorized Rifle Division, with up to 1.5
mechanized battalions in his first echelon, a brigade reserve of up to one tank
battalion. The location of enemy forces are shown on the attached map.
2. Own Forces:
Using the air strikes and fire of 18 artillery battalions the 16th MRD breaks
through the enemy defense on a 4 km frontage in the area south of Bad Hersfeld
and Asbach. The division's immediate and long range missions and other elements
of the division commander's decision are shown on the map annex.
3. Tasks:
The division artillery group is composed of the following elements:
-- 96th Artillery Brigade (army) commander and headquarters as the commander
and staff of the DAG;
-- 96th Artillery Brigade (army) - 4 artillery battalions;
-- 101st Reactive Artillery Battalion;
-- Reactive artillery battalion from 16th Artillery Regiment (division);
The division artillery group in cooperation and interaction with army artillery
groups and regimental artillery conducts the following tasks:
-- a. During the approach of division forces and means for the attack:
-- Destroy enemy's detected nuclear artillery pieces in the area ___;
-- Suppress enemy artillery batteries in areas ___, ___, ___, ___;
-- Destroy enemy control and radar ;points at ___, ___, ___ and ___;
-- b. During the artillery preparatory fire: (from H - 00:45 to H - 00:05);
-- Suppress targets No. 43, 45, 63, 64, 66, and 67 from H - 00:45 to H - 00:37;
-- Suppress targets 54, 55, 56, 72, 74 and 75 from H - 00:37 to H - 00:20;
-- Suppress targets of first artillery strike from H - 00:20 to H - 00: 05;
-- Conduct the covering strike on enemy artillery at __-, ___, ___ and ___ from
H - 00:07 to H + 00:03;
-- c. During the conduct of the attack:
-- conduct fire curtain on areas 21, 22, 23, and 24 on the first line of the
fire curtain and as the infantry and tank advance shift on subsequent lines in
the areas 63, 65, 66, 67, and then on 74, 75, 76, and 77;
-- conduct fire support by method of successive concentration of fire, beyond
the depth of enemy's first echelon battalions on line Tiger (target 101, 102,
103), Lion (targets 211, 214, 215) and Wolf (targets 121, 123, and 124);
-- Be prepared to support the repulsion of enemy counterattack from the line
___ with 2 artillery battalions;
-- Be prepared to detach two artillery battalions to the second echelon
regiment (16th Tank Regiment) at its line of commitment into battle;
-- Be prepared to participate with at least 3 artillery battalions in massive
fire "Neptune" to inflict losses on advancing enemy reserves at ___-;
The deployment area of the DAG and its relocation during the battle are shown
on the annexed map; The DAG must occupy its position in the FUP area on the
night of 16/17 July between 22:00 and 04:00 hrs; The expenditure of ammunition
is shown on the annexed table;
4. Tasks conducted by higher echelon and issues of interaction:
-- In the division's sector the following targets will be destroyed
(suppressed) by army artillery group, AGRA, and artillery of the army's second
echelon division:
---- 1. During the movement forward: targets 112, 113, 114, 116, and 117;
----2. During the artillery preparatory fire: targets 32, 33, 34, 45, 47, 48,
52, 53, 54, and 78;
----3. During the assault support fire: targets 152, 153, 154, 184, 185, and
186;
--- 4. The combat helicopters and air forces destroy targets at the enemy's
brigade and divisional reserve area, division CP, and 155 mm artillery
batteries and Lance missile batteries;
--- 5. Regimental artillery groups are assigned to support the attack in
sectors of related regiments and destroy mortar batteries at __, ___, and __;
5. Troop control:
The division command post deploys at Unlerneurode.
The division's rear control point deploys at Douges.
The division forward command post deploys south of the T road junction west of
Melkames.
The movement direction of division control points during the battle is the
direction of Asbach, Rimberg- Hallhof.
Signal communication with division control points is to be established by
radio, radio-relay, and mobile communications means with strict observance of
secure troop control regulations.
Planning Combat Employment of Rocket Troops and Artillery in Division
Offensive Operations
The plan of employment of rocket troops and artillery is the principle document
prescribing combat actions of rocket troops and artillery in terms of missions
of the battle. This plan is a main component of division plans for the battle.
While planning the combat employment of rocket troops and artillery, the chief
of rocket troops and artillery accomplishes the following:
-- clarify the mission;
-- study the decision of the division commander on the employment of rocket
troops and artillery;
-- study instructions from higher echelon (army) on the employment of rocket
troops and artillery;
-- conduct a full assessment (estimate) of the situation;
-- make decisions on employment of rocket troops and artillery on the basis of
which the plan for combat employment is prepared.
The plan is prepared in graphic form on a 1/100,000 or 1/50,000 scale map with
an annex of written instructions. The plan is signed by the chief of the rocket
troops and artillery and his chief of staff. It is approved by the division
commander. The plan is considered a part of the division's plan of battle. The
following points are shown in the graphic part of the plan:
-- situations and actions of enemy forces, his important groupings, and targets
of rocket troops and artillery;
-- situations and missions of division forces and regiments and boundaries
between them;
-- missions of rocket troops in the initial and subsequent nuclear strikes,
number of targets, yields of nuclear rounds, types of bursts, sub-units and
units launching the strikes, and time of delivery of strikes;
-- employ rocket troops against enemy nuclear means;
-- directions of movements and positions areas of rocket troops in attack (FUP)
positions, and in the security and border areas;
-- relocate positions of rocket troops during the course of conduct of battle;
-- artillery groupings of the division and regiments in attack (FUP) areas and
in security and border areas;
-- penetration (breakthrough) areas and density of artillery in these areas;
-- areas of deployment of antitank reserves of the division and regiments and
the directions of their actions;
-- maneuver of rocket troops and artillery during the course of conduct of
operations;
-- positions of air defense artillery and areas of radar;
-- other elements of division combat formations.
In the plan an annex of the initial nuclear strike of the division rocket
troops, with written instructions is also prepared.
The following points are covered in the written instructions:
-- combat composition of rocket troops and artillery, distribution of attached
and organic artillery among the regiments, and their regroupment during the
course of battle;
-- distribution of artillery rounds in terms of their allocation to division
missions and in terms of their distribution to different regiments;
-- composition of antitank reserves of the division and regiments.
The following issues are reflected in the work document:
-- method, time of preparation, and delivery of rockets to troops;
-- calculation of time for bringing rocket troops and artillery to full combat
readiness;
-- calculation of time for movement of rocket troops;
-- expenditure of conventional rounds in battle and for each mission during the
battle;
-- measures for protecting troops against enemy mass-destruction weapons.
Distribution of Artillery and Artillery Units from Army
The chief of rocket troops and artillery must distribute the division artillery
battalions and those received from army to form the regimental artillery groups
and the division artillery group. The form for entering this information is
given in Figure 217.
Graphic of Arty Prep Fire
This table is prepared by the staff of the rocket troops and artillery in
planning the coordinated fire of all the division artillery during the
preparatory fire phase. It shows the time and sequence for firing at each
target. (Figure 218)
Graphic of Initial Nuclear Strike
This table (Figure 219) shows the times for the division rocket battalion to
prepare and be ready to participate in the front initial nuclear
strike. It is kept constantly up to date during the battle as the status of
designated targets shifts.
Annex to Div Arty Fire Plan
This table (Figure 220) is prepared as part of the division artillery fire
planning. It shows the participation of all division organic and attached
artillery units including those from army included in the DAG and RAG's. The
table shows the sequence of fire during preparatory, support and accompanying
phases.
Echelonment of Ammunition Supply in the Division
This table (Figure 221) shows the amount and location of ammunition available
for the battle.
|
|
|
Figure 217 Distribution of artillery and
Artillery units from Army

|
|
|
Figure 218 Graphic of Artillery Preparation
Plan

|
|
|
Figure 219 Graphic of Initial Nuclear
Strike

|
|
|
Figure 220 Annex to Division Artillery Fire
Plan
 |
|
|
Figure 221 Echelonment of Ammunition Supply
in the Division

|
|
|
Division Artillery Plan
The division artillery plan depicts the spacial layout of the artillery forces
and means supporting the division in relation to the operational framework for
the offensive. The framework is the boundary lines of the division with its
adjacents and between the regiments, as well as the boundaries of the
breakthrough sector and the deployment lines of the combined arms regiments
into battalion and company columns and the assault line. It provides a
schematic diagram of the organizational structure of the artillery into its
army, division, and regimental artillery groups, surface to surface rocket
units, and anti-tank reserve units. It also shows the air defense units
covering the artillery and unit headquarters. It also presents a visual
schematic layout of the pre-planned artillery fire during the preparatory fire
and assault support fire stages. The individual and grouped fire concentrations
are numbered by target and related to the firing artillery group by color code.
The target numbers are listed in the graphical tables accompanying the map.
These concentrations are planned to the full depth of the enemy position
against known targets. The sample map shows only some of the planned
concentrations, for lack of space to preserve clarity for the viewer. Newly
detected targets will be added as they appear. On the map are indicated some of
the nuclear strikes by division rockets, which are always planned whether or
not use of nuclear weapons is expected to occur immediately. The map also
indicates the lines for the successive double barrage that forms the first
phase of the assault support fire. This is delivered on the leading edge of the
defense positions just as the assaulting forces reach their final line and then
shifts into the depth as indicated. The lines for firing against possible enemy
counter attacks are shown. In this sample map only one is indicated. An
important feature of artillery planning is the designation of deployment lines
for the regimental and division anti-tank reserves. During the combat these
units will always be on the march from one designated line to the next,
remaining in column, and only actually deploying at the next designated line if
an enemy counter-attack seems likely. The diagram also indicates the general
pre-planned location of the main artillery groups at certain critical stages on
the battle, such as during the commitment of the second-echelon and during
forcing a water barrier. Actually, the individual artillery battalions of these
RAG's and DAG will be displacing forward frequently to intermediate firing
positions not indicated on the map. Starting from the right, the map shows the
division in its assembly area 25 to 40 km from the national border prior to D
Day. Only a covering force from one regiment with artillery and the divisional
rocket battalion are forward, within 10 km of the border. The map then shows
the deployment scene after the forward detachment has pushed the defender back
through his covering force area and revealed the location of the main defense
line (FEBA). The artillery has come forward behind the forward detachment and
gone into position at least 6 hours prior to the attack. It has been
distributed into a RAG for each first-echelon regiment, the division DAG, and
the army AAG and AGRA.. All are covered by the regimental and division SAM air
defense units. After the artillery is in position the motor rifle and tank
battalions of the first-echelon regiments move forward, deploying into
battalion, company, and platoon columns at designated lines. The commencement
of the artillery preparatory fire is timed to start with the arrival of the
assault forces at the battalion deployment lines and to continue until they
reach the assault line. At this time the assault support fire commences.
However there is a short interim between these called "overlapping
fire" during which the artillery conducts special firing sequences
designed to confuse the enemy and conceal the time of the assault. The targets
fired upon during this period are not specially designated on the map.
The center of the sample map shows a representative number of the fire
concentrations intermingled with the representations of the defender's strong
points and the deployment lines for the anti-tank reserve. The lines for the
immediate and subsequent missions of the battalions are not shown. In the left
center are the general locations of the RAG's, DAG, and division rocket
battalion at the time of commitment of the second-echelon regiment. Further
left the same units are shown at the time of their support for the forcing of
the water barrier. At the far left they are shown again as the division
consolidates the ground gained and prepares for the next day's operations.
|
|
|
Figure 222 Division artillery plan map
 |
|
|
Engineer
Plan for employment of engineers
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signal
|
|
|
Plan for employment of Signal
Troops
The Following Points are Shown on the Division Signal Plan Map
(1:200,000 OR 1:100.00)
-- boundaries and missions of division and regiments;
-- command posts of division and regiments in the FUP areas and relocation of
command posts during the conduct of the action;
-- command posts of the rocket troops and artillery and air defense troops.
-- command posts of radio electronic combat troops, reconnaissance troops,
engineer troops, chemical troops, etc;
-- areas of deployment of division mobile material battalion, regimental rear
services, and other important installations of division rear services;
-- signal centers of the division and regimental command posts;
-- axis and directions of division and regimental wire communication system;
-- directions, axes, and circular paths of mobile communication means of the
division and regiments;
-- centers and stations of division and regimental field mail service;
-- areas of deployment of signal supply and repair units of the division.
|
|
|
SIGNALS COORDINATION,
10TH RIFLE DIVISION. D-DAY (Map 1:50,000)
|
TACTICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF THE
SIGNALS |
RADIO SIGNALS
|
VISUAL SIGNALS
|
WHO GIVES SIGNAL |
TO WHOM SIGNAL IS GIVEN |
|
|
1. ATTACK OF INFANTRY TO BEGIN. |
222 |
THUNDER |
WHITE ROCKETS |
R DIV CO |
CO. OF R REGTS. |
2. ATTACK OF TANKS TO BEGIN. |
333 |
LIGHTNING |
BLACK ROCKETS |
R DIV CO |
(SAME) |
3. DEPARTURE AT THE LINE OF ATTACK:
29th R REGT
28TH R REGT
30TH R REGT
|
444
555
666
|
WAVE
SEA
OCEAN
|
BLUE ROCKETS (SAME)
(SAME)
|
29TH REGT CO
28TH REGT CO
30TH REGT CO
|
CO. OF R DIV
(SAME)
(SAME)
|
4. PREPARED FOR ATTACK: 29TH R
REGT
28TH R REGT
30TH R REGT
TANKS
|
777
888
999
000
|
RIVER
BROOK
LAKE
WATERFALL
|
VIOLET ROCKET (SAME)
(SAME)
(SAME)
|
29TH REGT CO
28TH REGT CO
30TH REGT CO
TANK REGT CO
|
R DIV CO
(SAME)
(SAME)
(SAME)
|
5. IMMEDIATE MISSION COMPLETED:
29TH R REGT
28TH R REGT
30TH R REGT
|
AAA
BBB
CCC
|
BULLET
BOMB
GRENADE
|
BL/WHITE ROCKETS
(SAME)
(SAME)
|
29TH REGT CO
28TH REGT CO
30TH REGT CO
|
(SAME)
(SAME)
(SAME)
|
6. TANKS PASSED TO THE ATTACK |
TTT |
CALM |
(SAME) |
TANK REGT CO |
(SAME) |
7. SHIFT ARTILLERY FIRE TO ZONE
(COORDINATES)
|
PPP |
WIND |
WHITE ROCKETS |
R REGT CO |
REGT ARTY GRP CO |
8. CEASE FIRING ON ZONE
(COORDINATES)
|
GGG |
GALE |
RED ROCKETS |
R REGT CO TANK
REGT CO
|
(SAME) |
9. AREA OCCUPIED (COORDINATES)
|
KKK |
VICTORY |
Red/WhiteROCKETS |
R REGT CO TANK
REGT CO
|
R DIV CO |
10. FROM AVIATION TO INF:
"WHERE IS FRONT"
|
33 |
MORNING |
GREEN ROCKETS |
PLANE |
RIFLE UNITS |
11. FROM RIFLE UNITS TO AVIATION:
"I AM FRIENDLY"
|
44 |
EVENING |
AIR-GRD PANEL, GREEN ROCKETS
|
RIFLE UNITS |
PLANE |
12. COUNTERATTACK OF ENEMY FROM AREA
(COORDINATES) |
01 |
PANTHER |
TRACER BULLETS TOWARD
ENEMY |
CO OR R BN |
ALL |
13. TANKS OF ENEMY IN AREA (COORDINATES) |
02 |
TIGER |
(SAME) |
CO OR R BN |
ALL |
14. I AM ATTACKING (COORDINATES OF
OBJECTIVE) |
03 |
WHIRLWIND |
(SAME) |
CO TANK BR |
R DIV CO |
TACTICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SIGNALS |
RADIO SIGNALS |
VISUAL SIGNALS |
WHO GIVES SIGNAL |
TO WHOM SIGNAL IS
GIVEN |
|
CHIEF OF OPERATIONS RANK,
SIGNATURE
DIV SIGNAL OFFICER
RANK, SIGNATURE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rear Service
|
|
|
Contents of the
Instructions of the Division Commander on Rear Service Support
-- area of deployment and direction of movement of the rear service;
-- supply and evacuation routes for material support;
-- volume and time of the establishment of the material reserves;
-- consumption norms of material means prior to the initiation of the attack
and during the first day of the battle;
-- method and time of preparation of combat equipment and vehicles ;
-- method of repair and evacuation of combat vehicles and motor vehicles;
-- principal measures on medical supplies;
-- location of rear service control point;
Contents of the Division Order for Rear Service Support
-- boundaries of the rear service area;
-- areas of deployment of the rear service units sub-units and installations,
direction of their relocation, areas and lines of their deployment for the
attack;
-- supply and evacuation routes of units and large units prior to the
initiation of the attack and during the attack, missions related to their
preparation, movement support on these routes, troops and means attached for
such service;
-- volume and time of establishment of material reserves;
-- missions on rear service support for every unit and sub-unit of the rear
service prior to the initiation of and during the attack;
-- organization of continuous security and defense of the rear service;
-- location of the rear service control point;
-- time of readiness of the rear services;
Elements Participating in Planning of Rear Service Support
-- division rear service staff;
-- division staff;
-- chief of technical support;
-- chief of artillery;
-- chief of engineers;
-- chief of chemical ;
-- etc.
Planning Measures Taken Prior to Receipt of Division Order and Army
Directive
-- preparation of the rear service area in terms of engineer work;
-- collection of mobile material reserve;
-- repair of weapons, combat and transport equipment;
-- evacuation of wounded and sick from medical points;
Contents of the Graphic Part of the Rear Service Support Plan
-- brief information about the enemy's disposition;
-- boundaries of the rear service area;
-- situation of friendly troops, missions of the division and regiments;
-- areas of deployment of the main elements of the division's combat formation;
-- deployment of the rear service elements of the division in the departure
area and their relocation during the attack;
-- area of deployment of division separate material support bn. and its
relocation during the attack;
-- areas of deployment of the rear services and rear service control points of
the division and regiments in the departure area and their relocation during
the attack;
-- axis and "rokad" (lateral) routes of the army, division,
and regiments;
-- protection, security, and defense of the rear service area;
-- points of supply of division vehicles with POL;
-- etc.
Contents of Written Instructions on the Division Rear Service Support
Plan
-- principal tasks of the rear service;
-- composition of the rear service;
-- material support of the troops;
-- medical support of the troops;
-- action of transport sub-units;
-- supply of vehicles with POL;
-- method of foodstuff supply;
-- repair of clothing and merchandise;
-- protection, security and defense of the rear service targets;
-- method of chemical decontamination of clothing;
-- method of troops control, diagram of the deployment of the rear service
control point, table of call signs of individuals and command (control) points;
-- other calculations of material means etc.
|
|
|
Figure 223 -Echelonment of material in
division
NORMS OF ECHELONMENT OF MATERIAL MEANS IN DIVISION |
Type of supply |
Total in div |
Division depot |
Regiment depot |
Battalion |
Company |
Individual |
Small arms |
1.0 |
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
Arty & mtr |
1.0 |
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
MRL rockets |
1.0 |
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
Tank |
2.25 |
0.5 |
|
|
|
|
Air Def |
2.0 |
0.5 |
|
|
|
|
Gas |
1.7 |
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
Diesel |
2.4 |
0.5 |
|
|
|
|
Food |
13.0 |
2.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deployment of Division Rear Service
Elements
I. In the departure area:
--- 1. In first-echelon
---- Medical bn, collection point for damaged vehicles, part of repair bn
---2. In the second-echelon
---- The rest of the division rear services elements ie. separate material
support bn,bakery, transport sub-units, combined depot, separate medical
detachment, rest of repair bn, etc.
II. During the conduct of the attack:
--- 1. In the first-echelon:
---- Reserves of ammunition, POL, and other means, medical bn, part of repair
and evacuation means
---2. In the second-echelon
---- Separate material support bn, mobile bakery, combined depot, transport
sub-units, separate medical detachment, rest of the repair bn, other sub-units,
the rear control point
Supply and Evacuation Routes
1. Axis routes
--- Div: from division depots to depots of first-echelon regiments and division
artillery positions
--- Regt: From regimental depots to first-echelon bn's rear service sub-units
and positions of regimental artillery
2. Lateral routes (rokad)
--- Div: Along the line of the regimental rear services, parallel with the
front line
--- Army: Along the line of the division depots parallel with the front line
Types of Material Means
-- all types of weapons' ammunition and spare parts supplies;
-- armor supplies;
-- motor - tractor supplies;
-- engineer supplies;
-- technical supplies;
-- signal supplies;
-- chemical supplies;
-- POL supply;
-- foodstuff supplies;
-- clothing supply;
-- medical supply;
-- veterinary supplies;
-- fuel and lighting supplies;
-- topography supplies;
-- monetary supplies;
-- water supplies.
|
|
|
Organizing Medical Support in Large
Units, Units, and Sub-units
|
|
|
The following are elements in organizing
support in large units, units, and sub-units:
-- timely conduct of first medical aid to the wounded and sick on the
battlefield;
-- collecting and evacuating wounded to medical points of units, large units,
and army's separate medical detachments;
-- extending medical assistance to wounded and sick, their treatment and
preparation for further evacuation;
-- extending qualified and special medical assistance to wounded and sick;
-- conducting measures on providing hygiene and protection from epidemics and
infectious disease;
-- conducting measures for protecting personnel against enemy mass-destruction
weapons, conduct of special and full decontamination.
Elements of Medical Support System in Units and Large Units
The following are elements of medical support systems in units and large units
in battalions:
-- battalion's medical point established by medical platoon.
The following are elements of medical support systems in units and large units
in regiments:
-- regiment's medical point is established by the regiment's medical company.
It collects rescues and transports wounded and sick from the battlefield and
battalion medical points, conducts "physician" medical assistance,
and prepares them for further evacuation.
The following are elements of medical support systems in units and large units
in divisions:
-- division's medical point is established by the division's medical battalion.
It is equipped with qualified medical assistance and evacuates the wounded and
sick to forward medical hospitals of the front.
Types of Medical Assistance
The following are elements of first aid:
-- self and mutual medical aid on the basis of instructions of sub-unit
commanders and by medical personnel of the company on the spot.
The following are elements of pre-physician medical assistance:
-- it is provided by paramedics (assistant physicians) particularly to counter
life threatening events (bleeding, concussion) and protecting wounds from
contamination and preventing shock.
The following are elements of first "physician" medical assistance:
-- it is provided by physicians in the unit's (regiment's) medical point. It
includes changing of bandages and dressings, stopping bleeding by medical
means, fixing fractures, simple surgical operation, and preventing shock.
The following are elements of qualified medical assistance:
-- it is provided by physicians, specialists, and surgeons normally at the
division's medical point and army's separate medical detachments. It includes
surgical operations, stopping bleeding, dressings, and preparing wounded for
evacuation to front hospitals.
The following are elements of specialized medical assistance:
-- it is provided by specialist physicians (internal, eye, orthopedic, etc.) at
front hospitals with full medical facilities. It is normally the final
phase of medical assistance.
|
|
|
Types of Technical Support
The following are types of technical support:
-- rocket technical support;
-- radio-electronic technical support;
-- aviation technical support;
-- artillery technical support;
-- armor technical support;
-- motor and tractor technical support;
-- engineer technical support;
-- chemical technical support;
-- signal technical support;
-- rear service technical support.
Principle Measures of Technical Support
The following are the principle measures of technical support:
-- technical service and maintenance;
-- supply of weapons, combat equipment, ammunition, and technical equipment;
-- organizing repair and evacuation of damaged equipment;
-- organizing the training of personnel who are learning the use of weapons and
technical equipment;
-- control of technical support troops and means during the battle.
Technical Service and Maintenance Tasks
The following are elements of tasks for technical service and maintenance
during control inspections:
-- Conducted by the crew prior to leaving the park, during the march (in
halts), before firing and exercises to test the readiness of tank for use,
normal function of major assemblies and mechanisms, instruments and systems. It
takes fifteen to thirty minutes. During the march it takes ten to fifteen
minutes.
The following are elements of tasks for technical service and maintenance
during technical service no. 1:
-- It is conducted after each return of the tank to the park, in march, during
intervals in the battle regardless of the distance covered by the tank. It is
conducted by the crew which inspects the level of fuel, lubricants, ammunition,
and conducts cleaning of parts and tests the technical status of major part for
security and normal functioning.
The following are elements of tasks for technical service and maintenance
during technical service no. 2:
-- It is different for different types of tanks. For T-54 it is conducted after
1,000-1,100 km. It takes 6.5-9.5 hours to conduct the service.
The following are elements of tasks for technical service and maintenance
during technical service no. 3:
-- It is conducted after 2,000-2,200 km. It takes eight to twelve hours to
conduct.
Technical service no. 2 and no. 3 include close inspection of the technical
status of the tasks, conduct of adjustments, replenishment or change of POL,
and lubricating of major assemblies. In addition to these there are two more
technical services:
-- seasonal technical service: conducted to winterize or summerize the tank
which includes change of special oil and preparing the tank for winter or
summer;
-- seasonal technical service: to prepare the vehicle for use (or after use) in
special conditions such as high mountainous areas, before or after river
crossings, etc.
Technical Service for Automobiles
The following are technical services for automobiles:
-- Combat test (inspection): Before moving out of the park. It takes fifteen to
twenty minutes to conduct. It is also conducted in march halts for ten to
fifteen minutes.
-- Routine technical inspection: After each return to the park or after 100-150
km. It takes 1-1.5 hours and includes inspection of replenishment with POL,
cleaning of parts, inspection of the technical status of major parts for
security and normal functioning.
-- Technical inspection no. 1: It is normally conducted after 1,000-1,200 km
during 3 hours.
-- Technical inspection no. 2: It is conducted after 5,000-6,000 km during 8
hours.
Most of the maintenance service of combat and transport vehicles are conducted
by tank crews, vehicle drivers under direct supervision of sub-unit commanders
and chiefs of technical service. To provide assistance to them in removing the
malfunctions, repair means can also be assigned.
Repair Levels
The following are repair levels:
-- routine repairs: conducted in the unit repair plant and sometimes in the
division repair plant with the participation of drivers and crews;
-- medium repair: conducted by division (and army if reinforced by repair
units) and the front.
-- major repair: normally conducted in repair plants and front repair
facilities
Priorities for Evacuation
The following are priorities for evacuation:
-- in the first priority vital equipment such as control means, rockets, and
other lightly damaged equipment is evacuated from under enemy fire;
-- in second priority equipment is evacuated which may be repaired by division
and regiment repair facilities;
-- in the third priority the rest of the damaged equipment is evacuated.
|
|
|
III. ARMY HEADQUARTERS
|
|
|
Operations
This section contains the combat documents received by, prepared in and issued
by the army operations directorate. They include orders and instructions as
well as elements of the operations plan. There is also a short discussion of
the commander's decision and planning process. For further discussion refer to
Chapter Three.
Sample Operational Instruction Front to Army
The army receives its orders in the form of an extract of the front
operational directive. The form and content of this instruction follows:
-- I. Enemy situation: a brief description of the enemy facing the army and its
expected courses of action.
-- II. The content of the orders to the army describing its missions.
-- III. The support provided by actions of front forces and means in
the army area.
-- IV. Troop control: The location and movement of the front command
post, signal communication measures and the succession for the front
commander.
-- V. The time and location at which the army commander must report his
decision to the front commander.
A sample of the operational instructions received by the army follows:
|
|
|
SAMPLE
OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVE OF THE CENTRAL FRONT
to Eighth Guards Army
|
|
|
Command Post ... map 1:1,000,000, 1983 ed.
1330 1, 2, 1985
I. Enemy Situation
In accordance with the international crisis and the deterioration of the
international situation, the enemy has secretly brought his armed forces to a
state of full combat readiness, and is preparing a surprise invasion into the
territory of the countries of the Warsaw Pact.
The Eighth Guards Army is confronted by the US V Corps. Its first-echelon is
composed of __ mechanized and armored divisions, __ Armored Cavalry Regiment
___ nuclear SSM's, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ____tanks, ___ artillery,
____SAM's and ____aircraft and helicopters.
In the second-echelon, the US V Corps has deployed ___ while mobilizing German
and French units are in reserve with a total of ___ divisions, ___ nuclear
SSM's, ___nuclear artillery pieces, ___ tanks,___ artillery, ___SAM's, and ___
aircraft and helicopters.
The enemy operation is supported by ___combat aircraft including ___ aircraft
with nuclear capabilities. The enemy will try to destroy the Warsaw Pact forces
by a surprise and decisive attack and disrupt its preparation for the offensive
operation. If the Warsaw Pact forces are able to overtake the enemy in
preparations and launch of the attack, the enemy is likely to conduct delaying
action along several pre-prepared defensive lines mostly on main rivers to
inflict the heaviest losses on WP forces and eventually destroy it in
counter-blows.
The enemy's counter-blows are likely to be launched from the line: ___________
in the direction of ______________, and from the line: _________ in the
direction of __________________.
II. The Eighth Guards Army reinforced with _____ artillery division,
______ anti-tank regt, _______:
Advances from the line _______________ by breaking the enemy's defense line
between ___ and ___ to launch the main blow in the direction Borndorf - Bad
Hersfeld - Wetzlar - Simmern to destroy the enemy's main forces in the area
____, _____, _______________, __________. At the end of D + 3 reach the line
Wetzlar - Bad Nauheim. Subsequently advance in the direction _______________ to
destroy on the march the enemy's arriving reserves in the area ___, ___, ___,
___ and at the end of the operation's _______ day seize the line ______,
_________. Alloted for the conduct of the operation are __ nuclear, __
chemical, __ conventional rocket warheads.
The army FUP area is 1352 - Gotha - Zelle - Seitz - Weissenfeld.
\ On the right is the First Guards Tank Army
The boundary with them follows the line Eilenburt - E 11o 34' -
Eisenach - Mast 2474 - N 51o 13' - 1427 (E 80o 26', N
50o 8') - Rhine at Neuwied.
On the left is the Twenty-eighth Guards Army
The boundary with them follows the line Mittwelda - Kahla - 2425 (E
10o 26' N 50o 37') - Gersfeld - Bad Vilbel - Frankfurt -
Rhine at Bingen - Trier.
Position the command post in the _____________ area, and the rear control post
in the _____________ area.
III. The following enemy sites in the army's attack
zone are destroyed by the front's rocket brigades: ________,
_____.
The Eighth Guards Army will receive ___ regimental sorties per day during the
accomplishment of the immediate mission and ___ regimental sorties per day
during its accomplishment of its subsequent mission.
The army will coordinate air defense with the ___ Fighter Division operating in
tis sector and the ___ SAM Brigade in sector.
IV. The front command post is in the area of
_________.
The front forward command post is in the area of __________________.
The front rear control point is in the area of ___________________.
The command post, forward command post and the rear control post move forward
in the direction of _________________.
Deputies: the front chief of staff, the first deputy commander of the
front, and the chief of the political directorate.
Communications are organized with all control points through radio,
radio-relay, telephone-telegraph, with subordinates, neighbors and units
interacting with yours.
V. The army commander will report his decision to the front
commander at ___ hrs. The army will be prepared to initiate the offensive by
___ hrs.
Signatures:
--1. Chief of the Operational Directorate
--2. Front Chief of Staff
--3. Front Commander
|
|
|
Planning documents
Contents of the Army Commander's Decision on the Offensive
Operation
The army commander's decision is the basis for all planning, orders, and
instructions. It is based on his clarification of the higher commander's orders
and his estimate of the situation. (See Chapter Three for full discussion). The
decision covers the following issues.
--Concept of the operation - missions, targets, and methods of employment of
the nuclear weapons;
-- Missions of motorized and tank divisions (army corps), rocket and artillery
troops, supporting air forces, airborne assault elements, missions of air
defense troops and different reserves;
-- Items related to coordination;
-- Measures to support the combat actions of the troops;
-- Troop control.
Components of the Concept of the Operation
The commander's concept of the operation is the central, key element in his
decision. This concept must be promulgated to the staff and all subordinates.
Clarifying this concept becomes the first task of subordinate commanders.
-- Method of destruction of enemy
-- Direction of main and other attacks
-- Use of means of destruction
-- Operational formation (grouping)
Calendar Plan
This is prepared to show all measures including each document of the operations
plan, the specified time and responsible person for preparing each document,
the time of ratification by the chief of staff and approval by the army
commander. The time allocation for preparing the operation is shown in tabular
form.
The calendar plan is prepared by the chief of operations and chief of staff. It
is the plan for how the planning will be accomplished. The calendar plan lists
all the component parts and annexes to the army plan and all the major steps to
be taken in preparing the troops and assembly areas for the operation. It is a
GANT diagram showing the time intervals during which each activity will be
accomplished and the time by which each must be completed. For the elements of
the plan it shows when they will be presented to the commander for his
approval. There are some indications in Soviet literature that they may be
experimenting with use of PERT charts instead of GANT diagram to prepare the
Calendar plan.
|
|
|
Figure 224 Calendar Plan


ACTIVITIES OF
COMMANDER AND ORGANS OF CONTROL OF ARMY
ORGANIZATION, PLANNING, AND PREPARATION OF OPERATION
|
Measures
|
Who participates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Clarification of mission |
Commander, C/S, Political
Dpty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Initial Instructions |
Chief, Ops Dir. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Briefing to Chiefs acquainting them with the
mission |
Chief of Staff |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Estimate of the situation |
Commander, C/S, Chiefs of arms and
services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Making the Decision |
Commander |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Reconnaissance on ground |
Commander, C/S, 1st Dpty, others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Issuing Missions to Subordinate
Commanders |
Chief of Ops. Dir., C/S,
Commander |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Planning the Operation |
C/S, Chiefs of arms and services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This begins with receipt of the mission
(map work) and ends with report to higher headquarters.) |
Plan of Operation |
Chief of Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. Nuclear Strike Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., C/S, Arty, C/S Air |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Airborne Oper. Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir, Chief of Air,
Chief Trans., others
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Prep of FUP areas and routes |
Chief Ops. Dir, Chief
Engr. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. maskirovka Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., Chief Engr.,
Chief REC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Defense against mass destruction wpns.
annex |
Chief Ops. Dir, Chief Chem.
Chief Engr., Officer from Rear Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. Troop Control annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., Chief
Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Radio-electronic Annex |
C/S, Chief Signal, Air Commander,
Chief REC., Chief Arty. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Computer Center Annex |
Chief computer center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signal Plan |
Chief of Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconnaissance Plan |
Chief Reconnaissance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arty and rocket Plan |
Chief Arty., Chief
Recon. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Air Defense Deployment Plan |
Commander Air Defense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engineer Plan |
Chief Engineer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chemical Plan |
Chief Chemical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rear Service Plan |
Deputy CO for Rear Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Political Action Plan |
Deputy CO for Political |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Organization of Interaction |
Commander, C/S, First
Deputy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Preparation and move to FUP Areas |
Chief Ops Dir., Chief Engineer,
Unit Commanders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Preparation of CP's |
C/S,. Chief Ops. Dir., Chief of
Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Preparation of signal |
Chief of Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Supply Depots and Material
delivery to units |
Chief of Technical and Armmament,
Chief Rear Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Organization Political work |
Chief Political Dept. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. Organization Combat Support |
Chiefs Services, C/S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. Organization Command System |
Chief Signal, Chief Ops.
Dir. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17. Preparation of Troop Units for combat action
|
Unit commanders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Control and Assistance to troop
units |
Commander, C/S., Chiefs of arms and
services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
____________________________________________ Chief
of Operations Chief of Staff
|
|
|
|
TABLE OF
INTERACTION
|
|
16th MRD |
18th MRD |
19th MRD |
21st MRD |
17th TD |
20th TD |
Missile forces |
Army arty |
Combat Helio |
PVO |
Anti-tank Res |
POZ |
Airborne |
Engr |
Chemical |
Participation in initial nuc strike |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repel enemy attack |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cross border & battle in covering
area |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Breakthrough defense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Airborne assault |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commit Second echelon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Force Water Barrier |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TABLE
OF INTERACTION
|
|
16th MRD |
18th MRD |
19th MRD |
21st MRD |
17th TD |
20th TD |
Missile forces |
Army arty group |
Combat Helio |
PVO |
Anti-tank Res |
POZ |
Airborne |
Engr |
Chemical |
Participation in initial nuc strike |
1. missile brigade of army, rocket
battalions of divisions of first and second echelon participate in
front innitial nuclear strike; 2. targets
and yield are distributed in accordance with axis and distance between the
units by the chief of staff, chief of MT&A, and chief of operations;
3. plan air bursts and use of chemical warheads in the axis
of the main attack;
4. artillery and combat helicopters on the main attack axis
use ammunition and chemical bombs on targets close to the front during nuclear
strike;
5. the first nuclear strike is conducted according to order
of front commander by three red rockets and radio message three times
(word Pusk);
6. with the launch of the nuclear missiles the
front aviation takes off and after the first nuclear strike they fly
to targets in the zone ___, ___ passing through zone in army sector;
7. reconnaissance of all echelons against the condition and
status of targets observes and reports on changes in the situation and in
accordance with these the plan will be changed;
8. during conduct of nuclear strike army must consider and
take measures for protection of own forces and direction of wind and time of
day and night and must warn the troops in a timely manner on the first nuclear
use. If forces are not warned, then must consider using a security distance 4
times greater than norm;
9. to accomplish surprise participation in initial nuclear
strike, one third of nuclear forces will be on duty status for firing.
10. after conduct of initial nuclear strike, the enemy will
also conduct nuclear strikes, therefore army organizes combined detachments of
engineer, chemical, and motorized forces and they go into action when enemy
uses nuclear strikes;
11. army and troop PVO means must be prepared after initial
nuclear strike to repel enemy mass strikes and his pilotless means;
12. with first strike motorized divisions of first-echelon
begin the attack in enemy depth and in interaction with air desants destroy
main grouping;
13. missile battalions of first-echelon divisions fire at
targets that have been confirmed by new reconnaissance;
14. fire is conducted exactly at the determined time P. For
this all launchers must be prepared.
|
|
|
1. PVO forces cover the army missile
brigade, main forces of army, command posts, and mobile missile bases in
concentration areas. 2. after
conduct of initial nuclear strike, army and troop PVO forces must be prepared
to repel mass enemy air strikes and his pilotless means.
|
|
|
|
1. one combined detachment
is created from engineer, chemical, and motorized forces (battalions) and also
creation of combined detachments with mission of liquidation of results of
enemy mass destruction weapons is planned by staffs and formations. During use
of nuclear strikes by enemy they go into action to liquidate results of mass
weapons and restore forces' combat effectiveness. |
Repel enemy attack |
1. divisions of
first-echelon deploy 1-5 km from the border and build positions for defense
units (usually from each division one motor rifle regiment);
2. units of artillery and rocket battalion of
first-echelon division occupy firing positions behind the covering force guard
units.
3. organize visual and radio
and radio-technical reconnaissance at the state border;
4. the main forces of
first-echelon divisions prepare mine fields on the main axis in the assembly
areas with mission of repelling superior forces enemy attacks;
5. in case enemy launches
offensive with superior forces on the main axis, go onto the defensive and
inflict losses on the enemy and on other axes go onto offensive into depth of
enemy territory;
6. in case enemy goes onto
offensive with superior forces across the entire army front, go onto the
defense on the whole front and inflict losses, and when operational reserves
arrive then go onto the offensive.
|
1. prepare and occupy positions in the
FUP areas; 2. conduct counter-
attacks in accordance with the situation on the flank or rear of enemy and in
interaction with main forces surround and destroy enemy.
|
Rocket forces will be prepared to
conduct a group strike with nuclear,
chemical, and conventional rockets on the enemy main grouping, nuclear weapons,
and command points.
|
1. prepare and occupy firing positions
in the FUP areas; 2. conduct
destruction of enemy main grouping during the battle in depth;
3. support deployment of
second-echelon forces and
cover their flanks during counter
attacks in accordance with
situation;
4. when enemy receives heavy
losses and our reserves arrive, support the army main forces in their going
over onto the offensive.
|
1. combat helicopters stop enemy tank
attacks; 2. combat aircraft deliver
strikes on main enemy forces during their repulsion and the course of the
operation.
|
1. conduct reconnais-sance and
observation against enemy air forces and warn forces of enemy air strikes;
2. cover rocket forces, artillery,
main forces, and command posts against air strikes during
repulsion of enemy;
3. cover forces of second-
echelon in FUP area, during
movement to counterattack and during counter- attack;
4. cover army forces when
they go onto the attack.
|
1. designate lines to
deploy anti-tank reserves and locations for construction of mine fields on
possible enemy axes of attack; 2.
construct mine fields and deploy anti-tank reserve and repel enemy tank attack
on the axis of enemy main tank attack.
|
|
|
|
Cross border & battle in covering
area |
1. at the designated time,
H-hr, army forces go onto the offensive in the enemy covering force area with
re-inforced forward detachments based on one motor rifle regiment from each
first-echelon division; 2. forward
detachments attack enemy covering forces and quickly approach the enemy main
line of defense;
3. forward detachments when
they reach the enemy forward defense line determine the capability of the
defense, combat formation, artillery positions, positions of fire means,
command posts, strong points and other elements and maintain contact with
enemy;
4. main forces of
first-echelon divisions in march column move behind forward detachments and
prepare to breakthrough defenses
|
|
|
Rocket forces and artillery
when necessary deliver fire strikes or fire preparation on enemy nuclear
weapons, artillery, mortar
batteries, tanks, anti-tank means, personnel, fire weapons, command posts, and
radio-technical means in the zone of attack;
|
Air forces and combat helicopters
deliver strikes on nuclear means, artillery and mortar batteries, command
posts, and reserves located out of artillery range; 2. support combat action of forward detachments.
|
Support army main forces, missile forces
and artillery, and command posts from enemy air strikes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Breakthrough defense
|
1. 16th and 18th MRD's
breakthrough enemy defense with adjacent flanks in the area ___, __ on width of
10 km and quickly develop the offensive in enemy depth.
2. formations and units organize reconnaissance of
enemy and terrain and determine platoon strong points, firing positions of
artillery and mortars, command posts, nuclear weapons positions, locations of
reserves and second echelons;
3. artillery forces, PVO
forces, and command posts move behind the forward detachments and occupy firing
positions to conduct preparatory fire and cover forces against enemy strikes;
4. the main forces of first
echelon formations move behind artillery and PVO in march columns. At a
distance of 8-12 km from enemy defenses they deploy into battalion columns, at
4-6 km deploy into company columns and at 2-3 km into platoon columns, and
attack enemy defense from
the march;
5. density of artillery in
breakthrough area is 110-120 guns per km. Duration of preparatory fire is 40
min and preparatory fire consists of three strikes. Ammunition expenditure of 1
unit of fire and exactly at Che hour attack enemy defense.
6. during fire preparation
tanks, ATGM, anti-tank guns participate with task of destroying separate
targets and enemy fire means;
7. units of first-echelon as
possible bypass enemy strong points and quickly develop the offensive in the
depth;
8. be prepared to repel
counter-attacks on lines ___, __ and from axes ___, __- and also on lines ___,
___and axis __-, _--.
|
|
|
Be prepared to conduct group strikes
with nuclear, chemical, and
conventional missiles on enemy main grouping, nuclear weapons, and command
posts.
|
1. width of breakthrough sector is 10 km
and density of artillery per km is 110-120; 2. duration of fire preparation is 40 min and ammunition
expenditure is 1 unit of fire;
3. army artillery group is
10 artillery battalions, division arty groups 6 battalions and regimental
groups 4 battalions;
4. send artillery
reconnaissance units with the forward detachments in order to conduct
preparation for artillery fire;
5. artillery moves behind
the forward detachments and occupies firing positions for preparatory fire;
6. anti-tank ATGM and guns
participate during fire preparation;
7. support fire consists of
barrage fire to the depth of first echelon battalions and then by successive
concentration fire to depth of first echelon brigades.
|
1. Air forces and combat helicopters
during movement strike enemy long range artillery , nuclear weapons, command
posts, 2. Air forces participate in
fire preparation and air preparation starts at Che
minus 20 min and lasts to
Che plus 3 min the targets are artillery located outside range of long range
artillery and reserves, nuclear weapons, command points.
3. combat helicopters block
enemy counter-attacks by second-echelon
|
1.cover army main forces, missile
brigade, artillery, command points, during fire preparation and movement of
troops into enemy depth 2. PVO
forces on the basis of orders of front chief of PVO in interaction
with PVO forces of First Guards Tank Army and front fighter aviation
repel mass aviation strikes.
3. PVO forces move behind
forward detachments and occupy firing positions during breakthrough
|
1. Repel attacks and
counterattacks of tank and motor rifle forces of second-echelon on lines ___,
___ and from axes ___, ___ and also on line___, ___ and axis ___. In
interaction with mobile obstacle detachment create mine fields on axes of enemy
counterattacks and counterblows.
|
|
1. In enemy mine fields before first
line of defense create 45 lanes with army engineer sapper units.
2. At the lanes establish
comman-dant's
service guides with engineer
troops.
|
|
Airborne assault |
1. when first-echelon
divisions conduct a desant operation in their attack axis, they should
speed up their ground attack to the assault area in order to link up quickly.
If the situation requires, they should send a forward detachment to link up.
The forward detachment moves quickly, organizes interaction, and renders
assistance. 2. when first-echelon
formations reach the area of air assault desants, the further actions
of the desants are controlled by the formation commander in accordance
with the general concept of operation.
|
|
|
Conduct nuclear, chemical, and
conventional strikes by missile forces on enemy PVO in the transport aviation
flight zone; |
Artillery also conducts fire strikes on
enemy PVO means in the zone of transport aviation flight. |
1. conduct reconnaissance in the
desant area prior to the landing. 2. support desant flight, landing, and combat
action;
3. deliver air strikes on
enemy PVO in the air transport flight path;
|
Cover the air assault force in their
assembly areas and during the
flight across the army area
|
|
|
The landing is conducted during the
operation in the following areas: 1.
airborne assault battalion at 0900 on first day of operation in the area ___;
mission is to capture command post of corps, the assembly area for the landing
group is in area _____;
2. motor rifle battalion at
0600 on the 2nd day of operation lands in area ___, mission is to seize nuclear
depot and capture command post in area ___, assembly area for landing unit is
at
|
|
|
Commit second
echelon |
1. support and protect
second-echelon forces from air attack as they arrive in the zone of operations
of the first-echelon divisions; 2.
suppress enemy by using nuclear, chemical, and conventional warheads along the
line of commitment of the second-echelon;
3. support by artillery fire
the commitment of second-echelon;
4. cover the open flanks
from enemy tank attacks with anti-tank reserves and mobile obstacle detachments
|
Second echelon forces enter the
engagement on the line of ___ to ___ , on the axis __ to __ and destroy enemy
forces in region ___ to ___ etc with aim of quick expansion of offensive in
depth. At the end of the day seize a line from __ to ___. And on the following
morning continue the attack in the direction of ___. (for each
division) |
Suppress with nuclear, chemical, and
conventional rockets important enemy targets in front of and on flanks of
second-echelon forces on the line of commitment. |
1. reinforce second-echelon forces
during commitment with artillery battalions from composition of artillery
groups of first-echelon division and army artillery group and also two
artillery bns of anti-tank reserve; 2. in accordance with situation during commit-ment of
second-echelon, suppress defenders with 50 min fire strike and expenditure of
ammunition of 0.6 BK.
3. artillery assault support
fire is conducted with OV or PSO fire on one line or on two lines to the depth
of first-echelon defender battalions in accordance with situation.
4. accompanying fire
conducted by massive and concentration fire
|
1. cover second-echelon forces in their
assembly area and during movement forward to the line of commitment and during
deployment ; 2. cover
second-echelon forces during commitment into engagement and during battle in
enemy depth;
3. PVO troops occupy their
firing positions close to line of commitment of second-echelon forces;
4. conduct aerial
reconnaissance and warning against enemy and cover second-echelon from enemy
air strikes;
|
|
Cover open flanks of
second-echelon from enemy tank strikes; |
|
1. open and repair roads for each
division 3-4 routes each 2. open
lanes in enemy mine fields on the line of commitment;
3. conduct commandant's
service at the lanes openings;
|
|
Force Water Barrier
|
1. forcing Rhine River is
conducted on a wide front from the march or after a brief reparation in
accordance with situation; 2.
forcing is conducted with use of means of front, army, and division
and troops and army will be reinforced with means of front
3. before the crossing
conduct detailed reconnaissance of the river and locations, enemy forces, on
both banks. In accordance with this designate locations for crossings for each
division.
4. for each division
designate zone for crossing and missions on the far bank with aim of rapid
crossing of river. For each division organize four to 6 assault crossings, 4-6
raft sites, 3-4 underwater crossings, and 1 bridge.
5. with aim of seizing
bridges and crossings held by enemy, send forward detachments from each
first-echelon division and also send an air assault from parachute desant
regiment in the area ___, ___. 600 5th day of operation;
6. organization of
commandant's service during river crossing;
7. organize
maskirovka, and also create false crossing regions on river.
8. cover crossings and
crossing forces against enemy diversionary actions;
|
Second-echelon forces cross the river
after the first-echelon forces with use of bridges and rafts and assault
crossings. |
Suppress with nuclear, chemical, and
conventional missiles main enemy important targets and his arriving reserves
toward the far bank of the river. |
1. support movement of forward
detachments and air assaults from enemy strikes 2. destroy and suppress enemy which defends the river
crossing
3. support organization of
crossing and conduct of crossing of forces on the Rhine river.
4. support combat actions of
forces on the far bank
|
|
1. reconnaissance warning of forces
against nuclear strikes
2. cover troops during
approach to river crossing
3. conduct of air defense of
bridges and crossing sites over river
4. cover forcing troops
across the Rhine river
5. cover combat actions of
troops on far bank
|
|
|
|
1. distribute forcing means between
formations and their movement between forward detach- ments;
2. determine and designate
locations for crossing for each first-echelon division;
3. organize crossing of
Rhine, and maneuver of crossing means;
4. create effective and
detailed maskirovka of the actual crossing sites and create false
crossing sites;
5. organize commandant's
service in the crossing areas
|
|
Signal |
For nuclear strikes,
chemical strikes, air strikes, |
|
|
|
PLAN OF COMMANDER'S RECONNAISSANCE
|
MAIN ISSUES |
PARTICIPANTS |
SECURITY |
MOVEMENT AXIS |
TRANSPORT MEANS |
TIME OF WORK |
SIGNAL MEANS |
POINT 1: estimate of enemy:
trace of the forward edge of defense zone, strong points, positions
of anti-tank means artillery, and fire means, command posts, engineer mine
fields, engineer obstacles.
terrain:
best zone for breakthrough, assembly areas, positions for
artillery, targets for fire preparation, axis and areas for movement and
attack,
making detailed results of estimate of the situation;
missions of 111 MRR, artillery, rocket battalions, PVO, engineer
forces, air forces, combat helicopters;
making specific decision;
organization of interaction:
sequence of movement and deployment, order for conduct of
preparatory fire, sequence for support and accompanying fire, sequence for
conduct of clearing passages in obstacles, their support, missions for air
forces and combat helicopters during preparatory, support, and accompanying
fire. repelling enemy counterattack;
sequence for changing subordination of artillery to units of first
echelon, sequence for repelling enemy counterattack, sequence for support of
commitment of second echelon, sequence for covering gaps, and open flanks,
missions for air assault and their support, deployment of forward and main
command posts.
|
Commander; chief of staff;
chief of operations department;
chief of reconnaissance;
chief of rocket troops and artillery;
chief of air combat control;
chief of PVO;
chief of engineer forces;
commander and chief of staff 111 motor rifle regiment and 112 MRR
|
Conduct at work place number 1 commandant
company 111 MRR
|
From division command post to ... road junctionsingle tree,
hill, |
Combat machine of division commander, BTR of division chief of
artillery, and combat machine of 111 MRR commander |
Start movement from CP: 1300 hrs work at point
no 1 : from 1330 to 1430:
|
Means of combat machines of division commander and signal means of
division signal battalion |
POINT 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
POINT 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
POINT 4 designate position for
division rocket battalion;
designate deployment area for division rear services, rear of
regiment 111, regt 112, regt 113, 10 tank regt, and axis oftheir movement, and
region for redeployment during battle.
designate area for medical battalions redployment, separatemedical
detachement, and medical companies of regiments, and medical points of division
and regiments, and the axes of their redeploment and areas to deploy during
battle.
designate deployment area for repair battalion and regimental
repair companies, and collection points for damaged equipment of division and
regiments and division artillery repair workshop, and armored vehicle repair
workshops of division and regiments and the axes for their movement and
redeployment during combat;
designate area for the field mobile bakeries of division and
regiments, their axes for movement, and areas for redeployment;
designate rear command posts for division and regiments, and the
axes for their movement and redeployment
|
chief of rear service of divison
chief of staff of rear service chief of rear
service planning department
commander of separate mobile material support battalion
commander of medical battalion
commander of separate medical detachement
commander of repair battalion
chief of rear services of regiments
commanders of medical companies of regiments
commanders of repair companies of regiments
|
Conducted by division commandant's company |
From ___ to ___. |
APC of chief of rear service, Jeep of division transport battalion;
Jeeps of regimental chiefs of rear service |
Start move at 1300; Work in area from 1330 to 1500 |
Radios of regiment and division rear service |
|
|
|
PLAN FOR COMMANDER'S
DISCUSSION OF INTERACTION
|
MAIN QUESTIONS |
PARTICIPANTS |
TRANSPORT |
MOVEMENT AXIS |
SECURITY |
SIGNAL |
UNIFORM |
SECRECY |
ARMY STAFF |
TIME |
POINT 1 interaction during period
of participation of army rocket forces in initial nuclear strike
interaction in repelling enemy preemptive attack possible
incursion;
interaction during first day of the operation during combat for
covering force zone and breakthrough of enemy defense:
a. make precise line of forward edge, various engineer
fortifications and obstacles, mine fields, strong points, combat formation,
order of battle, possible actions,
b composition of forward detachment, its missions in the covering
force area,
missions of artillery in comvering force area and during
breakthrough of enemy defense, preparatory and supporting fire
missions for air forces during battle for covering force area and
breakthrough
e. means for movement of first echelon divisions in the covering
force area, breakthrough of defense, and destruction of enemy in the first
defensive region;
f. organization of commandeant's service with aim of movement of
forces in covering force area and conduct of offesive;
g conduct of making passages in mine fields;
h cover of main forces, command posts, rocket troops and artillery,
rocket technical base, and rear service targets;
interaction during fulfillment of immediate
mission:
a destruction of enemy counterattacks;
b during the conduct of air assaults;
c during commitment into engagement of second echelon;
d during forcing of water crossing;
interaction during fulfillment of long range mission:
|
army commander army chief of recon
army chief of operations directorate
army chief of rocket troops and artillery
army chief or PVO
army chief of engineer troops
army chief of combat control center of air army
commander and chief of staff of 25th motor rifle division
commander and chief of staff of 26th motor rifle division
|
Helicop-ter of air CP of army |
From ___ to ___, to ___. |
At first point organized by security battalion of
army |
Radios in command post helicopter and signal means of army signal
regiment |
Field Uniforms |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Planning Army Operation
The following is a brief summary of the main points relevant to understanding
the nature of the planning process and the content of army plans found in this
chapter. For a full discussion of this topic, see Chapter Three.
Planning is executed by the army staff on the basis of the commander's decision
and instructions.
Planning is conducted in order to determine and set the methods of execution
and most feasible forms for accomplishing the army missions.
Planning considers the expected results of destructive means of higher
headquarters, the distribution of effort of the forces and means to the tasks
and directions, the details of close interaction among the troops during the
execution, the organization of combat support measures, and organization of
troops control.
Planning of the initial nuclear strike and the combat operations of units on
the first day and to the immediate mission are planned in greater detail.
Planning also includes methods and groupings for repelling enemy surprise
attacks.
Content of Operations Plan
The operations plan is the basic, official document of record. The process for
its preparation includes the following activities and considerations. Detailed
calculations of the correlation of forces across the entire army zone and
separately on each attack direction including the analysis of quantity and
quality of enemy forces as well as the effectiveness of nuclear and non-nuclear
weapons.
Detailed planning of the breakthrough of prepared defenses is developed in
conventional war.
Detailed planning for the concentration of necessary groupings of troops and
means.
Detailed planning of preparatory and attack supporting fires based on extensive
reconnaissance.
Complete calculations of the exact location of enemy strongpoints, armor
protected targets, density of artillery, tanks, and motorized units.
Determination of the number of artillery pieces, tanks and aircraft to be
employed in preparatory and supporting fires and other fire support.
Distribution of the targets to be destroyed to the firing units.
Coordination of fire support with maneuver of infantry and tank large units in
terms of time, place, and objectives during the attack and breakthrough.
Organization of necessary measures to cover troops against air strikes.
Organization of all types of combat supporting measures and troop control.
Measures to support the development of the penetration toward the flanks and to
the depth.
Methods for repelling counterattacks and for consolidating captured objectives.
|
|
|
Operations Plan
The form and content of the operations plan is described in chapter three. The
plan is the map on which its content is depicted. There are 13 supplementary
textual and tabular items attached to the plan and placed on it in the margins.
These show various data about the operation and forces and means committed to
it. They are provided for information purposes so that everyone studying the
plan will be aware of these matters. The information is also made a record part
of the plan for historical and archival purposes. While the original data is
entered into the historical record with the original plan, the information in
the tables is also kept current on a daily basis along with other changes in
planning as the operation progresses. They are discussed on the following
pages.
Graphic Parts of the Plan as Drawn on the Map
The map (plan) shows the following essential information. This is kept current
by officers of the operations directorate.
Groupings of enemy forces and their possible courses of action;
Operational formation of the army's units for the operation at the attack
assembly (FUP) area. The immediate and subsequent missions of the army,
their contents, depths, the time of their accomplishment and the rates of unit
advances;
Directions of main and supporting attacks;
Targets to be destroyed during the initial nuclear strikes;
Missions and targets of chemical weapons;
Missions of first-echelon divisions (corps), the time of their accomplishment,
and the boundaries;
Method of commitment of the second-echelon divisions into combat and its
missions;
Composition, missions, landing areas, and the time of insertion of airborne and
seaborne units;
Locations of army and divisional command posts at the beginning of the
operation and the axes of their advance during the operation;
Scale of the operation (depth, front, rate of advance, and duration).
Factors Included in the Written Part of the Plan Along with the
Remaining Instructions, Information, and Calculations
The following information is shown in tabular form on the map. (See following
sections for examples).
-- Best estimate (brief estimate) of the enemy alignment of forces, his
capabilities, intentions, and possible actions;
-- Aim and concept of the army offensive operation and targets to be destroyed
during the initial nuclear strikes;
-- Combat composition and combat capabilities of army units and attachments of
support arms (distribution of supporting means);
-- Existence of nuclear and chemical ammunition, the time of their delivery,
and their distribution;
-- Allocation of supporting aircraft flights to the missions and to the
divisions;
-- Correlation of troops and means of opposing forces and the method of the
occupation of attack starting areas by army units;
-- Means of insuring the safety of friendly forces during the delivery of
initial nuclear strikes;
-- Method of executing preparatory and attack supporting fires;
-- Existence and distribution of supplies;
-- Other matters.
Explanatory Notes for the Plan
These notes are an integral part of the operations plan (map) and are displayed
on it. They are thus available for everone who comes to the headquarters to
study of the plan. The first three notes are written text. They are the
following items.
-- 1. Estimate of the opponent's possible actions: This section is a brief
summary of the estimate prepared during the estimate of the situation on which
the commander's decision is based. Any changes in the enemy's probable course
of action is an immediate trigger for consideration on changing the plan or
making other appropriate response.
-- 2. Concept and aim of the operation: This is the commander's expression of
the fundamental purpose he seeks to achieve and the main measures he plans to
take to achieve it.
-- 3. The scope of the operation: This is the statistics on the width, depth,
duration, and average rate of advance established for the army operation.
The sample used in the army plan accompanying this handbook follows. This plan
cooresponds to the sample front, army, and division directives
included in this book.
|
|
|
PLAN OF OFFENSIVE
OPERATION OF EIGHTH GUARDS ARMY
I. ESTIMATE OF PROBABLE ENEMY ACTION
Elements of the U.S V Corps are deployed directly against the forces of the
Eighth Guards Army. The first-echelon of the corps is composed of the 3rd
Armored Division and 8th Mechanized Infantry Division with a total of 18
nuclear rocket systems, 300 nuclear artillery pieces, 640 tanks, 350 artillery
pieces and mortars, 440 SAM systems, 470 helicopters, and ___ fixed wing
aircraft.
In the second-echelon of the V Corps is the 5th Infantry Division and probably
elements of West German tank forces will operate in the area, composed of ___
nuclear rocket systems, 100 nuclear artillery pieces, 130 artillery pieces and
mortars, 290 tanks,100 SAM systems, and 74 combat helicopters.
The 11th Armored Cavalry Regiment and border troops are deployed in front of
the forward defense area in the security zone. During the operation the combat
action of the enemy forces will be supported by ___ combat aircraft with
nuclear capability from the U.S. and West German national air forces and the
4th ATAF of Central Army Group.
In general the enemy can launch ___ nuclear rocket strikes and aerial bombs in
the area of operation of the Eighth Guards Army and against rear services
installations of the army and the front during the conduct of his operation.
The West German III Corps in the north and U. S. VII Corps in the south are
deployed on the flanks of the U. S. V Corps. Their operations can affect the
forces of the Eighth Guards Army. Movement and arrival of strategic reserves
composed of U. S. and French armed forces and mobilization reserves of West
Germany are likely during the operation in the area of the Eighth Guards Army.
The enemy tries to inflict losses on and destroy the Warsaw Pact forces and
seize vital territories by a surprise and decisive offensive operation. If the
Warsaw Pact forces overtake the enemy in initiation of offensive operations,
the forces of the U. S. V Corps are likely to hold a pre-prepared defensive
line along the Bad Hersfeld, Niedervaule, Schlitz, Fulda, Gersfeld, and Bad
Heustadt line, to inflict maximum losses on the Eighth Guards Army by defensive
action, and then launch counter strikes by the second-echelon forces from the
line of Birstein - Gedern in the direction of Grekenhain, Lauerbach, Bad
Hersfeld, and from the line of Neustadt - Homberg in the direction of Kirtarf,
Alsfeld -Niederaula.
II. AIM AND CONCEPT OF OPERATION
Aim:
-- Using the result of strategic and frontal nuclear strikes, destroy
the enemy rocket forces and the main elements of the U. S. V Corps and then
rapidly develop the offensive on the direction Bad Hersfeld - Alfeld - Giessen.
Then destroy the enemy corps reserve and after that develop the offensive on
the direction Hanhausen - Limburg - Wetzlar and in interaction with the Twenty
Eighth CAA destroy the principal forces of the U. S. Vth and VIIth Corps and
occupy the line Boss - Gillenbeuren - Bullay - Sohrem.
Concept:
-- In the initial nuclear strike, by using ( ) nuclear rockets with a total
yield of ( ) kilotons. The enemy's nuclear rocket and artillery troops in areas
___, his air force in areas ____, his main infantry and tank forces in areas
___, and the enemy's command posts at ___ are destroyed and decisive losses are
inflicted on the enemy's air defense troops in areas ___, and on his rear
service installations in areas ___.
-- Exploiting the results of the initial strategic nuclear strike and nuclear
strikes of the front and army means the army attacks the enemy along the line
of Bad Hersfeld, Schlitz, Fulda, and Gersfeld and develops its attack by its
main forces; i.e. the 16th, 18th, and 19th Motorized Rifle Divisions in the
direction of Bad Hersfeld, Alsfeld, and Wetzlar; and during the operation by
employing additional ( ) rockets with a total yield of ( ) kilotons destroys
the main forces of the U. S. V Corps in the area; Bad Hersfeld, Alsfeld,
Giessen, Echzell, Gedern, and Fulda and seizes on the third day the line of
Wettenberg, Butzbach, Bad Nauheim, and Nidderau. Subsequently by committing the
second-echelon forces into the engagement the army develops the attack in the
direction of Wetzlar, Limburg, Boppord, and Simmern and during the conduct of
the operation, by using ( ) nuclear rockets with a total yield of ( ) kilotons
destroys newly detected enemy nuclear weapons, destroys the enemy's approaching
reserves from the line of march, conducts assault crossing over the Rhine River
and with the cooperation of and by exploiting the success of the Twenty-eighth
CAA encircles and destroys the main forces of the U. S. Vth and VIIth Corps and
approaching strategic reserves, and on the 7th day of the operation seizes the
line of Boss, Gillenbeuren, Bullay and Sohren.
The army's operational formation is established in two echelons:
-- - in the first-echelon: the 16th, 18th, 19th, and 21st Motorized Rifle
Divisions;
-- - in the second-echelon: the 17th and 20th Tank Divisions;
-- - the 31st Separate Tank Regiment is the army's reserve.
III. SCOPE
Width: 55 Km
Depth: 240 Km
Duration: 7 Days
Rate of advance: 35 Km/ day
|
|
|
Figure 225 Combat Grouping of
Army
This table (number 4) shows the name and number of major subordinate
formations that will be available on each day of the operation.
|
|
|
Figure 226 Distribution of Support
Units
This is table 5 for the army plan. It shows the distribution of artillery, air
defense, engineer and chemical troops from army and (when given) from
front to the major formations (divisions) and other units, and which
will be held in army reserve.

|
|
|
Figure 227 Availability and Time of
Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons
This is table 6 in the explanatory notes for the army plan. It shows the number
of nuclear, chemical, and special rocket warheads by yield and rocket type. It
shows how many are on hand in army depots and with the troops and how many are
expected to arrive during the operation. The same warheads are shown divided
according to the formations and units that will use them or receive their
support, and according to the sequence of major army tasks and milestones for
the operation.

|
|
|
Figure 228 Destruction of Targets
in First Nuclear Strike
This table summarizes the distribution of targets and firing units. It shows
such data as the warhead yield, height of burst, degree of defeat of the target
and time for the strike. Several variants will be worked out and kept current
for quick response when the order is given.

|
|
|
Figure 229 Plan for employment of Rocket
Troops

|
|
|
Distribution of Air Support
This is section eight of the explanatory notes to the army plan. It is a
written description of the aircraft support the air army will provide to the
army. The first section shows the distribution of aircraft in sorties according
to the sequence of army missions and major milestone activities. The second
section shows the same aircraft sorties distributed by each day of the
operation.
a. In missions of the operation: ____, _____, _____, etc.
b. In days of the operation: ______, ______, ______,. etc.
|
|
|
Correlation of Forces Tables
This is the most important table (number 9) in that it depicts the calculation
of force ratios and densities which play such an important part in Soviet
planning. It is a set of correlations, made for different times and locations.
One table shows the total number of friendly and enemy forces and means at the
beginning of the operation and expected to be remaining after each major event.
Other tables show the correlation on individual axes and for various other
milestones.
|
|
|
Figure 230 Correlation of Forces Table

|
|
|
Figure 231 Correlation of Forces Table
(cont.)

|
|
|
Figure 232 Correlation of Forces Table
(cont.)

|
|
|
Measures to Protect Against Nuclear
Weapons
This is the tenth section in the explanatory notes for the army plan. It is a
brief written description of the following three topics:
-- a. Safe line for nuclear fires:
-- b. Warning signals indicating nuclear explosions are immanent:
-- c. Marking of own troops locations: The methods that will be used to mark
the location of the forward line of troops visually to insure that pilots can
distinguish friend from foe. The troops carry colored marker panels, which are
displayed on the ground upon proper signal.
|
|
|
Figure 233 Availability and
Technical Condition of Tanks, Self-propelled Guns, and Armored
Vehicles
This table (number 11) shows the number of tanks and other armored vehicles
available in operational condition and how many are in each category of
maintenance in each division and major formation. The categories are in
accordance with standard Soviet norms for kilometers before next scheduled
maintenance.

|
|
|
Figure 234 Availability, Location,
and Distribution of Material Supply
This table (number 12) shows the distribution of most types of ammunition, POL,
and food available for the operation either on hand or due in and how much must
remain at the end of the operation. The ammunition is measured in units of
fire, fuel in refills, and food in days of rations.

|
|
|
Figure 235 Warning Signal
Plan
The warning signal plan gives the main alarm signals, and means for
identification.
|
|
|
Appendices of the Operation
Plan
Plan of the army's participation in initial nuclear strikes;
Plan of preparation and occupation of the attack starting areas;
Plan for restoring the combat capabilities of the troops and eliminating the
impact of the enemy's strikes;
Other documents.
Plan for the Initial Nuclear Strike
The army always prepares a plan for its participation in the initial nuclear
strike even when the expectation is that the war will begin with only
conventional weapons.
The army plan is integrated in the front plan.
The front plans to destroy enemy nuclear delivery means, inflict
decisive casualties on enemy troops, air forces, air defense forces, command
posts and other targets.
The army plan specifies each target, which large unit should engage it, the
center of explosion, the number and yields of nuclear weapons, the altitude of
airburst, and the safety distance for friendly forces.
It is not possible to know in detail the results of the mutual nuclear strikes
ahead of time. Consequently plans for subsequent phases of action must be
reevaluated in detail using post strike reconnaissance and operational data.
Plan is drawn graphically on a 1:200,000 or 1:100,000 scale map with written
instructions on the map or it could be a written plan with map annex.
Content of Operations Plan for Nuclear Strike
The method of combat against enemy air forces during repulse of the enemy's
surprise attack, during the advance and occupation of FUP areas, launching the
attack and during destruction of each enemy grouping.
Measures necessary to destroy enemy nuclear weapons, command posts and vital
rear services.
Methods for seizing vital terrain features.
Allocation of air units and artillery to destroy rocket launching pans, nuclear
artillery, nuclear weapons depots, and artillery
Employment of deep reconnaissance and sabotage (subversion) groups, airborne
landing units and special detachments.
Plan for Interaction
The Soviet command stresses the importance of interaction (coordination) among
all participating organizations and individuals. This is carefully planned by
the commander and staff and the commander uses his explaination of interaction
as an important opportunity for insuring that everyone knows his role in the
operation. Following are some main points:
Interaction is one of the most important measures;
Planned in greater detail for the initial nuclear strikes, first day of
operation, and for repelling possible enemy attacks;
Planned in lesser detail due to difficulties in assessing the situation for
later days up to the immediate mission;
Only estimated for the period of accomplishing the long range mission;
Main points are specified in the commander's decision and their detailed
illustration is shown in the plan of interaction, plan for offensive operation,
plans for employment of combat arms and plans for combat support measures;
Interaction is achieved by assigning clear missions to subordinate large units
and by mutual understanding regarding execution of missions;
In conventional war the most important issues are to determine the methods and
sequences for neutralizing enemy forces in the security zone and main defense
positions by use of artillery and tactical air strikes, for passing the state
boundaries, for commitment of advanced detachments and main bodies into combat,
and the form of destruction of the enemy's first-echelon main forces.
Content of the Plan for Interaction
The following are the main points found in the plan for interaction. The plan
is generally prepared as a table. A sample blank table is provided.
Missions of army elements and other cooperating large units at the beginning
and during the operation;
The method for accomplishing missions;
Signals for coordination, identification of targets, mutual identification, and
mutual alert;
For interaction a special signal network is established and liaison officers
are exchanged.
|
|
|
Figure 236 TABLE OF COOPERATION OF
ARMY FORCES IN OFFENSIVE OPERATION

|
|
|
Interaction of Army Units with Air
Defense
Effective air defense is a critical prerequisite for operations. The following
are the main points to insure close interaction between the ground and air
defense and air forces.
-- specify when and what air defense troops and means are employed to cover the
army rocket brigade, strike groupings, command posts, and rocket mobile base;
-- specify the time and method for relocation of SAM and radio-technical unit
positions;
-- actions of air defense units are also coordinated with those of adjacent
armies' air defense forces and fighter aircraft.
Preparation of Attack Assembly Areas
The Soviets place great stress on the proper preparation of all assembly areas,
from the initial concentration area which may be occupied on the alarm by the
troops moving out of garrisons to the final FUP area or pre-attack jump off
position, if occupied. The following are the main points relevant to the
preparation of FUP areas.
-- should facilitate simultaneous and organized passage of units into the
offensive;
-- must provide for protection against mass destruction weapons;
-- must provide capability for conducting strong defense against enemy surprise
attack;
-- require extensive engineer construction;
-- for first-echelon divisions should be 20-40 km from state border to protect
against enemy artillery and rocket fire;
-- require direct and lateral roads, column routes and movement regulating
lines etc.
-- positions for covering troops (security zone) are 1-5 km from state border;
-- positions for artillery and rocket battalions are prepared in the security
zone;
-- attack starting areas may be occupied during 2 nights with considerable
concealment.
Contents of the Plan for Preparing and Occupying the Attack Assembly
Areas
-- combat formation of first-echelon divisions, regiments, and artillery
battalions and the method of their movement into specified areas;
-- composition and groupings of covering troops;
-- locations of second-echelon and army reserves and their areas of
responsibility;
-- fire position areas of rocket and artillery troops;
-- positions of air defense units and large units;
-- command posts of the army and the divisions;
-- areas and lines of construction engineer obstacles and demolitions;
-- other information (instructions).
Contents of the Written Instructions of the Plan for Occupying FUP
Area
-- estimate of the enemy's possible actions in the directions of future
attacks, with and without the employment of nuclear weapons;
-- missions of army units to repel possible enemy invasion (attack);
-- object of preparing the assembly (FUP) areas for the troops and basic
measures to be taken in their construction;
-- character (nature) of engineer construction;
-- troops and means to conduct engineer works and the time of their execution;
-- method of movement into and occupation of the assembly (FUP) areas by the
army units.
Plans for Combat Support Measures
Combat support measures are a very specific set of actions. These are discussed
in the text. They are organized on the basis of the commander's decision and
instructions and planned by the direct supervision of the chief of staff.
Detailed plans for each type of measure are issued to the units in the form of
combat instructions signed by the chief of staff. The army staff controls and
coordinates all actions concerning all types of combat support measures.
Army Operations Directive
The army operations directive is prepared by the chief of the operations
directorate under supervision of the chief of staff. It is based on the army
commander's decision. It is a written statement in order form of the first
day's combat actions shown for the addressee in the plan. The operational
directive has the following structure and content:
-- Enemy situation: This section contains a succinct description of the nature
of the opposing forces and character of their actions.
-- Mission conducted by forces and means of the front and adjacents:
This section contains the commander's understanding of the front
mission as developed in his "clarrification of the mission" and the
relevant aspects of the actions by adjacents.
-- Concept of the operation: This is the description of the commander's
understanding of how he intends to carry out the army mission as he developed
it in his decision making process.
-- I order: This is the actual statement of exactly what is required from the
subordinates.
-- Control of army troops: This provides information on the location and
movement of the army command post and who will be the commander's deputies.
-- A sample of an army operational directive follows:
|
|
|
SAMPLE ARMY OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVE
|
|
|
I Approve --/--/89
----------------------Serial Number:______
Commander Eighth Guards Army------ SECRET
Major General ____---------------------- Copy Number: _______
Sig
OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVE OF
The commander of the Eighth Guards Army for offensive operations.
Command Post at Wickerstedt,___________, (time) _______________
(date), Map 1:250,000 August 1983 ed.
I. ENEMY SITUATION:
As a result of the development of acute international tension NATO is secretly
engaged in bringing its armed forces to the state of full combat readiness and
intends to launch a surprise attack on the territories of Warsaw Pact
countries.
Elements of the U.S V Corps are deployed directly against the forces of the
Eighth Guards Army. The first-echelon of the corps is composed of the 3rd
Armored Division and 8th Mechanized Infantry Division with a total of ___
nuclear rocket systems, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ___tanks, ___ artillery
pieces and mortars, ___SAM systems, ___helicopters, and ___ fixed wing
aircraft.
In the second-echelon of the V Corps is the ___ Infantry Division and probably
elements of West German tank forces will operate in the area, composed of ___
nuclear rocket systems, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ___ artillery pieces and
mortars, ___ tanks, ___ SAM systems, and ___ combat helicopters.
The 11th Armored Cavalry Regiment and border troops are deployed in front of
the forward defense area in the security zone. During the operation the combat
action of the enemy forces will be supported by ___ combat aircraft with
nuclear capability from the U.S. and West German national air forces and the
4th ATAF of Central Army Group.
In general the enemy can launch ___ nuclear rocket strikes and aerial bombs in
the area of operation of the Eighth Guards Army and against rear services
installations of the army and the front during the conduct of his
operation.
The West German III Corps in the north and U. S. VII Corps in the south are
deployed on the flanks of the U. S. V Corps. Their operations can affect the
forces of the Eighth Guards Army. Movement and arrival of strategic reserves
composed of U. S. and French armed forces and mobilization reserves of West
Germany are likely during the operation in the area of the Eighth Guards Army.
The enemy tries to inflict losses on and destroy the Warsaw Pact forces and
seize vital territories by a surprise and decisive offensive operation. If the
Warsaw Pact forces overtake the enemy in initiation of offensive operations,
the forces of the U. S. V Corps are likely to hold a pre-prepared defensive
line along the Bad Hersfeld, Hiederaule, Schlitz, Fulda, Gersfeld and Bad
Heustadt line, to inflict maximum losses on the Eighth Guards Army by defensive
action, and then launch counter strikes by the second-echelon forces from the
line of Birstein - Gedern in the direction of Grekenhain, Lauerbach, Bad
Hersfeld, and from the line of Neustadt - Homberg in the direction of Kirtarf,
Alsfeld -Niederaula.
II. MISSION CONDUCTED BY FORCES AND MEANS OF THE FRONT AND
ADJACENTS.
a. The following targets in the army's attack area are destroyed by the
front's rocket troops and aviation forces during the initial nuclear
strike:
--- enemy's nuclear weapons and nuclear depots in the area ___, ___, ____, and
___.
--- enemy's airfields in the areas ___, ___, ___, ___, and ___.
--- command posts of the Central Army Group in the area ___ and command posts
of the 4th ATAF of the Central Army Group in the area ___.
--- enemy's reserves in area ___, ___, ___, and ___.
--- enemy's rear service installations in the area ___, ___, ___, and ___.
Twenty regimental sorties of the front's fighter- bomber aviation are
allocated to the army to support the army's action during the offensive
operation and five regimental sorties of the front's helicopter
aviation and one transport aviation division from the main command of the air
force are allocated to support the airborne assaults. These sorties will be
covered by the front's fighter aviation during their flight.
b. Adjacents:
On the right flank of the army the First Guards Tank Army attacks in the
direction of Bebra, Marburg, Herborn, Lindlar. Its immediate mission is to
seize the line of Marsburg, Medebach, Ballenberg, and Marburg An Der Lahn; and
its long range mission is to seize the line of Leverkusen, Bornheim, Rheinbach,
and Hill 1251. The boundary with the right adjacent passes through Eilenburt,
Eisenach, Hill 1427, Neuwied, and HIll 1610. All points are included in the
Eighth Guards Army's area.
On the left flank of the army the Twenty-eighth Combined Arms Army attacks in
the direction of Schweinfurt, Wurzburg, Mosbach, Wiesloca and west of
Kreuznach. The immediate mission of the Twenty-eighth CAA is to seize the line
of Gelnhausen, Ashaffenburg, Michelstadt, and Mosbach and its long range
mission is to seize the line of Kira, Enkenbach, and Hill 456. The boundary
line with the left adjacent passes through Mittwelda, Kahla, Hill 2435,
Gersfeld, Bad Vilbel, Bingen and Trier. All points are included in the
Twenty-eighth CAA area.
III. CONCEPT OF THE OPERATION
In the initial nuclear strike, by using ( ) nuclear rockets with a total yield
of ( ) kilotons. The enemy's nuclear rocket and artillery troops in areas ___,
his air force in areas ____, his main infantry and tank forces in areas ___,
and the enemy's command posts at ___ are destroyed and decisive losses are
inflicted on the enemy's air defense troops in areas ___, and on his rear
service installations in areas ___.
Exploiting the results of the initial strategic nuclear strike and nuclear
strikes of the front and army means the army attacks the enemy along
the line of Bad Hersfeld, Schlitz, Fulda, and Gersfeld and develops its attack
by its main forces; i.e. the 16th, 18th and 19th Motorized Rifle Divisions in
the direction of Bad Hersfeld, Alsfeld, and Wetzlar; and during the operation
by employing additional ( ) rockets with a total yield of ( ) kilotons destroys
the main forces of the U. S. V Corps in the area; Bad Hersfeld, Alsfeld,
Giessen, Echzell, Gedern, and Fulda and seizes on the third day the line of
Wettenberg, Butzbach, Bad Nauheim, and Nidderau. Subsequently by committing the
second-echelon forces into the engagement the army develops the attack in the
direction of Wetzlar, Limburg, Boppord, and Simmern and during the conduct of
the operation, by using ( ) nuclear rockets with a total yield of ( ) kilotons
destroys newly detected enemy nuclear weapons, destroys the enemy's approaching
reserves from the line of march, conducts assault crossing over the Rhine River
and with the cooperation of and by exploiting the success of the Twenty-eighth
CAA encircles and destroys the main forces of the U. S. Vth and VIIth Corps and
approaching strategic reserves, and on the 7th day of the operation seizes the
line of Boos, Gillenbeuren, Bullay and Sohren.
--- The army's operational formation is established in two echelons:
--- in the first-echelon: the 16th, 18th, 19th, and 21st Motorized Rifle
Divisions;
--- in the second-echelon: the 17th and 20th Tank Divisions;
--- the 31st Separate Tank Regiment is the army's reserve.
IV. I ORDER
a. The 16th Motorized Rifle Division with one brigade of artillery of the
VGK reserve, one anti-tank battalion and one engineer battalion is to attack
the enemy on the line: Ludwigsau - Eichhof, to develop the attack in the
direction of Bad Hersfeld - Rockerod, to destroy the enemy in the area of
Ludwigsau, Gittersed, Rockerod, and Eichhof and continue the attack in the
direction of Go Bmanerode - Ottrau, destroy the enemy's division reserves in
the area of Willingshain, Schorbach, Ottrau, and Kemmerod and seize the line of
Schorbach, Ottrau and north of Lingellach by H + 10.
Then the division is to develop the attack in the direction of Ottrau, Alsfeld
and Hill 384 and at the end of the day seize the line of west of Anlrifttal,
Heimertshausen, and the stretch of route 49 to the south.
The future attack direction of the division for the next day is Heimertshausen
and Hill 322. The division is to assign one reinforced BMP motorized rifle
regiment as the forward detachment to destroy from the line of march the
enemy's covering forces and border troops in the enemy's security zone and
facilitate quick advance of the division's main forces to the forward defense
line of the enemy.
For the conduct of the division's attack 15 nuclear, 5 chemical and 15
conventional rockets are allocated to the division. The use of nuclear and
chemical weapons will be conducted only at signal and command of the
front for the initial nuclear strike.
The division conducts the breakthrough of the enemy's main defensive line, at a
4 km front and during the artillery preparatory fire destroys and suppresses
the enemy's strong points on the forward line and in depth, command posts,
artillery and mortar batteries and enemy's immediate reserves.
On the left the 18th Motorized Rifle Division attacks. The boundary line with
that division passes through Mohara, Hill 366, road junction southeast of Bad
Hersfeld, Kleba, Lingellach, and Nieder.
During the penetration (breakthrough) of the enemy's defense, the destruction
of the enemy's brigade reserve, development of the attack in depth and
destruction of the enemy's division reserves are conducted in interaction with
the 18th Motorized Rifle Division.
The division's command post during the penetration of the enemy's defense is to
deploy 3 km west of Fredewald road junction, and the rear service control point
during this phase is to deploy in ___.
b. The 18th Motorized Rifle Division with one artillery brigade of VGK
artillery division, one anti-tank battalion and engineer battalion attacks the
enemy at the line ___ (As for the 16th Div).
c. The 19th Motorized Rifle Division with two artillery battalions of the
army's artillery brigade, two anti-tank batteries and two engineer companies
attacks the enemy at the line ___ (as for the 16th Div).
d. The 21st Motorized Rifle Division with two artillery battalions from the
army's artillery brigade, two anti-tank batteries and two engineer companies is
to attack the enemy from the line ___ ( as for the 16th Div).
e. The 17th Tank Division is in the army's second-echelon. The division is to
deploy in departure (assembly) area in Vogelsberg, north of Weimar,
Pfiffelbach, Niedar, Hardislehen. During the operation the division is to
follow the 16th MRD by bounds at a distance of 40 - 60 km on at least 3 routes
and be prepared to be committed into battle from the line No 1. (Bieber -
Grund) with the mission to destroy the enemy's advancing reserves from the line
of march and seize the line of Mengers, Ober and Seelbach. The direction of its
future attack is Ober- Hadamar, Nassau.
The line NO. 2 of commitment is the line of ___ with the immediate mission line
at ___ and the direction of future development of the attack at ___.
At the time of commitment, the division is reinforced by 3 artillery
battalions, one anti-tank battalion and one engineer road construction
battalion.
In case of the use of nuclear weapons, the division is allocated 15 nuclear, 5
chemical, and 15 conventional rockets.
The area of responsibility of the division to fight enemy's airborne assaults
and his reconnaissance groups includes ___.
f. The 20th Tank Division is in the army's second-echelon. It is to deploy ___
(As for the 17th TAnk Div).
g. Army's rocket brigade is to accomplish the following tasks:
1. destroy the following targets during the initial nuclear strike of the
front:
--- enemy's nuclear rocket, target No. 302 in the area of ___ by a 20 kt
warhead, air burst at H - 00.20 or at the front's signal.
--- enemy's nuclear rocket, target No. 203 in ___, by a 20 kt warhead, air
burst at H - 00:20 or at front's signal.
--- enemy's V Corps command post, target No. 304 in ___ by a 100 kt warhead,
ground burst at H - 00:2- or at the front's signal.
--- enemy's rear command post, target NO. 305, in ___ by a 100 kt warhead,
ground burst at H - 00:20 or at the front's signal.
--- airfield, target NO. 306, in ___ by a 40 kt warhead, air burst, at H -
00:20 or at the front's signal.
--- airfield, target No 307, in ___ by 40 kt warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20
or at the front's signal.
--- enemy's second-echelon division in the area ___, ___, ___, and ___;
including the following targets:
----- targets NO. 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, and 313 - each by a 20 kt warhead,
air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the front's signal.
(Note: Targets for divisional rocket strikes are also designated in the same
way)
2. Time of delivery of nuclear and chemical rockets to the troops is P - 6 hrs.
Time of delivery of conventional rockets to the troops is D - 3 days.
3. The status and situation of planned targets for nuclear strike are to be
continuously followed and necessary adjustment in the plan of the nuclear
strikes is to be made according to the actual situation.
4. Preparation of rocket troops for launch is to be kept at the highest state
and technical rocket support of the rocket troops is to be organized in detail.
5. Position areas of rockets are to be well prepared in terms of engineer work
and well camouflaged. Alternate positions for rockets are to be established and
their protection against mass destruction weapons as well as the security and
defense of rocket positions and mobile rocket bases must be organized and
established.
6. To maximize the range of fire and to launch timely strikes on designated
targets, timely relocation of positions and movement of rocket troops during
the conduct of the operation, are to be planned and executed.
h. Artillery
1. The following artillery groups are to be established in army's large units
and units:
--- army artillery group (AAG): 10 artillery battalions;
--- army reactive artillery group (AGRA): 4 BM-22 Bns.
--- in the 16th and 18th Motorized Rifle Divisions:
----- divisional artillery groups (DAG) of 6 artillery battalions each
----- regimental artillery groups (RAG) on the main direction of 3 artillery
battalions each;
---in the 19th and 21st Motorized Rifle Divisions: DAG of up to 4 artillery
battalions each
----- RAG on the main direction of 3 artillery battalions each
2. Artillery missions:
During the preparation, initiation and conduct of the offensive operation, the
artillery is to accomplish the following tasks:
--- destruction and suppression of the enemy's nuclear weapons;
--- inflicting losses on the enemy during his aggression in the army's area. At
this phase in addition to the security zone's regimental artillery, part of the
divisional artillery is also assigned;
--- inflicting losses on the enemy during crossing the international border and
during the battle in the enemy's security zone by artillery units of forward
detachments of the first-echelon divisions, and part of the artillery of the
first-echelon divisions:
--- inflicting losses on the enemy during breakthrough of the enemy's prepared
defense and particularly destruction of strong points, destruction of artillery
and mortar batteries, and command posts, and suppression of the enemy's
immediate reserves;
--- destruction and suppression of the enemy and providing support for own
troops during the assault support fire during the combat in the forward defense
area of the first-echelon brigades;
--- providing fire support for attacking troops during the combat action in the
depth of the enemy in the form of accompanying fire;
--- inflicting losses on the enemy during his counter-attacks and counter-
strikes;
--- support of the army troops during assault river crossing;
--- support and covering of open flanks and gaps between combat formations;
--- struggle against enemy's artillery and mortars during the conduct of the
offensive operation in the depth of the enemy's defense;
--- support of the commitment of the second-echelon troops and combined arms
reserves into combat.
3. The density of the artillery for the breakthrough of the enemy's prepared
defense during the preparatory fire is 100 - 120 guns and mortars per kilometer
of front, duration of the preparatory fire is 30 - 40 minutes and the
ammunition expenditure is 0.8 - 1.0 units of fire. the density of artillery
during the commitment of the second-echelon forces into combat is to be 40 - 60
guns and mortars per kilometer of front and the duration of artillery
preparatory fire is 15 - 20 minutes with an expenditure of 0.6 - 0.8 units of
fire.
4. The assault support fire is to be conducted in the form of successive
concentration of fire on one or two lines, single or double attack moving
barrage to the depth of the first-echelon brigades i.e. 8 - 10 kms.
5. The accompanying fire is conducted by the method of concentration of fire,
massive fire, and fire on individual targets.
I. Organic and attached aviation troops are to conduct the following missions
during the preparation and conduct of the operation.
participation in the preparatory fire and assault support and accompanying fire
during the conduct of the operation to destroy nuclear weapons and nuclear
depots, command posts, to destroy and suppress enemy's deep reserves, air
defense and radar positions, rear service installations, signal centers,
aircraft guidance points, as well as the command posts and positions of radio
electronic warfare systems during the attack.
--- conduct of air reconnaissance and air photography in support of the army's
operation and reconnaissance for damage assessment of targets hit by friendly
nuclear strikes. Up to the initiation of the attack, the reconnaissances to be
conducted only by observation and aerial photography using fixed wing aircraft
and helicopters along the state borders without crossing the border.
--- support and covering of the troops and army's targets against enemy's air
strikes during the preparation and conduct of the operation;
--- the flight (sortie) resources are to be distributed as follows:
----- a. to the 16th and 18th MRD's 3 fighter - bomber aviation squadron
sorties each per day;
----- b. to the 19th and 21st MRD's 2 fighter- bomber aviation squadron sorties
each per day
-- conduct struggle against the enemy tanks by combat helicopters;
-- insert airborne assault troops (desants) by transport helicopters
in the rear of the enemy in accordance with separate plans;
J. to Air defense troops;
The air defense troops are to conduct the following missions during the
preparation and conduct of the operation:
--- covering of the main combined arms and tank troops in the FUP areas, during
the breakthrough of the enemy's prepared defense and in the depth of the enemy
area;
--- covering of rocket and artillery troops in the departure (FUP) area, during
their firing and during the conduct of the operation;
--- covering of command posts in the departure area and during the conduct of
the operation;
--- covering of rear service installations in the departure area and during the
operation;
--- covering of reserves and second-echelon troops in the departure area,
during their movement and their commitment into combat;
--- covering of desants in their departure areas, during their flight,
in their landing areas in the depth of the enemy's area, and during their
combat actions;
--- covering of the troops during the assault river crossing;
--- covering the troops during the repulse of the enemy's counter strikes.
2. The fire, reconnaissance, and warning systems of the army's air defense
troops are to be coordinated with the fire and reconnaissance systems of the
front and divisions' air defense troops and fighter aviation of the
front air army and national air defense forces as part of an
integrated unified plan so that massive strikes of the enemy's air force can be
effectively repelled.
3. During the preparation and conduct of the operation, all air defense troops
of the army and lower echelons (troops) are to be brought to the state of full
combat readiness so that they will be ready to repel the enemy's air strikes.
In any situation one third of the air defense troops must be kept at combat
duty status.
4. Appropriate positions for the air defense troops are to be prepared in terms
of engineer work. In addition to the main positions, alternate positions are to
be established as well.
5. The movement of the air defense troops during the preparation and conduct of
the attack is conducted in a way so that at critical phases of the operation
all or the bulk of the air defense troops of the army and the troops have
occupied positions to repel the enemy's air strikes and they are ready for the
execution of their mission.
k. Airborne Assault troops (desant)
During the operation two airborne assaults are conducted:
-- 1. A tactical airborne assault by a reinforced motorized rifle battalion
from the 20th Tank Division with a mortar battery.
------- The departure area for the desant is ___ and it should be
occupied at 0600 on the first day of the operation for a 24 hrs period of
preparation for the desant force.
------- The desant is airlifted by the front's transport
helicopter regiment and it is supported by two fighter aviation squadrons.
--------The desant is landed in the enemy's rear in the area ___ at
0600 on the second day of the operation.
------- The mission of the desant is to destroy the enemy's nuclear
depot and to seize and destroy the enemy's command post in ___.
------- Prior to the landing, the enemy's reserves and other targets in the
landing area are initially hit by front's fighter-bomber aviation and
then by rocket troops using conventional warheads. Positions of the enemy's air
defense means and airfields in the flight corridor of the helicopters are
suppressed and destroyed by the air force.
------ Planning of the airborne assault for movement and landing is to be
worked out by the helicopter regiment commander in cooperation with the army's
operations directorate and the commander of the airborne assault force.
------The troop control during the preparation for desant is conducted
from the command post of the helicopter regiment in the departure area for the
desant, and then during the operation it is conducted from the army's
command post and the desant battalion's command/observation post.
--2. Operational airborne assault (desant) by an airborne assault
regiment reinforced by one towed artillery battalion.
----- The departure area for this desant is ___ and it is to be
occupied at 0800 on the fourth day of the operation for the preparation of the
desant.
------The desant is air-lifted by an aviation transport division from
the air force main command and one transport helicopter regiment and it is
covered during the flight and landing by two fighter aviation regiments.
----- The landing is in the rear of the enemy in area ___ at 0600 on the fifth
day of the operation.
----- The mission of the desant is to seize a bridgehead on the Rhine
River, destroy enemy logistic depots and to assist the army troops during the
assault river crossing at the Rhine.
----- Prior to the landing, the enemy's targets in the landing area and his
close-by airfields are initially hit by fighter-bomber and bomber aviation and
then by rocket troops using conventional warheads. Enemy's air defense means
and radars located in the flight corridor of the desant are destroyed
by the air force, rocket troops and artillery.
---- Planning of the desant for movement and landing is to be worked
out by the commander of the aviation transport division in cooperation with the
army staff and airborne assault regiment.
----Troop control during the preparation for the desant is conducted
from the command post of the aviation transport division and command post of
the airborne assault regiment, while during the combat action it is conducted
from the army's command post and the command post of the airborne assault
regiment in the combat action area.
L. Combined Arms Reserve
The 91st Separate Tank Regiment is the combined arms reserve of the army and it
is to deploy in area ___ and follow the 18th Motorized Rifle Division by bounds
at a 30 - 40 km distance and be prepared for unexpected missions during the
conduct of the operation.
M. Army's Anti-tank Reserve:
--1. The army's artillery anti-tank reserve is the 51st Anti-tank Regiment from
the VGK artillery division. It is to deploy in area ___ and conduct struggle
against tanks on the army's main attack direction. The likely fire lines of the
anti-tank reserve to repel the enemy's tank counter-attack during the operation
are as follows:
----- Line NO 1: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
----- Line NO 2: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
----- Line NO 3: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
----- Line NO 4: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
The army's anti-tank reserve moves during the operation on the direction of the
army's main attack following the 16th MRD.
--2. The combat helicopter regiment, in addition to support of the army troops
during the operation, is to conduct struggle against enemy tanks. It is to
deploy in the area ___ and be prepared to fight the enemy tanks on the
following lines:
---- Line NO 1: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
---- Line NO 2: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
---- Line NO 3: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
---- Line NO 4: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
N. Mobile Obstacle Detachment (POZ) is the first and second companies of the
army's obstacle battalion. It is to deploy in area ___ and move and operate
with the anti-tank reserve to repel enemy tanks.
O. Engineer Reserve is the 1st Battalion of the Combat Engineer Regiment, the
1st Road and Bridge Battalion and the 1st Battalion of the Pontoon Bridge
Regiment. After accomplishment of assigned misions during the preparation of
the army's operation, the engineer reserve is to deploy in area ___ and be
prepared to conduct unexpected missions during the operation. In the course of
the conduct of the operation it is to follow the 18th Motorized Rifle Division.
P. Chemical Reserve:
The chemical reserve is composed of the army's separate chemical protection
battalion. It is to be prepared to conduct unexpected missions in the course of
the operation. The chemical reserve is to deploy in area ___ and move during
the operation in the direction ___.
Q. Time of readiness of the troops for the operation is at 2400 hrs on ___.
The norms of mobile reserves of material means during the operation are to be
kept as follows:
-- 1. Infantry weapons - 1.15 units of fire
-- 2. Arty and mortars - 1.3 units of fire
-- 3. Reactive arty - 1.3 units of fire
-- 4. Tank ammunition - 2.6 units of fire
-- 5. Air defense ammo - 2.5 units of fire
-- 6. Auto gasoline - 2.6 refills
-- 7. Diesel fuel - 3.1 refills
-- 8. Foodstuffs - 15 daily rations
|
|
|
V. CONTROL OF ARMY TROOPS
The army CP is in Wickerstedt.
The army's rear control point is at Tumpling.
The army's FCP is at Walresleben.
The direction of relocation of the FCP, CP, and Rear CP during the operation,
is the direction of Waldfisch, Schenklengsfeld, Grunberg, Weilmunster, Ober
Dammerschausen.
The signal communication from army's CP to the front's commander and
staff and with the subordinate, adjacent, and interacting troops will be
established by radio, radio-relay, telephone, and mobile communications means
with strict observation of the rules of secrfecy of the troop control.
My deputies are:
-- The chief of staff, first deputy army commander, chief of political affairs,
and commander of the 16th MRD.
Chief of Operations Directorate:
(Signature)
Chief of Staff of the army
(Signature
|
|
|
SAMPLE BLANK ARMY OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVE
|
|
|
I Approve --/--/89
Commander _____________
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Army
Serial Number:
Major General ____
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRET
Sig
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Copy
Number:
OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVE OF
The commander of the _____________ Army for offensive operations.
Command Post at ___________,___________, (time) _______________
(date), Map 1:250,000 August 1983 ed.
I. ENEMY SITUATION:
As a result of the development of acute international tension NATO is secretly
engaged in bringing its armed forces to the state of full combat readiness and
intends to launch a surprise attack on the territories of Warsaw Pact
countries.
Elements of the ___________ are deployed directly against the forces of the
_____________ Army. The first-echelon of the _____ is composed of the
___________ Division and _______________________ Division with a total of ___
nuclear rocket systems, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ___tanks, ___ artillery
pieces and mortars, ___SAM systems, ___helicopters, and ___ fixed wing
aircraft.
In the second-echelon of the__ Corps is the ____________ Division and probably
elements of ________________ forces will operate in the area, composed of ___
nuclear rocket systems, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ___ artillery pieces and
mortars, ___ tanks, ___ SAM systems, and ___ combat helicopters.
The _____________________________ and border troops are deployed in front of
the forward defense area in the security zone. During the operation the combat
action of the enemy forces will be supported by ___ combat aircraft with
nuclear capability from the U.S. and West German national air forces and the
________ of Central Army Group.
In general the enemy can launch ___ nuclear rocket strikes and aerial bombs in
the area of operation of the _____________ Army and against rear services
installations of the army and the front during the conduct of his
operation.
The _____________________ in the north and _________ Corps in the south are
deployed on the flanks of the _______ Corps. Their operations can affect the
forces of the _____________ Army. Movement and arrival of strategic reserves
composed of _____ and ______ armed forces and mobilization reserves of
____________ are likely during the operation in the area of the _____________
Army.
The enemy tries to inflict losses on and destroy the Warsaw Pact forces and
seize vital territories by a surprise and decisive offensive operation. If the
Warsaw Pact forces overtake the enemy in initiation of offensive operations,
the forces of the _______ Corps are likely to hold a pre-prepared defensive
line along the ____________, ___________, _______, _______ and ___ ________
line, to inflict maximum losses on the _____________ Army by defensive action,
and then launch counter strikes by the second-echelon forces from the line of
________ - ______ in the direction of __________, _________, ____________, and
from the line of ________ - _______ in the direction of _______, _______,
__________.
II. MISSION CONDUCTED BY FORCES AND MEANS OF THE FRONT AND
ADJACENTS.
a. The following targets in the army's attack area are destroyed by the
front's rocket troops and aviation forces during the initial nuclear
strike:
-- enemy's nuclear weapons and nuclear depots in the area ___, ___, ____, and
___.
-- enemy's airfields in the areas ___, ___, ___, ___, and ___.
-- command posts of the _______ ___ ____ in the area ___ and command posts of
the ____ of the ____________ Group in the area ___.
-- enemy's reserves in area ___, ___, ___, and ___.
-- enemy's rear service installations in the area ___, ___, ___, and ___.
T_____ regimental sorties of the front's fighter- bomber aviation are
allocated to the army to support the army's action during the offensive
operation and _____ regimental sorties of the front's helicopter
aviation and one transport aviation division from the main command of the air
force are allocated to support the airborne assaults. These sorties will be
covered by the front's fighter aviation during their flight.
b. Adjacents:
On the right flank of the army the _____ ______ ____ Army attacks in the
direction of _____, _______, _______, _______. Its immediate mission is to
seize the line of ________, ________, __________, and _____________; and its
long range mission is to seize the line of __________, ________, _________, and
_________. The boundary with the right adjacent passes through _________,
________,________, and _________. All points are included in the ______ ______
Army's area.
On the left flank of the army the _____________ ___________ Army attacks in the
direction of _______, ________, _______ and west of _________. The immediate
mission of the ___________ is to seize the line of __________, _________, and
_______ and its long range mission is to seize the line of ____, _________, and
______. The boundary line with the left adjacent passes through _________,
_________, __________, and _____. All points are included in the _____________
area.
III. CONCEPT OF THE OPERATION
In the initial nuclear strike, by using ( ) nuclear rockets with a total yield
of ( ) kilotons. The enemy's nuclear rocket and artillery troops in areas ___,
his air force in areas ____, his main infantry and tank forces in areas ___,
and the enemy's command posts at ___ are destroyed and decisive losses are
inflicted on the enemy's air defense troops in areas ___, and on his rear
service installations in areas ___.
Exploiting the results of the initial strategic nuclear strike and nuclear
strikes of the front and army means the army attacks the enemy along
the line of ____________, _____, and ________ and develops its attack by its
main forces; i.e. the ____, ____ and ____ Motorized Rifle Divisions in the
direction of _________,________, and _______; and during the operation by
employing additional ( ) rockets with a total yield of ( ) kilotons destroys
the main forces of the _______ Corps in the area; ________,________, _______,
_______, and _____ and seizes on the third day the line of _________, ________,
_________, and ________. Subsequently by committing the second-echelon forces
into the engagement the army develops the attack in the direction of _______,
_______, and _______ and during the conduct of the operation, by using ( )
nuclear rockets with a total yield of ( ) kilotons destroys newly detected
enemy nuclear weapons, destroys the enemy's approaching reserves from the line
of march, conducts assault crossing over the _____ River and with the
cooperation of and by exploiting the success of the _____________ CAA encircles
and destroys the main forces of the _________ and _____ Corps and approaching
strategic reserves, and on the _th day of the operation seizes the line of
____, _______, ______ and ______.
The army's operational formation is established in two echelons:
--- in the first-echelon: the __th, __th,___th, and __st Motorized Rifle
Divisions;
--- in the second-echelon: the __th and __th Tank Divisions;
--- the __st Separate Tank Regiment is the army's reserve.
IV. I ORDER
a. The __th Motorized Rifle Division with one brigade of artillery of the VGK
reserve, one anti-tank battalion and one engineer battalion is to attack the
enemy on the line: _________ - _______, to develop the attack in the direction
of __________ - ________, to destroy the enemy in the area of _______,
________, ________, and to continue the attack in the direction of _______ -
______, destroy the enemy's division reserves in the area of __________,
________,_______, and ______ and seize the line of the immediate mission at
_________, ______ and _____________ H + 10.
--Then the division is to develop the attack in the direction of ______,
_______ and _______ and at the end of the day seize the line of west of
_________, ______, and _________________.
--The future attack direction of the division for the next day is ________ and
________. The division is to assign one reinforced BMP motorized rifle regiment
as the forward detachment to destroy from the line of march the enemy's
covering forces and border troops in the enemy's security zone and facilitate
quick advance of the division's main forces to the forward defense line of the
enemy.
-- For the conduct of the division's attack ___nuclear, _ chemical and __
conventional rockets are allocated to the division. The use of nuclear and
chemical weapons will be conducted only at signal and command of the
front for the initial nuclear strike.
-- The division conducts the breakthrough of the enemy's main defensive line,
at a 4 km front and during the artillery preparatory fire destroys and
suppresses the enemy's strong points on the forward line and in depth, command
posts, artillery and mortar batteries and enemy's immediate reserves.
-- On the left the ____ Motorized Rifle Division attacks. The boundary line
with that division passes through ______, ________, _________,
________,___________, and ______.
-- During the penetration (breakthrough) of the enemy's defense, the
destruction of the enemy's brigade reserve, development of the attack in depth
and destruction of the enemy's division reserves are conducted in interaction
with the ____ Motorized Rifle Division.
-- The division's command post during the penetration of the enemy's defense is
to deploy _ km west of ________, and the rear service control point during this
phase is to deploy in ___.
b. The ____ Motorized Rifle Division with one artillery brigade of VGK
artillery division, one anti-tank battalion and engineer battalion attacks the
enemy at the line ___ (As for the ____ Div).
c. The ____ Motorized Rifle Division with two artillery battalions of the
army's artillery brigade, two anti-tank batteries and two engineer companies
attacks the enemy at the line ___ (as for the ____ Div).
d. The ____ Motorized Rifle Division with two artillery battalions from the
army's artillery brigade, two anti-tank batteries and two engineer companies is
to attack the enemy from the line ___ ( as for the ____ Div).
e. The ____ Tank Division is in the army's second-echelon. The division is to
deploy in departure (assembly) area in __________, __________, ___________,
___________. During the operation the division is to follow the ____ MRD by
bounds at a distance of 40 - 60 km on at least 3 routes and be prepared to be
committed into battle from the line No 1. (______________) with the mission to
destroy the enemy's advancing reserves from the line of march and seize the
line of _______, ____, and ________. The direction of its future attack is
_______, ______.
The line No. 2 of commitment is the line of ___ with the immediate mission line
at ___ and the direction of future development of the attack at ___.
At the time of commitment, the division is reinforced by 3 artillery
battalions, one anti-tank battalion and one engineer road construction
battalion.
In case of the use of nuclear weapons, the division is allocated __ nuclear, _
chemical, and __ conventional rockets.
The area of responsibility of the division to fight enemy's airborne assaults
and his reconnaissance groups includes ___.
f. The __th Tank Division is in the army's second-echelon. It is to deploy ___
(As for the ____ Tank Div).
g. Army's rocket brigade is to accomplish the following tasks:
--1. destroy the following targets during the initial nuclear strike of the
front:
---- enemy's nuclear rocket, target No. 302 in the area of ___ by a 20 kt
warhead, air burst at H - 00.20 or at the front's signal.
-----enemy's nuclear rocket, target No. 203 in ___, by a 20 kt warhead, air
burst at H - 00:20 or at front's signal.
-----enemy's ___ Corps command post, target No. 304 in ___ by a 100 kt warhead,
ground burst at H - 00:2- or at the front's signal.
---- enemy's rear command post, target No. 305, in ___ by a 100 kt warhead,
ground burst at H - 00:20 or at the front's signal.
---- airfield, target No. 306, in ___ by a 40 kt warhead, air burst, at H -
00:20 or at the front's signal.
---- airfield, target No 307, in ___ by 40 kt warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20
or at the front's signal.
---- enemy's second-echelon division in the area ___, ___, ___, and ___;
including the following targets:
--------- targets No. 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, and 313 - each by a 20 kt
warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the front's signal.
(Note: Targets for divisional rocket strikes are also designated in the same
way)
2. Time of delivery of nuclear and chemical rockets to the troops is P - 6 hrs.
Time of delivery of conventional rockets to the troops is D - 3 days.
3. The status and situation of planned targets for nuclear strike are to be
continuously followed and necessary adjustment in the plan of the nuclear
strikes is to be made according to the actual situation.
4. Preparation of rocket troops for launch is to be kept at the highest state
and technical rocket support of the rocket troops is to be organized in detail.
5. Position areas of rockets are to be well prepared in terms of engineer work
and well camouflaged. Alternate positions for rockets are to be established and
their protection against mass destruction weapons as well as the security and
defense of rocket positions and mobile rocket bases must be organized and
established.
6. To maximize the range of fire and to launch timely strikes on designated
targets, timely relocation of positions and movement of rocket troops during
the conduct of the operation, are to be planned and executed.
h. Artillery
1. The following artillery groups are to be established in army's large units
and units:
---- army artillery group (AAG): 10 artillery battalions;
---- army reactive artillery group (AGRA): 4 BM-22 Bns.
-----in the ____ and ____ Motorized Rifle Divisions:
--------- divisional artillery groups (DAG) of 6 artillery battalions each
--------- regimental artillery groups (RAG) on the main direction of 3
artillery battalions each;
---- in the ____ and ____ Motorized Rifle Divisions:
-------- DAG of up to 4 artillery battalions each
-------- RAG on the main direction of 3 artillery battalions each
2. Artillery missions:
During the preparation, initiation and conduct of the offensive operation, the
artillery is to accomplish the following tasks:
-- destruction and suppression of the enemy's nuclear weapons;
-- inflicting losses on the enemy during his aggression in the army's area. At
this phase in addition to the security zone's regimental artillery, part of the
divisional artillery is also assigned;
-- inflicting losses on the enemy during crossing the international border and
during the battle in the enemy's security zone by artillery units of forward
detachments of the first-echelon divisions, and part of the artillery of the
first-echelon divisions:
-- inflicting losses on the enemy during breakthrough of the enemy's prepared
defense and particularly destruction of strong points, destruction of artillery
and mortar batteries, and command posts, and suppression of the enemy's
immediate reserves;
-- destruction and suppression of the enemy and providing support for own
troops during the assault support fire during the combat in the forward defense
area of the first-echelon brigades;
-- providing fire support for attacking troops during the combat action in the
depth of the enemy in the form of accompanying fire;
-- inflicting losses on the enemy during his counter-attacks and counter-
strikes;
-- support of the army troops during assault river crossing;
-- support and covering of open flanks and gaps between combat formations;
-- struggle against enemy's artillery and mortars during the conduct of the
offensive operation in the depth of the enemy's defense;
-- support of the commitment of the second-echelon troops and combined arms
reserves into combat.
3. The density of the artillery for the breakthrough of the enemy's prepared
defense during the preparatory fire is ___ - ___ guns and mortars per kilometer
of front, duration of the preparatory fire is __ - __ minutes and the
ammunition expenditure is ___ - ___ units of fire. the density of artillery
during the commitment of the second-echelon forces into combat is to be __ - __
guns and mortars per kilometer of front and the duration of artillery
preparatory fire is __ - __ minutes with an expenditure of ___ - ___ units of
fire.
4. The assault support fire is to be conducted in the form of successive
concentration of fire on one or two lines, single or double attack moving
barrage to the depth of the first-echelon battalions i.e. _ - _ kms.
5. The accompanying fire is conducted by the method of concentration of fire
and massive fire on individual targets.
I. Organic and attached aviation troops are to conduct the following missions
during the preparation and conduct of the operation.
- - participation in the preparatory fire and assault support and accompanying
fire during the conduct of the operation to destroy nuclear weapons and nuclear
depots, command posts, to destroy and suppress enemy's deep reserves, air
defense and radar positions, rear service installations, signal centers,
aircraft guidance points, as well as the command posts and positions of radio
electronic warfare systems during the attack.
-- conduct of air reconnaissance and air photography in support of the army's
operation and reconnaissance for damage assessment of targets hit by friendly
nuclear strikes. Up to the initiation of the attack, the reconnaissances to be
conducted only by observation and aerial photography using fixed wing aircraft
and helicopters along the state borders without crossing the border.
-- support and covering of the troops and army's targets against enemy's air
strikes during the preparation and conduct of the operation;
-- the flight (sortie) resources are to be distributed as follows:
----- a. to the ____ and ____ MRD's 3 fighter - bomber aviation squadron
sorties each per day;
----- b. to the ____ and ____ MRD's 2 fighter- bomber aviation squadron sorties
each per day
--conduct struggle against the enemy tanks by combat helicopters;
-- insert airborne assault troops (desants) by transport helicopters
in the rear of the enemy in accordance with separate plans;
J. to Air defense troops;
The air defense troops are to conduct the following missions during the
preparation and conduct of the operation:
-- covering of the main combined arms and tank troops in the FUP areas, during
the breakthrough of the enemy's prepared defense and in the depth of the enemy
area;
-- covering of rocket and artillery troops in the departure (FUP) area, during
their firing and during the conduct of the operation;
-- covering of command posts in the departure area and during the conduct of
the operation;
-- covering of rear service installations in the departure area and during the
operation;
-- covering of reserves and second-echelon troops in the departure area, during
their movement and their commitment into combat;
-- covering of desants in their departure areas, during their flight,
in their landing areas in the depth of the enemy's area, and during their
combat actions;
-- covering of the troops during the assault river crossing;
-- covering the troops during the repulsion of the enemy's counter strikes.
2. The fire, reconnaissance, and warning systems of the army's air defense
troops are to be coordinated with the fire and reconnaissance systems of the
front and divisions' air defense troops and fighter aviation of the
front air army and national air defense forces as part of an
integrated unified plan so that massive strikes of the enemy's air force can be
effectively repelled.
3. During the preparation and conduct of the operation, all air defense troops
of the army and lower echelons (troops) are to be brought to the state of full
combat readiness so that they will be ready to repel the enemy's air strikes.
In any situation one third of the air defense troops must be kept at combat
duty status.
4. Appropriate positions for the air defense troops are to be prepared in terms
of engineer work. In addition to the main positions, alternate positions are to
be established as well.
5. The movement of the air defense troops during the preparation and conduct of
the attack is conducted in a way so that at critical phases of the operation
all or the bulk of the air defense troops of the army and the troops have
occupied positions to repel the enemy's air strikes and they are ready for the
execution of their mission.
k. Airborne Assault troops (desant)
During the operation two airborne assaults are conducted:
1. A tactical airborne assault by a reinforced motorized rifle battalion from
the ____ Division with a mortar battery.
-- The departure area for the desant is ___ and it should be occupied
at 0600 on the first day of the operation for a 24 hrs period of preparation
for the desant force.
-- The desant is airlifted by the front's transport
helicopter regiment and it is supported by two fighter aviation squadrons.
-- The desant is landed in the enemy's rear in the area ___ at 0600 on
the second day of the operation.
-- The mission of the desant is to destroy the enemy's nuclear depot
and to seize and destroy the ________ in ___.
-- Prior to the landing, the enemy's reserves and other targets in the landing
area are initially hit by front's fighter-bomber aviation and then by
rocket troops using conventional warheads. Positions of the enemy's air defense
means and airfields in the flight corridor of the helicopters are suppressed
and destroyed by the air force.
-- Planning of the airborne assault for movement and landing isto be worked out
by the helicopter regiment commander in cooperation with the army's operations
directorate and the commander of the airborne assault force.
-- The troop control during the preparation for desant is conducted
from the command post of the helicopter regiment in the departure area for the
desant, and then during the operation it is conducted from the army's
command post and the desant battalion's command/observation post.
2. Operational airborne assault (desant) by an airborne assault
regiment reinforced by one towed artillery battalion.
-- The departure area for this desant is ___ and it is to be occupied
at ____ on the ______ day of the operation for the preparation of the
desant.
-- The desant is air-lifted by an aviation transport division from the
air force main command and one transport helicopter regiment and it is covered
during the flight and landing by two fighter aviation regiments.
-- The landing is in the rear of the enemy in area ___ at ____ on the _____ day
of the operation.
-- The mission of the desant is to seize a bridgehead on the _____
River, destroy enemy logistic depots and to assist the army troops during the
assault river crossing at the _____.
-- Prior to the landing, the enemy's targets in the landing area and his
close-by airfields are initially hit by fighter-bomber and bomber aviation and
then by rocket troops using conventional warheads. Enemy's air defense means
and radars located in the flight corridor of the desant are destroyed
by the air force, rocket troops and artillery.
-- Planning of the desant for movement and landing is to be worked out
by the commander of the aviation transport division in cooperation with the
army staff and airborne assault regiment.
-- The troop control during the preparation for the desant is
conducted from the command post of the aviation transport division and command
post of the airborne assault regiment, while during the combat action it is
conducted from the army's command post and the command post of the airborne
assault regiment in the combat action area.
L. Combined Arms Reserve
The ____ ______ Regiment is the combined arms reserve of the army and it is to
deploy in area ___ and follow the ____ Motorized Rifle Division by bounds at a
30 - 40 km distance and be prepared for unexpected missions during the conduct
of the operation.
M. Army's Anti-tank Reserve:
1. The army's artillery anti-tank reserve is the ____ Anti-tank Regiment from
the VGK artillery division. It is to deploy in area ___ and conduct struggle
against tanks on the army's main attack direction. The likely fire lines of the
anti-tank reserve to repel the enemy's tank counter-attack during the operation
are as follows:
--- Line NO 1: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
--- Line NO 2: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
--- Line NO 3: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
--- Line NO 4: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
The army's anti-tank reserve moves during the operation on the direction of the
army's main attack following the ____ MRD.
2. The combat helicopter regiment, in addition to support of the army troops
during the operation, is to conduct struggle against enemy tanks. It is to
deploy in the area ___ and be prepared to fight the enemy tanks on the
following lines:
--- Line NO 1: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
--- Line NO 2: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
--- Line NO 3: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
--- Line NO 4: The line of ___ in the direction of ___.
N. Mobile Obstacle Detachment (POZ) is the first and second companies of the
army's obstacle battalion. |It is to deploy in area ___ and move and operate
with the anti-tank reserve to repel enemy tanks.
O. Engineer Reserve is the 1st Battalion of the Combat Engineer Regiment, the
1st Road and Bridge Battalion and the 1st Battalion of the Pontoon Bridge
Regiment. After accomplishment of assigned misions during the preparation of
the army's operation, the engineer reserve is to deploy in area ___ and be
prepared to conduct unexpected missions during the operation. In the course of
the conduct of the operation it is to follow the ____ Motorized Rifle Division.
P. Chemical Reserve:
The chemical reserve is composed of the army's separate chemical protection
battalion. It is to be prepared to conduct unexpected missions in the course of
the operation. The chemical reserve is to deploy in area ___ and move during
the operation in the direction ___.
Q. Time of readiness of the troops for the operation is at 2400 hrs on ___.
The norms of mobile reserves of material means during the operation are to be
kept as follows:
-- 1. Infantry weapons - ____ units of fire
-- 2. Arty and mortars - ____ units of fire
-- 3. Reactive arty - ____ units of fire
-- 4. Tank ammunition - ____ units of fire
-- 5. Air defense ammo - ____ units of fire
-- 6. Auto gasoline - ____ refills
-- 7. Diesel fuel - ____ refills
-- 8. Foodstuffs - __ daily rations
V. CONTROL OF ARMY TROOPS
-- The army CP is in ___________.
-- The army's rear control point is at _______.
-- The army's FCP is at _________.
The direction of relocation of the FCP, CP, and Rear CP during the operation,
is the direction of _________, __________, _______, __________, _____________.
The signal communication from army's CP to the front's commander and
staff and with the subordinate, adjacent, and interacting troops will be
established by radio, radio-relay, telephone, and mobile communications means
with strict observation of the rules of secrecy of the troop control.
My deputies are:
--- The chief of staff, first deputy army commander, chief of political
affairs, and commander of the ____ MRD.
Chief of Operations Directorate:
(Signature)
Chief of Staff of the army
(Signature)
|
|
|
Combat Instructions from Army to
Division
Once the army commander has made his decision and the army operations plan and
operations directive have been written, the army will issue extracts of the
operations directive to each division in the form of "Combat
Instructions." The format of the instructions contains the following
sections.
I. Enemy: This is based on the statement of the enemy found in the army
operational directive.
II. Specific missions to the division: The part of the "I order"
section of the operational directive directed to the individual division.
III. Army means and missions of adjacents: The actions of the army forces in
the division's area in support of its actions and a summary of the actions of
adjacents relevant to the division.
IV. Troop control measures: A restatement from the army operational order of
the location and movement of command post, signal communications measures, and
the designation of army succession in command.
A sample of the combat instructions follows.
|
|
|
SAMPLE COMBAT INSTRUCTIONS FROM ARMY TO DIVISION
I approve ___/___/Guards
Army---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Serial No:
Major General --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRET
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Copy
No:
Combat Instructions of the commander of the Eighth Guards Army for offensive
operation to the commander of the 16th MRD:
Command post Wickerstedt, at ____, on ____ Map 1:250,000 Aug 1983 ed:
I. Enemy
As a result of the deterioration of the international situation the NATO has
secretly brought its armed forces to the state of full combat readiness and
wants to launch a surprise attack on the territories of the Warsaw Pact.
Confronting the troops of the Eighth Guards Army, t he forces of the U. S. V
Corps are deployed with the Third Armored Division and the Eighth Mechanized
Division in the first-echelon composed of a total of up to ____ nuclear rocket
systems, ____ nuclear artillery pieces, ____ tanks,____ guns and mortars, ____
SAM systems, and ____ fixed wing aircraft and helicopters.
In the second-echelon of the V Corps, the ___ division and most likely tank
troops of the FRG will operate with a total of ____ nuclear rocket systems,
____ nuclear artillery piece tan guns and mortars, ____ SAM systems, ____ fixed
wing aircraft and helicopters.
In front of the forward defense belt, the 11th Armored Cavalry Regiment and the
enemy's border troops are deployed in the security zone.
The combat action of the enemy during the operation will be supported by ____
combat aircraft from the U.S. and FRG national air forces and aviation troops
of the 4th ATAF, organic to the Central Army Group, which has nuclear
capability. During the conduct of the operation the enemy can launch a total of
( ) strikes of nuclear rockets, rounds, and bombs in the area of the Eighth
Guards Army.
On the flanks of the Vth Corps, the III German Corps in the north and the VII
U. S. Corps in the south will operate. Their actions can affect the Eighth
Guards Army actions during the conduct of the operation.
During the operation, movement of the U. S. and French strategic reserves and
newly mobilized German reserves to the area of the Eighth Guards Army is
likely. The enemy tries to inflict maximum losses on the Warsaw Pact countries
by launching a surprise decisive offensive operation and seize vital
territories. If the Warsaw Pact countries overtake the NATO in offensive
operations, it is likely that the troops of the Vth U. S. Corps will hold
pre-prepared defensive lines at the line of Bad Hersfeld, Niederaule, Schlitz,
Fulda, Gersfeld, Bad Neustadt, to inflict heavy losses on the army by defensive
actions.
In this case the enemy's counter strikes by his second-echelon troops are
likely to be launched from the line: Birstein - Gedern in the direction of
Grehenhain, Lauterbach, Bad Hersfeld, and from the line: Neustadt, Homberg in
the direction of Kirtarf, Alsfeld, Niederaula.
II. Order to 16th MRD:
The 16th MRD with the ____arty bde of the VGK artillery div, -- Anti-tank Bn,
____Combat Engineer Bn, -- Assault Crossing Co, and ___ Bn of the Road and
Bridge Regiment is to attack the enemy at the line of Ludwigsau, Eichhof and to
develop the attack in the direction Bad Hersfeld, - Rockerod and destroy the
enemy in the area Ludwigsau, Gittersed, Rockerod, Eichhof and to continue the
attack in the direction of Go Bmanerode - Ottrau and destroy the enemy's
division reserves in the area: Wigshain, Schorbach, Ottrau, and Kemmerod and at
____ hrs seize the line of its immediate mission at Schorbach, Ottrau, and
north of Lingitbach.
Then the division is to continue the attack in the direction of Ottrau,
Alsfeld, Hill 384, destroy the enemy forces in the area ____, ____, ____, ____
and at the end of the day seize the line of west of Anlrifttal, Heimertshausen
and the stretch of route 49 to the south. The direction of attack of the
division for the next day is Heimertshausen and Hill 322.
The division is to detach one reinforced BMP motorized rifle battalion as a
forward detachment to destroy, from the line of march, the enemy's border and
covering troops in the security zone and to facilitate quick advance of the
division to the line of the enemy's forward defense area.
For the division's attack 15 nuclear rockets, 5 chemical rockets and 15
conventional rocket warheads are allocated. The chemical and nuclear weapons
will be used in accordance with the order and instructions via signal for the
initial nuclear strike by the front.
(In case of the conduct of the attack with the use of nuclear weapons the
targets of divisional rocket troops are specified as shown below.) During the
initial nuclear strike of the front the following targets are to be
destroyed by the division's rocket battalion:
--- target No 314, enemy's first-echelon bn, in area ____, --by a 3 kt warhead
air burst at H- 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No 315, enemy's first-echelon bn, in area ____ , ____by a 3 kt
warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No. 316, enemy artillery bn, in area ____, ____ by a 3 kt warhead,
air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No. 317, enemy brigade second-echelon bn, in the area ____, ____ by
a 3 kt warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No. 318, enemy brigade second-echelon tank bn, in the area ____,
____ by a 10 kt warhead, air burst, at H + 00:20 or at the signal:
--- target No. 319, enemy's division CP, in the area ____ by a 10 kt warhead,
ground burst, at H + 00:20.
--- target No. 320 enemy's brigade CP in the area ____ by a 10 kt warhead,
ground burst, at H + 00:20
--- target No. 321, enemy's rear service, in area ____ by a 10 kt warhead, air
burst, at H + 00:20.
The division is to conduct breakthrough of the enemy forward defense area in
the area ___ on a 4 km front and destroy or suppress during the preparatory
fire the enemy's strong points on the forward line and in the depth, command
posts, artillery and mortar batteries, and enemy's immediate reserves.
The division CP during the breakthrough of the enemy's defense is to be
established at 3 km west of road junction of Fredewald and the division's rear
Cp in the area ____.
The time of readiness of the division troops for the attack is 2400 on __.
III. The army means and adjacent missions:
a. The following targets are destroyed in the division's sector by army means:
--- enemy's Corps CP at ____
--- nuclear depot at ____
--- nuclear rocket system at ____
During the artillery preparatory fires, the following targets in the division's
sector are destroyed : targets ____, ____, ____, ____.
The air force destroys and suppresses during the preparatory fire the enemy's
nuclear weapons at ____, enemy CP at ____, enemy SAM systems in ____, enemy
radar posts at ____.
b. On the right the 11th MRD of the First Guards Army attacks with an immediate
mission to seize the line of the road junction west of Schellbach, Wattenstein,
Rabolds, and a subsequent mission to seize the line of Frielendorf, 3 km west
of Seigertshausen, and Neukirchen. The daily mission of the division is to
seize the line of Momberg, Neustadt, Arnsha. The boundary with the division
passes through: Eisenach, Hill 754, and Dannenrod.
On the left, the 18th MRD attacks with an immediate mission to seize the line
of road junction 3 km northwest of Hattenbach, Breilenburg, 2 km east of
Hatterode. The division's subsequent mission is to seize the line of Lingetach,
and airfield at Lauterbach, and its daily mission is to seize the line of 2 km
west of Neider, east of Windhausen, and Meiches. The boundary with the division
passes through : Mohara, Hill 366, road junction south east of Bad Hersfeld,
Kleba, Lingellach, Neider.
IV. Troop control- The Army's FCP is at Walreslenben
-- army's CP is at Wickastedt
-- army's rear CP is at Tumpling
The direction of relocation of the FCP, CP, and rear CP during the operation is
the direction of Waldfisch, Schenklengsfeld, Gruynbverg, Weilmunster, Ober
Dmershausen.
The signal communication from army's CP's to the front' commander and
staff and with the subordinate, adjacent and interacting troops is to be
established by radio, radio-relay, telephone and mobile communications means
with strict observation of the rules of secrecy of the troop control.
My deputies are in order of succession: The chief of staff, first deputy army
commander, chief of the political affairs dept, and commander of the 16th MRD.
Chief of operations directorate
Chief of Staff
x
|
|
|
BLANK SAMPLE COMBAT INSTRUCTIONS FROM ARMY TO DIVISION
I approve ___/___/Guards Army
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Serial
No:
Major General --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SECRET
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Copy
No:
Combat Instructions
of the commander of the _____________ Army for offensive operation to the
commander of the ____ MRD:
Command post ________, at ____, on ____ Map 1:250,000 Aug 1983 ed:
I. Enemy
As a result of the deterioration of the international situation the NATO has
secretly brought its armed forces to the state of full combat readiness and
wants to launch a surprise attack on the territories of the Warsaw Pact.
Confronting the troops of the ___________ Army, t he forces of the _____ _
Corps are deployed with the _____ ________ and the _______ _______ Division in
the first-echelon composed of a total of up to ____ nuclear rocket systems,
____ nuclear artillery pieces, ____ tanks,____ guns and mortars, ____ SAM
systems, and ____ fixed wing aircraft and helicopters.
In the second-echelon of the _ Corps, the ___ division and most likely tank
troops of the FRG will operate with a total of ____ nuclear rocket systems,
____ nuclear artillery piece tan guns and mortars, ____ SAM systems, ____ fixed
wing aircraft and helicopters.
In front of the forward defense belt, the ________________ Regiment and the
enemy's border troops are deployed in the security zone.
The combat action of the enemy during the operation will be supported by ____
combat aircraft from the U.S. and FRG national air forces and aviation troops
of the ___ ATAF, organic to the Central Army Group, which has nuclear
capability.
During the conduct of the operation the enemy can launch a total of ( ) strikes
of nuclear rockets, rounds, and bombs in the area of the __________ Army.
On the flanks of the ___ Corps, the _________ Corps in the north and the
_______Corps in the south will operate. Their actions can affect the ______
______ Army actions during the conduct of the operation.
During the operation, movement of the U. S. and French strategic reserves and
newly mobilized German reserves to the area of the Eighth Guards Army is
likely. The enemy tries to inflict maximum losses on the Warsaw Pact countries
by launching a surprise decisive offensive operation and seize vital
territories. If the Warsaw Pact countries overtake the NATO in offensive
operations, it is likely that the troops of the ____ U. S. Corps will hold
pre-prepared defensive lines at the line of __________, __________, _______,
________, to inflict heavy losses on the army by defensive actions.
In this case the enemy's counter strikes by his second-echelon troops are
likely to be launched from the line: __________ - ____ in the direction of
________, _________ ,___________, and from the line: _______,________ in the
direction of _______, _______, __________.
II. The division
The ____ MRD with ____ Artillery Brigade of the VGK artillery div, -- Anti-tank
Bn, ____Combat Engineer Bn, -- Assault Crossing Co, and ___ Bn of the Road and
Bridge Regiment is to attack the enemy at the line of ________, _______ and to
develop the attack in the direction ________, - _______ and destroy the enemy
in the area _________, ________, _______, ______ and at ____to continue the
attack in the direction of __________ - _____ and destroy the enemy's division
reserves in the area: ________, ________, ______, and _______ and at ____ hrs
seize the line of its immediate mission at ______, ______, and _____________.
Then the division is to continue the attack in the direction of ______,
_______, ________, destroy the enemy forces in the area ____, ____, ____, ____
and at the end of the day seize the line of __________, ___________ and
______________. The direction of attack of the division for the next day is
_________ and ________.
The division is to detach one reinforced BMP motorized rifle battalion as a
forward detachment to destroy, from the line of march, the enemy's border and
covering troops in the security zone and to facilitate quick advance of the
division to the line of the enemy's forward defense area.
For the division's attack __ nuclear rockets, _ chemical rockets and __
conventional rocket warheads are allocated. The chemical and nuclear weapons
will be used in accordance with the order and instructions via signal for the
initial nuclear strike by the front.
(In case of the conduct of the attack with the use of nuclear weapons the
targets of divisional rocket troops are specified as shown below.) During the
initial nuclear strike of the front the following targets are to be
destroyed by the division's rocket battalion:
--- target No 314, enemy's first-echelon bn, in area ____, --by a 3 kt warhead
air burst at H- 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No 315, enemy's first-echelon bn, in area ____ , ____ by a 3 kt
warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No. 316, enemy artillery bn, in area ____, ____ by a 3 kt warhead,
air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No. 317, enemy brigade second-echelon bn, in the area ____, ____ by
a 3 kt warhead, air burst, at H - 00:20 or at the signal;
--- target No. 318, enemy brigade second-echelon tank bn, in the area ____,
____ by a 10 kt warhead, air burst, at H + 00:20 or at the signal:
--- target No. 319, enemy's division CP, in the area ____ by a 10 kt warhead,
ground burst, at H + 00:20.
--- target No. 320 enemy's brigade CP in the area ____ by a 10 kt warhead,
ground burst, at H + 00:20
--- target No. 321, enemy's rear service, in area ____ by a 10 kt warhead, air
burst, at H + 00:20.
The division is to conduct breakthrough of the enemy forward defense area in
the area ___ on a 4 km front and destroy or suppress during the preparatory
fire the enemy's strong points on the forward line and in the depth, command
posts, artillery and mortar batteries, and enemy's immediate reserves.
The division CP during the breakthrough of the enemy's defense is to be
established at _______________ and the division's rear Cp in the area ____.
The time of readiness of the division troops for the attack is 2400 on __.
III. The army means and adjacent missions:
a. The following targets are destroyed in the division's sector by army means:
--- enemy's Corps CP at ____
--- nuclear depot at ____
--- nuclear rocket system at ____
During the artillery preparatory fires, the following targets in the division's
sector are destroyed : targets ____, ____, ____, ____.
The air force destroys and suppresses during the preparatory fire the enemy's
nuclear weapons at ____, enemy CP at ____, enemy SAM systems in ____, enemy
radar posts at ____.
b. On the right the ____ MRD of the __________ Army attacks with an immediate
mission to seize the line of the road junction west of __________, _______,
_______, and a subsequent mission to seize the line of _______,_____, and
________. The daily mission of the division is to seize the line of _______,
______,_______. The boundary with the division passes through: ________,
________, and _________.
On the left, the ____ MRD attacks with an immediate mission to seize the line
of road junction _______, ___________, ____________. The division's subsequent
mission is to seize the line of _______, and __________ , and its daily mission
is to seize the line of ___________, _________________, and _______. The
boundary with the division passes through : _____, ________,
____________________, _________, and _________.
IV. Troop control- The Army's FCP is at ________
-- army's CP is at __________
-- army's rear CP is at ________
The direction of relocation of the FCP, CP, and rear CP during the operation is
the direction of ________,________,________, _____________.
The signal communication from army's CP's to the front' commander and
staff and with the subordinate, adjacent and interacting troops is to be
established by radio, radio-relay, telephone, and mobile communications means
with strict observation of the rules of secrecy of the troop control.
My deputies are in order of succession: The chief of staff, first deputy army
commander, chief of the political affairs dept, and commander of the 16th MRD.
Chief of operations directorate
Chief of Staff
x
|
|
|
Commitment of Army Second- Echelon
into Engagement
The operational situation at 0600 19 June 1990:
The forces of the 8th Guards Army at 0600 on the 5th of June, after the conduct
of the strategic air operation and preparatory fire, went onto the offensive.
In the course of a four-day operation they repelled enemy counterattacks of the
second-echelon brigade and counter strike of the second-echelon of the corps,
broke through the enemy defense on the axis of the main attack, and moved 130
km into the depth of the enemy area. They fulfilled the army immediate mission
on the main attack axis. On the secondary axis the army's forces did not
develop the offensivein accordance with the plan, because the enemy strongly
resisted. The enemy engineer obstacles turned out to be very strong and the
enemy strongly defended them. So far they have not fulfilled the immediate
mission. On the left flank the offensive of army forces is moving slowly. In
some places the offensive of some army units has been stopped by the enemy. The
current situation is shown on the map.
From the report of the chief of reconnaissance it is clear that the enemy uses
the darkness of night to bring forward his operational reserves, which consist
of motorized, tank, and artillery troops. On the axis from the south part of
Frankfurt-on- Main toward the direction of Fulda the enemy is moving 6 columns.
The march columns and their movements are shown on the map.
Also the operational reserves from the depth of Germany move from the north on
the axis towards Bad Hersfeld in the zone of attack of the neighboring army
(First Guards Tank Army). The situation of the enemy advance guard is shown on
the map and his main forces move at a distance of 10-15 km behind the advance
guard. The depth of each of the main forces columns is 25-30 km.
The Seventh Guards Tank Army in the second-echelon of the front is
deployed at a distance of 200 km from the leading elements on the main axis of
the army. At 0500 this morning, after the completion of a 150 km march, the
deployment is shown on the map.
The enemy's air forces with wide use of radio electronic combat means delivered
effective strikes during the course of the operation on army forces and rear
service targets. The enemy strives to seize air supremacy. The enemy in future
battles will widely use high accuracy weapons against our forces. We have also
used reconnaissance strike complex, groups of deep reconnaissance, diversionary
groups, and artillery fire and rocket and aviation strikes against his high
accuracy weapons. But so far these weapons remain the most effective combat
means available to the enemy. The losses of both sides are shown on the table.
Task:
1. Take the role of the army commander and chief of staff of the Eight Guards
Army during the estimate of the situation and making deductions .
2. In accordance with the situation make the decision and show the decision on
the map.
3. Write the combat instructions to the subordinates.
4. Organize interaction
Estimate of the situation:
1. estimate of enemy
The following are enemy results of offensive operations of our forces, which
started at 0600 5 June with the forward detachments, which were sent out from
each first-echelon division. From the first the enemy used heavy massive air
strikes against our main forces and rear service targets. The battle began in
the covering force area when our forward detachements fought against the
armored cavalry regiment of the 5th US Corps and forces of the second-echelon
of the first-echelon division. As a result of the effective actions of our
forces in the afternoon the enemy covering force troops retired into the depth
and our forces came in contact with the enemy main forces along the forward
edge of their battle position. The enemy had already previously organized a
main line of resistance and at 0530 on 6th June the offensive of our main
forces began in order to break through the forward line of enemy resistance.
The enemy used engineer fortification and obstacles in defense and strongly
defended them in front of our attacking forces. During the combat actions,
while our forces were breaking through the defense, the enemy mounted
counterattacks with the second-echelon brigades of the first-echelon with the
aim of restoring his positions on the forward edge, but these counterattacks
did not succeed in stopping our attacks and our offensive continued into the
enemy depth. During the development of the offensive into the depth the enemy
mounted counterattacks from the second-echelon division with the objective of
destroying our forces in the enemy defense. These counterattacks also did not
have their intended result.
With the continuing movement of our forces in the depth of the enemy defense he
mounted a counterstrike by the second-echelon of the army corps on two axes. As
a result of the violent battle of the enemy counterattack, it was only stopped
after great difficulty and with heavy losses. The offensive of our forces
continues.
In the course of four days of operations the enemy forces on the main attack
axis were forced to retreat and continue combat actions on the lines shown on
the map. The enemy strives to reinforce the defense on the main axis of our
forces in order to stop further advance of our forces into his depth. With this
objective the enemy decided to withdraw his main forces a short distance and
build a strong defense line; and also to bring forward new forces to reinforce
this line.
The enemy on the left flank defends with strong resistance and prevents the
advance of our forces into the depth. In some locations he has stopped our
offensive. On the right flank some units of the First Guards Tank Army, during
the course of the four days, only with difficulty managed to advance 30 km.
The situation and condition of enemy forces:
On the main axis of the army the enemy forces operate in the following manner:
-- 8th Motorized Division;
---- 2nd Brigade 8th Motorized Division; defends on the line ___ to ___ against
units of the 16th Motor Rifle Division;
----3rd Brigade of 8th Motorized Division defends on the line __ to ___ against
units of the 11th Regiment of 16th Motor Rifle Div and the 115 Regt of the 18th
Motor Rifle Div.
-- --The 1st Brigade of 8th Motorized Division conducts combat action in the
area ___. ___. In front of the unit is the 11th Motorized Rifle Div of the
adjacent army (1GTA);
-- --The staff of the 8th Division is located in the area ___. ___.
-- The armored cavalry regiment is located in the second-echelon and organizes
defenses on the line ___ to ___.
--The enemy forces of almost of a brigade move from the depth to the combat
area and part of its forces organize defense along the line ___. ___.
-- Third Armored Division: 1st Brigade - 3AD defends on the line ___ to ___.
Against the units of the 18th division.
---- 2nd Brigade 3AD defends on line ___ to ___against units of the 19th MRD.
---- 3rd Brigade of 3AD assembles in the area ___, to ___. This division has
had heavy losses.
-----The division staff located in areas ___.
--Second-echelon armor division of Vth Corps:
---- This division conducts counterattack with aim of destruction of army main
forces on main attack axis. As a result of strenuous fighting the division was
thrown back. Now units of the division act in the following areas ___. ___
-- 3rd Armor Brigade defends on the line ___ to __ against 121 MRR and 19th
Tank Regiment of 19th MRD. and 21 Tank Regt of 21 MRD.
-- 3rd Brigade defends in the area ___ against 125 MRR of 21 MRD and units of
40th MRD.
-- 1st Brigade of this division defends __- to __- against units of 11th MRD.
This division is located far from the main forces.
-- The division staff is located in area ___, ___.
-- Corps Pershing Battalion located in area ___.
-- Corps Lance bn located in area ____.
-- Positions of atomic artillery 203.4mm are likely located in area ___, ___.
-- Firing positions of 155mm regiment are located in area ___.
In the composition of enemy forces located in contact with our army it is
possible that they have ___ nuclear rockets, ___ atomic artillery ___, high
accuracy weapons, ____ artillery and mortars, ___ tanks, ____ motor rifle
divisions,____ PVO rockets, ___ combat helicopters.
Enemy losses are shown on the tables.
Operational reserves consist of tank, motorized, and artillery forces. They are
moving in 6 columns on the axis toward Fulda. At their head are advance guards
that have reached a line of Kirchgell to Erbach and Lautertal. It is possible
that they have up to 2 divisions. So far their nationality and composition are
not known. In this force it is possible that there are ___ nuclear rockets, ___
atomic artillery, ___ high accuracy weapons, ___ artillery and mortars, ___ PVO
rrockets, ___ combat helicopters.
Also reconnaissance confirmed the movement of the enemy reserves from the depth
of German territory from the north on the axis toward Bad Hersfeld. In the area
of attack of our neighbor army on the right (1st Guards Tank Army) the enemy
advance guards reached line of ___, ___. 3 km south west of Zierenberg,
Wolfhagen, Korbach.
From the composition of the march columns and their length we believe that the
composition of the grouping may be up to 2 motorized and tank divisions and
their content and nationality is not clear.
Possible aim of enemy actions
From the enemy operational disposition and their strong resistance on the left
flank and on the right flank in the regions ___, ___, ___, and movement of
operational reserves from the depth, it is clear we estimate that enemy strives
to deliver two flanking convergent blows; from the line ___, ___ on axis ___
and from line ___, __ on axis ___. He strives to encircle and destroy the main
forces of the 8th Guards Army and First Guards Tank Army in the area of West of
Kassel, Bad Hersfeld, Fulda and Wetzlar, Laspge, Frankenberg. He wants to
restore the line to the state border. With the arrival of strategic reserves
from depth he will go over onto the decisive offensive into WP area.
The start of the enemy counterattack is possible from 0500 in areas
____._____,______. (It is 100 km away, at rate of advance of 25 km hr the
movement will take 4 hrs and if our forces deliver air and artillery strikes
they may delay it one hour).
Assessment of our forces:
Our forces at 0600 morning of 5 June, after conduct of strategic air strike of
the TVD scale, with forward detachments of each first-echelon division composed
of one reinforced motor rifle regiment went onto the attack. After conduct of
battle in the covering force area, during the afternoon they came in close
contact with the enemy main line of resistance. After detailed analysis of
enemy defense, by using night time to move artillery, PVO and command posts
close to enemy forward edge of defense, with the artillery calculating firing
requirements and occupying positions, the army main forces launched the attack
on the enemy defenses from the march, after artillery preparation, at 0530 6
June.
With our forces moving into enemy defense they were attacked by the
second-echelon of enemy brigades and then by second-echelons of the enemy
divisions with the aim of destroying our forces and restoring the main line of
defense. After a strong fight these counterattacks were repulsed. The army main
forces moved into the depth of defense. At that time the enemy launched a
counterattack of the second-echelon of the Vth Corps on two axes. After
desperate fighting and with great difficulties and losses the counterattack was
also repulsed and the main forces of 16th and 18th MRD's moved into enemy
defense.
The army main forces during four days operations moved 130 km into the depth of
the enemy defense in accordance with plan and fulfilled the immediate mission,
but the offensive of the army on our left flank did not have success and could
not fulfill its immediate mission because of strong enemy defense. In some
locations the offensive of our forces was stooped by enemy and some units of
the 21st MRD during four days time moved only 30 km forward.
Forces of the second-echelon divisions so far have not been committed into
combat. The situation of our forces at 0600 9th June is shown on the map.
The situation and status of our forces:
The 16th MRD:
--- 112th MRR attacks on the line ___, ___. against subunits of the 2nd Brigade
of enemy 8th Div;
--- 16th Tank Regt attacks on the line __, __- against subunits of 2nd enemy
Brigade;
--- 111th MRR attacks on line ___, ___ against subunits of 3rd Brigade;
--- 110th MRR is located in division 2nd echelon and moves forward; the head of
column reached line ___, ___.
The division losses are shown in the table.
The 18th MRD:
--- 115 MRR attacks on the line __-, ___ against subunits of the 3rd Brigade
8th Motorized Division.
--- 116th MRR attacks on the line ___, ___ against subunits of the 1st Brigade
3rd Armor Div.
--- 117th MRR regt attacks on the line ___,___against subunits of 1st Brigade
of 3rd Armored Division.
--- 18th Tank Regt concentrates in region ___ and it comprises the division 2nd
echelon.
The division losses are shown in the table.
The 19th MRD:
--- 120 MRR slowly attacks against subunits of the 3rd Brigade of enemy on line
___. ___;
--- 121st MRR attacks and reaches line __-, __- against subunits of 1st Brigade
of enemy and moves with difficulty.
--- 19th Tank Regt has been stopped by subunits of 2nd Brigade of enemy armored
division.
--- 122 MRR assembles in area ___, ___ and composes division second-echelon.
The division losses are shown on the table.
The 21st Motor Rifle Division:
--- 21st Tank Regiment attacks but is stopped by units of 2nd Brigade of enemy
armored division on line___, ___.
--- Attack of 125th MRR also stopped by units of 3rd Brigade of armored
division on line ___, ___.
--- 126th and 128th MRR surround enemy in region ___, ___, ___ and conduct
battle with aim of destroying this encircled enemy force.
The division losses are shown on the table.
The 17th Tank Division:
--- At 0500 the division completed its march of 150 km and assembled in area
__-, ___, __. Division losses and shortages from full strength are shown in the
table.
--- The 20th Tank Division:
--- At 0430 after completing 40 km march concentrated in area __-, ___, ___.
Division's losses and shortages are shown in the table.
The army artillery subgroup 1 :
--- Occupies it positions in area __-, __-; and interacts with the 16th MRD.
Losses in personnel 3% and in guns and mortars 18%, and tractors 13%.
The army artillery subgroup 2:
--- Occupies their positions in area ,_--, __- and interact with 18th MRD.
Losses in personnel 3% and in guns and mortars rocket launchers 16%,
The antitank reserve:
--- Repelled enemy counterattack and moved forward and the head of the column
has reached line of __-, __-. Losses of personnel 3% and of ATGM and AT guns
18%.
The mobile obstacle detachment of army:
--- Also repelled enemy counterattack and moves forward and head of column has
reached line __-, ___. Losses in personnel 2.5% and loses of equipment 12%.
The army rocket brigade:
--- Occupies firing positions in area __-, ___. and losses in personnel 3% and
in launchers 25%.
The PVO rocket brigade:
- - covers army main forces on the main axis its situation is shown on the map.
Its losses in personnel are 3.5% and in combat equipment 18%.
Material supplies for army forces:
--- The separate material support battalion of the 16th MRD lost 40% of
supplies. Separate material support battalion of 18th and 21st MRD's have 20%
losses in supplies. The separate material support battalion of the 19th MRD
completely lost transport company for POL. and of other supplies it has 15%.
The separate material support brigade of army:
--- Has reported the following losses: 35% supplies of POL, and 25% in
ammunition, 20% of food, and 18% of clothing and supplies. For replacing losses
of transport and other material the front rear service is acting to
accomplish it.
Conclusion from estimate of own forces:
The offensive of the 16th and 18th MRD's is continuing slowly and their
second-echelons have some losses in personnel and combat equipment. But the
offensive of the 19th and 21st MRD's are partly stopped and cannot fulfill
their combat missions in accordance with the operations plan. The second
echelon of the 19th MRD is changing its location and occupying a new location
and the second echelon of the 21st division already has be committed into
battle and the division does not have a second echelon.
The army second-echelon divisions so far have not been committed into combat
and their strength after completion of 40 and 50 km march are concentrated in
new areas.
The operational situation of the Eight Guards Army and the First Guards Tank
Army:
During the course of four days of offensive on the axis of the main attack the
offensive has reached into the depth of the enemy defense but on the flanks of
both armies the enemy uses engineer fortifications and strong resistance and
was not broken through. In some locations the offensive on the flanks is
stooped by enemy. The attack has created a dangerous salient conducive for
conduct of enemy counterattacks by operational and strategic reserves. This
creates good conditions for the encirclement and destruction of the main forces
of both armies. The enemy knows the situation and decides to use the darkness
of night to move reserves of 4-5 divisions on both flanks and strives to
conduct encircling strikes against the main force of the forces and surround
and destroy them. In this way the enemy strives to stop the front
offensive operation.
With the aim of support of the concept of operation of the front and
fulfill the given army mission we must on the one side repel enemy
counterattacks and on the other hand develop the offensive into the enemy depth
of defense. Therefore this objective requires that the 20th Tank Division take
up the defense in the region __-, ___; and in interaction with the 28th CAA on
left flank repel enemy counterattack in place, inflict losses on enemy, stop
the counterattack, and after that return to the offensive against the main
strength of the counterattacking group and 3rd Armor Division. The 20th Tank
Division will coordinate with the forces of 28th CAA and by using flank attacks
together they will destroy enemy forces on our left flank.
The 17th Tank Division, after completion of its 80 km march, will commit into
the engagement on the line ___, ___ on the axis ___, ___ and develop the
offensive into the depth of enemy defenses.
Making a new decision:
The correlation of forces and means are the following:
A correlation of forces in general;
forces and means own forces enemy correlation
--MRD 4: 3
--TD 2 : 2
--Oper.rocket 9
--tactical rocket 18
--guns and mortars 1176
--ATGM and gun 542
--tanks 1200
--PVo rocket 43
--PVO med range 96
--helicopter 150
Correlation of forces and means on main axis
forces and means own enemy correlation
--MRD 2 : 1.3
--TD 1
--operational rocket 9
--tactical rocket 9
--guns and mtrs 1012
--ATGM and AT guns 480
--Tanks 886
--PVO rock 43
--PVo medium 53
--helicopter 103
Correlation of forces and means on secondary axis
forces and means own enemy correlation
--MRD 0.3
--TD 1
--operation rocket 0
--tactical rocket 5
--guns and mortar 146
--ATGM and AT 70 tanks 314
--rocket PVO -
--PVO med 17
--helicopter 18
|
|
|
LOSSES FOR SOVIET
FORCES |
Formations and units |
Losses |
Per |
Tks |
APC |
ATGM |
Gun & mtr |
Rkts |
PVO Rkt |
Helo |
PVO arty |
16 MRD |
5 |
25 |
13 |
22 |
20 |
25 |
12 |
10 |
- |
18 MRD |
5.2 |
27 |
15 |
23 |
22 |
50 |
13 |
12 |
- |
19 MRD |
4.8 |
22 |
12 |
20 |
18 |
0 |
11 |
10 |
- |
21 MRD |
4.5 |
20 |
11 |
19 |
17 |
50 |
10 |
9 |
- |
17 TD |
1.0 |
10 |
6 |
8 |
8 |
0 |
5 |
- |
- |
20 TD |
1.2 |
12 |
7 |
9 |
9 |
25 |
6 |
- |
- |
91 SepTR |
1.0 |
10 |
5 |
- |
8 |
- |
5 |
- |
- |
87 SS-23Bde |
3 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
25 |
- |
- |
- |
81 A Arty Bde |
3 |
- |
- |
- |
20 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
87 MRL Regt |
2.5 |
- |
- |
- |
18 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
72-73 SA12 Bde |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
20 |
43 AT Regt |
3.1 |
- |
- |
20 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Trans Helo R |
3 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
5 |
- |
Cbt Helo R |
4 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
1.0 |
- |
Arty Div |
3 |
13 |
- |
20 |
18 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Hvy Arty Bde |
3 |
12 |
- |
- |
20 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
|
|
LOSSES FOR BLUE
FORCES |
Formations and units |
Losses |
Per |
TKS |
APC |
ATGM |
Arty & mtr |
Rkts |
PVO rkts |
Helo |
8th MD |
3 |
15 |
8 |
16 |
18 |
18 |
10 |
7 |
3 AD |
2.5 |
14 |
7 |
15 |
16 |
15 |
10 |
7 |
2nd ech AD |
1 |
6 |
5 |
5 |
5 |
15 |
5 |
4 |
Pershing Bn |
2 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
15 |
- |
- |
203mm Regt |
2.5 |
- |
- |
- |
15 |
- |
- |
- |
155 Regt |
3 |
- |
- |
- |
18 |
- |
- |
- |
Arm Cav Regt |
4 |
18 |
15 |
- |
20 |
- |
- |
- |
Helo |
2.5 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
10 |
Ops Reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimate of adjacents
Neighbor on the right, the First Guards Tank Army:
The offensive of this army during the course of the four days' operation
developed along the axis of the main attack in accordance with the plan. But
the army's offensive on its secondary axis did not have such success. During
the four days they only moved forward 40-60 km into the enemy defenses. The
line of the front line of the forward positions has come to create a dangerous
situation in that the enemy has the opportunity to launch as counterattack that
would encircle the main forces of the army. The enemy understands this
situation and makes use of darkness at night to move his forces forward from
the depth of his territory with a total of 3 divisions. He strives to mount a
counterstrike from the line of ___, ___ on an axis of ___, ___. In interaction
with the forces moving forward on our left flank the enemy seeks to encircle
both our army and the First Guards Army and destroy both armies.
The operational situation demands that the First Guards Tank Army reliably
repel the enemy's counterstrike in place and also develop the offensive on the
main axis. Fulfillment of the army's mission depends on their successful
repelling of the counterstrike. The success of the First Guards Tank Army, in
turn, will have a decisive effect on the entire operation of the Central
Front and our army as well. This requires of us that we attentively
watch the actions of the First Guards Tank Army. And this demands that we
organize the closest possible interaction with that army.
Neighboring army on the left - 28th CAA:
Because this army had to attack on its main axis across several water barriers
and conduct its attack on a wide front, it was not able to make full success in
its offensive. In the course of the four days of the operation its offensive
developed only 60-70 km into the depth of the enemy's defenses. Also, on
several sections of its front the army was actually stopped by the enemy.
During the conduct of the enemy's counterattacks on our left flank, if this
army is able to launch its own second- echelon forces into the flank of the
enemy attack, the enemy's forces will come into great difficulty. During the
enemy's counterattack on this flank, we must organize tight interaction with
the 28th CAA. Therefore during the time the 20th Tank Division is establishing
its defense and while we are repelling the enemy's counterattack we must
organize close interaction with the 28th Army.
Forces of the front second-echelon:
The 7th Guards Tank Army that is located in the front second-echelon
this morning at 0500, after completing its 150 km march, assembled in the
region ___, ___, ___. The assembly area is 200 km from the forward edge of our
battle line of the forces on the main attack axis. If the enemy conducts his
counterattack on the two converging axes with the objective of encircling our
main forces, despite this dangerous situation, the 7th Army can after a 100 km
march enter into this engagement. In this way the flanks and rear of our forces
can be supported by this army.
Concept of Decision of the Army Commander of the 8th Army for the
Commitment of Second-echelon and Repulse of Counterattack
Conduct of nuclear strikes and artillery fire strikes of rocket troops and
artillery and aviation strikes on the enemy moving columns on the axis from
southwest of Frankfurt-on-Main toward Fulda; and also inflict losses on enemy
forces during their deployment, break up organized deployment, and disrupt the
planned counterattack against our forces.
Take up the defense with forces of 20th Tank Division in the area __ Birstein,
Salmunster, west of Bad Bruckeneu, Flieden, in interaction with formations of
the 28th CAA.
Prevent penetration and forward movement of enemy forces on the axis
Salmunster, Fulda and make the enemy counterattack unsuccessful. Then deliver
decisive destruction to the enemy in place in interaction with 28th CAA. With
the improved conditions surround and destroy enemy counterattacking forces.
At the same time deliver destruction with nuclear, aviation, and artillery and
rocket strikes against the defending enemy on the axis of the main attack in
the sector Weilrod, Weilburg, Limburg and commit into the engagement the 17th
Tank Division on the line Kuhbett, Wirbelau, and in direction Villmar, Mittel.
Destroy enemy forces in area Cambeerg, northwest of Runkel, Mittel.
The immediate mission is to seize the line Daisbach, Mittel, Cramberg. The main
forces of the army will develop the offensive on both axes to Villmar, Miehlen,
Simmern and force the Rhine River from the march and in interaction with the 28
CAA encircle and destroy main forces of Vth and VIIth US Corps.
By June 9th 1990 seize the line of the line of the long range mission. After
repelling the enemy counterattack and destruction of the counterattacking
grouping, the 21st MRD will go into the army second-echelon.
Missions for army formations and forces:
1. 20th Tank Division:
-- With three artillery battalions, one antitank battalion, and 2 engineer
companies of mobile obstacle detachments take of defense on line Birstein,
Salmunster, Wernatz, Filenden with aim of repulse of enemy counterattack. The
forward edge of the defense will pass along the rivers between the following
points: Burgbtracht, Herfersdorf, Schlierbach, Samunster, Mernes, Mergob.
Jassa, Jewitlafs, Wernarz.
-- The main forces of the division on defense will be concentrated on retention
of the sector Bad Saden, Jossa, Flieden. Prevent enemy breakthrough on the axis
Salmunsterr to Fulda.
-- The division with its second-echelon and means of PVO will prevent enemy
airborne landings in the area of the encircled enemy force in their rear area
(see map). They will prevent interaction between air assault or landing forces,
the counterattacking forces, and the encircled forces of the enemy.
-- The division with its second-echelon and in interaction with the units of
the 21st MRD will conduct the following counterattack:
---- 1. from line Halzmul, Wetiges on the axis Rudmuhl, Bad Saden;
---- 2. from line Herolz Sannerg on the axis Ahlersbach to Salmunster;
--For conduct of battle the division will receive 12 nuclear rockets, 8
chemical rockets, and 15 conventional rockets. The use of chemical and nuclear
weapons is allowed only on the signal of the army commander. The division
command post will be one km west of Ulmbach and rear control point will be in
the area of Frienhausen.
--The defense will be prepared by 1030 hrs on June 9th.
Instructions on Interaction:
With receipt of combat orders quickly organize and take up the defense for
repelling enemy counterattack. Seize the designated forward line of defense
area and create personnel positions; positions for tanks, APC's, and BMP's; and
engineer obstacles on likely axes of enemy advance. During the battle, develop
the engineer fortifications and obstacles.
With the forces of the rifle and tank division of the neighbor:
-- establish defense on the axis of enemy's main attack and repulse the enemy
in place;
-- deliver fire strikes on the enemy columns during their deployment for the
attack;
-- deliver losses on the enemy as he is going into the attack in interaction
with the division artillery;
-- repulse the attack of tank and motor rifle forces of enemy with combat
helicopters and anti-tank means.
-- If enemy penetrates into the defense, conduct counterattack in interaction
with neighbor division forces.
-- During repulse of enemy counterattack, conduct coordinated counterattack
into the enemy flank and rear, encircle the enemy counterattacking forces, and
completely destroy them in interaction with the forces of the neighbor
division. After that go over onto the offensive.
With army rocket forces:
-- Deliver nuclear, chemical, and conventional strikes on the enemy approaching
columns, nuclear weapons, and command posts;
-- Using strikes of rocket forces hit the enemy main forces during their final
deployment into the attack;
With air forces and combat helicopters:
-- Deliver air strikes on the approaching columns;
-- Conduct air strikes on the enemy main forces as they deploy into attack and
disrupt organized attack;
-- Combat helicopters disrupt enemy tank and rifle forces in front of the
defense line.
-- Air forces and helicopters prevent the enemy penetration into our depth.
With army anti-tank reserves:
-- The army anti-tank reserve comes to the defense area of the division and
deploys in areas ___. It prepares and plans lines for repelling enemy tanks in
the depth of the defense area. It prevents the movement of tanks into the depth
of the area.
Mobile obstacle detachment:
-- The mobile obstacle arrives in the defense area of the 20th Tank Div and
deploys sets of obstacles in the area ___, ____. The detachment creates mine
field obstacles in front of the forward edge of the defense on the axis of
probable enemy main attack and in the depth of defense. The detachment
interacts with the army anti-tank reserve.
Combat Instructions to the 17th Tank Division for Commitment into
Battle
The 17th Division with 5 artillery battalions, one antitank battalion, one
engineer battalion, at 1130 9th June on the line Kuhbett to Wirblau is
committed into battle to develop the offensive on the axis Villmar to Mittel
and destroy enemy forces in the area Camberg, northwest of Runkol, Mittel, and
seize the line of the immediate mission of Daisbach, Mittel, Cramberg. It will
develop the offensive on the axis Mittel - Patersburg.
The division is assigned 12 nuclear rockets, 8 chemical rockets and 15
conventional rockets for the operation. Use of the nuclear and chemical rockets
is allowed only in accordance with the order and signal of the army commander..
The aim of movement and commitment of the second-echelon
division:
It will use three march routes. (one per regiment)
--- route 1: __ to___.
--- route 2:____ to ___.
--- route 3: ___ to ____.
The division command post during the commitment is located at ___, then ___.
The rear control point is located in area ___,
Organizing interaction:
With the 16th and 18th MRD:
-- During arrival of forces of 17th Tank Div in the area of operations of these
divisions cover, it against air attacks; nuclear, chemical and conventional
rocket strikes strike enemy in area ___, ___;
-- with artillery fire support the commitment of the 17th Tank Division ;
-- antitank reserves and mobile obstacle detachments cover the open flanks of
the 17th Tank division against attacks and strikes from enemy
With army rocket forces:
Nuclear, chemical, and conventional rockets in single and group strikes destroy
these enemy targets ___, ___ ,___ in area ___, ___.
With army artillery group:
During commitment into combat of the 17th Tank Division the army artillery
group provides 25 min long preparatory fire on targets __-, ___, ___. The
expenditure of ammunition 0.7 BK.
Conduct artillery support up to the depth of enemy first echelon battalions
with successive concentration fire on 2 or 3 lines.
Support the division combat action during the battle with 2 artillery
battalions from the army artillery group;
During commitment of 17th Division, reenforce it with artillery battalions from
the sub-group of army number 2.
With army PVO forces:
Conduct aerial reconnaissance and warning of 17th Division against enemy air
strikes;
Cover second-echelon forces in the concentration area, during movement forward,
and during deployment into attack order.
Cover second-echelon forces during commitment into combat and in battle in
depth of enemy area.
With air forces and combat helicopters:
Conduct air reconnaissance in the area of the commitment of the 17th Tank
Division; Conduct air strikes during commitment of division into engagement
with air forces and combat helicopters against most important enemy targets
that are located beyond the range of artillery fire;
Conduct air support and air accompanying strikes during the course of the
offensive;
Combat helicopters repel counterattacks and counterblows of enemy tank and
motor rifle forces.
With army engineer forces:
With objective of improving the movement of the division on three march routes,
the army engineer forces repair the designated routes or create routes as
needed. The column routes for deployment of forces into battalion column are
developed by division engineer troops.
Create passages lanes in enemy mine fields on the line of the commitment of
second-echelon;
Conduct commandant's service at the lanes in mine fields.
|
|
|
Reconnaissance
The following documents are received by or prepared by the reconnaissance
directorate. The commander and chief of staff play a much larger direct role in
the organization, tasking, and planning of reconnaissance than they do in other
areas having separate chiefs such as artillery or engineers. This is because
reconnaissance specifically serves the commander's needs. However, as with
other functional areas in the staff and chiefs of arms and services,
reconnaissance is also subordinate to its counterpart staff section at the
higher headquarters. Therefore the chief of reconnaissance receives a set of
instructions from the higher headquarters, which he must discuss with his
commander, and he in turn prepares instructions on reconnaissance for
transmission to the major combined arms headquarters subordinate to his. In
addition there are separate sets of reconnaissance instructions, which the
chief of reconnaissance prepares and issues to the reconnaissance units
directly subordinate to him.
Instructions on Reconnaissance from Front
The army chief of reconnaissance receives instructions on reconnaissance
directly from the chief of reconnaissance at front. He studies these
instructions and reports about them as part of his report and suggestions to
the army chief of staff and commander. The content of typical instructions is
given in the following sample.
|
|
|
COMBAT INSTRUCTIONS ON RECONNAISSANCE FROM FRONT
1. Area of radio reconnaissance:
-- right boundary
-- left boundary
2. Plan the dispatch of SPETZNAZ reconnaissance groups to the rear of the enemy
on the first day of the operation up to the line _____. and on subsequent days
in accordance with the decision of the army commander.
3. On the first day of the operation four aircraft sorties from the 79th
Transport Aviation Regiment (at airfield ___) are allocated to the army for
dropping the army's SPETZNAZ groups. On subsequent days the number of such
sorties is determined in accordance with the army's suggestions.
4. In the army's area, air reconnaissance is to be conducted by the 30th
Tactical Reconnaissance Aviation Regiment. The call signs of the aircraft
crews, frequencies of on-board radios, and secret troop control documents
regarding the acquisition of air reconnaissance information directly from the
reconnaissance aircraft have been sent previously to the army staff.
5. As of 3.23 the 5th Tactical Reconnaissance Squadron of T5P-1 (tactical
pilotless reconnaissance drones) is attached to the army.
6. The reconnaissance summary and reconnaissance reports are to be sent in
accordance with the table of periodic summaries.
Army Commander's Instructions on Reconnaissance
The army commander analyzes the requirements for information and determines the
reconnaissance needed. He defines and specifies the missions to be accomplished
and the objectives to be achieved. He defines the data he wants and when he
needs it and in what form the reconnaissance forces may be used especially
prior to the offensive. Based on the combat missions and the assessment of
available information on the enemy, the army commander specifies the following:
-- the aim and the most important tasks of reconnaissance;
-- where and at what targets (areas, directions) the main effort of
reconnaissance must be concentrated;
-- what information must be acquired at what time;
-- what reconnaissance forces and means are allocated to be used in acquisition
of reconnaissance information prior to the initiation of the combat action.
He also specifies the additional troops and means which he desires to employ to
accomplish reconnaissance tasks.
The army commander also listens to the suggestions of the chief of staff and
chief of the reconnaissance directorate on issues of the organization of
reconnaissance, as well as on reconnaissance during the conduct of the most
important tasks.
The following is a sample of typical army commander's instructions on
reconnaissance. These are elaborated on by the chief of staff and implemented
by the chief of reconnaissance.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
ARMY COMMANDER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON RECONNAISSANCE
1. The reconnaissance must in a timely fashion disclose the measures taken
by the I British and the I Belgian Corps on the preparation for the attack,
determine in timely fashion the initiation of the enemy's attack and determine
the grouping of the enemy forces and their likely concept of action.
2. The principle tasks of reconnaissance are as follows:
-- timely detection of the movement of rocket units and sub-units from their
permanent garrisons, their direction of movement, position areas of firing
batteries, command posts, areas of deployment of supplies of nuclear rounds,
and locations of stockpiles;
-- detection of the movement of the I British and I Belgian Corps and the 7th
German division from their permanent garrisons, the direction of their
movement, and the assembly and deployment areas of their main grouping;
-- detection of the number of units and combat composition of German large
units and units in the areas____, determining their time of readiness, their
direction of movement, and the enemy's intention regarding their employment;
-- follow and observation of the movement of US and British forces in their
army's attack area;
-- detection and determining the characteristics of defensive engineer work in
the covering (security) zone.
The main effort of reconnaissance is to be concentrated in the direction of
___.
|
|
|
The Chief of Staff's Actions on
Reconnaissance
The army chief of staff conducts the following actions and has the following
duties related to the organization of reconnaissance:
-- continuous direct supervision of the reconnaissance activities, and
responsibility for the organization of reconnaissance;
-- obligation to know the enemy in the area of the army's attack, to forecast
likely changes in the situation and to be ready constantly to answer the
commander's questions about the situation of the enemy forces. He should always
be ready to report his deductions and suggestions to the commander;
-- specifies the concrete details of reconnaissance missions assigned by the
higher commander and staff, specifies the order (priority) of the conduct of
the reconnaissance missions, confirms targets on which the main reconnaissance
effort is to be concentrated, specifies forces and means for the conduct of the
most important tasks and specifies the reserve of reconnaissance troops and
means;
In addition the chief of staff issues instructions on the principle measures
regarding the preparation of reconnaissance forces and means to accomplish
assigned missions, designates and instructs the time of signing the
reconnaissance plan and combat instructions on reconnaissance.
Chief of Staff Instructions on Reconnaissance
The army chief of staff is directly responsible for the organization of
reconnaissance. He interprets the commander's instructions and converts them
into specific tasks.
In his instructions the chief of staff gives the following:
-- specifies in detail the reconnaissance tasks assigned by the commander and
higher headquarters and the sequence of their execution as well as the
allocation of troops and means for the performance of each task.
-- specifies the measures for coordination among the different types and
methods of reconnaissance.
-- specifies the time and method of collection of reconnaissance information.
-- confirms and adjusts objectives and areas and axes where the main effort of
reconnaissance will be concentrated.
-- specifies the troops and means to be employed for accomplishment of most
important missions.
-- specifies the main measures on readiness of reconnaissance forces
-- specifies the deadline for preparation of the reconnaissance plan and the
combat instructions on reconnaissance and when it must be forwarded to him for
his approval and endorsement.
-- specifies the reconnaissance reserve of troops and means.
The following is a sample of typical instructions from the chief of staff to
the chief of reconnaissance.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
INSTRUCTIONS BY THE ARMY'S CHIEF OF STAFF ON
RECONNAISSANCE
At the end of 3.22 the observation system must be organized on the state
border by the forces and means of the reconnaissance battalions of the 10th,
12th, 14th, and 16th Motorized Rifle Divisions. Areas of deployment of division
observation points are to be coordinated with the border troops.
On the morning of 3.23 the following command posts are to deploy;
-- command post of 15th Separate Radio Battalion OSNAZ in the woods 2 km east
of ____.
-- command post of the 15th Separate Radio-technical Battalion OSNAZ in the
woods ___.
The radio interception, radio direction, and radio technical companies are to
deploy in accordance with the decision of the chief of reconnaissance. Areas of
their deployment must be coordinated in advance with the army's operational
directorate.
The time, altitude and flight direction of reconnaissance helicopters of the
separate OSNAZ radio and radio-technical battalions are to be coordinated with
the army's air defense control point.
The 15th Separate Special Purpose (SPETZNAZ) company is to concentrate in the
area ______. The preparation of the SPETZNAZ reconnaissance groups for the
conduct of missions must be completed by the end of 3.23.
On 3.24 the launch position areas of tactical pilotless tactical reconnaissance
(TBR-1) squadron is to be specified, the squadron must deploy there and
reconnaissance missions are to be assigned to them.
On 3.28 the characteristics of defensive engineer work, the extent of their
occupation, grouping of forces and the fire system of the defending enemy
troops in the covering (security) zones at ___ and on the forward defensive
line in areas ___ must be confirmed.
Four special purpose (SPETZNAZ) reconnaissance groups from the 15th Separate
Special Purpose Reconnaissance Company are to be dropped in the enemy's rear on
the first day of the operation.
The reconnaissance plan and combat instructions on reconnaissance are to be
presented at 0900 on 3.24.
|
|
|
Duties of the Chief of
Reconnaissance
l. The chief of reconnaissance is responsible for the training, and insures the
high combat readiness of the reconnaissance troops. He exercises troop control
over them and supervises the conduct of the operation of reconnaissance units
and sub-units. He is responsible for the following items.
-- collection, study and analysis of the derivation of deductions about
reconnaissance information about the enemy and terrain and timely presentation
of the important information to the chief of staff and higher commander and
staff.
-- derivation of the aims and tasks of reconnaissance and the allocation of
required troops and reconnaissance means to accomplish these.
-- preparation of the reconnaissance plan and issuance of missions to the
reconnaissance department staff. The reconnaissance plan is signed by the chief
of staff and approved by the commander.
-- coordination of all efforts of different reconnaissance means in terms of
their missions and objectives
-- preparation of units and sub-units (groups) (GRG from SPETZNAZ) at army
level which has two sections each with 4 groups. The army level battalion has
35 to 40 groups operating up to 800 km deep.
-- preparation of unit and sub-units assigned to conduct reconnaissance and
insuring their all round support
-- control of the execution of assigned instructions and orders and practical
assistance to staffs and commanders of units and sub units in accomplishment of
reconnaissance missions.
-- organization of continuous communications with units and sub-units (groups)
assigned to combat reconnaissance and also with the headquarters of subordinate
operational formations and large units.
-- reception of reconnaissance reports from aircraft.
-- organization and conduct of actions about the protection of reconnaissance
units, sub-units and groups against mass destruction weapons.
-- communication of reconnaissance information inside the staff and to
subordinate, adjacent and coordinating headquarters.
Based on the instructions of the army commander and chief of staff, the chief
of reconnaissance begins to organize the reconnaissance for the operation. The
measures and actions taken by the army's chief of reconnaissance include the
following:
-- a. Issuing the reconnaissance combat mission to various reconnaissance
troops and the establishing the time for completing each mission as well as the
time and method for reporting reconnaissance information.
-- b. Establishing the measures for coordination (interaction) among the
various reconnaissance activities and units conducting them.
-- c. Issuing instructions to the reconnaissance troops concerning the method
of their movement to their deployment areas.
-- d. Instructing the army's reconnaissance staff on preparing the
reconnaissance plan.
-- e. Controlling the attainment of assigned missions.
|
|
|
Report and Suggestions of Chief of
Reconnaissance
FORMAT
THE REPORT (DOKLAD) OF THE CHIEF OF ARMY RECON DURING THE ARMY
COMMANDER'S PROCESS OF MAKING THE DECISION
1. Situation, status and characteristics of reconnaissance troops.
2. Requirement of the army during the operation.
3. Availability and supply of assets during the operation.
4. Strength (completeness) level of personnel and combat equipment in recon.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
REPORT AND SUGGESTIONS OF CHIEF OF RECON TO ARMY COMMANDER
l. The composition, grouping, and operational situation of the enemy forces
generally along the army area and in front of adjacents
2. assessment of enemy ground forces
-- how many divisions to include infantry, armored and airborne division and
how many of each.
-- how many tanks, artillery, mortars, antitank-guns antitank guided rockets
and SAMs are there in these divisions.
-- how many divisions deployed on the first operational echelon, to include the
total number of tanks, guns and mortars, antitank guns, antitank guided
rockets, and SAMS.
-- how many divisions in 2nd echelons and reserves to include number of same
weapons etc.
-- where is the likely axis of enemy main attack, how many divisions employed
there and what is total number of tanks etc .
-- the secondary attacks are expected in what directions and how many divisions
will be employed in each direction. What will be the total number of weapons
such as tanks and antitank guns, ATGM SAMs etc.
3. Assessment of enemy nuclear weapons
-- what will be the total number of nuclear rounds rockets and bombs the enemy
is expected to use in his initial nuclear strike.
-- location of most important systems of nuclear delivery means such as
rockets, aircraft and nuclear depots.
4. Assessment of enemy helicopter capabilities
-- the number and of types of enemy helicopters army operational area bases and
refueling points
-- forms of operations of enemy helicopters
5. Assessment of enemy rear services
-- location of enemy rear services, depots, supplies, routes, supply bases and
ports.
-- availability and volume of supplies
6. General deductions from estimate of enemy situation and suggestions.
-- density of enemy forces along the entire front and entire depth and on each
axis of operations (including air and air defense)
-- concept and character of enemy likely actions
-- direction of main attack and other attacks and how many divisions will be
operating on each
-- operational formations
-- time of initiation of attack by enemy
-- enemy air support situation
-- enemy's strength, combat experience, training and morale
-- the nature and character of engineer fortifications, obstacles and terrain
conditions in army area
-- enemy strong and weak points
-- most dangerous action by enemy
-- in case enemy initiates nuclear war -how many nuclear rounds can it use - by
what units and what means the nuclear weapons can be delivered - in what depth
nuclear weapons can be used by enemy
-- how many strikes can be launched to include the percentage of total nuclear
rounds in each strike and the time gap between strikes
-- most favorable targets for army initial nuclear strike
EEI
-- detection of enemy nuclear and chemical means
-- enemy ground force groupings and command posts
-- enemy airfields, areas of deployment of air defense means, guidance centers
and radars.
-- mobilization centers and the formation of operational reserves
-- defensive lines and other important enemy targets.
|
|
|
Guiding Data of Reconnaissance
Plan
The calculations necessary to distribute reconnaissance resources to targets
are made on the basis of the table showing the total reconnaissance forces and
means available to the army.
Figure 237 COMPOSITION OF RECON FORCES AND MEANS OF 15 CAA
|
Reconnaissance units and sub units |
Pilotless aircraft # of
launcher |
Recon Groups |
Radio and Radio technical Recon
posts |
Composition (organization) and
armament |
Radio intercept |
Radio technical |
Radio direction |
15 Separate Radio Bn (OSNAZ) |
|
|
|
|
|
3 companies of radio intercept and radio direct. Hq. Recon hel, HF
and VHF radios and intercept and direction sets |
15 Separate Radio Technical Bn. (OSNAZ) |
|
|
|
|
|
3 radio technical companies, HQ. 9 maneuver groups, recon Hel.
special apparat |
15 Separate Special Purpose SPETZNAZ recon Company |
|
|
|
|
|
Includes 4 Recon groups each of 2 sections |
15 Pilotless - Recon. "drone" (TBR-1) sqd |
|
|
|
|
|
Hq. technical det, 3 launch dets each has 4 launchers |
TOTAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 237 COMPOSITION OF RECON FORCES AND MEANS OF 15 CAA
|
|
|
Calculations of Reconnaissance
Forces

|
|
|
Sequence for Preparing Reconnaissance
Plan
1. Mark available and current information about the enemy on the map and draw
the boundary lines of divisions and the army.
2. Mark the areas and directions (axes) of particular attention
3. Specify and single out that reconnaissance information which requires
confirmation, updating and recontrol.
4. Calculate the capabilities of reconnaissance troops and means and their
distribution in terms of targets and directions (axes)
5. Specify the areas and the lines of deployment and operation of
reconnaissance organs (elements) and specify their missions.
6. Establish the method for repeated checking of the targets of the initial
nuclear strike, both before and after the first strike.
7. Assess the enemy's likely actions, the grouping of his troops and means
prior to the initiation of combat actions and during the course of the combat
operation.
8. Determine the specific reconnaissance mission prior to the operation and in
the course of the conduct of the operation.
9. Specify the time of acquisition of reconnaissance information for the
initial nuclear strike, initiation of the attack by friendly forces, commitment
of the second-echelon forces into combat, assault river crossing, fighting the
enemy's advancing reserves, etc.
10. Specify measures on reinforcement and activation of the reconnaissance for
the upcoming war and for the phase of the initiation of military operations.
Plan for Employment of Reconnaissance Troops
The essence of reconnaissance planning is the rational and best allocation of
the various specific troops and means, on the basis of their capabilities, to
the individual missions and objectives. Depending on the situation the
reconnaissance plan is prepared in a written form with a map annex or it is
worked out on a map with written instructions. The reconnaissance plan should
reflect the following points:
-- the aim and specific tasks of reconnaissance with the reconnaissance sectors
(areas, axes).
-- the troops and means allocated for reconnaissance and their distribution in
terms of missions and objectives (targets).
-- the timing of the accomplishment of the assigned missions and the time to
acquire the required information from higher headquarters and other
headquarters.
-- the designation of a reconnaissance troops and means reserve.
-- organization of troop control of reconnaissance troops and means and the
method of sending reconnaissance reports.
-- the plan also may include other guidelines, instructions and information on
preparation and conduct of the reconnaissance.
The army plan of reconnaissance includes the following points on aerial
reconnaissance:
-- the missions and limits (areas) of aerial reconnaissance;
-- the number of allocated sorties for the accomplishment of each mission;
-- the most important reconnaissance targets;
-- the method and time of sending aerial reconnaissance reports.
The map annex, attached to the reconnaissance plan, normally reflects the
following:
-- boundaries of the army and of divisions;
-- the targets and axes of reconnaissance and the areas where special attention
of the reconnaissance is to be concentrated;
-- the units, sub-units, and groups (detachments) of special reconnaissance
troops and the sources of espionage reconnaissance;
-- the main directions of aerial reconnaissance to cover the areas of
deployment of the airfields where the reconnaissance aviation forces are based.
The scale and dimension of vertical and oblique aerial photography of these
airfields.
-- the main and alternate areas of the deployment of army reconnaissance troops
and means and the method of their movement and relocation in the course of the
operation;
-- the line up to which all types of arms and services may conduct
reconnaissance prior to the initiation of the operation;
The written instructions attached to the map type reconnaissance plan briefly
reflect the following points:
-- the aim and main tasks of the reconnaissance and the time of their
accomplishment
-- calculation of the troops and means in terms of missions, the days of
operation and the axes of action, along with other information which can not be
shown on the map.
-- instructions on material (logistic) support.
-- instructions on coordination (interaction)
-- instructions on communications.
|
|
|
Figure 239 Written Instructions to
Army Reconnaissance Plan

|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|
I Approve ____/ _____/ _____
Commander 15 CAA
RECONNAISSANCE PLAN OF
15 CAA for Offensive operation from 3.22 to the 8th day of
operations
The Aim of Reconnaissance: Timely detection of
preparation of the I "F" (Violet) and I "C" (Blue) Corps
for attacks determining likely time of their initiation of attack, disclosing
their grouping of forces and likely concept of their action. tHe main effort of
reconnaissance is to concentrate in area _________.
|
RECONNAISSANCE TASKS AND TARGETS |
Reconnaissance forces and
means and time of Execution of their tasks
|
Special Recon. SPETZ-NAZ |
Air Recon. |
Radio and Radio technical Recon. |
Recon. by division branches of arms and special
troops |
Info. from Front Hq. and
adjacents |
PRIOR TO THE INITIATION OF THE ATTACK:
|
a. Mass Destruction Weapons
1. Timely detection of moving out of permanent garrison of
British (C) 1st Sergeant guided rocket regiment and 24th and 50th non-guided
rocket regiments of Honest John, and 2nd Sergeant guided rocket Bn; Their
direction of movement and positions in ....
|
|
|
15th separate Radio (OSNAZ) and 15th separate Radio technical
(OSNAZ) battalions (15 SR Bn and 15 SRT Bn). |
15th Army Artillery recon. Regt. 15th Special
purpose (Spetsnaz) Radio Bn. on 3.23
|
Request from Front HQ on 3.23.
Exchange of info. with staff of 8 CAA and 14 CAA.
|
2. Continuous surveillance of the sub-units of 2 (U.S.A.-green) 5th
and 570th Arty-Technical groups; timely detection of the deployment of the
field supply and stockpiling points of nuclear rounds and time of delivery of
nuclear rounds. |
|
|
15th separate Radio (OSNAZ) Bn. on 3.23 |
15th special purpose (spetsnaz) Radio Bn. 3.23 |
Request info from Front Hq on 3.24. Exchange of info with
staff of 8 CAA and 14 CAA.
|
3. Determining (disclosing) the areas of established nuclear mines
(fogases) in covering zone, in the area of.... |
|
|
15th Separate Radio (OSNAZ) Bn (15 SR Bn) on
3.23
|
|
"Same As Above" |
b. Grouping of Air and Air Defense Forces
4. Confirmation of bases, number and types of combat aircraft of
aviation forces and "F" (Belgium-violet) tactical air command (TAK);
Timely detection of possible dispersion of the aviation forces on
airfields.
|
|
|
15th separate Radio (OSNAZ) Bn. on 3.27 |
15th Radio technical air defense Bn. (Radio Bn.) on
3.27 |
Request info on the subject from Front HQ. on
3.27 |
5. Disclosing of airfields and forward lading strips (pads) of
I"C"(British-blue) and I "F" (Belgium-violet) Corps and 7
MED DIV aviation. Determine number and type of combat
helicopters. |
|
|
15th separate Radio (OSNAZ) Bn and 15th separate radio technical
(OSNAZ) Bn. on 3.23 |
15th air defense Radio technical Bn. on 3.23 |
Request info. on the subject from the Front HQ. on
3.25 |
6. Disclosing the launch positions of fire batteries and launch
pads of 35th non-guided SAM Regiment in......; Timely detection of the
relocation of fire batteries to new positions |
|
|
15th separate Radio (OSNAZ) Bn and 15th Separate Radio technical
(OSNAZ) Bn. on 3.26-3.27 |
15th Army Arty Recon Regt (15 AARR) 15th
Special purpose (spetsnaz) Radio Bn. on 3.26-3.27
|
Request info. on the subject from the Front HQ. on
3.27 |
7. Detection of launch positions of fire batteries and launch pads
of 35 non-guided SAM Regiment in......Timely detection of the relocation of
fire batteries to new positions |
|
|
15 SR Bn (OSNAZ) 15 SRT Bn (OSNAZ) on
3.26-27
|
15 AARR 15 R Bn. (spetsnaz) on 3.26-27
|
Request to Front HQ. on 3.27 |
8. Disclosing the deployment areas of guidance radars for tactical
aircraft and ground targets and aviation control organs in I"C"
(British-blue) an I"?" (violet) Corps |
|
|
15 SRT Bn. (OSNAZ) on 3.23 |
|
Request the Front HQ. on 3.25 |
C. Grouping of Ground Forces 9.
Detection of the time of moving out of the HQ. and forces of I"C"
(British) and I"?" (Belgium) Corps and 7th "K" (German)
Div. from permanent garrisons, their direction of movement, assembly areas and
deployment of their main groupings, special attention to areas 1, 2, 3
|
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ on
3.23
|
15 R Bn. spetsnaz |
Request the Front HQ; 3.27 Exchange of
info. with 8 and 14 CAA and border forces
|
10. Timely detection of moving out of covering troops to
the state borders, disclosing the composition, grouping, time of
deployment and fire system particularly in...... |
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ
on 3.25-27
|
10, 12, 14 MRD 15 AARR
15 Arty Recon Bn.
15 R Bn. spetsnaz
on 3.26-3.27
|
Request the Front HQ. on 3.26 Exchange of info. with 8, 14
CAA and border forces |
11. Disclosing numbers and combat composition of "K"
(German) units and large units formed in the area.....inclosing the time of
their preparation and the enemy intention on their combat use |
|
|
15 SR Bn OSNAZ on 3.2627 |
|
Request the Front HQ. on 3.26 Exchange
of info. with 8, 14 CAA and border forces
|
12. Determining approach and movement of "C" (British)
and "Z" units and large units to Army's area |
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ on 3.2728 |
|
Request the Front HQ. |
13. Detection of the deployment of field command post of
"C" (British) I Corps and 1 and 4 Armored Div. and 2nd Mech. Div.; I
? (Belgium) Corps an 1 and 6 Div.; and 7th "K" (German)
MRD. |
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ
on 3.26-27
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 15 Radio Bn.
spetsnaz on 3.26-27
|
Request the Front HQ. on 3.26 |
14. Disclosing the nature of enemy's engineer work of the defense
in covering zone in areas....... |
|
Request air oblique photo- graphy scale 1/8000
on 3.26
|
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 15 AARR
15 ARTY RECON. Bn.
Engr.; on 3.26-27
|
Request the Front HQ. on 3.26 Exchange info. with 8 and 14
CAA and the border forces |
Total Prior to the Beginning of Operation: |
|
|
Radio Intercept 30 posts Radio direction 10
posts
Radio tech. 24 posts
|
|
|
In Reserve |
8 Spets-naz groups |
|
Radio intercept 4 posts |
|
|
DURING THE CONDUCT OF THE OPERATION
|
a. During the Initial Nuclear Strike and Accomplishment of
Army's Immediate Mission
1. Reconfirmation of the targets of the initial nuclear
strike:
1 Rocket Regt., 2nd guided Rocket Bn. in......
Armored Brigades #4, 6, 7, 11, 20
Command Post of I"C" (British) Corps
|
|
|
15 SRBN OSNAZ 15 SRTB OSNAZ
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 16 AARR, 15 AR Bn.
15 Radio Bn. spetsnaz
15 Radio Tech. Bn. of PVO
|
Request info. from Front HQ. |
2. Assessment of losses of targets hit by nuclear or conventional
strikes; Detection of surviving nuclear means of units and large units of the
ground forces, command posts, signal centers, supply and stockpile points of
nuclear rounds. Positions of fire batteries and launch pads of Hawk and Nike
Hercules SAM units. |
Special purpose Recon. group (SPRG) No 1-4 at
H+8 to H+10
|
8 launches of TBR-1 drones at H+2 to H+9 hrs.
Air photo-graphy requested
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ at H+4 to H+6
hrs
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 15 AARR;
15 ARPN
15 Radio Bn. Spetsnaz from H+4 to H+6
|
Request sent to Front HQ. |
3. Reconfirmation of the combat composition and combat readiness if
I"C" (British) and I"?" (Belgium) Corps units and large
units and units and 7 "K" (German) Mech Div.
Disclosing location areas of second-echelon forces (reserves) of
divisions and corps; determining their combat composition, time and direction
of their movement and their lines of deployment
|
SPRG No. 14 at the end of 1st, 2nd and 3rd days of the
operation |
12 launch of TBR-1 and the end of 1st and 2nd day of the operation.
Air photography request, scale 1/5000 on 1, 2, 3 days of
operation
|
15 SR BN. OSNAZ at the end of 1ST, 2ND, 3RD days |
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 15 Radio Bn. Spetsnaz
15 AR Bn. at the end of 1st and 2nd days of the operation
|
Request the Front HQ. on 1st and 2nd day |
4. Timely detection of the beginning of the movement of
"K" (German) units and large units from....area, disclosing the
direction of their movement, assembly areas and their deployment. Following and
surveillance of likely movement of "Z" (US) and "C"
(British) forces into the army's attack area. |
SPRG No 8 at the end of 3rd and 4th days of operation |
Air photo-graphy Request on D+3 |
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ on D+3, D+4 |
|
Request the Front HQ. on D+2 and D+3.
Exchange of info. with 8 and 14 CAA on D+2 and D+3
|
5. Detection of the location of tactical aircraft, air defense
forces, and means of "C" and "?" forces; detection of army
aircraft airfields and landing strips (pads) and launch positions of Recon.
drones |
SPRG No. 14 at the end of D day and D+1 |
4 launch of TBR1 drones at the end of D and D+1 |
15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ at the end of D day and D+1 |
15 AARR 15 AR Bn.
15 RT Bn. PVO the end of D day and D+1
|
Request to Front HQ |
6. Detect the location of command posts od I "C" Corps
and 1, 4 armored Div's., 7th Mech. Div. of I "K" Corps, I
"?" Corps and 1 and 16 Mech. Div's. Follow and surveillance of their
movement |
SPRG by the end of D+1 |
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ on D, D+1, D+2 |
15 Radio Bn. Spetsnaz on D, D+1, D+2 |
Request the Front HQ. on D+1 |
7. Disclosing the nature of engineer work at .....lines; Timely
detection of the location of nuclear mines on these lines. |
SPRG No. 1, 2, 4 by D, D+1, D+2 |
6 launches of TBR-1, by D, D+1; Air photo-graphy request, 1:5000 on
D, D+1, D+2. |
|
10, 12, 14 16 MRD 8 TD, chief of engr., by D,
D+1 and D+2
|
Request to Front HQ on D and D+1 |
8. During the conduct of combat action with the use of only
conventional weapons, timely detection of enemy's preparation for the use of
nuclear weapons |
SPRG No. 14 |
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 8 TD,
15 AARR,
15 AR Bn.,
15 Radio Bn. Spetsnaz
|
Request to Front HQ |
Total during the conduct of immediate mission |
6 SPRG |
30 launch of TBR1 |
33 RIP, 10 RDP,
24 RTP
|
|
|
In reserve |
2 SPRG |
18 launch of T51 |
1 RIP |
|
|
During the Conduct of Long-Range Missions
1. Continue to disclose assembly areas, launch positions of
rocket batteries, control points of guided and non-guided rocket units and
sub-units, nuclear artillery of I "C" Corps and I "?"
Corps, areas of deployment of nuclear rounds stockpiles
|
SPRG No. 7, 8 from D+3 |
6 launch of TBR1 drones |
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ from
D+3
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 8 TD,
15 AARR
15 Radio Bn. Spetsnaz
15 RT Bn. PVO
|
Request to Front HQ |
2. Following and surveillance of charges in combat composition and
grouping of units and large units of I "C" and I "?" Corps,
timely disclosing of the combat composition and grouping of forces in
area..... |
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ 15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ
|
as above |
as above |
3. Timely detection of likely movement of large units of
"Z" and "C" forces to the army area. Determining the combat
composition, grouping and intention of the enemy. |
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ |
|
Request the Front HQ |
4. Detection of areas of formation of units and large units of
ground forces and local troops of "K" forces; disclosing the
intention of the enemy on their employment. Special attention is to be paid to
areas No. 6 and 8. |
SPRG No. 4, 5 |
3 launch of TBR-1. Air photo-graphy request
scale 1/5000
|
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 8 TD
|
as above |
5. Following and surveillance of the movement and relocation of the
CPs of I "C" and I "?" Corps |
|
|
15 SR Bn. OSNAZ |
10, 12, 14 16 MRD 8 TD
15 Radio Bn. Spetsnaz
|
Request to the Front HQ. |
6. Following and surveillance of the combat composition and bases
of tactical aircraft and army aviation, air defense forces and means; Timely
detection of the reinforcement of tactical aircraft by moving new aviation
units from other regions and overseas areas. |
|
3 launch of TBR1 drones |
15 SRT Bn. OSNAZ |
15 AARR 15 AR Bn.
15 RT Bn. PVO
|
as above |
7. Disclosing the presence and nature of engineer work of the
enemy's defense west of Rhine River; Timely detection of enemy's preparation to
create destruction and flooded areas along the Rhine River. |
|
6 launch of TBR-1 Air photo-graphy
request at scale 1/8000 on D+3, D+4, D+5, D+6 |
|
10, 12, 14, 16 MRD 8 TD
|
Request to the Front HQ. |
Total during the conduct of longrange missions |
4 SRPG |
18 launch of TBR1 |
34 RIP 10 RDP
24 RTP
|
|
|
Chief of Staff of 15 CAA
______________________
Chief of Reconnaissance, 15 CAA
__________________________
|
|
|
|
Figure 240 -Army reconnaissace plan map

|
|
|
Instructions of Army Staff on
Reconnaissance to the Chief of Reconnaissance of the Division
The army chief of reconnaissance prepares instructions on the conduct of
reconnaissance for each division in accordance with the overall army
reconnaissance plan. The instructions cover the following points:
The following is a short current summary of information on the enemy;
The division will organize officer observation posts along the border to
operate prior the the deployment of the covering forces. They must not disturb
the existing daily regime of the normal border guard forces.
Upon occupation of their positions by the covering force, the division
reconnaissance will take the following measures;
-- organize reconnaissance and observation with the forces and means of the
radio and radar reconnaissance units of the reconnaissance battalion up to the
border;
-- organize division visual observation posts and observation posts from the
one regiment in the covering force up to the border;
-- organize reconnaissance and observation by aerial photography from
helicopters along the border. The helicopters must remain back from and not
cross the border.
-- during preparation for the offensive, create the following:
---- 1. establish the time enemy covering forces begin to move from their
barracks and their composition, grouping, areas of deployment, and defensive
positions.
---- 2. establish the extent of engineer fortifications and preparations, and
locations of nuclear and conventional fougasse in the covering force area;
---- 3. establish the enemy's basic main line of defense and its engineer
preparations, and obstacles in front of the main line of resistance;
-- at the start of the offensive a minimum of 5 reconnaissance groups SPETZNAZ
of the division will be sent into the enemy rear area up to the line
_____________;
-- reconnaissance reports and summarys will be sent at the following times:
---- reconnaissance report sent four times and day - 0500, 1100, 1700, and 2300
on the situation as of 0400, 1000, 1600, and 2200;
---- daily reconnaissance summary will be sent at 2100 on the situation as of
2000 with all major developments in last 24 hrs;
-- report on the operations, situation, and composition of the reconnaissance
forces themselves and fulfillment of their missions will be sent at 2100 on the
situation as of 2000;
-- important information on the enemy will be reported immediately;
In the division's offensive area the following ____ tactical aerial
reconnaissance squadron will operate. The call sign of the crews and the radio
frequency are as follows:
|
|
|
Artillery
|
|
|
The following section contains the documents
prepared by and used in the artillery directorate in the course of organizing
and planning artillery support for army operations.
Combat Instructions from Front Chief of RT&A to Army on
Rocket Troops and Artillery
The front staff in the name of the commander issues instructions to
each army on the details of rocket troops and artillery. The instructions
elaborate on the information about artillery found in the front
operations directive. The instructions are issued by the front chief
of rocket troops and artillery directly to the army chief of rocket troops and
artillery. The latter uses these instructions as one basis for his
clarification of mission, estimate of situation and decision. He briefs the
army commander on the content of these instructions as part of his report and
suggestions during the army commander's decision making process. The following
points are included in the front instructions:
-- which artillery and anti-tank formations and units (by specific designation)
will be reenforcing the army;
-- how many nuclear and chemical warheads for rockets will be available for
expenditure by the army for the operation, their distribution for the
front first nuclear strike and by army mission;
-- expenditure of conventional rockets given by mission, the possibilities for
their resupply during the operation, and how many to keep on hand at the end of
the operation;
-- army's allowable expenditure of ammunition during the operation, its
possible resupply during the operation, and the quantity of ammunition to have
on hand at the conclusion of the operation;
-- on the receipt of the alarm signal a minimum of 30 % of the rocket forces of
the army must be at the highest stage of full combat readiness in order to be
ready for participation in the first nuclear strike of the front and
destruction of important targets;
-- planning for the army's participation by rocket forces in the front
nuclear strike will be on the basis of detailed reconnaissance data obtained by
the army for the destruction of the following targets:
---- a. destruction of nuclear forces, supply depots, and nuclear capable air
forces;
---- b. destruction of basic main forces of enemy divisions of the first and
second-echelon of the opposing corps in the army area;
---- c. destruction of command posts of the enemy corps and division and
control posts for aviation;
---- d. destruction of PVO rockets and radar installations;
---- e. destruction of main rear service targets;
--the army will use air bursts from nuclear rockets and chemical weapons on the
main attack axis, with the aim of preventing destruction that would block the
movement of our forces;
-- the plan and graphic showing the participation of the army rocket force in
the front nuclear strike must be sent to the front by ____
hrs;
-- targets that will be destroyed by front nuclear forces in the army
area of operations are the following: ______, _____,
-- the army must create the following army, division, and regiment artillery
groups on the main attack axis in the following manner;
---- army artillery group of ten battalions;
---- division artillery groups of six battalions each;
---- regimental artillery groups on the main attack axes of four battalions
each;
-- the creation of the army, division, and regimental anti-tank reserves will
be in accordance with the decision of the chiefs of rocket troops and
artillery;
-- the army will organize and place in position rocket troops and artillery
groups to support the deployment of the main forces into the FUP areas and
occupation of the covering area near the border to defend against possible
enemy initial surprise attack (invasion);
-- the army will break through the enemy main line of defense in a breakthrough
area of ten kilometers width and the density of artillery per km. will be not
less than 110 guns and mortars;
-- fire support will be conducted to the depth of the defending brigades of
defender's first-echelon by means of successive concentration fire and barrage
fire on one or two lines;
-- ammunition for use during the preparatory fire on the first defense line
will be distributed to the weavpons firing positions of the army, division, and
regimental artillery groups;
-- support for the commitment of the second-echelon army will be provided by a
minimum of ten artillery battalions;
-- during the artillery preparation there will also be air preparation by the
air army on targets and reserves that are located in the depth of the
breakthrough area;
-- the army will receive intelligence from cosmic reconnaissance means in the
following manner.
|
|
|
Instructions of the Army Commander on
Determing Missions, Targets, and Means for using Rocket Forces
The army commander issues instructions on his general policies and principles
for the employment of rocket forces. This guidance is taken by the chief of
rocket troops and artillery and it forms one of the bases for the detailed
planning of rocket troops. The guidance includes the following points:
-- the following enemy groups and targets will be destroyed in the first
nuclear strike by the army and division rocket forces:
---- a. destruction of nuclear means and nuclear depots in the following
locations ____. ____ and nuclear capable air units in the following locations
____,____;
---- b. destruction of main forces of this ____ and ____ and ____ divisions;
---- c. destruction of command posts of the ____ corps at the following
locations ____, of the ____ divisions at ____-, and ____, and ____; and the air
control points at ____-and ___-;
---- d. destruction of PVO points at locations ____,____, and --; and radar
installations at ____ and ____;
---- e. destruction of rear service targets at ____, ____, and ____;
-- the enemy forces will be destroyed to the following level in percent using
the following types of warheads and bursts -( for example, air burst of 20 kt);
-- the forces and means that will participate in the first nuclear strike
(divisions including 2nd echelon);
-- distribution of nuclear and chemical weapons ammunition by mission and
between formations;
-- reserve of nuclear and chemical ammunition;
I will listen to the suggestions of the chief of rocket troops and artillery
during the estimate of the situation .
Instructions of the Army Commander in Determining the Missions for
Artillery;
The army commander also issues instructions giving his guidance for the
employment of artillery in support of the coming operation. The instructions
include the following points:
-- the composition of artillery groups and distribution of artillery among the
formations;
-- designate the specific composition of the army artillery group and
composition of the anti-tank reserve;
-- designate the main missions for artillery during the preparation phase and
the course of the operation;
-- designate the breakthrough area, time for artillery preparation, depth of
artillery support and its type; and the quantity of ammunition which will be
used;
-- which artillery will participate in the artillery preparation;
-- how artillery will support the commitment of the army second-echelon
division;
Instructions of Army Chief of RT&A on Rocket Troops and Artillery
to the Chief of Rocket Troops and Artillery of the Division
The chief of rocket troops and artillery at the army level prepares
instructions on various technical details of artillery activities for each
division. These instructions provide the division artillery chiefs with
information on their division requirements to fit the army plan, what resources
they can expect, and other matters. The division chiefs report on this
information to their commanders and use it as one of the bases for their
artillery planning. The instructions contain the following points:
-- what artillery formations and units and anti-tank artillery units will be
provided as reenforcement for the division;
-- what are the norms for expenditure of nuclear and chemical rockets will be
for the operation and their distribution to the first nuclear strike and by
missions;
-- what the norms for expenditure of conventional rockets during the battle
will be and its resupply;
-- what will be the norms for expenditutre of ammunition during the preparatory
fire and support fire, and for the division's important missions, and the
capabilities for its resupply during the course of the battle;
-- what measures should be taken to bring the division rocket forces to full
combat readiness;
-- what targets are designated for the division's rockets for planning the
division's participation in the first nuclear strike, the yield of the rockets
on each target, type of burst and height, time for being ready, and time for
delivery of rocket and nuclear, chemical, and conventional warheads from depots
to the firing units.
-- instructions for conduct of re-confirming reconnaissance and exact
determination of the targets that will be destroyed in the initial nuclear
strike of the front;
-- what support must be taken for protection of own troops during the nuclear
strike;
-- which army artillery sub-group will support the division during the course
of the day's battle; (The army artillery group is usually divided into
subgroups for closer coordination of support with first-echelon divisions.)
-- composition of the division artillery group and regimental groups for
regiments on the main attack axis (in number of battalions);
-- width of the breakthrough sector for the division, density of artillery per
kilometer of front, and length of duration of the preparatory fire, composition
of the fire preparation (usually it consists of 3-5 artillery strikes), means
for delivery of ammunition to the gun firing positions;
-- details on movement of the artillery units to their forward firing positions
in order to be ready for conduct of prepratory fire, the areas for the firing
positions, time to arrive and be prepared, conduct of artillery reconnaissance,
designation of the targets for the preparatory fire,
-- how support fire will be provided up to the depth of the defending
first-echelon brigades and the types of artillery support fire;
-- methods for providing artillery accompanying fire during the battle;
-- composition and grouping of the artillery in the covering force area and its
missions;
|
|
|
Combat Order of Army Staff on the
Employment of Artillery to the Division Staff
|
|
|
Serial number
Secret
Copy Number
To: Chief of Artillery of 16th MRD
Combat order on employment of division artillery
1. The 16th MRD will be reenforced for the offensive battle by the army
artillery brigade and the first anti-tank battalion of the army anti tank
regiment. The brigade will arrive in region ___ at ___ hours on ___ date; and
the anti-tank battalion will assemble at ___ time in ___ area.
2. With the aim of securing the FUP area, repelling possible enemy strikes, and
successfully going over to the offensive by division forces, the 16th MRD will
deploy 4 artillery battalions forward, of which one artillery battalion will be
from the regiment comprising the forward detachment. For this artillery,
prepare firing positions at a distance of 3 to 8 km from the state border. Also
deploy the division rocket battalion at a distance of 10 km from the state
border and prepare for it a camouflaged position. In the division FUP area
prepare main and alternate positions for the remaining artillery of division
and regimental groups with the aim of repelling possible enemy attack.
3. The movement of the forward detachment through the enemy covering force area
will be supported by a minimum of 3 artillery battalions. The remaining
artillery forces of the division will be ready to support the deployment and
entry into battle of the division main forces.
4. The division will conduct a breakthrough of the enemy forward defense zone
on a width of 4 km. With the aim of supporting the required density of
artillery in the breakthrough zone, bring forward the artillery of the
division's second echelon regiment to participate in the preparatory fire. The
duration of fire preparation will be 40 minutes and quantity of ammunition
expended will be 1 unit of fire.
5. Create the following artillery groups:
-- division group of 6 battalions;
-- regimental groups on main axis of 4 battalions'
-- regimental groups on secondary axis of 2 - 3 battalions;
Firing positions for division artillery group and regimental artillery groups
are designated in the following areas; ___, ___, ___, etc.
6. Artillery reconnaissance group units of the division artilelry, under
direction of the chief of artillery reconnaissance, with their reconnaissance
means, will move behind the forward detachment at ___ time, on ___ date; to
fulfill the following missions:
-- a. with employment of artillery reconnaissance means, exactly determine the
locations of enemy strong points on the forward edge and in the depth of his
position, the positions of artillery and mortar batteries and firing means,
command posts, second echelons and reserves. They should contact the chief of
artillery of the forward detachment to obtain further exact information. They
will determine the coordinates of targets and report this information to the
army artillery command post.
-- b. determine suitable locations for firing positions for every artillery
group and sub-unit and prepare basic firing data. When nighfall comes, send
enough personnel to prepare the artillery firing positions and camouflage them.
-- c. Units and sub-units in division and regimental artillery groups at ___
time, and ___ date will employ darkness to move into and occupy firing
positions.
7. The anti-tank reserve for the division and regiments will be composed of the
following:
-- division reserve - 1 AT battalion from the Army AT Regiment
-- regimental reserves main axis - 2-3 At batteries;
-- regimental reserves support axis - 2 AT batteries;
(The order could tell the division commander to decide on the composition of
the regimental AT reserves. The size depends on the quantity of reenforcement
received by the division.)
8. Artillery support fire will continue to a depth of the enemy first echelon
brigade positions. It will be conducted by single or double barrage fire and
successive concentration fire (single or double). Accompanying fire will be
conducted by massive fire or concentration fire.
9. During the commitment into battle of the army second echelon division, in
addition to its own artillery and the army artillery group, it will be
supported by a minimum of 6 artillery battalions from the first echelon
division artillery group and regimental groups active in that axis.
10. An air preparation, support, and accompaniment of 3 squadrons of fighter
bomber aviation will be conducted during the conduct of the preparatory fire,
fire support, and accompanying fire. The designation of targets for air strikes
must be coordinated between the division chief of artillery, chief of group of
combat support of air army, and division chief of PVO.
11. The quantity of ammunition available for expenditure per day of battle is
as follows:
-- small arms - 1.5 units of fire;
-- arty and mtrs - 3.5 units of fire;
-- MRL rockets - 3.5 units of fire;
-- Tanks - 2.5 units of fire;
-- PVO - 3 units of fire;
12. For the conduct of artillery preparatory fire on the main defense area 2.5
units of fire of artillery ammunition will be delivered to the firing
positions. To obtain this send guides to meet the transport.
13. Time for opening preparatory fire is 0430 hrs on ___ date.
Command post is located ___.
Signature - Chief of army artillery
Signature - Chief of staff of army artillery
Signature - Chief of operations department of army artillery
|
|
|
Planning Combat Employment of Rocket
Troops and Artillery in Army Offensive Operations
The plan of employment of rocket troops and artillery is the principle document
prescribing combat actions of rocket troops and artillery in terms of missions
of the operation. The plan of combat employment of rocket troops and artillery
is a main component of army plans for the operation. It is the principle
document of the army's staff, of rocket troops, and of artillery.
While planning the combat employment of rocket troops and artillery in army
offensive operations, the chief of rocket troops and artillery accomplishes the
following:
-- clarify the mission;
-- study the decision of the front commander on the employment of rocket
troops and artillery;
-- study instructions from higher echelons on the employment of rocket troops
and artillery;
-- conduct a full assessment (estimate) of the situation;
-- make decisions on employment of rocket troops and artillery on the basis of
which the plan for combat employment is prepared.
The plan is prepared in graphic form on a 1/200,000 or 1/100,000 scale map with
an annex of written instructions. The plan is signed by the chief of the rocket
troops and artillery and his chief of staff. It is approved by the army
commander. The plan is considered a part of the army's plan of operation. The
following points are shown in the graphic part of the plan:
-- situations and actions of enemy forces, his important groupings, and targets
of rocket troops and artillery;
-- situations and missions of army forces and divisions and boundaries between
them;
-- missions of rocket troops in the initial and subsequent nuclear strikes,
number of targets, yields of nuclear rounds, types of bursts, sub-units and
units launching the strikes, and time of delivery of strikes;
-- employ rocket troops against enemy nuclear means;
-- directions of movements and positions areas of rocket troops and army
technical rocket sub-units in attack (FUP) positions, position areas of rocket
battalions of divisions in the attack (FUP) areas, and in the security and
border areas;
-- relocate positions of rocket troops and rocket technical sub-units during
the course of conduct of operations;
-- artillery groupings of the army, divisions and regiments in attack (FUP)
areas and in security and border areas;
-- penetration (breakthrough) areas and density of artillery in these areas;
-- areas of deployment of antitank reserves of the army, divisions, and
regiments and the directions of their actions;
-- areas of deployment of front antitank reserves and directions of
their actions;
-- maneuver of rocket troops and artillery during the course of conduct of
operations;
-- positions of air defense artillery and areas of radar;
-- other elements of army combat formations.
In the plan an annex of the initial nuclear strike of the army's rocket troops,
with written instructions is also prepared.
In the written instructions, the following points are covered:
-- combat composition of rocket troops and artillery, distribution of attached
and organic artillery among the divisions and elements of combat formations,
and their regroupment during the course of conduct of operations;
-- specific numbers of nuclear and chemical rockets allocated for operations
and their distribution in terms of their allocation to the initial nuclear
strike and army's missions and in terms of their distribution to different
divisions;
-- availability and distribution of conventional rockets in terms of their
allocation to army missions and their distribution to different divisions;
-- distribution of artillery rounds in terms of their allocation to army
missions and in terms of their distribution to different divisions;
-- composition of antitank reserves of the army, divisions, and regiments.
The following issues are reflected in the work document:
-- method, time of preparation, and delivery of rockets to troops;
-- calculation of time for bringing rocket troops and artillery to full combat
readiness;
-- calculation of time for movement of army and divisions rocket troops;
-- expenditure of conventional rounds in operations and for each mission during
the operation;
-- measures for protecting troops against enemy mass-destruction weapons.
|
|
|
Figure 241 Distribution of Army
Artillery and Front Artillery

|
|
|
Figure 242 Map of army artillery
plan - Plan for Employment of Artillery
|
|
|
Figure243 Graphic of Artillery
Preparatory Fire
|
|
|
Figure 244 Availability and
Location of Material Supplies
|
|
|
Report and Suggestions of the Chief
of Rocket Troops and Artillery of the Army During the Commitment of the
Second-echelon and Repulse of Counterattack
1. Estimate of enemy nuclear weapons, atomic weapons and high precision weapons
and artillery:
-- The Pershing Bn is located at ___, ___. The Lance Battalion may have its
positions in the area ___, ___. The 203 mm Arty Regiment is located in areas
___, ___. The positions of 155 mm artillery are located at areas ___, ___. The
artillery positions of direct support battalions are located at ___, ___, ___.
2. The situation, grouping and character of actions of artillery forces of the
army:
--The army rocket brigade prepares start positions in areas ___, ___, ___, ___.
The brigade has had losses in personnel of 3% and in launchers of 25%. The
brigade has reserves of nuclear, chemical, and conventional rockets to norms.
-- The rocket battalion of the 16th MRD is located at ___,___. The battalion
has 25% losses of launchers.
-- The rocket battalion of the 18th MRD is located at __, ___.
-- The rocket battalion of the 21st MRD is located at ___. These two battalions
have 25% losses.
-- The rocket battalion of the 20th Tank Division is located ___, ___. It has
25% losses in launchers.
-- The rocket battalion of the 19th MRD located in ___, ___. It has not
suffered losses.
-- The rocket battalion of 17 Tank Division is located ___, ___. It has not
suffered losses.
The situation, grouping and character of action of artillery units:
-- The army reactive artillery group is located in area ___, ___. It has 18%
losses in weapons.
-- The subgroup 1 of the artillery group is located at ___. It has 20% losses
in weapons.
-- Subgroup 2 of army artillery group located in area ___. It has 18% losses.
-- Anti-tank reserve of army is located on the march and head of column has
reached location ___. It has 20% losses in ATGM and antitank guns.
-- Artillery group of 16th MRD located in area ___ and has 20% losses in
weapons.
-- Artillery group of 18th MRD located in area ___ and has 22% losses.
-- Artillery group of 19th MRD located in area ___, and has 18% losses.
-- Artillery group of 21st MRD is deployed in general areas ___. It has 17%
losses;
-- The artillery groups of 17th & 20th Tank Divisions are located in
assembly areas of these divisions. They have 8-10% losses.
Support of the commitment of the 17th Tank Division:
-- The commitment into the engagement of the 17th Tank Division requires
creation of density of artillery up to 50 guns and mortar per km of
breakthrough and conduct of 25 fire preparation in three fire strikes, because
the enemy has a very deep defense in front of the line of commitment of this
division. The expenditure of ammunition will be 0.7 BK. The fire support will
be conducted by successive concentration fire on two or three lines to the
depth of defense of enemy first echelon battalions. The accompanying fire will
be conducted during the battle with use of massive fire and concentration fire.
The 17th Tank Division will be reinforced with three artillery battalions from
the subgroup of army artillery #2. and one artillery battalion from the 16th
MRD and another one from the 18th MRD. The aim is to create a division
artillery group and regimental artillery groups. The division artillery group
is organized with 4 battalions and the regimental artillery groups on the main
axis with 3 artillery battalions. The regimental artillery operating on the
other axis will have 2 artillery battalions.
-- The commitment of the division will be supported by subgroup 1 and army
reactive artillery group and subgroup artillery #2 and artillery of the 16th
and 18th MRD.
Combat employment of artillery during repulse of enemy counterattack will be
conducted in the following manner.
-- conduct of aviation and rocket strikes on the moving enemy counterattacking
groupings;
-- conduct of massive fire and concentration fire during deployment of enemy
forces into attack;
-- repulse of enemy attack by using both standing and rolling barrages and
massive and concentration fire that will be conducted by all the artillery and
by the tanks and anti-tank weapons;
-- when enemy penetrates into the depth of the defense, by conduct of
counterattack of second-echelon;
This counterattack will be supported by strong artillery preparation for a
short period and support of counterattack by successive concentration fire on
two or three lines; and also by massive and concentration fire. With this
objective I suggest the creation of the following artillery groups in divisions
and regiments: division artillery group of 3 battalions and regimental
artillery group for the regiment holding the main defense sector of 3
battalions and the other regiments 1 group of 2 battalions.
With the aim of creating these groupings, reinforce the 20th Division with 3
artillery battalions from the 21st MRD.
--Antitank reserve of army and mobile obstacle battalions also will operate on
this axis. They will move from their column locations, so they can create a
strong anti-tank defense in interaction with the anti-tank reserves of the
division and regiments;
-- for this purpose reinforce the division with one anti-tank battalion from
the composition of the anti-tank reserve of the 21st MRD. This way the
anti-tank reserve of the division will have one anti-tank battalion and the
anti-tank reserve of the regiments of first-echelon will have 2 anti-tank
batteries.
-- the number and shortages of nuclear, chemical and conventional rockets
warheads are shown in the table.
|
|
|
SHORTAGES OF ROCKETS AND
LAUNCHERS
|
Type and status |
Launchers |
Nuc rockets |
Chem rockets |
Conventional
rockets |
For operation |
9 |
18 |
9 |
18 |
SCUD on hand |
Shortage |
- |
- |
- |
- |
FROG required |
18 |
54 |
36 |
90 |
Quantity on hand |
18 |
45 |
40 |
80 |
Shortage |
- |
9 |
- |
10 |
|
|
|
SHORTAGE OF AMMUNITION
IN ARMY AND TROOPS
|
Location |
Small arms |
Arty and mtr |
MRL |
Tank |
PVO |
Army rear |
0.05 |
0.1 |
0.2 |
0.3 |
0.3 |
16th MRD |
0.4 |
0.4 |
0.5 |
1.2 |
0.8 |
18th MRD |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.3 |
0.5 |
0.4 |
19th MRD |
0.1 |
0.1 |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.3 |
21st MRD |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.3 |
0.3 |
0.4 |
17th TD |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
20th TD |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
|
|
Air
|
|
|
Air is a functional area that is different
from the others. This is because the fixed wing aircraft at front
level are found in a separate air army and there are no fixed wing aircraft in
the combined arms armies or divisions. Nor do the armies or divisions have air
planning officers on their permanent staffs. This function is accomplished by
teams of air force officers sent from the air army to the combined arms armies
and divisions. with the inclusion of helicopters in the armies and divisions
these formations have again activated planning functions for air activities,
but different from the fixed wing planning and control, which remains an air
force function. Following are samples of the various instructions sent from one
headquarters to another or given by the commander to his staff.
Combat Instructions of the Air Army Staff of the Front to
the Ground Army on Aviation Matters (Army's Helicopters etc)
The air army staff issues instructions to the army chief of staff on various
matters relating to the employment of aviation in support of army operations.
The instructions contain the following points:
-- composition and time of arrival of the center of combat control of the air
army, the group for combat control, the target identification posts, and radio
navigation posts at army and divisions, with the objective of organizing
interaction between air and ground forces and control of air movement and
combat actions of various types of aviation in the army area;
-- the army will be supported by the following regimental air sorties for each
day of the operation;
-- the following combat and transport helicopters will be made available for
transporting air assault forces;
-- the following fighter and fighter-bomber aviation means will support
transport aviation and transport helicopters in the assembly area for the
airborne operation, during the flight time, and during the drop itself;
-- the army will employ the following measures for raising the level of combat
readiness of the transport and combat helicopters. They will deploy to combat
airfield locations in the following manner;
-- the following quantity of bombs, rockets, and ammunition (including
chemical) will be used in the operation, with the following resupply during the
operation, and the army will create the following supply reserves at the end of
the operation;
-- the following quantity of air ammunition, napalm, fuel, and material
supplies will be used for the operation, with the following capability for
resupply during the operation, and creation of reserves at the end of the
operation;
-- the army will conduct interaction with the following formations and units of
fighter aviation of front during the preparation and during the
operation;
Combat Instructions of the Army Commander on Aviation Means and
Helicopters Subordinate to Him
The army commander issues his guidance on the employment of aviation and his
helicopters in the form of instructions. These include the following points:
-- missions for participation in the air part of the preparation, support and
accompanying fire along with the artillery;
-- distribution of aviation forces and means by mission and by formations
(divisions);
-- the role of helicopters in the battle against tanks and armored forces;
-- the missions for transporting and support of air assault landing;
-- organization of emergency resupply of ammunition by helicopters for ground
units;
-- evacuation of wounded and sick from the battlefield;
-- organization and conduct of air observation and reconnaissance;
Missions of the Center for Combat Control of the Air Army
The center of combat control of the air army consists of a few officers from
the air army staff with signal means and automatic control means (computer
link). It is sent from the air army to the first-echelon ground force army's
command post. The center deploys to the army command post and fulfill missions
during the preparation phase and course of the operation. The air force
officers work most closely with the army chief of staff, and also with the
chief of the operations directorate and to a lesser degree, but still closely,
with the chiefs of reconnaissance and PVO, and chief of artillery. Their main
duties are as follows:
-- they collect data on the air and ground situation in front of the army.
-- they call for individual strikes of fighter bomber aircraft from the air
army taken out of the designated quantity allocated to support the army each
day, in accordance with the commander's decision and the conditions of the
situation. (This varies, but may be 3 regimental sorties per day). They
designate the targets and control the aircraft during the operation.
-- they conduct interaction of the air forces with the army's forces with the
aim of providing air support for the following missions:
----- during the front first nuclear strike for re-reconnaissance of targets;
----- during the breakthrough of the enemy main defense and the course of the
operation: for aerial reconnaissance, air preparation, air support, and air
accompanying fire.
----- during loading and dropping of air assault forces: conduct of aerial
reconnaissance, conduct of the landing itself, support and aerial cover over
the assembly area, during the flight, during the landing, and during the
subsequent battle on the ground;
----- during the commitment into the engagement of the second-echelon: aerial
reconnaissance, cover of the movement of the second-echelon, cover and support
of the second-echelon during its commitment, and support during the subsequent
battle;
----- during repelling enemy counter-attack (blow): reconnaissance of the
enemy's counter attacking grouping, cover and support of the forces repelling
the counter-attack;
----- during forcing water obstacles: aerial reconnaissance, cover and support
of the forces during preparation and during the crossing, and during the battle
in the enemy depth;
----- report to the air army about airfields that the army has captured. These
air fields may be used by the air forces during the operation.
-- in accordance with the situation, if the army has already used its allocated
air flights, the control group can call the air army for more resources, if the
army commander requests support for important missions
-- conduct of air reconnaissance and provide the resulting information to the
army staff
-- organization of interaction of the fighter aviation with the formations and
units of the army PVO rocket forces during covering the army's main forces from
enemy air strikes in the course of the most important missions;
-- control of air movement of all types of air forces in the army area and
support of the security of their own aviation in the army's area;
-- control of the activities of the group of combat control that is located at
the division command posts and the posts for navigation and target designation
that are deployed in the army area;
-- conduct of signal interaction and target designation and identification of
friend and foe between air forces and ground forces;
Missions of the Group of Combat Control:
The group of combat control is composed of a few officers from the air army
staff with signal means and means for automatic control who are sent to the
command posts of the first-echelon divisions. They work mostly with the chief
of staff and chief of the operations directorate. They fulfill the following
missions during the preparation phase and the course of the battle.
-- collect data on the air and ground situation in the division's attack area;
-- call for and direct the air resources that are designated for division
support by the army commander. In accordance with the commander's decision and
conditions of the situation, they control the use and direction of these air
strikes during the battle;
-- organize interaction of the air forces with the division forces during the
fulfillment of the breakthrough of enemy defenses, commitment of
second-echelon, repelling of counterattacks, forcing of water obstacles, and
during other missions during the offensive battle;
-- during assault landing (tactical landings): conduct of aerial
reconnaissance, choosing the helicopter pads for the assault landing, cover of
the landing force in the assembly area, during flight, during landing, and
during the battle on the ground with air forces (fighters and fighter-bombers;
-- fulfillment of missions for aerial reconnaissance, sequence of
re-reconnaissance, and providing of aerial reconnaissance information to the
division staff;
-- organization of interaction between the fighter aviation and the division
PVO rocket forces for cover of the main grouping during the fulfillment of most
important missions from enemy air strikes;
-- they send representatives of the air forces with communication means to
organize interaction with regiments and forward detachments that are fulfilling
the most important missions;
-- designate targets for aircraft and navigation for aviation and combat
helicopters against ground targets that are forward of the division's attack
area;
-- issue signals for interaction and identification of friend and foe between
the air forces and ground forces;
-- establish the posts for target designation on helicopters and small aircraft
and on combat vehicles (BMP's) and APC's during the attack. They designate
ground targets for the air forces and combat helicopters;
-- establish posts for visual observation for conduct of reconnaissance and
observation of the air situation and observation of enemy air forces that can't
be seen by the radar stations (low level flights) in the division attack area
and warning the forces about enemy air flights;
Points for Guidance and Target Designation
Two or three points for guidance and target designation are sent from every
center for control of air forces. They as a rule are located at the command
posts of the PVO rocket forces and sometimes they are airborne, located on
small aircraft or helicopters. The guiidance and target designation points have
their own complex of radars, communication means, and automatic control
devices. With the use of these they control aviation and pilotless apparatus
and create the best tactical conditions against the targets. Observation of
targets is also conducted by the crews with the help of radar location stations
that are located on special aircraft and by visual means. The guidance and
target designation points fulfill the following missions;
-- support of aircraft, helicopters and other aircraft flight to the combat
area and directing them against ground or naval targets;
-- direction of fighter aircraft against enemy aerial targets
-- support of security of air forces against destruction by own PVO and support
of security of flights in the army area
-- support of interaction of fighter aircraft with PVO rocket units and
anti-aircraft artillery forces;
-- support of identification of friend and foe of aviation with ground forces;
Besides this the air forces sometimes establish points of guidance and target
designation set up only with the limited mission of control of fighter aviation
against enemy airborne targets;
Report of Air Army Control Group Leader to Ground Army
Commander
The leader of the air army control group informs the army commander of his
presence and availability for support. He repeats the information contained in
the front directive on the number and type of air sorties that will be
available to the army.
Orders of Army Commander on Air Assault Operations
The army commander issues instructions governing the planning of air assault
operations. The instructions cover the following points:
-- location and time for air assault actions;
-- combat missions of air assault in the depth of the enemy area;
-- order (sequence) of conduct of nuclear strikes, air strikes and rocket
strikes on the targets in support of the air assault action and their support
during the air assault action once on the ground;
-- order for interaction with fighter and fighter bomber aviation and
interaction with forces that will link up on the ground;
-- location of assembly area for air assault forces, time for occupying the
area, time for moving to the waiting area, and time to load on the aircraft;
-- organization of troop control;
Instructions of the Army Staff on Air Forces (Helicopters) to the
Division Staff
The operations directorate of the army staff prepares and issues instructions
on the use of army air assets (helicopters) and information on air force
support coming to the division from the front. The instructions
include the following points:
-- the composition and time of arrival of the air control group, and the post
for guidance and target designation, two different teams from the air army).
These teams have the aim of conducting interaction between the air forces and
the division, and providing support for the movement and flight of
front and transport aviation in the division attack area.
-- designation of the number of aircraft sorties that will be given to support
the divison each day;
-- the divison will receive the following transport helicopters for the air
assault landing;
-- how the divison air assault force will be supported (covered by air) by
front fighters and army PVO in the assembly area, during the flight,
during the landing phase and during the battle;
-- instructions on measures for bringing division combat and transport
helicopters to full combat readiness and occupation of helicopter airfields and
their deployment;
-- what norms will be allowed for expenditure of chemical and conventional
rockets and bombs during the battle and their resupply;
-- what norms of expenditure will be available for aerial ammunition, napalm,
fuel, and material supplies during the battle and their resupply;
-- instructions on evacuation of wounded and sick from the battlefield and
delivery of critical supplies by air.
|
|
|
Figure 255 Distribution of Air sorties
 |
|
|
Air Defense
|
|
|
The following documents are for air defense.
The army chief of air defense receives rather detailed instructions from the
front chief of air defense. Air defense is a functional area in which
the army's forces and means must be closely integrated with those of the
front. Furthermore, PVO rockets must be carefully integrated with the
PVO fighter aircraft to perform the air defense function, and all of this must
be coordinated with other friendly aircraft to avoid fratricide. Following are
samples of the main documents.
Combat Instructions of Front Staff to the Army on PVO
The front staff in the name of the commander issues instructions to
the armies on all aspects of the employment of air defense forces and means.
This information supplements that contained in the operational directive. It is
prepared by the front chief of air defense and sent to the army chiefs
of air defense troops. These officers use it as the basis for their
clarification, estimate and decision. They report on the content to their army
commander during his decision making process. The instructions contain the
following points:
-- the following is the composition of PVO that will be given for reenforcement
of the army
-- the army will accomplish interaction with the following formations and units
of fighter aviation, anti-air rocket forces of front, and units of PVO
of the adjacent armies;
-- the formations and units of fighter aviation, anti-air rockets of
front, and units of PVO of adjacent armies have the following
missions;
-- the following means will be used to accomplish interaction with the
previously mentioned units;
-- the following quantity of anti-air rockets will be available during the
first operation; the following are means for resupply distribution by mission
and between rocket units; and the army will create the following reserves of
air rocket supplies at the end of the operation;
-- the following quantity of anti air ammunition is available for use by the
army during the operation and for creation of reserve supplies at the end of
the operation;
-- the front will reenforce the army with the following forces and
means of front PVO at these times and for fulfilling the following
missions;
-- the following means and methods will be employed for repelling the enemy's
air strikes;
-- the army will take the following measures on achieving higher combat
readiness of PVO forces to repel an enemy surprise attack, employing the
following means for repelling it, and the the following composition of the army
duty PVO forces;
-- army PVO will be deployed in the following order (sequence), will employ the
following methods for maneuver during the operation, and PVO forces and means
and reconnaissance and warning system will be ready at the following times;
-- the army will provide the following support for the flights of long range
aviation, front aviation, and transport aviation that will fly over
the army's air defense sector;
-- the army will provide the following PVO cover for the commitment into the
engagement of the front second-echelon army;
Army Commander's Decision on Air Defense
The army commander evaluates the following during the process of making the
decision: the status and capabilities of the army's air defense units and
resources;
-- the groupings of PVOS and military district air defense troops, deployed in
the army's marching zone;
-- groupings, capabilities, and character of operation of the enemy air force.
Army Commander's Instructions on Air Defense
On the basis of deductions derived from such evaluations, the army commander
specifies the following to the army's chief of air defense:
-- which groupings of army forces and which targets should be covered in which
phases;
-- how and in what method the coordination between army's air defense units and
PVOS air defense system and military districts (fronts) air defense
troops and means should be established;
-- method of reconnaissance of enemy aircraft, warning of the troops, and the
method of troop control of air defense troops during the movement.
Combat Instructions of the Army Commander on PVO:
The army commander issues his instructions on employment of air defense means
to the chief of air defense. This along with the instructions from higher
headquarters forms the basis for the chief of PVO to organize his planning. The
instructions contain the following points:
-- the main army PVO forces will be concentrated to cover the following army
groupings, units, and targets during the preparation phase and the course of
the operation;
-- the enemy's main air strikes will be repelled by employing the following
methods. (this means in what sequence of participation of rocket forces with
fighter aviation in detail. For specific details see lectures on PVO).
-- the army PVO will interaction with fighter aviation, front PVO
forces, and PVO forces of neighbor armies and division in the following manner;
-- the army duty status PVO forces will be the following;
-- the following is the order and time for deployment of army PVO forces and
the reconnaissance and warning system at the beginning of the operation and for
its maneuver during the operation;
Organization of Air Defense in Army Offensive Operations
Organization of air defense is a number of measures taken by the chief of army
air defense and his staff to organize air defense in support of army offensive
operations. These measures include the following:
-- planning army air defense and conveying missions on air defense to troops;
-- establishing groupings of air defense troops in the departure (FUP) areas,
preparing them for combat actions and maintaining constant combat-readiness to
repel enemy air attacks.
-- organizing air defense during the conduct of offensive operations to
accomplish missions related to the following:
----- assault crossing over major water obstacles;
----- committing second-echelon forces into combat;
----- repulsing enemy counterblows;
-- organizing troop control and interaction of air defense forces and means;
-- organizing combat support measures and supply of air defense guided rockets.
|
|
|
Planning Air Defense
The chief of army air defense prepares army air defense plans after receiving
missions from the army commander. He studies the instructions from the higher
staff on air defense and all-around assessment (estimate) of the situation. He
then issues instructions and combat instructions on air defense to motorized
rifle, tank large units, and air defense units.
Air Defense Plan
The army's chief of air defense works out the army's air defense plan (on the
map with written details, covering the entire length of the operation or march)
on the basis of the army commander's decision and the instruction of higher
headquarters. This plan illustrates the following:
-- conclusions of the estimate of the situation on the enemy air force;
-- the sectors and march routes of army units, indicating the timing and
locations of embarkation, debarkation, assembly areas, daily (nightly) resting
areas, crossing of mountain passes, major bridges, defiles etc.;
-- groupings of the country's air defense system and military district
(front) air defense troops located in the army's marching zone;
-- organization of air defense cover;
-- organization of fighter aircraft cover;
-- organization of reconnaissance of enemy aircraft;
-- organization of troops warning system;
-- coordination of the army's air defense units with country's air defense
system and military districts air defense troops and resources.
The air defense plan in army offensive operations is a detailed formulation of
the air defense decision combined with calculations and necessary instructions.
The air defense plan is a part of the plan of army offensive operations.
The air defense plan is graphically prepared on a 1/200,000 or 1/100,000 scale
map with written instructions. In the graphic part of the plan the following
elements are reflected:
-- composition, groupings, and likely direction of the attack from the aerial
enemy and the main groupings of enemy ground forces;
-- operational formation of army troops, its command posts, army boundaries,
and army missions;
-- position areas of air defense and radio technical units, immediate adjacent,
front and national air defense means operating in army areas, in
departure (FUP) areas, and in the entire depth of army offensive operations.
The line of reconnaissance of the aerial enemy by radar and the destruction
(killing) zone of air defense means.
-- fighter aviation airfields, lines of intercepting enemy aircraft, areas of
air patrolling;
-- missions conducted by forces and means of other branches of services in the
interest of air defense (where, when, and by what means enemy air targets are
destroyed.
-- directions (areas) of the flight of aircraft carrying airborne assault
troops;
-- bridges and crossings over rivers.
Other information and calculations are reflected in writing in written
instructions along with necessary annexes. The written instructions illustrate
the following:
-- brief deductions of the assessment of the enemy;
-- concepts and missions of air defense;
-- combat composition of air defense troops and means and their combat
capability;
-- control of air defense forces and means;
-- organizing coordination (interaction) with fighter aviation and other air
defense means;
-- availability, supplying (delivering), and distributing rockets (rounds);
-- methods of numbering air targets;
-- warning troops of the aerial enemy;
-- combat-readiness and combat standby (on-call) duties of air defense means.
Annexes to air defense plans include the following:
-- plan of detection (reconnaissance) of the aerial enemy;
-- warning and signal diagram;
-- other necessary tables and graphics.
Army air defense plans are signed by the army's chief of staff and chief of air
defense. They are approved by the army commander. Written instructions are
signed by the chief of army air defense.
Instructions of the Army Staff on Air Defense (PVO) to the
Divisions
The army chief of air defense prepares and issues instructions to the division
chiefs of air defense on the specifics of PVO activities. This enables the
divisions to organize their planning to insure that the division air defense in
integrated into the army plan. In the past the division was often reenforced
with anti-aircraft artillery from the army, but now it usually has sufficient
rocket weapons. The major support from army comes in the form of the coverage
over the division area provided by army anti-air rocket units positioned within
or to the rear of the division area. The instructions cover the following
points:
-- what is the composition of PVO forces that will reenforce division if any;
-- interaction will be accomplished with which rocket units of army and
adjacent divisions and units of fighter aviation of front;
-- what means will be used for accomplishing interaction with previously listed
units in the FUP areas and during the offensive;
-- what norms will be allowed for expenditure of anti-air rockets in the battle
and the means for resupply during the battle;
-- what norms are allowed for expenditute of anti-air ammunition and its
resupply;
-- what measures must be taken for support of high combat readiness of the
division PVO forces, deployment of PVO forces in the FUP areas, composition of
duty forces of the division PVO;
-- what is the system of reconnaissance and warning of PVO during the period in
which PVO are coming to the state of full combat readiness, during the
occupation of the FUP areas, and during the course of the battle;
--what will be the order for repulse of the enemy's aerial attack strikes;
-- what will be the order of maneuver and cover for division forces by the PVO
forces of the division during the battle and cover of division forces during
the main missions by the army PVO forces;
-- what means and methods will be used for identification of friend and foe and
support of aircraft flights of own aviation in the division area;
|
|
|
Engineer
|
|
|
Combat Employment of Engineer Troops
in Army Offensive Operations
Aims of Engineer Support in Army Offensive Operations
Aims of engineer support in army offensive operations include the following
measures:
-- establishing necessary conditions for timely movement and deployment of army
troops for the attack;
-- protecting army troops against all enemy means of destruction;
-- repulsing possible enemy attacks;
-- conducting attacks at high speeds under conditions of mass-destruction.
Aims are achieved through accomplishment of a number of engineer support
missions. The content and volume of these missions depends on the concept of
the operation and the concrete conditions of operational situations under which
army offensive operations are prepared and conducted.
Engineer Support Tasks During Preparation of Operations
The following are elements of engineer support tasks during preparation of
operations:
-- engineer support for departure (FUP) areas and preparation of first-echelon
large units to initiate the attacks;
-- engineer installation (preparation) for deployment areas of second-echelon
large units and army reserves;
-- engineer installation (preparation) for position areas of rocket, air
defense rocket, and large units;
-- preparation of routes which support movements of second-echelon's large
units, rocket troops, air defense rocket troops, and command posts (control
points);
-- engineer installations (preparation) for army's command posts (control
points) deployment areas;
-- conducting measures for engineer support of repulsion of likely enemy
counterattacks;
-- preparations for conduct of engineer measures which eliminate consequences
of enemy nuclear attacks;
-- conducting measures on operational concealment and deception.
Principle Missions for Engineer Support During the Conduct of Army
Offensive Operations
The principle missions for engineer support during the conduct of army
offensive operations are as follows:
-- support of movement and deployment of army troops during attacks and while
passing through obstacles;
-- support of breakthroughs of enemy defenses and development of attacks of
first-echelon large units passing through obstacles and areas of destruction;
-- engineer support for combat actions of rocket and air defense rocket large
units;
-- engineer support during crossings of water obstacles;
-- engineer support for movement and commitment of second-echelons into
engagements;
-- engineer support for combat actions of tactical airborne assaults;
-- engineer installation (preparation) for army command posts (control points);
-- conducting engineer measures for elimination of consequences of enemy
nuclear attacks;
-- support and supply of troops during preparations and while conducting
operations, by engineer armament, equipment and material, and by providing
technical support for engineer troops.
The aforementioned tasks are conducted by engineer troops, as well as by
motorized rifle and tank large units.
Groupings of Engineer Troops in Army Offensive Operations
The following are groupings of engineer troops in army offensive operations:
-- engineer troops being attached to first-echelon large units and rocket and
air defense rocket troops;
-- engineer units conducting army engineer support missions;
-- one to two mobile obstacle detachments;
-- engineer reserves.
The grouping is not a permanent structure. The grouping changes during the
course of the operation in accordance with the situations.
Missions and Assignment of Army Engineer Troops During Army Offensive
Operations
Missions and assignments of army engineer troops during army offensive
operations are as follows:
-- combat engineer regiment (ISP): Reinforces engineer capabilities of
first-echelon divisions to which it is attached;
-- engineer road construction and bridging regiment (IDORMP): Employed at army
level to conduct missions in support of maneuver of second-echelon troops, and
construction of supply and evacuation routes;
-- pontoon bridge regiment (POMP): Attached to first-echelon divisions and
assigned to establish army crossing sites;
-- assault crossing battalion (DesPB): Attached to first-echelon divisions to
establish crossing sites;
-- engineer obstacle battalion (IBZAG): Assigned to form mobile obstacle
detachments (POZ) and to establish obstacles in the depths of attack areas;
-- engineer company of command posts (control points) (IRPU): Assigned to
establish and construct army command posts (control points);
-- engineer company of repair and evacuation (IRER): Assigned to conduct repair
and evacuation of engineer equipment;
-- engineer company of rear service (IR Tiel): Assigned to establish and
conduct army rear service control points.
Organization of Combat Employment of Army Engineer Troops in Offensive
Operations
Organization of combat employment of army engineer troops in offensive
operations includes a number of measures conducted by the chief of army
engineer troops and his staff. They plan combat employment of engineer troops
and all-around engineer support.
The most important measures on preparation and combat employment of engineer
troops in army offensive operations are as follows:
-- making decisions and planning engineer support;
-- conveying engineer instructions and missions to combined arms large units,
engineer units, and sub-units;
-- grouping of engineer troops during preparations of army offensive operations
and during its conduct;
-- preparing attack departure (FUP) areas for the army, divisions, and command
posts;
-- collecting and dumping engineer equipment, armaments, and material means;
-- organizing political work in engineer units and sub-units;
-- organizing types of combat support measures including engineer support;
-- preparing engineer troops for execution of assigned missions;
-- maintaining high combat-readiness for conduct of combat actions.
Organizing engineer support and combat employment of army engineer troops in
support of offensive operations is conducted on the basis of the following:
-- concept of the army commander's decision;
-- the army commander's instructions on engineer support;
-- instructions of the chief of front engineer troops.
Based on the concept of the decisions of the army commander, his instructions
on engineer support, and instructions from the front's chief of
engineer troops; the chief of army engineer troops organizes the engineer plans
for offensive operations. This is done after an all-around clarification of the
assigned missions and estimate of the situation.
Engineer Support During Assault River Crossings During Army Offensive
Operations
During the conduct of offensive operations army troops will be forced to
assault-cross water obstacles where the enemy puts up resistance and conducts
combat actions. This is an attempt to delay the advance of attacking troops.
Therefore, the enemy must be prevented from establishing defenses on water
obstacles.
The principle form for crossing water obstacles is assault river crossings from
the lines of march (from movements). The aims of army troops assault river
crossings are the following:
-- support approaches and troop arrival at water obstacles;
-- unhindered (uninterrupted) crossings of troops from water obstacles;
-- develop the attack on the far bank.
Tasks of Engineer Support
The tasks of engineer support during assault river crossings are as follows:
-- conduct of continuous and active reconnaissance of water obstacles and the
enemy on approaches to water obstacles and on far banks;
-- wise selection of crossing sites;
-- making timely decisions on assault river crossings and conveying missions to
troops;
-- destroying and suppressing enemy forces defending water obstacles;
-- seizing available crossing points, river areas suitable for assault
crossings, and seizing areas of the far banks;
-- extending routes to water obstacles and to crossing areas;
-- timely movement and approach of crossing means to water obstacles;
-- quick establishment of the crossing sites, wise (effective) maneuver of
crossing means;
-- close concealment (maskirovka) of real crossing sites and creation
of deceptive crossing sites;
-- organizing traffic control (commandant) service at crossing sites;
-- troop crossings on a wide front at high speeds;
-- reliable air defense of crossing sites and support of crossing forces by
aircraft, artillery, and rocket troops;
-- protecting crossing sites from enemy destructive actions;
-- protecting crossing sites and crossing troops from enemy mass-destruction
weapons.
The army organizes assault crossings over medium size water obstacles. Smaller
rivers (less than 60 m wide) are assault crossed by divisional means. In order
to insure a high speed of attack (advance), assault river crossings must be
rapidly organized and conducted. Forward detachments cross in 1.5-2 hours.
First-echelon divisions cross in 5-7 hours. The army crosses during a 12-15
hour period of time. To achieve this aim (to meet the aforementioned time) in
the assault river crossing areas the following are established:
-- assault crossing sites;
-- raft crossing points;
-- bridges;
-- fording sites.
Army second-echelon and army troops (other than first-echelon forces) are
crossed over bridges established by the army. To insure a high speed of attack
the following crossing sites are established for each first-echelon division:
-- at least 4-6 assault crossing points, i.e., 1-2 points for each
first-echelon battalion;
-- 4-6 raft crossing points;
-- 3-4 underwater or fording crossing points for tanks;
-- one bridge crossing point.
Groupings of engineer troops for support of assault river crossings from lines
of march (movement) are designated and established during assignment of
missions prior to attacks. It is reconfirmed during conduct of attacks.
Engineer sub-units assigned to support forward detachment assault crossings
move within the composition of forward detachments. Sub-units assigned to
support crossings of main forces of first-echelon divisions move behind forward
detachments or in the composition of main forces. This means that when the
enemy weakly occupies the river's far bank, the engineer sub-units assigned to
support the crossings of the main forces of first-echelon divisions move behind
the forward detachments. But, if the far bank is strongly occupied by the enemy
forces, these engineer sub-units move within the composition of the main forces
of first-echelon divisions.
First-echelon divisions normally cross wide rivers by using assault crossing
and raft crossing means. Depending on the situation army second-echelon units
cross by bridges, rafts, or assault crossing means.
Organization of traffic control (commandant) service at crossing points is
provided by engineer sub-units. Such service during movement toward crossing
points is organized and provided by motorized rifle units.
Engineer Support for Commitment of Second-Echelon (Reserves) into
Combat
The aims of engineer support for commitment of second-echelon troops into
combat are as follows:
-- to insure timely arrival of second-echelon troops at the line of commitment;
-- effective support of deployment of second-echelon troops during their
movement;
-- protection of these troops against enemy flank strikes.
Engineer Tasks During Commitment
Engineer tasks during commitment of second-echelon troops into combat are as
follows:
-- conduct of engineer reconnaissance of terrain in areas of advance, as well
as, in areas of commitment of second-echelon troops;
-- preparing roads to support movement and deployment of second-echelon troops
for combat;
-- breaching lanes in enemy obstacles in areas of deployment of second-echelon
troops and during their commitment into combat;
-- covering of second-echelon flanks by engineer obstacles in areas of enemy
threats.
The movement of second-echelon troops from assembly areas is normally conducted
on routes prepared in advance. During this phase second-echelon troops may also
use roads prepared by first-echelon divisions during the conduct of attacks.
The second-echelon troops composed of one division will need two to three
routes for movement to lines of commitment. Preparation of routes are conducted
in a limited time. The speed of their preparation must be coordinated
(harmonized) with the speed of advance of first-echelon troops. For the
preparation of each route one engineer road construction company is assigned.
Therefore, to prepare all routes of movement for second-echelon divisions the
following are required:
-- one engineer road construction and bridging battalion;
-- pontoon and bridge construction sub-units.
Simultaneously, one or two alternate routes are prepared.
When the volume of work to support crossing through obstacles and areas of
destruction is great, bypassing routes are prepared by using engineer reserves.
To support deployment of second-echelon troops each battalion will require one
to two routes. This task is accomplished by organic engineer sub-units which
also breach lanes in enemy mine obstacles.
Sometimes the situation will require second-echelon troops to be committed into
combat on an unexpected new direction. In this case the chief of engineer
troops works out the details with the chief of operations directorate. They
then accomplish the following:
-- study information about possible new routes;
-- conduct helicopter reconnaissance;
-- assign engineer road construction and bridging sub-units to each route;
-- employ engineer reserves to meet new requirements.
The covering of second-echelon flanks in areas of commitment into combat is
conducted by the employment of mobile obstacle detachments (POZ) in interaction
with antitank reserves.
Principle Measures of Organization of Engineer Support at Army
Level
Organization for combat employment includes many things from making the
decision and preparing the plan to grouping the forces and insuring their
combat readiness. The first point is making the decision. To make the decision
the commander and chief of engineers work together with their staffs in a
sequence of clarification, estimation, and preparation of plans. The chief of
engineers has two tasks, one is to help the commander in his decision process
and the other is to supervise his own staff in the preparation of details of
engineer plans made on the basis of the commander's decision. The chief of
engineers must not only plan for the use of the specialist engineer troops, but
also must guide the engineer support work done by the lower echelons including
non-engineer combat troops. For this reason he issues two separate types of
instructions. One is instruction on engineer work to engineer units. The other
is instructions on engineer support measures to the lower combat arms units.
The engineer staff bases its own plans for engineer work on three sources; the
operational missions assigned the army, the engineer missions given in
instructions from higher headquarters, and the army commander's decision. These
three sets of information or data govern the work of the engineer staff in
planning the use of engineer forces and means.
Sequence of Decision Making
The discussion of the role of the chief of engineers in the commander's
decision process is keyed to the following outline of the steps in their
interactive process. See the diagram showing this process at the beginning of
Chapter Six.
Sequence of Organization of Engineer Operations during Army
Offensive
Army Commander
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------Engineer
1. Receives Missions from front
------------------------------------------------------Receives instructions
from front Engineer
2. Commander Clarifies Mission
---------------------------------------------------------------Clarifies
Instructions
3. Briefs Engineer on outcome
------------------------------------------------------------------Report to
commander on engineer missions
of the clarification of mission
--------------------------------------------------------------------received
from higher headquarters
and issues initial instructions
4. Commander and staff make
------------------------------------------------------------------Does the
following:
estimate of situation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
estimate situation on on basis of higher echelon's
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------instructions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------issue
instructions to engineer units on combat
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------readiness,
reconnaissance, and maskirovka
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
coordinate engineer tasks with other arms;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- prepare suggestions to the army commander on the
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------establishment
of the engineer aspects of
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------defensive
systems and employment of engineer means
5. Army commander makes the decision and issues missions. ----
6.-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Engineer
chief conducts clarification of the engineer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------mission-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- estimate of the situation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
makes the decision on engineer issues
7. Staff conducts planning
-----------------------------------------------------------------------Staff
participates and contributes
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- completes the engineer plan and engineer parts of other plans
-------------------------- 1. plan to repel enemy initial strike:
-------------------------- 2. enemy reconnaissance. and surveillance plan
-------------------------- 3. maskirovka plan
-------------------------- 4. airbase construction
-------------------------- 5. CP relocation
The army commander and chief of engineers work separately and together in the
following sequence.
--1. The army commander receives the army operational mission from the higher
headquarters through operational channels or directly from the front
commander. At the same time the army chief of engineers receives instructions
on engineer matters from the chief of engineers at front level. These
instructions will contain the following information. They will give the
composition of the engineer troops for the army and especially what engineer
troops will be attached from front for the operation and when each
unit will be available. They will give the engineer missions planned at
front to which the army is expected to contribute. Especially in the
initial phase of war there will be immediate engineer tasks such as preparation
of roads and positions which the front will plan and all armies will
execute. Then they will give the engineer missions that the front will
conduct itself which are in the interest of the army, such as some
reconnaissancenaissance. Then they will give specific missions that the army
must do such as river crossings.
The front distribution of engineer troops is in accordance with the
plan for grouping engineers. The army in the main attack will get more extra
units. It will likely get the extra combat regiment, and engineer road and
bridge regiment and pontoon bridge unit etc.
The front engineer plan shows the missions given the army during the
preparation phase and during the conduct of the operation. It shows the combat
regiments and road and bridge regiment of the army must conduct by observation
some reconnaissancenaissance along the border. The details of the instructions
on how to do this must be conveyed to the army. The engineer work to prepare
assembly areas is given in the front plan and it shows who will do it
when and where and how. The work is done by army and by first-echelon
divisions. The missions planned by front that affect the army are part
of these instructions.
-- 2. Meanwhile the army commander receives the front mission and
clarifies the operational aspects on his mission in order to understand it and
make it more clear. He considers the concept of operation of the front
commander and the role of the army in this concept. He considers how to support
the front concept and from that consideration he can issue his initial
guidance to subordinates and staff. At that point he exchanges information with
the engineer as well at the other staff members. The chief of engineers is at
that time clarifying the engineer instructions he has received and determining
how many engineer units he will have and when and what their capabilities are
and what differences there may be in engineer support during the preparation
phase and the combat phase. He notes what missions have been planned at
front level.
-- 3. Once the engineer chief has clarified the engineer instructions he can
report the commander on the engineer missions and capabilities and give
suggestions to the commander on the use of engineer troops to support the army
operation. The chief of staff or perhaps the commander himself will brief the
chief of engineers of the clarification of the operational mission and will
issue the preliminary operational instructions. The outcome of the
clarification determines the principle measures that must be done immediately.
The clarification of the operational mission will give the location of the main
attack direction and sector, the penetration area, the width of the attack
area, the combat grouping of the army etc. From this the chief of engineers
will know where the bulk of engineer support must be concentrated and the
number of forces in each echelon etc. This gives the engineer an idea on how to
group the engineer units to support the operation. At the same time the
commander will give a brief outcome of his clarification and the chief of
engineers will give the chief of staff or commander the instructions he has
received from higher headquarters. He gives the locations, status,
capabilities, experience etc of the engineer units. The commander then knows
the status of his engineer forces and what they can do in support of the
operation.
-- 4. Then working in parallel with the chief of engineers and the other staff
sections, the commander makes his estimate of the situation which includes
analysis of the enemy, own forces, adjacent forces, terrain, political
situation etc. and the chief of engineers participates in this process by
presenting suggestions on the combat employment of engineer forces and means.
In order to do this he must make first his own estimate of the situation
focused on the engineer factors affecting the conduct of the mission. At The
same time he has to issue his own preliminary instructions to the engineer
troops telling them what must be done immediately. In many cases the tasks
overlap. He must coordinate activities. In other cases when the decision has
not yet been made units are already moving forward and they may need immediate
engineer support both on their routes and in the new assembly areas. So the
initial engineer instructions take care of measures that the engineer must
organize immediately.
The suggestions of the chief of engineers to the army commander on the
employment of engineer forces and means focus on the following three issues: 1.
the composition of own engineer troops and status of engineer supplies and
equipment and capability to do engineer work. 2. the assessment of the enemy
forces on the basis of engineer factors including the terrain itself, the enemy
defensive measures and what they have done to and with the terrain. This is
done on the basis of the engineer reconnaissance. It concerns the enemy
engineer preparation such as type of defense line, level of preparation, type
of engineer work, location, characteristics, and type of minefields and
obstacles, nuclear fougass and how to defuse them. He reports on the specifics
of rivers in enemy area including the current, banks, depth, bottom character,
fords and crossing and what kind of engineer equipment can and cannot be used.
He gives specific information on defiles, narrow areas, bottlenecks and
coastlines. He provides the commander with information on enemy and what he has
done to the terrain. Then 3rd he makes suggestions to the commander on the
grouping of engineer forces and means and their combat employment and missions
during the offensive.
-- 5. The army commander makes the decision and assigns the missions to the
combat forces. The army commander's decision is based in part on the same
suggestions the chief of engineers gave him. Now in the decision those
suggestions come back as assignments to the engineers.
-- 6. The chief of engineers now must complete his clarification of the mission
based on the total information, especially the commander's decision. He then
makes the final estimate of the engineer situation and makes his decision on
engineer issues.
-- 7. The army staff conducts planning of the operation and the engineer staff
participates in that plus plans the engineer aspects. The engineer must not
only make the engineer plan but also contribute to other special plans such as
the maskirovka plan, the plan to repel the enemy attack the
reconnaissancenaissance plan, the plan for airbase construction and the plan
for relocation of the command posts.
Items in the Plan of Engineer Support
The map shows most of the items of engineer support. Other items are in the
tables and some in the instructions issued the the engineer.
The plan can be considered in six sections. The first is engineer support tasks
during the preparation phase. This describes what the engineers will do and who
will do it. This always includes reconnaissance and also support for SSM
brigades and preparation of CP's and maskirovka and the others in the
list of tasks. These are shown on the table. Then the engineer must distribute
the forces and means to the tasks and plan the timing. The tasks done during
the operation are more decentralized. There are also some more tasks not done
during the preparation phase. The areas for doing them and the time are shown.
at the division level they show engineer troops to sub-unit level ie companies
and at the army and front level just the groups of units by type of
unit. However if a more detailed table is desired the units can be listed with
a separate column for each numbered unit and each can be mentioned by name.
The deployment area for all engineer units are shown and where they will
relocate to during the operation. The method for relocation is shown on the map
including their routes of movement. The organization of supply of engineer
supplies and equipment is shown in tables.
Other elements include the areas for breakthrough, the number of lanes in enemy
mine fields and nuclear mines, the river crossing areas for army and
front In the division plan the river crossings are shown to the
regimental level. The roads and column paths to the river crossing sites and
for second-echelon units prior to reaching the line of commitment are indicated
on the plan. The plan shows the enemy positions, the terrain areas of interest,
the enemy intention on counterattacks the boundary lines between units and the
departure areas.
The enemy situation and the commander's decision in terms of missions and areas
are shown and the grouping of forces. In the tables they show the
front, army, and division organic units and the attached units.
Another table shows the availability of supply of engineer equipment and how
much is on hand, how much is used each day and how much arrives and is on hand
at the end. This includes mines, explosives, prefab materials, equipment etc.
Items shown on the graphic part of the plan include the operational formations
the enemy and breakthrough areas the command posts of front and army
and their relocation, the line of commitment of 2nd echelons. At the division
level the plan shows more detail. The mobile obstacle detachments are used with
the anti-tank reserve. The location of the anti-tank units is given in the
artillery plan and there the line for the mine fields in front of them are
given in a line. However the POZ is also used in some cases to cover the flank
of an advance or the more specific lines against an enemy counterattack. The
plan for the use of the POZ separate from the POZ is shown on the engineer map.
This shows the width and depth of mine fields and their type and where the
lanes will be. Lanes in friendly mine fields are opened by hand during the
night before attacks. Lanes in enemy minefields are opened by mechanical means
such as mine plows and explosives. In a table they show when and which lanes
will be improved or widened and where the traffic control points will be.
For division river crossings the areas are shown in detail for regimental
crossing sites. The information for calculations includes the combat
composition of the formations and what changes will occur during the operation.
They have specifics on which battalions do the work and the distribution of
forces and the measures to put into action in a separate annex. Other measures
are in the chemical protection plan. The division has space on the map to place
the table of missions and tasks, but the army table is so large it is made into
a separate document.
The table shows the aim for engineer support. The aim has three general
elements; one is to create favorable conditions to use own means of destruction
against the enemy. Two is protection against the enemy means of destruction and
three is support for the advance at a high speed to include the creation as
well as breaching of mine fields.
The first point includes such tasks as creation of positions for rocket units
and command posts. The second is protection of forces by trenches and shelters
and camouflage. The aim will include these three elements. It can be given in
more specific terms including the names of units and location of specific
obstacles and mines and rivers and the actual rate of movement desired.
The actual engineer work required in support of these three aims differs. For
one it is improvement of positions, for another is a different kind of
preparation and for the third it is work on movement routes etc. The engineer
can see that for instance to support the high speed of advance he may need more
road and bridge units in one area. Or he may have to concentrate engineer units
for construction in another area. The tasks are developed to implement the aim.
The left column in the plan shows the tasks. It is divided in two parts
preparation phase and during the operation. The first task in engineer
reconnaissance. The task at army and front level is not given too
specifically since it is accomplished by units which decide how to do the
details themselves. It just gives the main elements and says what is to be
collected and the time and space and units. The units will select who is to do
it. At the division level the details are assigned to he units and they are
told specifically what to look for and where and when and how.
The engineer reconnaissance is conducted by small groups as part of other
reconnaissance or by engineer reconnaissance. They have four types of general
reconnaissance. 1 is reconnaissance detachment, 2 is separate reconnaissance
patrol, 3 is reconnaissance patrol, and 4 is combat reconnaissance patrol. Then
there is also the ambush group. The names denote different size units. The
reconnaissance detachment is largest, it is a company from the division
reconnaissance. It can cover a sector 6-8 km wide and actually is made up of
several patrols that cover the width of the 8 km sector. The reconnaissance
patrol is a platoon or squad size. The engineer can be part of this. The
reconnaissance moves 30-40 km ahead of the forces.
The separate reconnaissance patrol from the division or regiment is a platoon
the engineer reconnaissance can be included. The reconnaissance patrol is a
small part from the separate patrol or detachment. The combat reconnaissance
patrol is from the combined arms company or battalion.
Separate engineer reconnaissance may be a engineer reconnaissance group which
is not a large as a reconnaissance detachment. It can be platoon size, a
platoon from the engineer battalion or the reconnaissance company of the combat
engineer regiment. The engineer reconnaissance patrol is smaller. It is
separate from the reconnaissance group. There are also engineer observation
points for continuous observation. Not all reconnaissance is planned by the
army. Some is given by specific guidance in the reconnaissance plan of the
chief of reconnaissance and other is given in instructions given by staff to
units.
Engineer support is given for fortifying the FUP areas. The troops need to be
covered while part of the troops go to the border the rest of the forces deploy
to the FUP areas. The distance of the cover force from the border is 5 km. The
engineers must support the preparation of the defense line and cover in the FUP
areas for first-echelon units and for this they use combat engineer units. The
road and bridge units establish the roads between the areas. This takes 2 days
at army level.
The engineer work in deployment areas for second-echelon and their FUP areas is
usually worked on by the engineer position units which have the large earth
moving equipment. They build personnel and vehicle shelters. The road and
bridge units also work with 3nd echelon units.
Missions to units
SSM and SAM units have help from engineer units. They need more engineer
support because their positions are large and there are several of them and the
roads in their positions need to be well built. The infantry and tank use
division units. The arty builds its own positions but may get help in mountain
areas
The preparation of routes to support movement of second-echelon and SAM this is
done by the road an bridge units. There are two types of roads. One is the
permanent roads that will be used for supply and evacuation. These are built by
the large engineer units of the rear services. They also have the
rokad routes which are the lateral roads behind the first-echelon
division, the second-echelon division and the second-echelon army areas. The
other is the maneuver routes for the combat columns. These are paths that
support the combat vehicles. They are simple routes prepared by engineer
equipment at high speed. The road company can prepare 8-10 km a hour which is
about the speed of movement of the vehicles. The dozers and graders just move
along and clear a path and remove trees etc. The route is dirt for the cross
country vehicles. So one company can support one column and a battalion can
support a division and a regiment of the road construction brigade can support
an army provided the area is average terrain not under direct fire of enemy.
The roads are built to the deployment areas and up to the state border during
the preparation phase. Then they are extended into enemy territory along with
the attack.
The plan for engineer preparation of FUP areas shows how many army and
front CP and main CP and rear points are needed. The preparation of
defensive lines and mine fields especially in the initial period of war is
important because the enemy can launch an attack while the troops are still
preparing for the offensive. The likely enemy avenues of attack and favorable
terrain are covered with more elaborate defensive prepared positions and
obstacles. The troops are supported by engineer units.
The deceptive positions and assembly areas are in the maskirovka plan.
This is not planned by the engineers. The deception plan is done by the
operations directorate. In this plan they give the specifics of missions to the
engineers. This is separate from the general plan. The overall deception plan
shows what all units must do, including infantry, artillery, air forces,
reconnaissance, radio etc.
There are two kinds of maskirovka. One is the defensive camouflage
measures taken by all units to cover themselves and hide etc. The other is the
active creation of deception by such things as the building of false positions
by the engineer maskirovka units. So the maskirovka units are
participating in the maskirovka plan and all units are doing their own
local maskirovka too. Then other units may do such things as make
false moves and open false lanes in enemy mine fields and mount false attacks
etc.
Water purification is another engineer task. Where local surface sources are
not available they dig wells. They purify, decolor, decontaminate, soften, and
freshen the water. They may set priorities on use. Surface water may be for
washing and underground water for drinking. They set up one water point for
each battalion or four per regiment.
Preparation of engineer measures to eliminate consequences of enemy use of
nuclear weapons. The engineers establish combined rescue units including
engineer road and combat units, chemical decontamination units, medical units,
and motorized rifle battalion. The rifle battalion will be designated by the
operations staff and shown on the eng ineer plan. They set up one detachment in
the engineer regiment. Also in each division they plan a unit and organize it,
but do not call it out until needed.
Plan for Employment of Engineers
The chief of army engineer troops organizes the engineer plans for offensive
operations on the basis of the army commander's concept in his decision, his
instructions on engineer support, and instructions from the front's
chief of engineer troops. This is done after an all-around clarification of the
assigned missions and estimate of the situation.
The plan for engineer support of army offensive operations is the principal
document of the army engineer staff. It is considered part of the army's plan
for offensive operations. The engineer plan is prepared on a 1/200,000 or
1/100,000 scale map with written instructions. The plan is signed by the chief
of engineer troops and the chief of staff of the army. It is approved by the
army commander. The graphic part of the plan includes the following:
-- principal tasks of engineer support during preparation of operations;
-- principal tasks of engineer support during conduct of operations;
-- areas and times of conduct of these missions and troops assigned to
accomplish them;
-- areas of deployment of engineer troops in attack departure (FUP) areas and
their movements during conduct of operations;
-- organizing support and supply of troops in terms of engineer equipment,
armaments, and materials;
-- brief description of enemy forces, means, and character of his likely
(possible) actions;
-- operational formation (postroenie) of army troops and divisions in
attack departure (FUP) areas, the immediate and long-range missions of the
army, and the immediate, subsequent, and daily missions of divisions;
-- areas of breakthrough of enemy defenses;
-- lines of commitment of the army second-echelon into engagement;
-- command posts of the army in attack departure (FUP) areas and their
relocation (movement) during the conduct of offensive operations;
-- army boundaries and boundaries between divisions;
-- likely (possible) assault crossing sites at water obstacles during the
conduct of offensive operations;
-- likely lines of launching of enemy counterstrikes.
The following points are reflected in written instructions:
-- combat composition and groupings of army engineer troops and distribution of
engineer troops amongst divisions, and elements of combat formations, and their
distribution in terms of combat missions, and regroupment of engineer troops
during operations;
-- availability and distribution of engineer armament and equipment in terms of
different missions and among divisions;
-- composition of mobile obstacle detachments, movement support detachments,
and engineer reserves;
-- measures on protection of troops against enemy mass-destruction weapons.
|
|
|
Figure 245 Distribution of
Front and Army Engineers

|
|
|
GROUPING OF THE ENGINEER TROOPS DURING THE ARMY'S OFFENSIVE
OPERATION
|
ENGINEER TROOPS |
COMBAT ENGINEER UNITS |
ROAD CONST UNITS |
PONTOON BRIDGE UNITS |
ASSAULT RIVER CROSS UNITS |
ENGR OBST BN |
ENGR MINE CLEAR BN |
CP CONST UNITS |
ELEMENTS OF COMBAT FORMATION |
CMBT ENGR REGT |
104 CE BN |
105 CE BN |
ROAD & BRG BN |
ROAD & BRG BN |
PTN BRG REGT |
12 PTN BRG REGT |
ASLT CROSS BN |
111 ASLT CROSS BN |
CP |
REAR CP |
112 MRD (MAIN ATTACK) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113 MRD (MAIN ATTACK) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114 MRD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115 MRD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 TD (AT TIME OF COMMIT) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSM & SAM UNITS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARMY ENGR SUPT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MOB OBST DET |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENGR RESERVE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 246 Distribution of
Front and Army Engineers

|
|
|
Figure 246 GROUPING OF THE ENGINEER TROOPS DURING THE ARMY'S
OFFENSIVE OPERATION
|
ENGINEER TROOPS |
COMBAT ENGINEER UNITS |
ROAD CONST UNITS |
PONTOON BRIDGE UNITS |
ASSAULT RIVER CROSS UNITS |
ENGR OBST BN |
ENGR MINE CLEAR BN |
CP CONST UNITS |
ELEMENTS OF COMBAT FORMATION |
CMBT ENGR REGT |
104 CE BN |
105 CE BN |
ROAD & BRG BN |
ROAD & BRG BN |
PTN BRG REGT |
12 PTN BRG REGT |
ASLT CROSS BN |
111 ASLT CROSS BN |
CP |
REAR CP |
112 MRD (MAIN ATTACK) |
2 BNS |
|
|
|
|
1 BN |
|
1 BN |
|
1 CO |
|
|
|
113 MRD (MAIN ATTACK) |
1 BN |
1 BN |
|
|
|
1 BN |
|
|
|
1 C0 |
|
|
|
114 MRD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115 MRD |
|
|
1 BN |
|
|
1 BN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 TD (AT TIME OF COMMIT) |
1 BN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSM & SAM UNITS |
PSN BN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARMY ENGR SUPT |
# IN REGT |
|
|
+ |
+ |
|
+ |
|
+ |
|
+ |
+ |
+ |
MOB OBST DET |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 CO |
|
|
|
ENGR RESERVE |
1 BN |
|
|
|
|
|
1 BN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signal
|
|
|
Plan for Employment of Signal
Troops
The following points are shown on the army signal plan map (1:200,000 or
1:100.00)
-- boundaries and missions of army and divisions;
-- command posts of army and divisions in the FUP areas and relocation of
command posts during the conduct of the operation;
-- command posts of the rocket troops and artillery and air defense troops;
-- command posts of radio electronic combat troops, reconnaissance troops,
engineer troops, chemical troops, etc;
-- areas of deployment of army mobile rear base and division rear bases, bases
of rear services hospitals, sections of army's rear services rocket technical
bases and other important installations of army rear services;
-- signal centers of the army' and divsions' command posts;
-- axis and directions of army's and divisions' wire communication system;
-- directions, axes, and circular paths of mobile communication means of the
army and divisions;
-- centers and stations of army and division's field mail service;
-- areas of deployment of signal supply and repair units of the army.
|
|
|
Maskirovka
|
|
|
Maskirovka PLANS
The aim of maskirovka is to insure surprise strikes on the enemy, to
confuse the enemy about the targets, place, and time for these strikes, to
maintain secrecy of the real intentions, and to show deceptive groupings to the
enemy. The army is executor of tasks specified in the front maskirovka
plan. Basic forms for achieving maskirovka aims include:
-- secrecy;
-- showing deceptive actions;
-- spreading disinformation.
Special effort must be made to deceive the enemy about the location of rocket
and artillery positions, location of main striking group, and location of
command posts.
Readers should consult the section on Maskirovka in the Front
planning section and the separate lectures on maskirovka.
|
|
|
Defense Against Mass Destruction
Weapons at Army Level
Organization of Protection of Forces and Means and Rear Services
from Enemy Use of Nuclear Weapons
The constant possibility of enemy use of mass destruction weapons makes it
necessary to protect the forces and rear service targets. Since the enemy has
this capability, the army must insure that it is protected from their use.
Protection of forces against this is the most important aspect of combat
support measures. The aim of protection is to reduce the enemy forces that can
use nuclear forces, weaken enemy capability. This means deliver a nuclear
strike on the enemy first to weaken the results of the enemy use of mass
weapons. Then, if the enemy uses mass weapons, take measures to protect against
them. The following measures are used to protect forces from the effects of
mass destruction weapons.
-- determine results of enemy use of mass weapons and assess results;
-- direct protection against mass weapons, that means prepare engineer measures
and build engineer facilities, etc;
-- if enemy uses mass weapons, take measures to restore combat effectiveness.
Protection of forces against enemy mass weapons is organized on the basis of
the following points:
-- the concept of the operation and the army combat mission in the operation;
-- capability and intention of the enemy to use mass weapons - how enemy will
use them;
-- quantity and capability of forces and means of protection in the army
-- engineer defense protection of locations - how locations help in the
protection like forests and cover natural conditions;
-- how much time they have for commander for organization of protection;
-- conditions of weather and time of year.
The basic organizer is the army commander. The basis is the operations
directive of the front commander, instructions on protection against
enemy use of mass weapons, and army commander's decision and his instructions
on protection. The staff and chiefs of services and special services
participate in the organization of protection of forces and rear.
The commander's instructions to his staff on this subject include what and how
the staff themselves will do the work of preparation on defense, while the
instructions from the army headquarters to the divisions and others are on what
they will do. The instructions are issued by the chief of operations
directorate in the name of the commander. The army staff and chiefs of services
together prepare the organization of protection of forces from mass weapons.
The staff is the basic organizer. They work in interaction with the various
chiefs in planing and organizing the work for protection of forces. The staff
controls the execution of the missions for protection of forces. They have the
following documents:
-- operations plan and operations directive;
-- plan for special forces and combat arms plan have sections for arms and for
the services and subordinates.
The measures are also in the plan for protection of forces.
The instructions of the army commander have the following points:
-- what is the combat formation what is the main axis and what missions where
and when to concentrate the forces for protection against mass weapons;
-- level of preparation of engineer works in the FUP areas and during the
operation including positions for rocket forces and air defense and command
post and reserve and second-echelon all mentioned in this section;
-- missions for chemical, radiation, and biological reconnaissance;
-- the order for dispersion of forces and means and use of natural and
artifical cover;
-- organization of operational maskirovka with the aim of increasing
protection against the enemy's use of nuclear weapons;
-- designation of forces and means for restoring combat effectiveness and for
liquidating the results of the enemy's use of chemical or neucear weapons;
-- time for participation and axis of operation of the special detachment for
rescue and liquidation of nuclear effects, including the engineer, chemical and
medical components; What rescue detachment and when and where and what
composition and how they will operate in general and how the engineer units for
protection will operate.
-- what documents will be prepared discussing the protection of troops and what
time they must be prepared by the staff, and when they should be dispatched to
subordinates;
The instruction is written by chief of operations and commander approves and
sends to chiefs of combat arms, special troops, and services.
Plan for Protection of Forces and Means
This is the basic document prepared by the army staff. It has the following
parts:
-- the title and heading;
-- the aim;
-- main missions to be accomplished;
-- designation of forces and means to accomplish all tasks;
-- designation of individual personnel responsible for accomplishing each task.
The plan is prepared in three parts. The first part describes the missions
andmeasures to be taken prior to the beginning of the operation. The second
part specifies the missions and measures to be accomplished during the
operation. The third part gives the missions of troop control. The plan is
signed by the chief of the operations directorate,the chief of chemical service
and chief of staff. It is approved by the army commander.
Basic Mission of Radiological - Chemical Reconnaissance
The chemical reconniassance units perform the following tasks:
-- conduct of radiological/ chemical reconnaissance on the axis of the main
attack;
-- conduct reconnaissance of basic and alternate assembly areas for rocket and
arty and CP and rear services and second-echelons;
-- perform reconnaissance for the line of commitment of the second-echelon, and
for the entire zone of the offensive and alternate assembly areas;
-- conduct detailed reconnaissance on the narrow main attack axis and where the
second-echelon goes into combat and where the reserve is located; when a
division moves they reconnaissance the route of movement as well a line of
commitment;
-- reconnaissance of the zone or region of damage in the interest of the
movement of the rescue detachments;
-- reconnaissance of areas for air assault landings;
For each reconnaissance unit or sub-unit and group or detachment they specify
the zone and route and responsibility. Radiation and chemical reconnaissance is
a part of chemical support measures. It is organized by the chief of the
chemical service, who is responsible for its accomplishment. However, the army
staff also participates in the details, especially the chief of reconnaissance
since reconnaissance is a general aim of the headquarters. Nevertheless,
control of the chemical reconnaissance forces is done by the chief of chemical
troops. The data received by chemical reconnaissance is used for improving the
commander's decisions when he decided on the axis and regions for operations.
Reconnaissance is also to enable the chemical troops to fulfill their mission.
They must also provide special decontamination and liquidation of the results
of the use of nuclear and chemical weapons. This means mainly the support of
the movement of the special decontamination and rescue detachment and provision
of special control along with the engineers and medical forces.
Liquidation of Results of Enemy Use of Mass Destruction
Weapons
Liquidation of consequences is the restoration of combat effectiveness of
troops and rear services and also the creation of good conditions for the
continued accomplishment of the missions by the forces. The aim of liquidation
and restoration of combat capability includes the following measures:
-- forecasting the radiation, chemical and bacteriological conditions in
regions;
-- reconnaissance of areas of destruction and contamination;
-- giving helping work and cleaning and evacuation of personnel and combat
equipment from the regions of destruction;
-- special and full decontamination of forces;
-- repair of roads for maneuver and creation of conditions for engineer
reconstruction;
-- open passages in the contaminated regions and bypasses repair the damaged
bunkers and shelters and evacuate people;
-- fire fighting and control of fire in regions and prevent the spread of fire;
-- disinfection, degassing and de activation of equipment and personnel;
-- purify water and food;
-- control of epidemic against enemy use of bacteriological weapons.
Missions of Forces that Participate in the Liquidation of the
Consequences of Enemy Mass Destruction Weapons
Various units participate such as chemical, engineer, medical, and combined
arms.
These include engineers to perform the following tasks:
-- reconnaissance of damage in zone of destruction and fires and where dams
have resulted in flooding;
-- repair and rebuild roads;
-- support of movement into areas by the rescue services by opening passages;
-- purify water.
Chemical forces fulfill following missions:
-- recon for radiation and chemical;
-- special and full decontamination of forces;
-- disinfection, degassing, and dis-activization.
Medical units perform the following tasks:
-- help to wounded and sick and medical support for casualties;
-- reconnaissance for bacteriological contamination;
-- taking measures for quarantine;
-- struggle against illness and epidemics.
The combined detachment for rescue service is organized according to the plan
and then receives its mission after enemy use of mass destruction weapons. It
is organized in two ways. One way is to actually establish it ahead of time and
its component units are assembled in one location ready for immediate use. The
second way is to organize it on paper and all participating units are
designated, but they are not assembled. They continue to do their usual work in
various places. They are assembled when needed after enemy use of mass weapons.
In the detachments they have the following sub-units; one motor rifle company
or up to a MR battalion, a chemical unit, engineer units, road construction or
combat engineer unit, and medical units.
|
|
|
Army Rear Service in Offensive
Operations
|
|
|
Composition, Missions, and
Capabilities of Army Rear Service Units and Installations
The army's rear service is organized in the form of a mobile establishment so
that it may quickly and effectively meet all of the army's material
requirements during the conduct of the operation. It is a relatively strong
establishment with 7,000 personnel and 2,500 vehicles. The composition of the
army's rear service includes the following elements:
-- army material support brigade;
-- rocket mobile base;
-- separate road construction and traffic battalion;
-- separate bridging company;
-- armored vehicle evacuation battalion;
-- motor vehicle evacuation company;
-- separate engineer repair and evacuation company;
-- medical units;
-- veterinary detachments;
Missions of Army Rear Service
Rear service support is a number of measures taken on organization of rear
service, preparing and using communication routes and transport means,
material, technical, medical, and other types of troop support and services.
Missions of the rear service are as follows:
-- providing troops with all types of material means, timely establishment of
material reserves and maintaining the stock of material reserves at prescribed
norms and their constant transportation to the troops;
-- preparing the supply routes and supporting the operation of supply routes
and transport means and organizing traffic services on army supply routes;
-- collecting and evacuating damaged vehicles and repairing damaged vehicles
when the army is reinforced (given) repair units;
-- providing medical assistance (aid) and treatment of wounded and sick;
evacuation of wounded and sick to front medical bases; conducting
antiepidemic measures and taking measures on hygiene and preventive medical
service in the army;
-- organizing protection, defense, and security of rear service targets and
maintaining order in the army's assigned service area;
-- providing quarters and veterinary support and exploiting captured material.
The rear service is controlled by the army commander through the deputy army
commander of rear service and his staff, the deputy army commander for
armaments and technical services with staff, and chiefs of branch of arms and
services who are directly under the army commander. The following services are
directly under the army's chief of rear services:
-- foodstuff supply service;
-- POL supply service;
-- clothing supply service;
-- medical service;
-- veterinary service;
-- military communication;
-- quarters and housing section;
-- military commercial establishment.
The following services are directly under the army deputy commander for
armaments and technical services:
-- rocket and artillery armament;
-- armored and motor armament;
The following services are directly under the army commander:
-- engineer service;
-- chemical service.
The area of army's rear service in the departure area for the attack (FUP
area), in which the rear service elements will deploy, is specified by the
chief of front rear service. The boundaries of the army's rear service
area are as follows:
-- on the flanks - the boundaries with adjacent armies;
-- at the rear - the boundary of the front's rear service area;
-- at the front - the lines of first-echelon division depots.
The rear service of the army and the division are fully mobile and relocate
behind the advancing forces and conduct the supply of troops.
Organizing the Army's Rear Service in Offensive Operations
Organizing the rear service in an offensive operation consists of a series of
measures taken by the army commander, chief of rear services and his staff, and
other related elements to insure uninterrupted and effective rear support
service during the operation. The most important measures are as follows:
-- making the decision by the deputy chief of army commander for rear service
on organizing and planning rear service support;
-- conduct of measures on preparing, deploying, and positioning rear service
units and installations during the preparation of the operation and their
relocation during the operation;
-- assigning missions to rear service units and installations;
-- all-around support of the troops;
-- interaction (coordination) of rear service support;
-- continuous and sustained control of the rear service and continuous
communication;
-- continuous control of execution of given orders and instructions.
Planning Rear Service
Planning of the rear service in army offensive operations is conducted on the
basis of following:
-- the directive of the front's chief of rear services on rear
service;
-- the decision of the army commander for the operation;
-- the decision of the deputy army commander for rear service (chief of the
rear service) on organizing rear service support;
-- information (data) about the volume of material reserves, number and
composition of our own forces, etc.
A unified plan is prepared for the operation with or without the use of nuclear
weapons. The plan is organized in terms of the army's missions during the
operation. Support measures during the conduct of the immediate mission (during
the first two to three days), are worked out in more detail. The annexes to the
plan such as the supply of the material means, support of desants,
regrouping of forces, etc. are also prepared.
The army's rear service support plan is part of the plan of the operation. The
rear service plan fully contains all elements required in troop control
documents. The plan must reflect the important issues in a condensed form. The
plan should be organized consistently with the concept of the operation and the
army's missions. The main effort of the rear service must be concentrated on
the support of the grouping of forces conducting the main mission. The plan
reflects rear service support measures conducted by the deputy army commander
for rear services and service elements directly under his control. The plan
also reflects support of the troops by ammunition and equipment (in terms of
units of supply measurement and weight), because the chief of the rear service
is responsible for their timely delivery. Supply of troops with rockets and
their transportation by special transport means, as well as technical support
of armament, armored vehicles, motor and tractor, and other equipment are
reflected in separate plans of the chiefs of related services who are not under
the deputy commander for rear services. The plan of army rear service reflects
the following:
-- area of responsibility of army rear service;
-- principle tasks of rear service;
-- composition of rear service;
-- redeploying rear service while preparing the operation and relocating it
during the operation;
-- army communication routes and their restoration in case of destruction;
-- material support of army troops;
-- medical support of army troops;
-- protection, security, and defense of the army's rear service;
-- organizing the control of rear service and rear service control points in
the departure area and its relocation during the operation;
-- army's attack sector and its missions, areas of deployment of the important
elements of the army's combat formation in the departure area;
-- rear service control points and rear service elements of divisions in the
departure (FUP) area.
The army's rear service support plan is prepared on a 1/200,000 or 1/100,000
map with written instructions, or it is prepared in written form with a map
annex. The plan is signed by the deputy army commander for rear service (chief
of the rear service) and his chief of staff. It is cleared with the army's
chief of staff and approved by the army commander.
Establishment of the Army's Rear Service in Offensive Operations
and its Relocation During the Operation
The establishment of the rear service is a series of measures on creation
(stockpiling) of material and technical reserves, their distribution to troops,
employment of rear service forces and means, and creation of conditions for
uninterrupted supply to the troops of material means during the operation. The
establishment of the rear service includes the following:
-- preparation of rear service units and installations for action and work;
-- deployment and relocation of rear service units and installations;
-- measures on protection of rear service targets against mass-destruction
weapons, providing for their defense and security.
The rear service is established in accordance with the commander's decision for
the operation and the conditions of the situation. Organization of rear service
is tailored in compliance with the grouping of forces and means. Preparation of
rear service units and installations for action and support of troops during
operations is achieved through augmentation of rear service units and
installations with personnel, equipment, and material means; conduct of combat,
political and special training, and preparation of rear service equipment for
operation.
Preparation of the rear service is conducted during peacetime, at the beginning
and during the conduct of the war. In peacetime measures are taken on
maintaining constant combat-readiness. At the beginning of the war preparation
of rear service includes measures on bringing rear service units and
installations to the state of full combat readiness. During the war measures
are taken to insure uninterrupted supply of the troops.
Requirements of the Army for the Principal Types of Material Means in
Offensive Operations, Volume of Reserves, and Their Echelonment
The expansion of the scope of the army's operation, increasing number of
technical equipment in the army and their intensified use increase the
consumption of material means in troops and complicate the support of the
troops. The army's requirement for material means is determined on the basis of
its consumption during the preparation and conduct of the operation, as well as
the amount of material reserves planned to be maintained at the end of the
operation. The consumption of material means depends on the scope of the
operation, character of combat action, number of personnel in the army, terrain
and weather conditions, time of the year etc. At the end of the operation the
material reserves must be replenished so that the army can initiate the
subsequent operation. The requirement for POL constitutes 10-40% of the total
weight of the army's material means. The expenditure of ammunition in battle
without the use of nuclear weapons is high. During the first day of the
operation the expenditure rate of artillery rounds reaches 1.5-2.5 units of
fire. The expenditure of ammunition in battle without the use of nuclear
weapons is 1.5 times more than in operation with the use of nuclear weapons.
Organization of Control of the Rear Service, Composition of the Army's
Rear Service Control Points
Control of rear service is part of troop control and includes control of action
of rear service units and services and installations directed toward timely and
fully support the army troop with material means. Rear service control should
provide the following:
-- maintenance of high morale of personnel;
-- constant readiness of the rear service for continuous support of troops;
-- planning and organization of rear service support;
-- assignment of missions to rear service units and installations;
-- interaction regarding rear service support;
-- continuous control of the accomplishment of given orders and instructions;
-- establishment of uninterrupted communication of the rear service.
In modern conditions, the rear service must be firm, uninterrupted, and
flexible and should provide the following:
-- timely deployment of the rear service units and their relocation;
-- continuous supply of material means;
-- quick restoration of communication routes and damaged equipment;
-- timely medical support;
-- effective use of rear service forces and means and their maneuver;
-- taking measures on protection, defense, and maintenance of the rear service.
Firm and reliable control of rear service in a modern operation is possible
when controlling elements of the troops and of the rear service both fully know
the principles of the conduct of operations, forms of rear service support of
modern means of combat, and their impact on the rear service. Control of rear
service and support of army troops is conducted by the commander himself
through his staff, his deputies for rear service and for technical affairs and
armament and their staffs, as well as through chiefs of engineer, chemical, and
other services. The commander is fully responsible for the rear service support
of the army troops.
Control of rear service is exercised from the rear service control point and is
conducted by the deputy commander for rear service. The following are
positioned in the rear service control point:
-- rear service staff;
-- branches and services providing support to the troops;
-- control elements not integrated into the command post.
The rear service control point is established in a place from which
uninterrupted control of rear service and communication with the command post
are achieved (10-15 km behind the command post). Relocation of the rear service
control point is conducted only with the permission of the army commander in
line with the relocation of the command post.
When the rear service control point becomes out of commission, control of the
rear service is temporarily conducted by the head of the rear service
operational group attached to the command post or by the commander of the
army's material support brigade. The responsibility may also be delegated to
the rear service of one of the divisions.
The rear service signal battalion deploys close to the rear service control
point and provides communication for the rear service control point with other
necessary organs and establishes the signal center of the rear service control
point. The signal battalion is composed of two radio and two telegraphic and
telephone companies. The battalion by its organic equipment can establish the
signal center of the rear service control point in two locations simultaneously
with providing radio and radio relay communication. Therefore, the battalion is
capable of establishing radio and radio relay communication from the rear
service control point to the army's large units and units and to the rear
service units from two locations.
|
|
|
Figure 247 Echelonment of Material
Reserves in the Army

|
|
|
Figure 247 Echelonment
of Material Reserves in the Army
|
Ammo (units of fire) |
POL (refill) |
Rations
(days)
|
Location |
Inf. |
Arty & Mtrs |
Reactive Arty. |
Tank |
Air Defense |
Gas |
Diesel |
Total in the Army for 6-7 days) |
1.15 |
1.3 |
1.3 |
2.65 |
2.5 |
2.16 |
3.1 |
15 |
In Army (2 days) |
0.15 |
0.3 |
0.3 |
0.4 |
0.5 |
0.46 |
0.7 |
2 |
In Troops (4-5) days) |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
2.25 |
2.0 |
1.7 |
2.4 |
13 |
In Div. depots |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.2 |
0.5 |
0.5 |
0.3 |
0.5 |
2 |
In units |
0.8 |
0.8 |
0.8 |
1.75 |
1.5 |
1.4 |
1.9 |
11 |
|
|
|
Figure 248 ARMY REQUIREMENT FOR
MATERIAL MEANS DURING OFFENSIVE OPERATION

|
|
|
Figure 248 ARMY
REQUIREMENT FOR MATERIAL MEANS DURING OFFENSIVE OPERATION
|
|
Ammunition (units of
fire) |
POL (refills) |
Rations (Daily) |
Infantry |
Artillery and
Mortar |
Tank |
Air Defense |
Gas |
Diesel |
|
Expenditure in the
operation |
With the use of nuclear
weapons |
1.0 - 1.6 |
2.1 - 3.2 |
2.4 - 3.2 |
3.5 - 5.6 |
|
|
7 - 8 |
Without the use of nuclear
weapons |
1.8 - 2.0 |
1.5 - 5.0 |
3.0 - 4.0 |
1.4 - 2.4 |
|
|
|
To establish reserves at the end
of the operation |
1.15 |
1.3 |
2.65 |
2.5 |
2.16 |
3.1 |
15 |
Total requirements for
operation |
With the use of nuclear
weapons |
2.15 - 2.75 |
|
5.05 - 5.85 |
|
|
|
22 - 23 |
Without the use of nuclear
weapons |
2.95 - 3.15 |
5.8 - 6.3 |
5,65 - 6.65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 249 ECHELONMENT OF MATERIAL
MEANS IN FRONT

|
|
|
Figure 249 ECHELONMENT
OF MATERIAL MEANS IN FRONT
|
Location |
Ammunition |
POL (refills) |
Rations
( daily )
|
Inf |
Arty |
Tank |
Air Def. |
Air |
Motor gas |
Diesel |
Aviation |
Total in front
Including:
|
2.15 |
3.25 |
5.25 |
5.75 |
17.5 |
5.15 |
7.65 |
15 |
28-29 |
In troops |
1.0 |
1.0 |
2.35 |
2.0 |
-- |
1.7 |
2.4 |
-- |
13 |
In army (2
days)
|
0.15 |
0.3 |
0.4 |
0.5 |
- |
0.45 |
0.7 |
-- |
2 |
Air army reserves |
1.75 |
-- |
-- |
-- |
17.5 |
3.0 |
3.5 |
7.5 |
21 |
In front forward
bases |
0.22 |
0.45 |
0.6 |
0.7 |
-- |
0.6 |
1.0 |
-- |
3 - 4 |
In front rear
bases |
0.78 |
1.5 |
2.0 |
2.55 |
-- |
2.3 |
3.5 |
7.5 |
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER SIX
TROOP CONTROL DOCUMENTS - PART TWO
|
|
|
IV. FRONT
HEADQUARTERS
|
|
|
Operations
The operations directorate prepares operational directives and plans and serves
as the central coordinator for all the other directorates in their troop
control functions. This section contains the documents received by and prepared
in this directorate. The section also includes a brief recapitulation of the
basic concepts about the organization and planning of combat discussed in more
detail in chapters One and Four.
Main Measures for Preparation of Front Offensive
The following are the principal component activities performed as part of
preparation for an offensive operation.
-- making the decision and planning the operation;
-- conveying missions to the troops and organization of interaction;
-- preparation of attack staging areas, command posts, and signal
communications systems;
-- procurement and stockpiling of material supplies;
-- organization and conduct of political affairs;
-- organization of all types of supporting measures and troop control;
-- preparation of troops for combat action under whatever initial conditions
may occur;
-- maintaining constant high combat readiness in troop units.
Initial Data Constituting the Basis for Preparation
The following information forms the basis on which the commander prepares the
formation for combat with the assistance of the chief of staff and operations
directorate.
-- aim of the operation and missions of the front in the directive
from higher headquarters;
-- actual composition of troops and means;
-- assessment and evaluation of all situation information;
The front prepares the initial offensive operation during peacetime.
Preparation for subsequent operations during war is conducted during the course
of the first front operation. All measures related to preparation must
be carried out with strict observance of secrecy. In actual practice the
front plan will be prepared in the general staff as part of the over
all war plan. The front's operations are an integral part of the
theater strategic operation. In fact the Soviets have concluded that the scope
of warfare has increased to such an extent that execution can no longer be
conducted at the level of individual fronts, but must be centralized
under one concept at the Theater of Military Operations (TVD) level.
Consequently, should war break out the front will execute a plan that
was meticulously planned months or years before. However, there will always be
last minute adjustments required to account for recent developments and changes
in the situation. The front will receive a directive from the STAVKA
or the high command of the TVD. The commander will have to conduct the usual
decision process to clarify his mission from this directive and make a thorough
estimate of the situation. This process and its resulting documents is
described in Chapter Four and illustrated in this chapter.
Operations Directive Received by Front/
The front will be alerted by direct electronic communication via code
word message alarm signal. The specific orders will come in the form of an
extract from the TVD operations order. The following is a sample of the kind of
extract from the TVD operations plan and directive that might be received by
the front. As a general rule this would have been prepared in great
secrecy in peacetime with the close participation of the front
commander and a few key staff personnel.
|
|
|
EXCERPTS FROM THE OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVE OF
THE WESTERN TVD HIGH COMMAND OF FORCES
|
|
|
The commander in Chief of the
Western TVD has given a detailed operational directive to the Central
Front at --- dated ---. The main points of the directive are as
follows:
1. All forces of the Central Front secretly are to be brought to full
combat readiness. The combat security areas, FUP areas, (starting areas) for
the attack, assembly areas, artillery positions and rocket launching areas,
command posts and other deployment areas must be occupied in accordance with
specified plans. Depending on the situation, in areas designated in the plans,
where the movement of troops cannot be concealed from the enemy, the troops
must deploy in the specified areas under the guise of field exercises.
2. The following targets are planned for destruction by the initial strategic
nuclear strike:
-- destruction of nuclear weapons, rocket launching means, nuclear armed
aircraft of 2nd and 4th OTAK's, airfields and air bases, nuclear submarines,
surface ships at sea and in ports, and nuclear depots.
-- destruction of the enemy's groupings of armed forces in their areas of
deployment and mobilization, strategic reserves, concentration of large
airborne units and means of their landing.
-- disruption of the enemy's state and high military command and control system
by destroying the control centers of the political leadership of the enemy's
coalition, destruction of the command and control system of strategic and
operational echelons, destruction of the enemy's major signal centers, control
centers of air forces, PVO, radar posts, directing radio stations, and enemy
radio transmitting and receiving centers.
-- destruction of military economic bases of the NATO countries, destruction of
industrial centers and targets, energy installations, large depots of forces
and material reserves.
-- destruction of the enemy's communication routes, major railroad centers,
seaports, civilian airfields, major bridges, hydrological installations on
rivers, and canals.
3. In case the operation does not begin with a nuclear strike the following
targets are to be destroyed during the course of the air operation in the TVD
conducted by the air armies of the VGK, front aviation, naval aviation
and PVO fighter aircraft.
-- destruction of nuclear weapons, nuclear depots, POL depots, ammunition, and
material and technical supplies;
-- destruction of aircraft and flight personnel on the airfields;
-- destruction of the enemy's naval strike aircraft in their combat maneuver
areas and at their bases;
--destruction of the command and control and guidance system of air defense
aircraft and the state and military command and control system, automatic
control systems, signal centers, radar posts, radio transmission and reception
centers;
-- destruction and mining of flight pads and military and civilian airfields.
4. The Central Front attacks from the line Liberwalde - Rebau with the
main attack in the direction Eisenach - Bad Hersfeld - Wetzlar - Simmern and
Wetzlar - Rmelskirchen and the secondary attack in the direction Hildburghausen
- Hassfurt - Wurzburg - Mosbach - Heidelberg - Bad Kreuznach and a third axis
from Wolfsburg - south of Hannover - Bielefeld - Rmelskirchen and destroys the
main forces of the NATO US V and VII Corps, German III Corps, Belgian I Corps
and British I Corps in the area in coordination with a converging strike by the
Baltic Front and at the end of D + 6 of seizes as its immediate
mission the line Munster - Langenfeld on Rhine - Eiskirchen - Neubering motor
circuit - Mosel River at Traben - Kaiserlautern. It then continues the attack
in the direction of Submus - Luxemburg - Longwy - Sedan - Laon - Amiens -
Abbeville and destroys the approaching enemy reserves in Holland and in Belgium
and in France in coordination with the Southwestern front and at the
end of D + 13 seizes the long range mission line of the North Sea coast from
Middlburg to Calais to Boulogne-sur-mer to St Valery and the mouth of the Somme
then back to Beauvais and Chambly.
The boundary with the Baltic Front passes through Lieberwalde -
Friesack - 445 (E10o - 58o N 52o -
27o) - Hannover - Westfalen - Borken - Rhine at Quijk - along the
Rhine river to the coast at Zierlezee.
The boundary with the Southwestern Front passes through 1848 (E
14o - 10o N 50o - 51o ) - 2762 (E
13o - 16o N 50o - 36o ) - Rebau -
Hallfeld - 1634 - Hochmuhl - Landau in der Pfaltz - Merlebach - Verdun -
Mourmelon le grand - Viarmee (E 2o - 18o N 49o
- 10).
Subsequently the front must be ready for the next operation to
participate in the occupation of northern and western France to the Spanish
border.
5. The operation is conducted with full preparation to use nuclear and chemical
weapons.
The boundary between the strategic initial nuclear strike and the initial
nuclear strike of the front passes at a depth of 300 km west of the
border between East and West Germany. Therefor the targets located inside this
area must be planned for destruction by the front initial nuclear
strike.
The front initial nuclear strike is conducted simultaneously with the
initial strategic nuclear strike.
The operational situation and status of the front nuclear strike
targets are to be followed closely and necessary changes made in the plan for
the front's initial nuclear strike as required so that all nuclear
weapons are aimed at currently active targets.
As the signal for the initial strategic nuclear strike is given, the air force
aircraft are made airborne and at the specified time drop their bombs on
planned targets.
6. To land one airborne assault division, 4 aviation transport divisions are
allocated. Airborne assault landings in support of front objectives
may be anticipated on D + 4 across the Rhine between Bad Kreuznach and Mainz
and on D + 5 between Kerpen and Duren - Erftstadt. The specific missions of the
airborne assault division, areas of operation, areas of landing, objectives,
sectors of flight of military transport aviation, the method of air support in
the landing areas, during the flight and during the landing operation and
during the combat action are to be planned with interaction and coordinated
action of the main command of the PVO of the Warsaw Pact, main command of
military aviation forces and the front commander.
7. The Warsaw Pact PVO command additionally organizes the following measures:
-- transmission of air and cosmic reconnaissance information on the enemy's air
and cosmic attacks to all air defense command posts through the warning systems
(nets).
-- designation of the sectors of action for rocket troops and PVO fighter
aircraft for the fronts, fleet, and Warsaw Pact forces.
-- during the maneuver of fighter aircraft for providing support for seaborne
and airborne assaults, designation of the method of the use of airfields for
action in full flight range.
-- the method of action of the air defense forces during the enemy's massive
cosmic and air strikes, which will be determined by the commander of PVO of the
Warsaw Pact.
8. The forces of the Northern Fleet and the Baltic Fleet, in addition to their
principle missions, at the beginning of the combat action, completely blockade
the Danish Coasts and launch strikes against combat actions and naval movements
of NATO forces in the Northern Sea, British Channel and Atlantic Ocean and
prevent the arrival of American reserves from overseas areas to the European
coasts.
9. The material reserves of the operational formations, large units, and units
must be supplied up to the designated norms.
10. During the movement of the second echelon forces from the interior of the
country, their supply during movement across the Warsaw Pact countries'
territories is being conducted in accordance with the pre-agreed written acts.
11. Inside the NATO countries there are a number of communist parties of
Marxist-Leninist orientation and some of them are actively operational in
support of the Warsaw Pact. During the course of the military action the
declaration of progressive governments by these parties and the opening of
interior fronts are anticipated. Such actions are to be supported and
reinforced by effective military action and by the employment of airborne
assaults.
The relation of the rest of the population is based on irreconcilable
antagonism toward the Warsaw Pact, while some of the leftist parties and trade
unions are indifferent to communism and to Soviet policies.
|
|
|
Clarification of
Mission
The front commander will perform the "clarification of the
mission even though he was involved in the creation of the original war plan.
Estimate of Situation
The estimate of the situation may take the following form:
Instructions to Chief of Staff
Initial Instructions (warning order)
The commander issues initial instructions on actions that must be accomplished
immediately and gives general guidance to the subordinate commanders to prepare
for impending action.
|
|
|
SAMPLE
|
|
|
Offensive operations are planned
to be conducted in the near future; therefore I order the following
instructions:
1. The plans of full combat readiness for operations and mobilization should be
implemented.
2. All headquarters, troops and logistic installations, and mobilization and
supply elements must be brought to a state of full combat readiness. The areas
of combat security (the covering force), assembly areas (the which are occupied
when alarm signals are given) and command posts are to be occupied. Measures on
preparation for the attack should be put into practice in accordance with
related plans.
-- (note: The above points are issued only when the troops have not been
brought to the state of full combat readiness in the initial phase of the war.)
3. The augmentation of personnel, equipment, vehicles, weapons, ammunition and
other supplies should be supplied up to established norms from supply sources.
Personnel replacement depots and centers for supply of equipment and weapons
should be established and activated in troop assembly areas. The equipment,
weapons and vehicles which require repair should be repaired and made
operational as soon as possible by troops and repair elements. If the equipment
cannot be repaired by troops and maintenance facilities it should be evacuated
to front repair installations.
4. The wounded and sick requiring a long period of treatment are to be
evacuated to central, permanent hospitals. Medical facilities should be
prepared to receive the wounded and sick.
5. Garrison property and stores and additional equipment should be turned into
the related authorities and post equipment should be turned into local
authorities. Logistic property sections should take necessary measures to
implement this.
(The chief of staff familiarizes all chiefs of staff departments and chiefs of
combat and combat support arms and services with the mission and advises them
to make the necessary calculations and prepare the required documents to help
the commander make his decision. They are also asked to prepare their
suggestions on the best method of employment of their related arms and services
during the operation. These will be reported to the commander. The chief of
staff specifies the time the suggestions are to be reported to the commander.
|
|
|
Figure 251 Calendar
Plan
ACTIVITIES OF
COMMANDER AND ORGANS OF CONTROL OF FRONT ORGANIZATION, PLANNING, AND
PREPARATION OF OPERATION
|
Measures |
Who participates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Clarification of mission |
Commander, C/S, Political Dpty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Initial Instructions |
Chief, Ops Dir. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Briefing to Chiefs acquainting them with the
mission |
Chief of Staff |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Estimate of the situation |
Commander, C/S, Chiefs of arms and
services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Making the Decision |
Commander |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Reconnaissance on ground |
Commander, C/S, 1st Dpty,
others
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Issuing Missions to Subordinate Commanders |
Chief of Ops. Dir., C/S, Commander
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Planning the Operation |
C/S, Chiefs of arms and services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This begins with receipt of the mission
(map work) and ends with report to higher headquarters.) |
Plan of Operation |
Chief of Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. Nuclear Strike Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., C/S, Arty, C/S Air |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Airborne Oper. Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir, Chief of Air,
Chief Trans., others
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Naval Amphib. Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., Chief Naval Amphib.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Prep of FUP areas and routes |
Chief Ops Dir, Chief Engr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Maskirovka Annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., Chief Engr.,
Chief REC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. Defense against mass destruction wpns. annex |
Chief Ops Dir, Chief Chem.
Chief Engr., Officer from Rear Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Supply of Hydrometerology |
Chief of Hydrometerology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Supply of Topogeodetic |
Chief of Topogeodetic service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I. Troop Control annex |
Chief Ops. Dir., Chief Signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Radioelectronic Annex |
C/S, Chief Signal, Air Commander
Chief REC,
Chief Arty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Computer Center Annex |
Chief computer center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signal Plan |
Chief of Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconnaissance Plan |
Chief Reconnaissance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arty and rocket Plan |
Chief Arty., Chief Recon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Air Army Deployment Plan |
Commander Air Army |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Air Defense Deployment Plan |
Commander Air Defense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engineer Plan |
Chief Engineer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chemical Plan |
Chief Chemical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rear Service Plan |
Deputy CO for Rear Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Political Action Plan |
Deputy CO for Political |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Organization of Interaction |
Commander, C/S First Deputy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Preparation and move to FUP Areas |
Chief Ops Dir., Chief of Engr.,
Unit Commanders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Preparation of CP's |
C/S,. Chief Ops Dir., Chief of Signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Preparation of signal |
Chief of Signal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Supply Depots and Material delivery to
units
|
Chief of Technical and Armament Chief Rear
Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Organization Political work |
Chief Political Dept. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. Organization Combat Support |
Chiefs Services, C/S |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. Organization Command System |
Chief Signal, Chief Ops. Dir.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17. Preparation of Troop Units for combat action |
Unit commanders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Control and Assistance to troop
units
|
Commander, C/S., Chiefs of arms and
services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
____________________________________________ Chief
of Operations
Chief of Staff
|
Figure 251 - Calendar
Plan
 |
 |
 |
|
|
|

|
|
|
Duties of
Front Commander and Staff
The commander's duties are described in detail in Chapter Four.
Suggestions of Front Staff Officers
The suggestions and recommendations presented by each principal staff officer
are discussed in Chapter Four.
Making the Decision
The front commander's decision constitutes the basis for all measures
related to preparation and conduct of the operation. The commander must
concentrate all his talent, ability, foresight, and art to make a rational
decision. This is achieved only through a clear understanding of the concept of
the superior commander, a close and accurate study of the aims and missions of
the front's operation, an all around assessment, and evaluation of the
situation, and well formed operational forecasting.
Contents of the Clarification of the Mission
The clarification will focus on the following issues:
-- proper and accurate understanding of the front's aim and mission;
-- the role and place of the front in the TVD strategic operation;
-- missions of adjacent fronts, operational formations, and others;
-- conditions for interaction with adjacents.
Content of the Assessment of the Situation
The commander's assessment will enable him to reach conclusions about the most
current possible status on the following subjects:
-- enemy forces;
-- friendly forces including adjacents;
-- terrain and geographic situation;
-- radiation, chemical and biological situation;
-- national and class composition of the population and other economic and
political factors;
-- economic situation;
-- hydrometerologic situation, weather, season, daylight and other factors.
Organization of the Decision
Planning of the operation is conducted by front staff on the basis of
the front commander's decision and his instructions. During planning
all issues and details of the commander's decisions are thoroughly organized as
follows:
-- sequence and form of execution of each operational mission;
-- effort of troops and consumption of supplies in each mission and on each
direction of the attack;
-- method of coordination (interaction) among the troops during the mission;
-- issues relating to political and party affairs;
-- combat support measures;
-- troop control.
|
|
|
Front
Commander's Decision
Operation Plan on Map
(We made extensive maps using Soviet methods and symbols for all activities
from regiment to front - they are deposited in the Map Division of the Library
of Congress)
When the plan of the operation is prepared in a graphic form (on the map) it is
shown on a 1/500,000 or 1/200,000 scale map. The map-form plan shows the
following:
-- enemy groupings of forces and means and the character of his likely actions;
-- operational formation (deployment) of the front forces in the FUP
(staging--starting) area;
-- front's immediate and long-range missions, their contents, their
depth, time of accomplishment, and speed of attack;
-- direction of the main and other attacks;
-- penetration areas to breakthrough enemy defenses;
-- missions and targets of nuclear weapons during the initial nuclear strike
conducted by front rocket troops and the front air army;
-- the boundary separating areas of nuclear strikes delivered by strategic
weapons and front means; directions of attacks and missions of armies
(corps) showing times of their accomplishments and boundaries;
-- method and form of commitment of second-echelon troops into combat;
-- composition, missions, areas, and times of dropping (landing) of airborne
and seaborne assault troops;
-- deployment of command posts of the front and armies at the
beginning of the operation and their movement (relocation) during the
operation;
-- boundaries with adjacent armies of other fronts and missions of
these armies;
Moreover, the scope of the operation is shown on the map. All other
information, calculations, and guiding data are described in written
instructions.
Written Instructions on the Plan
Written instructions and details usually include the following. These are
provided in either written statements or tables to accompany the plan.
-- assessment of the enemy situation, capabilities, and intent;
-- combat composition of the front and its capabilities;
-- correlation of forces and means;
-- aim and concept of the operation;
-- availability, time of delivery, and distribution of nuclear, special rounds,
and material supplies;
-- distribution of forces and means;
-- distribution of aircraft sorties among missions and armies;
-- method of providing security for friendly troops during nuclear strikes;
-- method of conduct of attack preparatory, supporting fire, and other related
instructions.
Written Plan
When the plan of the offensive operation is prepared in written form, the
contents and order of their presentation are as follows:
-- deductions from the clarification of the mission and assessment of the
situation;
-- aim and concept of the operation;
-- missions and methods of the use of nuclear and conventional means of
destruction;
-- missions of first-echelon armies, missions of second-echelon troops,
airborne and seaborne assault troops, reserves, and method of their action;
-- missions and forms of combat employment of rocket and artillery troops;
-- missions and methods of combat actions of the air army;
-- missions of air defense troops and methods of repelling enemy air attacks;
-- method of coordination (interaction) among troops;
-- measures for all-around support of the operation;
-- missions and methods of the conduct of party and political affairs;
organization of troop control and signal communication.
Plan Annexes
The annexes to the plans of front offensive operations include the
following:
-- plan of the initial strike of the front;
-- plan for preparation and occupation of the FUP areas for the attack
(staging--departure areas);
-- plan of operational Maskirovka;
-- plan of employment of airborne (seaborne) assault troops;
-- other plans and documents;
-- plan of political affairs.
Plan for FUP Areas
The plan should be prepared on a 1/200,000 scale map with a written annex and a
graphic of the arrival of troops at FUP areas. On the map portion of the plan
of preparation and occupation of the FUP areas, the following matters are
graphically depicted:
-- location of permanent military posts (assembly areas occupied at the alarm
signal by the troops) of formations and headquarters;
-- FUP areas (staging area and departure areas);
-- directions of arrival (movement) of troops to FUP areas;
-- composition of forces and means assigned to cover troops and directions of
their approach (movement) to specific covering lines and positions;
-- system of engineering fortifications at lines, areas, and positions;
-- areas and lines of establishment of engineer obstacles and demolitions;
-- other details.
Written Plan for FUP Area
The written portion of the plan includes the following:
-- assessment of likely enemy actions and the most probable directions of his
attack;
-- composition and mission of covering troops;
-- mission of troops in the main groupings of forces on repulse of enemy
surprise invasions;
-- principal measures on engineer support in the FUP and approach areas;
-- engineer troops assigned to conduct such measures;
-- time and method of arrival (movement) of formations and units to the FUP
areas.
Preparing the Troops and FUP Areas Prior to the Initiation of Military
Action
Along with the decision and working out the plan of operation, a great deal of
organizational work, requiring a lot of time, must be conducted by the
commander, staff, and field command and control organs of the front.
This involves the following:
-- preparation of generals and officers;
-- conveying missions to the troops and organization of coordination
(interaction) among them;
-- conduct of reconnaissance;
-- conduct of combat, political, and operational preparation (training) of the
troops and staff;
-- conduct of engineer work (establishment of engineer fortifications) in the
FUP areas;
-- preparation and deployment of the rear services;
-- measures on preparation (readiness) of troop control and all-around combat
supporting measures, in the interest of troop combat actions during the
operation.
Explanatory Notes for the Plan
On the following pages are shown samples of the various written notes which are
attacked to the operations plan map.
The first note is generally placed in the upper right section. It is a brief
rendition of the estimate of the opponent's possible actions as stated in the
commander's estimate of the situation and first paragraph of the operational
directive.
The second note is the statement of the commander's concept and aim of the
operation, again as found also in the operational directive.
The third note is the scope of the operation showing the following numerical
indices:
-- width:
-- depth:
-- duration:
-- average rate of advance:
|
|
|
Combat Grouping of
front
This table (note 4) shows how the forces and means will be organized into
combat formation.
COMBAT GROUPING OF
FRONT |
UNITS/AVAIL |
D |
D + 4 |
D + 8 |
D + 11 |
TOTAL |
1ST ECH CAA |
|
|
|
|
|
TA |
|
|
|
|
|
2ND ECH CAA |
|
|
|
|
|
TA |
|
|
|
|
|
SEPARATE DIVISION MRD |
|
|
|
|
|
SEPARATE TD |
|
|
|
|
|
ROCKET UNIT |
|
|
|
|
|
AIR ARMY FIGHTER |
|
|
|
|
|
F-BOMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
BOMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
ARTILLERY |
|
|
|
|
|
ANTI-TANK |
|
|
|
|
|
AIR DEF ROCKET |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 252 - Combat Grouping of
the Front

|
|
|
Distribution of Support
Units
This table is used to display information on which support units will be
distributed to each major formation. This sample is for the armies in the
Soviet Western Group of forces.
|
|
|
DISTRIBUTION OF SUPPORT
UNITS |
|
ARMY & FRONT RESERVE |
ROCKET & ARTY |
AIR DEFENSE |
ENGINEER |
CHEMICAL |
2 GA |
|
|
|
|
|
NG A |
|
|
|
|
|
20 GA |
|
|
|
|
|
1 GTA |
|
|
|
|
|
8 GA |
|
|
|
|
|
3 SA |
|
|
|
|
|
RESERVE DIVISIONS |
|
|
|
|
|
FRONT MOB OBST DET |
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECT CONTROL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 253 - Distribution of
Support Units

|
|
|
Figure 254 Availability
and Time of Use of Chemical and Nuclear Weapons
This table contains information on the distribution of chemical and nuclear
warheads to the formations and in time by the front's missions.

|
|
|
Figure 255 Distribution
of Air Support
This table shows the distribution of air sorties available to the
front.
DISTRIBUTION OF AIR SORTIES |
UNITS |
COMBAT COMPOSITION |
TOTAL EMPLOYMENT |
INITIAL NUCLEAR STRIKE |
IMMED. MISSION |
LONG RANGE MISSION |
RESERVE |
FIGHTER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIGHTER BOMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIR RECON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 255 Distribution of Air
Sorties

|
|
|
Figure 256 Correlation of
Forces Tables
These tables are used to tabulate the quantitative and qualitative data on
friendly and enemy forces and their density on the ground. A separate
calculation is made for each situation starting with the first day and
proceeding to the completion of the long range mission. A total of eight
correlations is provided in this sample.
|
|
|
 |
|
|
 |
|
|
 |
|
|
 |
|
|
 |
|
|
 |
|
|
 |
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|
Measures to Protect
Against Nuclear Weapons
This brief annotation to the frontplan map gives the following
information:
-- safe line for fires (security distance);
-- warning signals;
-- method for marking own troops' locations.
Security Distances
The security distance of the attacking troops from the center of nuclear bursts
depends on the following:
-- yield of nuclear rounds to be used;
-- types of bursts;
-- direction and speed of wind;
-- Time of day (during hours of darkness the light radiation of nuclear bursts
is two times more effective than during the daylight hours).
The security distance of attacking troops (personnel in the open and in
top-open APCs in the daylight) from the center of explosion (burst) is as
follows:
-- 5 kilotons -- 2.5 km
-- 10 kilotons -- 3.0 km
-- 20 kilotons -- 3.8 km
-- 30 kilotons -- 4.4 km
-- 40 kilotons -- 5.2 km
-- 100 kilotons -- 6.5 km
-- 200 kilotons -- 8.2 km
-- 300 kilotons -- 9.4 km
If friendly troops are not warned the security distance for 5 and 10 kilotons
increases 4.5 times, for 20, 30, 50, and 100 kilotons 3.5 times, for 200 and
300 kilotons 2.5 times. At night these distances double.
Warning Signals
These are code words given over radio and telephone.
Marking Troop Location
The troops carry colored marker panels, which may be laid out on the ground to
show pilots the forward line of troops. Colored smoke may also be used.
|
|
|
Figure 257 Availability
and Technical Condition of Tanks and Armored Vehicles

|
|
|
Figure 258
Availability, Location, and Distribution of Material Supply

|
|
|
Figure 259 Distribution
of Artillery

|
|
|
Fogure 260 Distribution
of Frontan Artillery and Artillery of the VGK

|
|
|
Figure 261 Signal
Warning Plan

|
|
|
Coordination
(Interaction) Table
The organization of interaction in the offensive operation must provide for the
coordination of the following actions during the accomplishment of assigned
missions:
-- nuclear strikes of front rocket troops and front aviation;
-- strikes launched by the means of the Supreme High Command and adjacents;
-- actions of armies and formations organic to the front;
-- actions of combat and combat support arms and air forces in terms of
objectives, times, and places. Action of front air defense troops are
coordinated with actions of national air defense forces. The principal measures
on establishment of all-around support in the interest of the combat action of
the troops must be confirmed.
Coordination (interaction) in terms of targets between the strategic rocket
forces, long-range aircraft, adjacents and front's means, can be
established in three ways. One is by specifying the boundaries to separate the
destruction areas of the enemy targets assigned to each one of them. The second
is by assigning specific targets to each element in the same area. The third
method is a combination of both forms can be used. The form to be used is
determined by the general staff.
|
|
|
Figure 262 Table of
Cooperation (Interaction)
TABLE OF COOPERATION OF FRONT FORCES IN OFFENSIVE
OPERATION
|
|
ARMY |
ARMY |
ARMY |
ARMY |
2ND ECH |
SSM |
AIR ARMY |
ARTY |
PVO |
ANTI-TANK |
ENGR RES |
CHEM RES |
AIRBORNE |
FIRST NUCLEAR STRIKE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPELLING ENEMY INVASION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CROSSING BOUNDARY + ENGAGE IN SECURITY ZONE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BREAK THROUGH ENEMY PREPARED DEFENSE AND ARTY - AIR
PREPARATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPULSE ENEMY COUNTER BLOW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRBORNE ASSAULT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORCE WATER BARRIER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALERT & WARNING SIGNALS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECURE COMMITMENT SECOND ECHELON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 262 Table of
interaction

|
|
|
Format of Operations
Directive
The following is the general format for a front level operations
directive. This is prepared by the operations department on the basis of the
front commander's decision, which in turn is based on the directive
received from the higher headquarters (General staff of TVD). The staff
prepares the operational directive after the front commander makes his
decision. The operational directive is personally prepared by the chief of
staff or the chief of operations. But the points related to the missions of
combat and combat support arms and services of are prepared by the respective
chiefs of departments and incorporated into the directive. For security reasons
the full text of the operational directive is not sent to all to all
operational formations and large units of combat and combat support arms and
services. Each unit receives only the part directly related to it.
|
|
|
serial number
secret
copy number
OPERATIONS DIRECTIVE of ----- Front commander
-----------Command Post: map 1:200000 year 1984 time and date
1. The assessment given in the deductions made from the
estimate of the situation.
2. The mission of the front and concept of operation:
- - the main enemy grouping to be destroyed
- - method and form of its destruction
- - the main and other axes
- - the operational formation of the front forces for the attack
- - character of maneuver
3. Missions of adjacent forces and boundaries with them:
4. Missions to subordinate troops:
- - first echelon combined arms and tank armies
- - second echelon armies
- - rocket and artillery troops
- - air army
- - airborne formations
- - air assault formations and units
- - seaborne assault forces
- - air defense troops
- - combined arms reserve
- - anti-tank reserve
- - engineer troops
- - chemical troops
- - other elements of the front's operational formation
5. Instructions on coordination (if required):
6. Instructions on support of combat actions (if required):
7. Time to be prepared for the attack.:
8. Troop control:
- - command posts
- - deployment of command posts and axes of relocation
- - deputies
- - signal communication
Signature of CO
Signature of C/S
|
|
|
Description of Content of
Front Operations Directive
First Echelon Armies
When assigning missions to first echelon armies the commander explains the
following points:
- - combat composition
- - attachment and supporting means
- - direction of main attack
- - immediate and subsequent missions
- - the number of nuclear rounds and conventional rockets to be used in the
operation
- - enemy targets in the army sector planned to be destroyed by front
nuclear means
- - the mission of adjacent armies the method of coordination with them and the
boundaries.
- - the command post
Rocket Forces
The rocket forces of the front are instructed as follows:
- - the targets to be destroyed during the initial nuclear strike
- - the number and yield of nuclear rounds to be used against each target, the
type of burst, time of readiness for fire, and time for issuing nuclear and
conventional warheads.
- - measures for maintaining the constant combat readiness of rocket forces for
launching nuclear strikes
- - the method and time of deployment of rocket forces for the strategic
operation and their movement during the course of the operation
Artillery
During assignment of missions to the artillery the following points are
included:
- - group organization of artillery
- - method of conducting preparatory fire
- - method of conducting supporting fire to support the attack of the troops
Air Army
The air army is given the following instructions:
- - tasks during initial nuclear strike
- - missions during participation in the air operation to destroy the grouping
of enemy air force in the theater of military operations and to achieve air
superiority
- - missions during preparatory fire
- - missions during the support of the attack of front troops
- - distribution of sorties to different missions
- - reconnaissance missions
- - etc.
Second Echelon Army
The mission of the second echelon armies includes the following points:
- - the concentration area and FUP positions and the method of their occupation
and fortification
- - the areas of responsibility to fight against enemy air assault elements and
reconnaissance groups and spies.
- - the methods of advance from the beginning of the attack
- - the areas or line of commitment, direction of attack, and possible missions
- - in addition to this the second echelon army is advised on the attachments
it will receive at its commitment into combat and also the targets to be
destroyed by front nuclear weapons and aircraft in the sector of its
attack.
Air Defense
The air defense troops are given the following tasks:
- - the grouping of the troops and the logistic installations to be covered by
the main effort of air defense means at the beginning and in the course of the
operation.
- - the method for repelling enemy air strikes
- - the method of coordination with fighter aircraft and with national air
defense formations and large units
- - the composition of standby (on call) means and troops
- - the methods and time of deployment of large units and units of air defense
at the beginning of the operation and their maneuver during the course of the
operation
Air Assault
The air assault elements are given the following instructions:
- - the composition of each air assault element
- - the areas and time and means of air dropping or landing
- - the combat missions during the operation in the enemy rear
- - the method of launching air and nuclear strikes on targets located in the
landing zones and in the areas of operations of the air assault units.
- - the method of coordination with the air force and the main forces attacking
from the front. the departure areas (to meet aircraft), the time of
their occupation and time of readiness of each separate air assault element to
be dropped or landed.
- - organization of command and control
Amphibious Assault
The mission to seaborne assault troops includes the following points:
- - composition and mission
- - the time, place and method of landing on enemy shore (coast)
- - the method of support by ships and air force during combat during landing
and future operations.
- - the assembly areas, embarkation centers, the direction of approach to these
centers and the time to be prepared for movement.
- - the method of providing security during embarkation and movement at sea
- - the method of coordination with naval forces, rocket units, air force and
the main forces attacking along the coastline.
Combined Arms Reserve
The front combined arms reserve is given the following instructions:
- - composition and mission
- - areas of deployment and method of movement
Other Reserves
The missions assigned to engineer, chemical and other reserves include the
following points:
- - composition and missions
- - the area of deployment
- - the method of movement during the course of the operation
|
|
|
Front Directive - blank sample
Operations Directive of the ________ Front
Command Post ... map 1:1,000,000, 1983 ed. 1330 1, 2, 1985
|
|
|
1. Enemy
Situation
In accordance with the international crisis and the deterioration of the
international situation, the enemy has secretly brought his armed forces to a
state of full combat readiness, and is preparing a surprise invasion into the
territory of the countries of the Warsaw Pact.
The ___ front is confronted by the NATO forces organized into _______
in its first echelon composed of __ infantry, mechanized and armored divisions,
___ nuclear SSM's, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ____tanks, ___ artillery,
____SAM's and ____aircraft and helicopters.
In the second echelon, the _____ Corps is deployed while mobilizing German and
Dutch units are in reserve with a total of ___ divisions, ___ nuclear SSM's,
___nuclear artillery pieces, ___ tanks,___ artillery, ___SAM's, and ___
aircraft and helicopters.
The enemy has deployed intermediate (medium range) strategic nuclear rockets in
the theater against the _____ front. The enemy operation is
supported by ___combat aircraft including ___ aircraft with nuclear
capabilities. The enemy will try to destroy the Warsaw Pact forces by a
surprise and decisive attack and disrupt its preparation for the offensive
operation. If the Warsaw Pact forces are able to overtake the enemy in
preparations and launch of the attack, the enemy is likely to conduct delaying
action along several pre-prepared defensive lines mostly on main rivers to
inflict the heaviest losses on WP forces and eventually destroy it in
counter-blows.
The enemy's counter-blows are likely to be launched from the line: ___________
in the direction of ______________, and from the line: _________ in the
direction of __________________.
After the arrival of main strategic reserves from the depth of his position the
enemy is likely to launch a decisive counter- offensive. The opposing
enemy is capable of allocating up to ___ nuclear rounds in the initial NATO
nuclear strike and to engage the targets in the area of the _______
front by which it can destroy _______ divisions and the detected
nuclear weapons of the WP forces. It can also inflict losses to other important
targets. The enemy has a significant capability to conduct air
operations.
2. Aim and concept of the operation
Exploiting the consequences and impact of the strategic nuclear strikes or the
theater air operation, the ___________ front offensive operation is
aimed at: destruction of the enemy's nuclear forces, inflicting losses on its
air force and their airfields, its command posts, and its main forces and
reserves on the ground. Then, following the artillery preparation fire, quick
development of the offensive in the two directions _____________
and`___________________; destruction of the enemy main forces of ___________in
the area ___, _____, _____, _____, ____; development of the attack in the
directions of ______________and __________; seizure of the coast line
_____________ on the ____ day of the operation; and blocking the maritime and
naval traffic in the British Channel.
Concept of the Operation
Using ______ nuclear rounds with a total yield of _____ kt in the initial
nuclear strike, the front destroys enemy nuclear forces and inflicts
heavy losses over the main forces and the command posts of ______, ____ and
_____ and the enemy`s immediate operational reserves, then by launching attacks
along two ground and one naval direction with the main attack in the direction
of _____________ by the _______________ Army and the __________, supporting the
attack in the direction of south of _________________ by the ______________ and
in the naval direction ________________ by the amphibious group.
Then by employing ____ nuclear rounds and the commitment of the _______ Army
into combat and an amphibious action of the _____ from the _____ and the
_______ from ___________ by sea, the front develops the attack in the
directions: _________ and _____________; destroys the approaching enemy
reserves and its nuclear weapons, air bases, and vital targets in the depth of
the enemy area; seizes ____________ on the _____ day of the operation; and
blocks the British channel to naval traffic. On the _______ day of the
operation the commitment of the ______ on _______, an airborne assault brigade
on the __________, and on _______ commitment of the ___________ south of
__________ are anticipated. The _______ front will maintain a reserve
of _____ nuclear rounds.
The operational grouping of the ________ front is in two echelons: in
the first echelon from the right __________, ____________, and ___________: in
the second echelon the __________________ Army. The __________ front
combined arms reserve is composed of the ___________ and the
__________________.
The amphibious group landing on _____________ consists of the
__________________, and the _________________ in the first echelon; and the
____________ in the second echelon. The __________ is in reserve.
3. Adjacent Fronts
Our neighbor on the right, the ________________, have the mission of
_______________________, and subsequently, ___________________. (A general
discussion of the mission of the __________ may be added.) The ___________ will
provide support for front amphibious landings in _________ and along
the __________.
The _________ front, on the left, has the immediate mission of
reaching the line ___________________, and subsequently the line _____________.
The boundary line with the ___________ front will be the line
_________.
4. Tasks for Subordinate Ob'edineniia and Soedineniia
A) ______________________________ reinforced with ________ advances from the
line ______________ to launch the main blow in the direction of ____________ ,
to destroy the enemy's main forces in the area _____________, and at the end of
the __________ day reach the line __________, and subsequently advancing in the
direction of _________ to destroy on the march the enemy's arriving reserves
and, at the end of the operation's ______ day, reach the line _______________.
Allotted for the conduct of the operation are __ nuclear, __ chemical and ___
conventional-rocket warheads.
The subsequent sites in the army's attack zone are destroyed by the
front's rocket brigades.
On the right, the ______________ attacks in the direction of _________, ____,
its immediate mission being to seize the line _____ and, subsequently, the line
___________. )
The boundary with this army is the line ____________.
On the left is the ___________ of the __________ front. Their main
attack in the direction of ... , their immediate objective being the line ...
and, subsequently, the line ...
The boundary with them follows the line _______.
Organize a close coordination with them in breaking through the enemy's
prepared defense at the juncture of both armies during the artillery and
aviation preparation and support them during the offensive operation as they
fulfill their immediate and subsequent tasks.
Position the command post in the _____________ area, and the rear control post
in the _____________ area.
B) ________________________(Designate units)
Advances from the line __________ to launch the main blow in the direction
_________, to destroy the enemy's main forces in the area _____________ at the
end of the ________ day reach the line __________. subsequently advance in the
direction ____________ to destroy on the march the enemy's arriving reserves
and at the end of the operation's ____________ day reach the line
_______________. Allotted for the conduct of the operation are ___ nuclear,
____ chemical, and ___ conventional rocket warheads.
C) _______________________(Designate units) etc...
Advances from the line _______________ to launch the main blow in the direction
_______________ to destroy the enemy's main forces in the area _______________,
__________. At the end of the ________- day reach the line ____________.
subsequently advance in the direction _______________ to destroy on the march
the enemy's arriving reserves and at the end of the operation's _______ day
reach the _______________. Allotted for the conduct of the operation are __
nuclear, __ chemical, __ conventional rocket warheads.
Conduct close coordination with the ___________ for seizure of __________.
D) (Designate units and supporting naval task forces). The Amphibious assault
force will seize a landing area -------------, link with airborne and heliborne
elements and take control of ---------. The initial assault landing will be at
D + ___. The landing force will be supported by fire from naval task force ___.
Air bombing strikes will be conducted at ____.
The landing force will assemble for the operation in the vicinity of _________.
The ______________ will board ships there at ____. The ______________ will
arrive in the vicinity of ____________ by sea from ___________.
Security from enemy air attack for embarkation, assembly, and movement toward
Denmark will be provided by the _________.
Commander of the Naval Desant Group will coordinate directly with the commander
of the Baltic Fleet and the commanders of the naval task forces providing
support.
E) The Rocket Troops: during the first nuclear strike are to destroy the
enemy's nuclear means and nuclear stockpiles, air-nuclear forces, and destroy
his main groupings, especially the groupings of tank troops; disrupt the
enemy's military-state control system, such as command posts, means of
communication and communications junctions, control posts and means of
radioelectronic warfare; destroy his PVO; strike the enemy's rear sites and
disrupt his economic potential.
Enemy sites are suppressed and destroyed in the following manner: nuclear
weapons - by a 10-kiloton air burst; a motorized infantry division or a tank
division - by a 20-kiloton air burst; a control post or a nuclear stockpile -
by a 100-kiloton ground burst; a communications junction, control post or PVO -
by a 3-kiloton air burst; airfields and rear targets - by a 40-kiloton air
burst.
-- launch preparation time is H-20, 20 minutes before launch time
-- time for allocating nuclear and chemical munitions is 3 hours. P-3 hrs.
-- time for allocating conventional munitions is 3 days. Ch - 3 days.
-- conduct constant surveillance of the sites, which are to be destroyed by
nuclear weapons, and refine the plan of the first nuclear strike..
-- insure the full combat readiness of the rocket troops and control means, and
be ready to carry out combat tasks.
-- carefully organize the rocket-technical securing of the troops.
-- carry out the engineering preparation of the position areas, organize the
camouflage of the combat units, and the protection of the rocket troops against
mass destruction weapons.
-- organize the timely forward movement of the rocket troops during the
offensive operation.
F) Artillery:
-- organize the following artillery groups in the ob'edinenia, soedineniia and
units:
-- a) army artillery groups - 8-10 battalions.
-- b) division artillery groups - 4-6 battalions.
-- c) regimental artillery groups - 3-4 battalions.
The artillery, in the beginning, and during the course of the operation,
fulfills the following tasks:
-- a) the suppression and destruction of the enemy's offensive nuclear weapons;
-- b) defeating the enemy during his invasion;
-- c) defeating the enemy while crossing the state frontier and during the
battle for the enemy's combat security zone;
-- d) reliably defeat the enemy during the breakthrough of his prepared
defense;
-- e) suppress the enemy during the air fire support of the attack;
-- f) assist the troops fighting in the enemy's defensive depth;
-- g) defeat the enemy's counterblow grouping;
-- h) support the fronts' troops in forcing water barriers;
-- i) destroy the enemy's artillery and mortar batteries;
-- j) cover open flanks, spaces and breaches in the combat formation;
-- k) support the commitment of the front's second echelon into the
engagement;
-- l) the artillery density in breaking through the enemy's prepared defense is
to be no less than 100-120 guns and mortars per kilometer of front;
the duration of fire support is 30-40 minutes, and the expenditure of shells is
.8-1 unit of fire during the attack's fire preparation.
-- m) the fire support of the attack is conducted by the consecutive
concentration of fire (PSO), the artillery barrage (OV), and the joint
employment of PSO and OV at a distance of 3-4 kilometers in the enemy's
defensive depth.
G) The Air Army
During the first nuclear strike, destroy the enemy's nuclear weapons, nuclear
stockpiles and air-nuclear forces; defeat the main groupings, especially tanks;
disrupt the military's and state control, such as command posts, communications
means and communications junctions, control posts and radioelectronic means;
destroy his PVO; attack his rear sites and disrupt his economic potential.
Participate in the air operation to destroy the enemy's air grouping and
securing air superiority (if it is conducted);
During the aviation preparation and support of the attack and the aviation
accompaniment, suppress and destroy the enemy's offensive nuclear weapons,
artillery, tanks, command posts, defensive strong points and crossing sectors
located beyond the range of the artillery;
-- suppress and destroy the enemy's reserves;
-- carry out air reconnaissance of the enemy;
-- cover the troops and rear sites against the enemy's air attacks.
Air Resources are to be distributed in the following manner:
-- a) ________ regimental sorties for each day of the operation for the armies
attacking in the main directions;
-- b)____ regimental flights for each day of the operation for the armies
attacking in other directions;
-- c) ____ regimental sorties in the reserve of the front commander
H) Second Echelon Army
The _________________, artillery, SSM, PVO and helicopters. These take up
their positions at their jumping-off points in the areas of
_____________. Fit out the jumping off point for the offensive in the
full engineering sense to protect the troops from the enemy's mass destruction
weapons.
The army's zone of responsibility for combatting airborne landings,
reconnaissance and diversionary groups are determined by
______________________.
From the beginning of the offensive the army moves up along the following seven
routes:
-- Rte. 1 one division
-- Rte. 2
-- Rte. 3 army staff and staff units
-- Rte. 4 second division
-- Rte. 5
-- Rte. 6 third division
The army is committed to the engagement from the line _________ and launches
its main attack in the direction of_________________ having as its immediate
task the seizing of the line ________________; or, the army is committed to the
engagement from the line ______________, with its main blow in the direction of
_________________, so as to seize the line _______________.
When being committed into the engagement the army is reinforced by an artillery
division and an anti-tank-artillery brigade, and is supported by three flights
(sorties) by the aviation groups. While being committed to the
engagement, the army is supported by the front's nuclear weapons and
an air army, and launches nuclear strikes against enemy sites so as to support
the armies in its zone of attack.
I PVO Troops
Front PVO concentrates its main efforts for covering the main tank and
motorized rifle groups of the ob'edinenie attacking in the main directions, the
most important rear sites, as well as the covering of the front's
troops in carrying out important tasks such as seizing the forward zone,
airborne landings, forcing water obstacles, and repulsing the enemy's
counterblows.
The fire system for the guided-rocket and antiaircraft troops of the
front should be coordinated with the fire system of army and division
PVO in accordance with a unified plan as to directions and combat methods of
actions so that they are able to repulse the enemy's massed air attacks.
Organize the coordination of the guided rocket and anti-aircraft troops with
fighter aviation and the PVO troops of the Warsaw Pact countries in seizing the
jumping-off point and during the offensive, so as to repulse the enemy's massed
air attacks.
Maintain the majority of the shock army's fighter aviation on duty at the
airfields and, at threatening times, 1/6 in the air over the most important
directions so that the area for intercepting the enemy aviation is within the
bounds of our anti-aircraft fire.
Maintain all soyidineniia and units of PVO in full combat readiness and outfit
the fire and reserve positions in their starting points for an advance, and be
ready to repulse the enemy's massed air attacks.
Carry out the transfer of units during the offensive so that all PVO weapons
are ready to repulse enemy strikes in carrying out the front's most
important tasks.
J Airborne Landings
One airborne landing consists of the _______________ and the other of the
__________________.
The starting points for the landings are ________________. The landing on
_____________ takes place on _______, south west of _______. The landing in the
enemy's rear takes place on the ______ day of the operation, in the area of
_______, and are carried out by the ___________ military-transport divisions.
The mission of the airborne landing by the ____________ is to destroy the
nuclear stockpile in the area of _______________ and the enemy's nuclear
weapons in the area of ________________, and to seize bridgeheads across the
_______ and to secure its forcing by the front's main forces on the
march.
The mission of the ______________ is to seize favorable terrain inland from the
amphibious landing zone and to secure the landing from attack by enemy
reserves. The Division is to move promptly toward __________ and seize the
capital of Denmark.
Before the landing, grouped nuclear strikes or intensive conventional bombings
are carried out in the landing area and in the operating area of the
military-transport aviation, so as to suppress and destroy the enemy's reserves
and anti-aircraft defense.
For suppressing the enemy's PVO, fighter and fighter-bomber aviation,
radioelectronic suppression means, tactical and tactical-operational rockets
are employed. Covering the troops and aviation in their starting points
for the landing is carried out by the forces of the national PVO (strany) and
of the countries of the Warsaw Pact.
Organize coordination with the troops of national air defense and of the Warsaw
Pact countries in the jumping-off point for the landing. During the
flight coordinate with the front PVO, the air army, the troops of the
front and long-range aviation. During the landing and combat
activity, coordinate with the armies of the first echelon, front
aviation and long-range aviation. The departure area for the landing is
_______, and the time for seizing the forward area is seven hours before
takeoff.
Fueling and material supply areas for transport aviation are in
_______________, _______________, _________________, etc.
The organization of landing control is carried out from a command post in the
area of ________________, a forward command post in the area of
__________________, and an auxiliary command post in the area of
__________________.
K Combined Arms Reserves
The combined-arms reserves consists of the _______ and the ________, and they
are to be prepared to carry out assignments which arise unexpectedly during the
operation.
Billeting areas are as follows: _____ at ____________, the ______ in
_________,
During the offensive operation the combined arms reserve moves up along the
following directions: _________along _________________
The distance between the combined-arms reserve and the troops of the first
echelon should not exceed 70 kilometers during the operation.
L Anti-Tank Reserves
The ______ helicopter regiment, as part of the front's anti-tank
reserve, is billeted in the area of _______________, to fight the enemy's tanks
in the front's main directions of attack. Direction no. 1 is
__________________, and direction no. 2 is _____________________.
The anti-tank reserve is moved forward during the offensive operation in the
direction of _______________.
M Front Engineering Reserves
The 75th engineer- sapper regiment, the _____________ engineering obstacle
battalion, and the _______________ pontoon-bridging battalion, after carrying
out their assigned tasks while preparing the operation, become part of the
front engineering reserve and are ready for carrying out engineering
tasks arising unexpectedly during the offensive operation.
The front engineering reserve is billeted in the area of
_________________, and during the offensive operation, moves forward in the
direction of __________________.
N Chemical Reserves
In the front's chemical reserve are included the 245th detached
special decontamination battalion, the _________ detached chemical defense
battalion, and the __________ detached decontamination battalion. The chemical
reserve carries out chemical tasks arising unexpectedly while conducting the
offensive operation. The chemical reserve is billeted in the area of
__________________, and during the offensive operation, moves up in the
direction of ___________________.
5 Front Troop Control:
The command post is in the area of _________.
The forward command post is in the area of __________________.
The rear control post is in the area of ___________________.
The auxiliary control post is in the area of ________________, for controlling
the front's troops attacking in the direction of
_____________________.
The command post, forward command post and the rear control post move forward
in the direction of _________________.
The auxiliary control post moves forward in the direction of
_____________________.
Deputies: the front chief of staff, the first deputy commander of the
front, and the chief of the political directorate.
Communications are organized with all control points through radio,
radio-relay, telephone-telegraph, with subordinates, neighbors and units
interacting with yours.
Signatures:
1. Chief of the Operational Directorate
2. Front Chief of Staff
3. Front Commander
|
|
|
Front Directive
for Central Front
I Approve __/__/89
Central Front Commander
Colonel General ___
(Signature)
Serial Number:
SECRET
Copy No.
|
|
|
Operational Directive of the Central Front
Command Post ... map 1:1,000,000, 1983 ed. 1330 1, 2, 1985
|
|
|
1. ENEMY
SITUATION
In accordance with the international crisis and the deterioration of the
international situation, the enemy has secretly brought his armed forces to a
state of full combat readiness, and is preparing a surprise invasion into the
territory of the countries of the Warsaw Pact.
The Central Front is confronted by the NATO forces organized into the
US V and VII Corps, German III Corps, Belgian I Corps and British I Corps in
its first echelon, composed of __ infantry, mechanized, and armored divisions,
___ nuclear SSM's, ___ nuclear artillery pieces, ____tanks, ___ artillery,
____SAM's and ____aircraft and helicopters.
In the second echelon, the US III Corps is deployed while mobilizing German and
French units are in reserve with a total of ___ divisions, ___ nuclear SSM's,
___nuclear artillery pieces, ___ tanks,___ artillery, ___SAM's, and ___
aircraft and helicopters.
The enemy has deployed intermediate (medium range) strategic nuclear rockets in
the theater against the Central Front. The enemy operation is
supported by ___combat aircraft including ___ aircraft with nuclear
capabilities. The enemy will try to destroy the Warsaw Pact forces by a
surprise and decisive attack and disrupt its preparation for the offensive
operation. If the Warsaw Pact forces are able to overtake the enemy in
preparations and launch of the attack, the enemy is likely to conduct delaying
action along several pre-prepared defensive lines mostly on main rivers to
inflict the heaviest losses on WP forces and eventually destroy it in
counter-blows.
The enemy's counter-blows are likely to be launched from the line: ___________
in the direction of ______________, and from the line: _________ in the
direction of __________________.
After the arrival of main strategic reserves from the depth of his position the
enemy is likely to launch a decisive counter- offensive. The opposing
enemy is capable of allocating up to ___ nuclear rounds in the initial NATO
nuclear strike and to engage the targets in the area of the Central
Front by which it can destroy _______ divisions and the detected
nuclear weapons of the WP forces. It can also inflict losses to other important
targets. The enemy has a significant capability to conduct air
operations.
II MISSION CONDUCTED BY FORCES OF THE THEATER AND ADJACENT
FRONTS
Our neighbor on the right, the Baltic Front, has the mission of
destroying NATO forces in the NORTAG army group area and occupying Denmark and
northern West Germany to the North Sea Coast, and subsequently, preparing for
an amphibious assault landing in Great Britain. (A general discussion of the
mission of the __________ may be added.)
The boundary line with the Baltic Front will be the line Lieberwalde -
Friesack - 445 - Hannover - Westfalen - Borken - Rhine at Quijk - and Rhine
River to the seacoast at Zierlezee.
The Southwestern Front, on the left, has the immediate mission of
reaching the line ___________________, and subsequently the line _____________.
The boundary line with the Southwestern Front will be 1848 - 2762 -
Rebau - Hollfeld - 1634 - Hochmuhl - Landau in der Pfalz - Merlebach - Verdun -
Mourmelon le grand - Viarmee.
III. AIM AND CONCEPT OF THE OPERATION
Exploiting the consequences and impact of the strategic nuclear strikes or the
theater air operation, the Central Front offensive operation is aimed
at: destruction of the enemy's nuclear forces, inflicting losses on its air
force and their airfields, its command posts, and its main forces and reserves
on the ground. Then, following the artillery preparation fire, quick
development of the offensive in the two directions Eisenach - Hersfeld -
Wetzlar - Simmern and Hildburghausen - Hassfurt - Wurzburg - Mosbach -
Heidelberg - Bad Kreuznach to encircle and destroy the US V and VII Corps and
in the two directions Wolfsburg - south of Hannover - Bielefeld - Rmelskirchen
and Eisenach - Hersfeld - Wetzlar - Rmelskirchen; to encircle and destroy the
German III Corps, Belgian I Corps, and British I Corps. Development of the
attack will take place in the direction of Submus - Luxembourg - Longwy - Sedan
- Laon - Amiens - Abbeville - North Sea coast; seizure of the coast line from
Middlburg to Calais to Boulogne sur mer on D + 13; and blocking the maritime
and naval traffic in the British Channel.
Concept of the Operation
Using ______ nuclear rounds with a total yield of _____ kt in the initial
nuclear strike, the front destroys enemy nuclear forces and inflicts
heavy losses over the main forces and the command posts of ______, ______ and
_______ and the enemy`s immediate operational reserves, then by launching
attacks along three ground directions with the main attack in the direction of
Eisenach - Bad Hersfeld - Wetzlar - Simmern by the Eighth Guards Army and the
First Guards Tank Army, supporting the attack in the direction Mulhausen -
Marburg on der Lahn and by the Twenty-Eighth Guards Army in the direction
Hildburghausen - Hassfurt - Wurzburg - Mosbach - Heidelberg - Bad Kreuznach.
Then by employing ____ nuclear rounds and the commitment of the Seventh Guards
Tank Army into combat and airborne assault landings across the Rhine River, the
front develops the attack in the directions Submus - Luxembourg -
Longwe - Sedan - Laon - Amiens - Abbefille - North Sea coast; destroys the
approaching enemy reserves and its nuclear weapons, air bases, and vital
targets in the depth of the enemy area; seizes the seacoast on the 14th day of
the operation; and blocks the British Channel to naval traffic. On the 5th and
6th days of the operation the commitment of the ______ and ____ airborne
divisions are anticipated. The Central Front will maintain a reserve
of _____ nuclear rounds.
The operational grouping of the Central Front is in two echelons: in
the first echelon from the right the Twentieth Guards Army, the First Guards
Tank Army, the Eighth Guards Army, and the Twenty-eighth Guards Army: in the
second echelon the Seventh Guards Tank Army. The Central Front
combined arms reserve is composed of the ___________ and the
__________________.
IV. I ORDER
Tasks for Subordinate Ob'edineniia and Soedineniia
A) Twentieth Guards Army reinforced with ________
-- Advances from the line ______________ to launch the main blow in the
direction of ____________, to destroy the enemy's main forces in the area
_____________, and at the end of the __________ day reach the line __________,
and subsequently advancing in the direction of _________ to destroy on the
march the enemy's arriving reserves and, at the end of the operation's ______
day, reach the line _______________.
--- Allotted for the conduct of the operation are __ nuclear, ___ chemical and
___ conventional-rocket warheads.
-- The following enemy sites in the army's attack zone are destroyed by the
front's rocket brigades: ________, _____.
-- On the right, the XX Army of the Baltic Front attacks in the
direction of _________, ____, its immediate mission being to seize the line
_____ and, its subsequent mission is the line ___________.
-- The boundary with this army is the line Lieberwalde - Friesack - 445 -
Hannover - Westfalen - Borken - Rhine at Quijk -Rhine River to the seacoast.
-- On the left is the First Guards Tank Army.
-- The boundary with them follows the line Belzig - Eglin - Osterode am Harz -
Solling - along river to Marsberg - Meschede - Remelskirchen - Grevenbroun.
-- Organize a close coordination with them in breaking through the enemy's
prepared defense at the juncture of both armies during the artillery and
aviation preparation and support them during the offensive operation as they
fulfill their immediate and subsequent tasks.
-- Position the command post in the _____________ area, and the rear control
post in the _____________ area.
B) The First Guards Tank Army reinforced with
-- Advances from the line __________ to launch the main blow in the direction
Mulhausen - Marburg on der Lahn - and Marburg - Rmelskirchen, to destroy the
enemy's main forces in the area _____________ at the end of the fourth day (D +
3) reach the line Marsberg - Medebach - Battenberg - Marburg on der Lahn.
Subsequently advances in the direction ____________ to destroy on the march the
enemy's arriving reserves and at the end of the operation's seventh day (D + 6)
reach the line _______________. Allotted for the conduct of the operation are
___ nuclear, ____ chemical, and ___ conventional rocket warheads.
-- The following enemy sites in the army's attack zone are destroyed by the
front's rocket brigades: ________, _____.
-- The army FUP area is Welberstadt - Nordhausen - Bad Langensand - Bielefeld -
Lindau.
-- On the right is the Twentieth Guards Army
-- The boundary with them follows the line Belzig - Eglin - Osterode am Harz -
Solling - along river to Marsberg - Meschede - Remelskirchen - Grevenbroun.
-- Organize a close coordination with them in breaking through the enemy's
prepared defense at the juncture of both armies during the artillery and
aviation preparation and support them during the offensive operation as they
fulfill their immediate and subsequent tasks.
-- On the left is the Eighth Guards Army
-- The boundary with them follows the line Eilenburt - E 11o 34' -
Eisenach - Mast 2474 - N 51o 13' - 1427 (E 80 26', N 50o
8') - Rhine at Neuwied.
-- Position the command post in the _____________ area, and the rear control
post in the _____________ area.
C) The Eighth Guards Army reinforced with
-- Advances from the line _______________ to launch the main blow in the
direction Borndorf - Bad Hersfeld - Wetzlar - Simmern to destroy the enemy's
main forces in the area _______________, __________. At the end of D + 3 reach
the line Wetzlar - Bad Nauheim. Subsequently advance in the direction
_______________ to destroy on the march the enemy's arriving reserves and at
the end of the operation's _______ day reach the _______________. Allotted for
the conduct of the operation are __ nuclear, __ chemical, __ conventional
rocket warheads.
--The following enemy sites in the army's attack zone are destroyed by the
front's rocket brigades: ________, _____.
-- The army FUP area is 1352 - Gotha - Zelle - Seitz - Weissenfeld.
-- On the right is the First Guards Tank Army
-- The boundary with them follows the line Eilenburt - E 11o 34' -
Eisenach - Mast 2474 - N 51o 13' - 1427 (E 80o 26', N
50o 8') - Rhine at Neuwied.
-- On the left is the twenty eighth Guards Army
-- The boundary with them follows the line Mittwelda - Kahla - 2425 (E
10o 26' N 50o 37') - Gersfeld - Bad Vilbel - Frankfurt -
Rhine at Bingen - Trier.
-- Position the command post in the _____________ area, and the rear control
post in the _____________ area.
E) Twenty eighth Guards Army reinforced with ________
-- Advances from the line ______________ to launch the main blow in the
direction of Hildburghausen - Hassfurt - Wurzburg - Mosbach - Heidelberg - Bad
Kreuzach, to destroy the enemy's main forces in the area _____________, and at
the end of the fourth day reaches the line Gelnhausen - Aschaffenburg -
Michelstadt - Mosbach, and subsequently advancing in the direction of _________
to destroy on the march the enemy's arriving reserves and, at the end of the
operation's seventh day, reaches the line _______________.
-- Allotted for the conduct of the operation are __ nuclear, __ chemical and
___ conventional-rocket warheads.
-- The following enemy sites in the army's attack zone are destroyed by the
front's rocket brigades: ________, _____.
-- The army FUP area is Suhl - Lausche - Plauen - Schwarzenhe -Karl-Marx Stadt
- Gera.
-- On the right is the Eighth Guards Army
-- The boundary with them follows the line Mittwelda - Kahla - 2425 (E
10o 26' N 50o 37') - Gersfeld - Bad Vilbel - Frankfurt -
Rhine at Bingen - Trier.
-- On the left is the ___________ of the Southwestern Front. Their
main attack in the direction of ... , their immediate objective being the line
... and, subsequently, the line ...
-- The boundary with them follows the line 1848 - 2762 - Rebau - Hollfeld -
1634 - Hochmuhl - Landau in der Pfalz - Merlebach - Verdun - Mourmelon le grand
- Viarmee.
-- Organize a close coordination with them in breaking through the enemy's
prepared defense at the juncture of both armies during the artillery and
aviation preparation and support them during the offensive operation as they
fulfill their immediate and subsequent tasks.
-- Position the command post in the _____________ area, and the rear control
post in the _____________ area.
-- Conduct close coordination with the ___________ for seizure of __________.
\
(Designate units and supporting airborne forces). The airborne assault landing
force will seize a landing area between Bad Kreuznach and Mainz, link with the
--- army and heliborne elements and take control of crossings on the Rhine
River. The initial assault landing will be at D + 4. The landing force will be
supported by fire from front rocket brigades. Air bombing strikes will
be conducted at ____.
E) The Rocket Troops: during the first nuclear strike are to destroy the
enemy's nuclear means and nuclear stockpiles, air-nuclear forces, and destroy
his main groupings, especially the groupings of tank troops; disrupt the
enemy's military-state control system, such as command posts, means of
communication and communications junctions, control posts and means of
radioelectronic warfare; destroy his PVO; strike the enemy's rear sites and
disrupt his economic potential.
Enemy sites are suppressed and destroyed in the following manner: nuclear
weapons - by a 10-kiloton air burst; a motorized infantry division or a tank
division - by a 20-kiloton air burst; a control post or a nuclear stockpile -
by a 100-kiloton ground burst; a communications junction, control post for PVO
- by a 3-kiloton air burst; airfields and rear targets - by a 40-kiloton air
burst.
- Launch preparation time is H-20, 20 minutes before launch time
- The time for allocating nuclear and chemical munitions is 3 hours. P-3 hrs.
- The time for allocating conventional munitions is 3 days. Ch - 3 days.
- Conduct constant surveillance of the sites, which are to be destroyed by
nuclear weapons, and refine the plan of the first nuclear strike..
- Insure the full combat readiness of the rocket troops and control means, and
be ready to carry out combat tasks.
- Carefully organize the rocket-technical securing of the troops.
- Carry out the engineering preparation of the position areas, organize the
camouflage of the combat units, and the protection of the rocket troops against
mass destruction weapons.
- Organize the timely forward movement of the rocket troops during the
offensive operation.
F) Artillery:
Organize the following artillery groups in the ob'edinenia,
soedineniia and units:
-- a) army artillery groups - 8-10 battalions.
-- b) division artillery groups - 4-6 battalions.
-- c) regimental artillery groups - 3-4 battalions.
The artillery, in the beginning, and during the course of the operation,
fulfills the following tasks:
-- a) the suppression and destruction of the enemy's offensive nuclear weapons;
-- b) defeating the enemy during his invasion;
-- c) defeating the enemy while crossing the state frontier and during the
battle for the enemy's combat security zone;
-- d) reliably defeat the enemy during the breakthrough of his prepared
defense;
-- e) suppress the enemy during the air fire support of the attack;
-- f) assist the troops fighting in the enemy's defensive depth;
-- g) defeat the enemy's counterblow grouping;
-- h) support the fronts' troops in forcing water barriers;
-- i) destroy the enemy's artillery and mortar batteries;
-- j) cover open flanks, spaces and breaches in the combat formation;
-- k) support the commitment of the front's second echelon into the
engagement;
-- l) the artillery density in breaking through the enemy's prepared defense is
to be no less than 100-120 guns and mortars per kilometer of front; the
duration of fire support is 30-40 minutes, and the expenditure of shells is
.8-1 unit of fire during the attack's fire preparation.
-- m) the fire support of the attack is conducted by the consecutive
concentration of fire (PSO), the artillery barrage (OV), and the joint
employment of PSO and OV at a distance of 3-4 kilometers in the enemy's
defensive depth.
G) The Air Army
During the first nuclear strike, destroy the enemy's nuclear weapons, nuclear
stockpiles and air-nuclear forces; defeat the main groupings, especially tanks;
disrupt the military's and state control, such as command posts, communications
means and communications junctions, control posts and radioelectronic means;
destroy his PVO; attack his rear sites and disrupt his economic potential.
- Participate in the air operation to destroy the enemy's air grouping and
securing air superiority (if it is conducted);
- During the aviation preparation and support of the attack and the aviation
accompaniment, suppress and destroy the enemy's offensive nuclear weapons,
artillery, tanks, command posts, defensive strong points and crossing sectors
located beyond the range of the artillery;
- Suppress and destroy the enemy's reserves;
- Carry out air reconnaissance of the enemy;
- Cover the troops and rear sites against the enemy's air attacks.
Air Resources are to be distributed in the following manner:
-- a) ________ regimental sorties for each day of the operation for the armies
attacking in the main directions;
-- b)____ regimental flights for each day of the operation for the armies
attacking in other directions;
-- c) ____ regimental sorties in the reserve of the front commander
H) The Seventh Guards Tank Army (Second Echelon Army)
- _________________, artillery, SSM, PVO and helicopters.
These take up their positions at their jumping-off points in the areas of
Treuenbreitzen - Wittenberg - Torgau - Finsterwalde - Sperenberg. Fit out
the jumping off point for the offensive in the full engineering sense to
protect the troops from the enemy's mass destruction weapons.
The army's zone of responsibility for combatting airborne landings,
reconnaissance and diversionary groups are determined by
______________________.
- From the beginning of the offensive the army moves up along the following
seven routes:
---Rte. 1 one division
---Rte. 2
---Rte. 3 - army staff and staff units
---Rte. 4 second division
---Rte. 5
---Rte. 6 third division
The army is committed to the engagement from the line Gondershausen - Wachtberg
- Mendig on the Mosel river; or on the line Prum (1610) - Bitburg - Trier on
the Mosel River; and launches its main attack in the direction of Bitburg -
Trier - Luxembourg - Longwy - Sedan - Rethel - Laon - Abbeville, having as its
immediate task the seizing of the line Rocroi - Rethel - Sammery.
When being committed into the engagement, the army is reinforced by an
artillery division and an anti-tank-artillery brigade, and is supported by
three flights (sorties) by the aviation groups. While being committed to
the engagement, the army is supported by the front's nuclear weapons
and an air army, and launches nuclear strikes against enemy sites so as to
support the armies in its zone of attack.
I - PVO Troops
Front PVO concentrates its main efforts for covering the main tank and
motorized rifle groups of the ob'edinenie attacking in the main
directions, the most important rear sites, as well as the covering of the
front's troops in carrying out important tasks such as seizing the
forward zone, airborne landings, forcing water obstacles, and repulsing the
enemy's counterblows.
The fire system for the guided-rocket and antiaircraft troops of the
front should be coordinated with the fire system of army and division
PVO in accordance with a unified plan as to directions and combat methods of
actions so that they are able to repulse the enemy's massed air attacks.
Organize the coordination of the guided rocket and anti-aircraft troops with
fighter aviation and the PVO troops of the Warsaw Pact countries in seizing the
jumping-off point and during the offensive, so as to repulse the enemy's massed
air attacks.
Maintain the majority of the shock army's fighter aviation on duty at the
airfields and, at threatening times, 1/6 in the air over the most important
directions so that the area for intercepting the enemy aviation is within the
bounds of our anti-aircraft fire.
Maintain all soyidineniia and units of PVO in full combat readiness
and outfit the fire and reserve positions in their starting points for an
advance, and be ready to repulse the enemy's massed air attacks.
Carry out the transfer of units during the offensive so that all PVO weapons
are ready to repulse enemy strikes in carrying out the front's most
important tasks.
J Airborne Landings
One airborne landing consists of the _______________ and the other of the
__________________.
The starting points for the landings are ________________. The landing
across the Rhine between Bad Kreuznach and Mainz takes place on D + 4. The
landing across the Rhine between Kerpen and Duren - Erftstadt takes place on D
+ 5. These are carried out by the _______ military-transport divisions.
The mission of the airborne landings is to complete the encirclement of the
NATO corps east of the Rhine River, seize crossings over the river for
exploitation by front armies and to secure its forcing by the
front's main forces on the march.
Before the landing, grouped nuclear strikes or intensive conventional bombings
are carried out in the landing area and in the operating area of the
military-transport aviation, so as to suppress and destroy the enemy's reserves
and anti-aircraft defense.
For suppressing the enemy's PVO, fighter and fighter-bomber aviation,
radioelectronic suppression means, tactical and tactical-operational rockets
are employed. Covering the troops and aviation in their starting points
for the landing is carried out by the forces of the national PVO (strany) and
of the countries of the Warsaw Pact.
Organize coordination with the troops of national air defense and of the Warsaw
Pact countries in the jumping-off point for the landing. During the
flight coordinate with the front PVO, the air army, the troops of the
front and long-range aviation. During the landing and combat
activity, coordinate with the armies of the first echelon, front
aviation and long-range aviation.
The departure area for the landing is ________________, and the time for
seizing the forward area is seven hours before takeoff.
Fueling and material supply areas for transport aviation are in
_______________, _______________, _________________, etc.
The organization of landing control is carried out from a command post in the
area of ________________, a forward command post in the area of
__________________, and an auxiliary command post in the area of
__________________.
K Combined Arms Reserves
The combined-arms reserves consists of the _______ and the ________, and they
are to be prepared to carry out assignments which arise unexpectedly during the
operation.
Billeting areas are as follows: _____ at ____________, the ______ in
_________,
During the offensive operation the combined arms reserve moves up along the
following directions:
----_________along _________________
----_________ along _________________
The distance between the combined-arms reserve and the troops of the first
echelon should not exceed 70 kilometers during the operation.
L Anti-Tank Reserves
The ______ helicopter regiment, as part of the front's anti-tank
reserve, is billeted in the area of _______________, to fight the enemy's tanks
in the front's main directions of attack. Direction no. 1 is
__________________, and direction no. 2 is _____________________.
The anti-tank reserve is moved forward during the offensive operation in the
direction of _______________.
M Front Engineering Reserves
The 75th engineering-sapper regiment, the _____________ engineering obstacle
battalion, and the _______________ pontoon-bridging battalion, after carrying
out their assigned tasks while preparing the operation, become part of the
front engineering reserve and are ready for carrying out engineering
tasks arising unexpectedly during the offensive operation.
The front engineering reserve is billeted in the area of
_________________, and during the offensive operation, moves forward in the
direction of __________________.
N Chemical Reserves
In the front's chemical reserve are included the 245th separate
special decontamination battalion, the _________ separate chemical defense
battalion, and the __________ separate decontamination battalion.
The chemical reserve carries out chemical tasks arising unexpectedly while
conducting the offensive operation.
The chemical reserve is billeted in the area of __________________, and during
the offensive operation, moves up in the direction of ___________________.
5 Front Troop Control:
The command post is in the area of _________.
The forward command post is in the area of __________________.
The rear control post is in the area of ___________________.
The command post, forward command post and the rear control post move forward
in the direction of _________________.
Deputies: the front chief of staff, the first deputy commander of the
front, and the chief of the political directorate.
Communications are organized with all control points through radio,
radio-relay, telephone-telegraph, with subordinates, neighbors and units
interacting with yours.
Signatures:
1. Chief of the Operational Directorate
2. Front Chief of Staff
3. Front Commander
|
|
|
Reconnaissance
The reconnaissance directorate works closely with the operations directorate
and under the supervision of the chief of staff to develop plans for obtaining
the information required by the commander to make the best possible decisions.
In the course of this work they prepare or use the following documents.
Duties and Responsibilities
The front commander and staff have the following responsibilities for
organizing the troop control of reconnaissance operations. The commander
analyzes the requirements for information and determines the reconnaissance
needed. He defines and specifies the missions to be accomplished and the
objectives to be achieved. The front commander specifies the
following:
-- a. The aim of reconnaissance
-- b. Basic tasks of reconnaissance
-- c. Reconnaissance troops and means to conduct reconnaissance and collect
information prior to the commencement of combat operations.
-- d. What reconnaissance information is collected and when it must be
collected.
-- e. On which objectives, areas and directions the main efforts of
reconnaissance must be concentrated.
The commander listens to the reports of the chief of staff and chief of
reconnaissance concerning the organization of reconnaissance planning. He also
specifies the additional troops and means which he desires to employ to
accomplish reconnaissance tasks.
The front chief of staff is directly responsible for the organization
of reconnaissance. He interprets the commander's instructions and converts them
into specific tasks.
In his instructions the chief of staff gives the following:
-- a. Specify in detail the reconnaissance tasks assigned by the commander and
higher headquarters and the sequence of their execution as well as the
allocation of troops and means for the performance of each task.
-- b. Specify the measures for coordination among the different types and
methods of reconnaissance.
-- c. Specify the time and method of collection of reconnaissance information.
-- d. Confirms and adjusts objectives and areas and axes where the main effort
of reconnaissance will be concentrated.
-- e. Specifies the troops and means to be employed for accomplishment of most
important missions.
-- f. Specifies the main measures on readiness of reconnaissance forces
-- g. Specifies the deadline for preparation of the reconnaissance plan and the
combat instructions on reconnaissance and when it must be forwarded to him for
his approval and endorsement.
-- h. Specify the reconnaissance reserve of troops and means.
Based on the instructions of the front commander and chief of staff,
the chief of reconnaissance begins to organize the reconnaissance for the
operation. The measures and actions taken by the front's chief of
reconnaissance include the following:
-- a. Issuing the reconnaissance combat mission to various reconnaissance
troops and the establishing the time for completing each mission as well as the
time and method for reporting reconnaissance information.
-- b. Establishing the measures for coordination (interaction) among the
various reconnaissance activities and units conducting them.
-- c. Issuing instructions to the reconnaissance troops concerning the method
of their movement to their deployment areas.
-- d. Instructing the front's reconnaissance staff on preparing the
reconnaissance plan.
-- e. Controlling the attainment of assigned missions.
The essence of reconnaissance planning is the rational and best allocation of
the various specific troops and means, on the basis of their capabilities, to
the individual missions and objectives. Depending on the situation the
reconnaissance plan is prepared in a written form with a map annex or it is
worked out on a map with written instructions. The reconnaissance plan should
reflect the following points:
-- a. The aim and specific tasks of reconnaissance with the reconnaissance
sectors (areas, axes).
-- b. The troops and means allocated for reconnaissance and their distribution
in terms of missions and objectives (targets).
-- c. The timing of the accomplishment of the assigned missions and the time to
acquire the required information from higher headquarters and other
headquarters.
-- d. The reserve of reconnaissance troops and means.
-- e. Organization of command and control of reconnaissance troops and means
and the method of sending reconnaissance reports.
-- f. The plan also may include other guidelines, instructions and information
on preparation and conduct of the reconnaissance.
|
|
|
Duties of the Chief of
Reconnaissance
l. The chief of reconnaissance is responsible for the training, and insures the
high combat readiness of the reconnaissance troops. He exercises troop control
over them and supervises the conduct of the operation of reconnaissance units
and subunits. He is responsible for the following items.
-- collection, study and analysis of the derivation of deductions about
reconnaissance information about the enemy and terrain and timely presentation
of the important information to the chief of staff and higher commander and
staff.
-- derivation of the aims and tasks of reconnaissance and the allocation of
required troops and reconnaissance means to accomplish these.
-- preparation of the reconnaissance plan and issuance of missions to the
reconnaissance department staff. The reconnaissance plan is signed by the chief
of staff and approved by the commander.
-- coordination of all efforts of different reconnaissance means in terms of
their missions and objectives
-- preparation of units and sub-units (groups) (GRG from SPETZNAZ) at army
level which has two sections each with 4 groups. The front level
battalion has 35 to 40 groups operating up to 800 km deep.
-- preparation of unit and subunits assigned to conduct reconnaissance and
insuring their all round support
-- control of the execution of assigned instructions and orders and practical
assistance to staffs and commanders of units and sub units in accomplishment of
reconnaissance missions.
-- organization of continuous communications with units and subunits (groups)
assigned to combat reconnaissance and also with the headquarters of subordinate
operational formations and large units.
-- reception of reconnaissance reports from aircraft.
-- organization and conduct of actions about the protection of reconnaissance
units, subunits and groups against mass destruction weapons.
-- communication of reconnaissance information inside the staff and to
subordinate, adjacent and coordinating headquarters.
|
|
|
Instructions on
Reconnaissance from GRU or Reconnaissance Directorate at TVD
SAMPLE
|
|
|
RECONNAISSANCE ANNEX TO THE GENERAL SITUATION
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE
SITUATION OF ENEMY FORCES AND RECON TROOPS
The composition of the reconnaissance available to the front by
the Supreme High Command includes the following:
-- The location and deployment of the reconnaissance troops are shown on the
attached overlay.
-- All reconnaissance troops are 95% complete in equipment and 91% complete in
personnel.
-- From the instructions on and reconnaissance received from the chief
reconnaissance GRU of the high command of the TVD, the following points are
noted.
|
|
|
FORMAT
|
|
|
THE REPORT (DOKLAD) OF THE CHIEF OF FRONT'S RECON
DURING THE FRONT COMMANDER'S
PROCESS OF MAKING THE DECISION
Assessment of the enemy's nuclear rocket troops, their location, number of
nuclear rockets the enemy can launch on targets in the front area and
their range.
Situation, status and characteristics of reconnaissance troops.
Requirement of the front during the operation.
Availability and supply of assets during the operation.
Strength (completeness) level of personnel and combat equipment in recon.
Format - Suggestions of Chief of Reconnaissance
|
|
|
SAMPLE
SUGGESTIONS OF CHIEF OF RECON TO FRONT
COMMANDER
|
|
|
l. The composition, grouping, and
operational situation of the enemy forces generally along the front
area and in front of adjacents
2. assessment of enemy ground forces
-- how many divisions to include infantry, armored and airborne division and
how many of each.
-- how many tanks, artillery, mortars, antitank-guns antitank guided rockets
and SAMs are there in these divisions.
-- how many divisions deployed on the first operational echelon, to include the
total number of tanks, guns and mortars, antitank guns, antitank guided
rockets, and SAMS.
-- how many divisions in 2nd echelons and reserves to include number of same
weapons etc.
-- where is the likely axis of enemy main attack, how many divisions employed
there and what is total number of tanks etc .
-- the secondary attacks are expected in what directions and how many divisions
will be employed in each direction. What will be the total number of weapons
such as tanks and antitank guns, ATGM SAMs etc.
3. Assessment of enemy nuclear weapons
-- What will be the total number of nuclear rounds rockets and bombs the enemy
is expected to use in his initial nuclear strike.
-- location of most important systems of nuclear delivery means such as
rockets, aircraft and nuclear depots.
4. Assessment of enemy air force.
-- the number and of types of enemy aircraft in the Front operational area
including the aircraft with nuclear capability.
-- airfield (location and characteristics)
-- in what directions the enemy will attempt to penetrate through air defense
systems of friendly troops.
-- likely direction of main attack and distribution of enemy aircraft along the
different directions.
-- forms of operations of enemy air forces to include the air operation with
number of aircraft to be participating in each. (They are thinking about
massive air strikes and strategic air strikes.)
-- the command and control and guidance system for aircraft to targets and in
assigned locations.
5. Assessments of enemy air defense
-- what rocket and air defense artillery systems are included in enemy forces
to include fighter aircraft and their number
-- strong and weak directions and areas in enemy air defenses
-- likely reenforcement of air defense from other areas.
6. Assessments of enemy logistic echelons.
-- location of enemy logistic echelon, depots, supplies, routes airports,
supply bases and ports.
-- availability and volume of supplies to enemy logistic echelons.
-- evaluation of enemy supply system.
7. General deductions from estimate of enemy situation and suggestions.
-- density of enemy forces along the entire Front and entire depth and on each
axis of operations (including air and air defense)
-- concept and character of enemy likely actions
-- direction of main attack and other attacks and how many divisions will be
operating on each
-- operational formations
-- time of initiation of attack by enemy
-- enemy air support situation
-- enemy's strength, combat experience, training and morale
-- the nature and character of engineer fortifications, obstacles and terrain
conditions in theater of military operations.
-- enemy strong and weak points
-- most dangerous action by enemy
-- in case enemy initiates nuclear war -how many nuclear rounds can it use - by
what units and what means the nuclear weapons can be delivered - in what depth
nuclear weapons can be used by enemy
-- how many strikes can be launched to include the percentage of total nuclear
rounds in each strike and the time gap between strikes
-- most favorable targets for front initial nuclear strike
-- EEI
-- detection of enemy nuclear and chemical means
-- enemy ground force groupings and command posts
-- enemy airfields, areas of deployment of air defense means, guidance centers
and radars.
-- mobilization centers and the formation of operational reserves
-- naval forces and their bases
-- defensive lines and other important enemy targets.
|
|
|
Front Commander
Instructions on Reconnaissance
The front commander analyzes the requirements for information and
determines the reconnaissance needed. He defines and specifies the missions to
be accomplished and the objectives to be achieved. He specifies the following:
-- a. the aim of reconnaissance
-- b. basic tasks of reconnaissance
-- c. reconnaissance troops and means to conduct reconnaissance and collect
information prior to the commencement of combat operations.
-- d. what reconnaissance information is collected and when it must be
collected.
-- e. on which objectives, areas and directions the main efforts of
reconnaissance must be concentrated.
The commander designates targets for reconnaissance and when and on what axis
to focus the main effort of reconnaissance.
He defines the data he wants and when he needs it and in what form the
reconnaissance forces may be used especially prior to the offensive.
He also specifies the additional troops and means which he desires to employ to
accomplish reconnaissance tasks.
Chief of Staff Instructions on Reconnaissance
The front chief of staff is directly responsible for the organization
of reconnaissance. He interprets the commander's instructions and converts them
into specific tasks. In his instructions the chief of staff gives the
following:
-- a. specifies in detail the reconnaissance tasks assigned by the commander
and higher headquarters and the sequence of their execution as well as the
allocation of troops and means for the performance of each task;
-- b. specifies the measures for coordination among the different types and
methods of reconnaissance;
-- c. specifies the time and method of collection of reconnaissance
information;
-- d. confirms and adjusts objectives and areas and axes where the main effort
of reconnaissance will be concentrated;
-- e. specifies the troops and means to be employed for accomplishment of most
important missions;
-- f. specifies the main measures on readiness of reconnaissance forces;
-- g. specifies the deadline for preparation of the reconnaissance plan and the
combat instructions on reconnaissance and when it must be forwarded to him for
his approval and endorsement;
-- h. specifies the reconnaissance reserve of troops and means;
Sequence for Preparing Reconnaissance Plan
1. Mark available and current information about the enemy on the map and draw
the boundary lines of armies and the front.
2. Mark the areas and directions (axes) of particular attention.
3. Specify and single out that reconnaissance information which requires
confirmation, updating and recontrol.
4. Calculate the capabilities of reconnaissance troops and means and their
distribution in terms of targets and directions (axes)
5. Specify the areas and the lines of deployment and operation of
reconnaissance organs (elements) and specify their missions.
6. Establish the method for repeated checking of the targets of the initial
nuclear strike, both before and after the first strike.
7. Assess the enemy's likely actions, the grouping of his troops and means
prior to the initiation of combat actions and during the course of the combat
operation.
8. Determine the specific reconnaissance mission prior to the operation and in
the course of the conduct of the operation.
9. Specify the time of acquisition of reconnaissance information for the
initial nuclear strike, initiation of the attack by friendly forces, commitment
of the second echelon forces into combat, assault river crossing, fighting the
enemy's advancing reserves, etc.
10. Specify measures on reinforcement and activation of the reconnaissance for
the upcoming war and for the phase of the initiation of military operations.
|
|
|
Content of Reconnaissance
Plan
SAMPLE
PLAN FOR EMPLOYMENT OF RECON TROOPS
The reconnaissance sectors (areas, axes), the aim and specific tasks of
reconnaissance.
The troops and means allocated for reconnaissance and their distribution in
terms of missions and objectives (targets).
The timing of the accomplishment of the assigned missions and the time to
acquire the required information from higher headquarters and other
headquarters.
The designation of a reconnaissance troops and means reserve.
Organization of command and control of reconnaissance troops and means and the
method of sending reconnaissance reports. The plan also may include other
guidelines, instructions and information on preparation and conduct of the
reconnaissance.
Front plan of reconnaissance includes the following points on aerial
reconnaissance:
-- The missions and limits (areas) of aerial reconnaissance;
-- The number of allocated sorties for the accomplishment of each mission;
-- The most important reconnaissance targets;
-- The method and time of sending aerial reconnaissance reports.
The map annex, attached to the reconnaissance plan, normally reflects the
following:
-- Boundaries of the front and of armies
-- The targets and axes of reconnaissance and the areas where special attention
of the reconnaissance is to be concentrated.
-- The units, subunits and groups (detachments) of special reconnaissance
troops and the sources of espionage reconnaissance.
-- The main directions of aerial reconnaissance to cover the areas of
deployment of the airfields where the reconnaissance aviation forces are based.
The scale and dimension of vertical and oblique aerial photography of these
airfields.
-- The main and alternate areas of the deployment of front
reconnaissance troops and means and the method of their movement and relocation
in the course of the operation.
-- The line up to which all types of arms and services may conduct
reconnaissance prior to the initiation of the operation.
The written instructions attached to the map type reconnaissance plan briefly
reflects the following points:
-- The aim and main tasks of the reconnaissance and the time of their
accomplishment
-- Calculation of the troops and means in terms of missions, the days of
operation and the axes of action, along with other information which can not be
shown on the map.
-- Instructions on material (logistic) support.
-- Instructions on coordination (interaction).
-- Instructions on communications.
|
|
|
Figure 264 Guiding Data of Reconnaissance Plan

|
|
|
Figure 265 Graphic Plan
of Simultaneous Flight of Reconnaissance Air
GRAPHIC PLAN OF
SIMULTANEOUS FLIGHT OF THE RECON.
AIRCRAFT OF ___ AIR ARMY FOR CONFIRMATION RECON.
OF TARGETS OF THE INITIAL NUCLEAR STRIKE
|
1. FORCES AND MEANS TO BE EMPLOYED
|
RECON AVIATION UNIT AND SUB UNIT |
NUMBER OF AIRCRAFT SORTIES |
NUMBER OF COMBAT READY AIRCRAFT (COF. .90) |
PARTICIPATING AIRCRAFT IN SIMULTANEOUS FLIGHT |
RESERVE |
OPERATIONAL RECON AVIATION REGT |
|
|
|
|
TACTICAL RECON AVIATION REGT |
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 265 Graphic Plan
of Simultaneous Flight of Reconnaissance Air
 |
|
|
Figure 266 Calculations
of Reconnaissance Forces
 |
|
|
Figure 267 Distribution
of forces and means to tasks

|
|
|
Figure 268 Written
Instructions to Reconnaissance Plan



 |
|
|
Figure 268 Written
Instructions to Reconnaissance Plan
WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO:
RECONNAISSANCE PLAN OF FRONT FROM ____ TO ____
NO.12
MAP: 1:500,000 ___ 2ND ED, 1964
|
1. RECONNAISSANCE AIM:
To determine the time and forms of deployment of NATO aggressors against
the Central front forces, to determine the grouping of armed forces in
the central region and the CENTAG Army group and 2nd OTAK, likely enemy
intentions in his first operation; in the course of the combat action - timely
detection of changes in composition and character of action of NATO forces.
The main effort of reconnaissance is concentrated in the direction of
|
2. MAIN RECONNAISSANCE TASKS, TIME OF
THEIR EXECUTION AND EXECUTING ELEMENTS.
|
What tasks are conducted by front
|
Main reconnaissance tasks
|
Reconnaissance forces and means
|
Time of execution
|
PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING
OF THE OPERATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IN THE COURSE OF THE OPERATION
DURING THE IMMEDIATE MISSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DURING THE LONG RANGE MISSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. At the end of the front's
offensive the following reconnaissance assets should remain in the
front'sreserve
. |
Agent reconnaissance sources: |
|
SPETZNAZ reconnaissance groups: |
|
Reconnaissance aircraft sorties |
|
4. Measures on the employment of
Reconnaissance forces and means:
|
a. Agent reconnaissance |
|
b. Special Purpose Reconnaissance |
|
c. Air Reconnaissance |
|
d. Armies' Reconnaissance forces and means |
|
5. Troop Control of front
reconnaissance forces and means:
Troop control of the reconnaissance forces and means is conducted from the
command post and forward command post in the following manner:
|
6. Reporting the results of
reconnaissance:
|
a. Armies' Chiefs of reconnaissance: |
|
b. Front reconnaissance units commanders: |
|
c. From front to GRU: |
|
7. Information Dissemination: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 269 Written
Instructions for front Reconniassance








 
|
|
|
Figure 269 Written
Instructions for front Reconniassance
WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO:
RECONNAISSANCE PLAN OF FRONT FROM ____ TO ____
NO.12
MAP: 1:500,000 ___ 2ND ED, 1964
|
1. RECONNAISSANCE AIM:
To determine the time and forms of deployment of NATO aggressors
against the Central front forces, to determine the grouping of armed
forces in the central region and the CENTAG Army group and 2nd OTAK, likely
enemy intentions in his first operation; in the course of the combat action -
timely detection of changes in composition and character of action of NATO
forces.
The main effort of reconnaissance is concentrated in the direction
of
|
2. MAIN RECONNAISSANCE TASKS, TIME OF THEIR
EXECUTION AND EXECUTING ELEMENTS.
|
What tasks are conducted by front |
Main reconnaissance tasks |
Reconnaissance forces and means |
Time of execution |
PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF THE OPERATION
|
Preparation of the operation |
1. Timely detection of enemy actions on preparation for launching
initial nuclear strike. Special attention is to be paid to ....., ....., .....
guided rocket (YPS) units. Detection of moving of the
rocket forces out of their permanent posts, deployment of nuclear bomb stocks,
airfield used by nuclear aircraft and standby nuclear delivery means. Special
attention should be paid to British 150th and 650th battalions of Pershing
guided rockets.
|
Agent reconnaissance sources; 3rd Radio and 3rd
Radio- Technical
Regiments of the front; 1st, 4th, and 7th armies;
6th Front air army; GRU and Baltic fleet; Western TVD.
|
From 8.25 |
|
2. Disclosing the coordinates of enemy mobile targets planned to be
hit in front initial nuclear strike. Special attention must be paid to
150 and 650 C (British) guided rocket battalions, 3rd tank and 1, 67, 11, 13
mechanized divisions in.......Hawk battalions, 1st corps CP and airfields......
|
Agent recon sources; 3rd radio and 3rd radio technical OSNAZ
Regiments; of the front; 1st, 4th, 7th armies and 6th air army; GRU,
Baltic fleet, Western TVD |
From 8.75 |
|
3. Continuous observation and surveillance of enemy large units
which are ready to initiate combat action in front area......
|
Same as above. |
From 8.25 |
|
4. Detection of the preparation of aircraft based
on aircraft carriers.
|
|
Continuous observation and detection |
|
5. Detection of the movement of Hawk SA guided rockets and
occupation of positions by them and finding the coordinates of their launching
positions. |
|
|
|
6. Command Posts. |
|
|
|
7. Air Force. |
|
|
|
8. Mobilizations of forces. |
|
|
|
9. Preparation of departure areas. |
|
|
Total assets planned to be employed in accomplishment
of the above tasks in the phase of preparation of the operation:
28 agent recon sources
221 Radio and Radio-tech posts
12 sorties of air reconnaissance per day
|
IN THE COURSE OF THE OPERATION
DURING THE IMMEDIATE MISSION
|
Initiation of initial nuclear strike (by the beginning of the
operation or during it). |
The main efforts of the reconnaissance must be concentrated on the
main grouping of the Northern Army Group, 2 OTAT and allied armed forces.
|
Massive flight of front 6th air
army.
|
From P to P + 0.40 |
|
1. Confirmation of coordinate of targets planned to be
destroyed. |
agent recon 3R and 3RT Regiments. 1st, 4th, and
7th
armies.
|
One day prior to the operation to P + 0.40 |
|
2. Assessment of the level of destruction of targets hit by initial
nuclear strikes. |
6th air army 3 Spetznaz Bn.
|
From P + 1.00 to P + 10.00 |
Participation of front6th Air Army in air operation to
destroy enemy air force |
Location airfields of tactical air crafts, Guided SSM positions,
location of nonguided SSM (NURS), guided SAM, CP's of air force, ground troops
and air defense forces.Special attention must be paid to nuclear capable
aircraft. |
6 air army 3R and 3RT OSNAZ regts of the
front, GRU, Baltic fleet, and Western TVD.
|
One day prior to operation to D day |
Repelling enemy invasion and conduct of major meeting
engagements |
1. Locating the areas of aircraft flights, composition, direction,
altitude and areas of their operation. |
Agent Recon sources; 6 air army and 3R and 3RT OSNAZ regiments,
GRU, 1st, 4th, and 7th armies. |
D day |
|
2. Disclosing the direction of movement of enemy's first echelon
large units of ground forces toward the border. Special attention must be paid
to the direction of .... |
Same as above. |
D-2 to D day |
Passage through enemy covering force zone |
1. Disclosing the composition of enemy's grouping in Covering
Zone. |
6th air army; 3 radio and 3 radiotech. OSNAZ Regiments 1st, 4th,
and 7th armies. |
H hr to H + 8.00 |
Passage (penetration) through enemy forward defense
lines. |
2. Presence and nature of enemy's engineer works in the Covering
Zone. Locating groupings of enemy forces, its engineer works, fire system,
obstacles, and nonoccupied areas. Special attention must be paid to nuclear
weapons and enemy reserves. |
Same as above. |
1st and 2nd days of operation and 4 hrs prior to penetration or
passage |
Landing of air and seaborne assault forces in ___ and
__. |
1. Character of enemy's anti-airborne and anti- seaborne assaults
and related engineer works. |
6th air army 3 SPETZNAZ Bn, GRU, agent recon
sources, Baltic fleet.
|
3rd and 5th days of operation and 4 hrs prior to
assault |
|
2. Grouping of enemy ground air and air defense forces in the area
of airborne assault. |
|
|
|
3. Grouping of enemy naval forces in .......(seaborne assault
area). |
|
|
Repelling enemy's counter blows |
1. Observation of enemy reserves and enemy's mobilization
activities in areas..... and .....; composition of the forces and directions of
their movements. |
6th air army 3 Radio and 3 RT OSNAZ Regiment; 3
SPETZNAZ Bn, GRU; Central Front.
|
From D + 1 thru D+6 or enemy's counter blow |
|
2. By the beginning of enemy counterblows, disclosure of the
composition and location of guided SSM (YRS) and guided SAM (ZYRS), aircrafts,
artillery, and the directions of counter-blows. |
|
|
Commitment of front's second echelon army into
engagement |
1. Enemy grouping of forces and means in the area of operation of
8th army to include enemy composition combat capabilities and character of
enemy defenses. |
6th air army, 3R and 3 RT OSNAZ Regts.; 33 SPETZNAZ Bn. 1st, 4th,
and 8th armies. |
From D+7 or one day prior to commitment to H-4 hrs |
Pursuit and destruction of retreating enemy |
2. Nature and status of the directions to be followed
by 8th army after commitment.
|
Same as above. |
|
|
1. Disclosure of enemy's retreat and the direction of the retreat
of main forces. |
Same as above. |
|
|
2. Intermediate defensive lines and their engineer works.
|
|
|
|
3. Presence and character of contaminated and flooded
areas.
|
|
|
|
Total assets assigned for the immediate mission.
28 agent recon groups
32 SPETZNAZ groups
400 sorties of recon aircraft
150 radio and radio tech posts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DURING THE LONG RANGE MISSION
|
|
The main effort of reconnaissance is to concentrate for the
destruction of Northern Army Group, 2 OTAK and allied armed forces in the
strait areas and destruction of enemy strategic reserves. |
|
|
Crossing Rhine River |
1. Character of enemy action on the river, presence of obstacles,
engineer obstacles on the river. |
6th air army; 3 R and 3 RT OSNAZ Regts 3
SPETZNAZ Bn, 4th and 8th armies; GRU, agent recon sources, Central
Front.
|
From D+9 to 4 hrs before the crossing |
|
2. Disposition of enemy defenses on the river. |
|
|
|
3. Availability and status of bridges and crossing sites.
|
|
|
|
4. Presence and character of action of enemy operational reserves
and their status. |
|
|
Destruction of enemy deep (strategic) reserves |
1. Presence and landing of enemy's strategic reserves in
front area and their composition. |
6th air army, agent recon sources, GRU, 3
SPETZNAZ Bn, Baltic Fleet, Central Front.
|
Through the operation |
|
2. Observation and following of the mobilization process of new
reserves. Disclosure of the intention of Western Command regarding the
employment of these reserves. |
6th air army, agent recon sources, GRU, 3
SPETZNAZ Bn, Baltic Fleet, Central Front.
|
From D+5 |
Organization of anti-seaborne assault on coasts at
___ |
1. Detection of enemy preparation for landing seaborne assault
forces. |
6 air army, agent recon, Baltic fleet, Central
Front |
|
|
2. Observation and following of Western seaborne assault task
forces and the nature of their operation at..... |
6 air army agent recon, Baltic fleet,
GRU.
|
|
Total assets assigned to the subsequent mission: 20
agent recon sources, 25 SPETZNAZ groups, 96 Radio and Radio-Tech OSNAZ posts,
200 sorties of recon air. |
3. At the end of the front's offensive the
following reconnaissance assets should remain in the front's reserve.
|
Agent reconnaissance sources: |
20 |
SPETZNAZ reconnaissance groups: |
8 |
Reconnaissance aircraft sorties |
36 |
4. Measures on the employment of Reconnaissance forces
and means: |
a. Agent reconnaissance |
Infiltration of agent reconnaissance sources of the
front (Marshroutniko, V.) in the rear of the enemy area should be
effected in the following manner: on the night of 9.4 up to 2 sources, on the
night of 9.5 up to 3 sources, on the night of 9.6 up to 2 sources. Their
objective will be disclosure of the deployment of enemy's striking group's
large units in the direction of Luxembourg and Antwerp.
Preparing the sources who are going to infiltrate in the enemy area should be
effected from the beginning of the combat action at 20:00, 8.8.
Infiltration of the sources in terms of days of the operation:
First Day 2 sources
2nd Day 2 sources
3rd Day 3 sources
4th Day 1 source
5th Day 2 sources
9th Day 2 sources
|
b. Special Purpose Reconnaissance |
Two groups of SPETZNAZ recon are to be detached to
infiltrate in to the enemy rear in Ruhr area, 7 SPETZNAZ Recon group in area
from Frankfurt to Heidelberg, 25 SPETZNAZ recon groups in the direction of
Luxembourg - Brussels. The infiltration of SPETZNAZ groups
by transport aircrafts and helicopters is scheduled as follows:
--First Day 4 groups 4th Day 4 groups
--2nd Day 9 groups 5th Day 7 groups
--3rd Day 4 groups 6th Day 3 groups
|
c. Air Reconnaissance |
Prior to the initiation of the operation, the air
reconnaissance is conducted by 12 recon aircraft sorties per day without
crossing the border to include 6 sorties for radio-technical reconnaissance and
6 sorties for air observation and oblique photography. To
conduct air reconnaissance beyond the border (violating enemy's air space) in
the enemy's air space 6 air crews should be prepared (2 air crews in each air
reconnaissance regiment). Their actual flight will be initiated by the
permission of the general staff of the armed forces.
To reconfirm targets of the initial nuclear strike, reconnaissance
is conducted by simultaneous flight of 100 recon aircraft from (P) to (P+0:40
-- "P" is the launch time of nuclear strike.
To assess the results of the initial nuclear strike of the front
(152 targets) a flight of 60 reconnaissance aircraft is planned.
|
d. Armies' Reconnaissance forces and means |
A full system of observation by technical equipment
should be organized along the border by the reconnaissance forces and means of
first echelon large units and combat support arms once the covering troop
occupied their positions. Up to the arrival of covering troops, observation
must be conducted by officers' observation posts without disturbing the
standing regime of border troops (each first echelon division establish one
post.) After full combat readiness at the front
level the following elements are to be assigned for recon tasks:
--Troops observation posts 42
--Artillery observation posts 39
--Radio and radio-technical posts 104
By the initiation of combat action and during the course of the
operation reconnaissance is conducted by the following means:
--Reconnaissance groups of the troops (first echelon divisions) 54
--Artillery observation posts 286
--Sound Recon posts 9
--Radio and radio-technical posts 276
--Radar Reconnaissance posts 81
|
5. Troop Control of front reconnaissance
forces and means: Troop control of the reconnaissance
forces and means is conducted from the command post and forward command post in
the following manner:
--OSNAZ Radio and Radio-technical units by radio using telegraphic
equipment of secret Command and Control (3ACf) and cipher system through the
command post of the Reconnaissance Directorate of the front.
--Communication with agent reconnaissance and SPETZNAZ recon units
is established by quick action radios and telegraphic reception from OSNAZ
signal centers by direction-oriented radios.
--Communication with Armies' Reconnaissance Chiefs is established
by front and armies signal centers.
--Communication with the Chiefs of Reconnaissance of Baltic Fleet
and Central Front is established through Radio Communication Centers
of OSNAZ and the front.
|
6. Reporting the results of
reconnaissance: |
a. Armies' Chiefs of reconnaissance: |
--Recon reports daily at 06:00 and 14:00--Situation
reports at 0:500 and 13:00. --Reports on the situation of
reconnaissance troops and means and accomplishment of their tasks in a 24 hour
period should be sent daily at 24:00 and situation reports at 20:00.
|
b. Front reconnaissance units commanders: |
--Results of reconnaissance are to be reported 4 times
a day at 05:00, 11:00, 17:00, 23:00. --Important
information should be reported immediately.
|
c. From front to GRU: |
--Reconnaissance reports are to be sent daily at 07:00
and 15:00 and situation reports at 05:00 and 13:00.
--Reconnaissance summary on situation is to be reported daily at
20:00.
--Situation of reconnaissance units and accomplishment of their
daily missions is to be reported daily at 20:00.
--Important information on enemy should be reported immediately.
|
7. Information Dissemination: |
--Mutual exchange of information between the
headquarters of Central Front, Baltic fleet, and Baltic Front
is conducted by mutual exchange of documents, reconnaissance information, and
personnel information through secret signal channels.
--Reconnaissance information originated at the armies are
communicated by signal communication means, courier service, or they are
included in reconnaissance summaries, diagrams, maps.
|
|
|
|
Figure 270 Front
Reconnaissance Plan Map

|
|
|
Artillery
|
|
|
Artillery support is a
fundamental and critical part of every Soviet major combat operation. At the
front level the commander uses his artillery to influence the outcome
of the operation by strongly weighing the amount of front artillery he
provides to the army(ies) making the main attack. The necessary calculations
and resulting directives and instructions are prepared by the staff of the
chief of artillery and rocket troops.
Combat Instructions of TVD Commander on Rocket Troops and
Artillery
The following points are included in the instructions on employment of rocket
troops and artillery issued by the TVD staff to the staffs of fronts:
-- artillery forces which are designated to support the front, their
time of arrival and location of deployment, their composition and level of
manning in personnel and weapons; shown in a table indicating unit
organization, number and type of guns;
-- boundary line between strategic and front nuclear strikes;
-- planned rocket fires of front with the aim of conducting the first
nuclear strike on the basis of exact reconnaissance data to destroy the
following targets:
---- destruction of nuclear weapons such as nuclear rockets, aviation with
nuclear bombs, and nuclear depots;
---- destruction of main grouping of enemy including his tactical nuclear
forces;
---- destruction of troops control system including CP's, signal centers, and
aviation navigation posts;
---- destruction of PVO means and radars;
---- suppression of rear service targets.
-- during the preparation period and course of the offensive all rocket forces
come to the highest combat readiness and one third of rocket forces assume
direct readiness # 3 to prepare to fire;
-- the quantity of chemical, nuclear, and conventional rocket warheads
available for the operation;
-- the quantity of ammunition available for use in the offensive;
-- to insure the rapid movement of forces on the direction of the main attack,
use only chemical or air burst nuclear strikes in order to avoid destruction on
the terrain;
-- deliver ammunition directly to the gun positions at the outset to support
the rapid resupply during the fire preparation phase;
-- targets on the front axis that will be destroyed by strategic
aviation and nuclear submarine fire;
-- means for receiving reconnaissance data from space;
-- preparation of main and alternate positions for rocket forces and artillery
in the FUP area for the offensive; deployment of artillery and rocket forces
and operational maskirovka including the use of radio electronic
combat means for maskirovka;
-- support for the commitment into the engagement of the second echelon armies
or fronts from the strategic reserves.
Suggestions of Chief of Artillery and Rocket Forces of the
Front during the Estimate of the Situation by the Front
Commander
The presentation by the chief of rocket troops and artillery to the
front commander is in three parts; his estimate of the situation
pertaining to enemy artillery forces and means, his summary of the status of
own artillery resources, and his suggestions (recommendations) on the best
employment of artillery and rocket forces in support of the front
mission. The main points include the following as illustrated in this sample
for the Central Front:
--- Enemy forces:
-- Directly opposing the front are located the I UK (blue) Army Corps,
I BE (violet) Army Corps, III GE (brown_ Army Corps, V and VII (green) U. S.
Army Corps. In their composition are included the following rocket and atomic
artillery.
|
|
|
Figure 271 Enemy
Forces

|
|
|
Figure 271 Enemy
Forces
ENEMY
NUCLEAR Missile AND ARTILLERY
|
|
Atomic
artillery |
Nuclear
rockets |
Nuclear
Warheads |
Unit |
155mm bns |
203mm bns |
Lance |
Sergeant |
Pershing |
I UK Corps |
3 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
110 |
I BE Corps |
2 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
40 |
III GE Corps |
3 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
60 |
V U. S. Corps |
2 |
2 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
150 |
VII U.S. Corps |
3 |
2 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
180 |
Strategic med. range rockets |
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
Strategic missiles and
operational/tactical rockets have occupied their firing positions and are at a
state of higher combat readiness. But part of the tactical rockets and atomic
artillery to this time have not occupied their positions. The range of fire of
the 155mm guns is 18,100 meters, the 203.4 mm guns is 21,000 meters, the the
Honest John rocket is 40 km, the Sergeant is 140 km, and the Pershing is 740
km.
The range of the medium strategic missiles 2500 kms.
The enemy in the first nuclear strike may employ up to 700 nuclear warheads and
may suppress the front's forces to the full depth. This requires that
the enemy's preparation to employ nuclear weapons be carefully and exactly
observed and at the determination of his preparedness it is essential that
front forces preempt the enemy with our own strike. This will require
that the rocket forces be kept at the highest level of preparedness. The
enemy's medium range strategic rockets are located in the following areas; ___,
___, and___. Pershing positions are located at ___ and ___ and ___. Sergeant
battalions are located ___, ___, and ___. The positions of the Sergeant
battalions of the Vth and VIIth Corps have not yet be determined.
Reconnaissance must locate their positions and follow them.
-- Assessment of high precision weapons: inncludes the following points;
grouping, composition, location, character of activities, capabilities;
--The enemy has designated firing positions in his covering force area, however
his artillery has not yet occupied positions there;
-- On the forward defense line the majority of artillery is in prepared
positions. The enemy self-propelled artillery at the beginning of its combat
action will rapidly occupy its positions and camouflage them and be prepared to
fire. For this reason artillery reconnaissance and air and radio-technical
reconnaissance must find these positions quickly and report on them. The depth
of enemy's range of fire is up to 20 km. For this reason the main forces of the
motor rifle and tank formations and units must not occupy FUP areas for the
offensive closer than 20 km from the enemy defense lines.
--Own forces
The Central Front has been reenforced for the offensive with 3
artillery divisions and 2 heavy artillery brigades of the reserve of the high
command. The composition of these forces in personnel is 90% and from the point
of view of equipment 95%.
The Central Front has 5 armies and the artillery of the high command,
this all totals to 6400 artillery and mortars and almost 2500 anti-tank guns
and guided rockets. In accordance with this, the front is capable and
prepared to conduct breakthrough of the enemy defense at a total width of 32
km. The density of artillery on a single km of front will be 100 - 120 guns and
mortars.
Supplies of ammunition are at designated norms at the units and army and
front depots. For conduct of the offensive operation the
front expenditure requirements in ammunition, its resupply during the
operation, and creation of supply reserves at the end of the operation are
shown in the following table:
|
|
|
Figure 272 Ammunition
requirements and supply

|
|
|
Figure 272 Ammunition
requirements and supply
AMMUNITION REQUIREMENTS,
ECHELONMENT, AND RESUPPLY DURING FRONT OPERATION |
|
TYPES OF AMMUNITION IN UNITS
OF FIRE |
TOTAL REQUIREMENT, QUANTITY, ECHELONMENT AND
RESUPPLY |
SMALL ARMS |
ARTY & MTRS |
MRL |
TANK |
PVO |
AIR |
TOTAL REQUIRED |
4-4.5 |
7.5-9.0 |
7.5-9.O |
7.5-8.0 |
8.5-9.5 |
22-23 |
QUANTITY ON HAND |
2.15 |
3.25 |
3.25 |
5.25 |
5.75 |
17.5 |
WITH TROOP UNITS |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
2.25 |
2.0 |
|
AT ARMY DEPOTS |
0.15 |
0.30 |
0.30 |
0.40 |
0.50 |
|
AT FRONT DEPOTS |
1.0 |
1.95 |
1.95 |
2.6 |
3.25 |
17.5 (AIR)
|
ARRIVE DURING OPERATION |
1.85-2.3 |
4.25-5.75 |
4.25-5.75 |
2.25-2.75 |
2.75-3.75 |
|
USED IN OPERATION |
1.85-2.3 |
4.24-5.75 |
4.25-5.75 |
2.25-2.75 |
2.75-3.75 |
|
CREATE SUPPLY AT END OF OPERATION |
2.15 |
3.25 |
3.25 |
5.25 |
5.75 |
|
For conduct of artillery preparation we must supply to the initial firing
positions 2.5 units of fire. This is a critical task that will require the
attention of the rear service transport elements.
|
|
|
Suggestions:
One most important mission of artillery during the offensive is the successful
completion of the breakthrough of the enemy defense positions. To enable the
front artillery organization to be capable of fulfilling that mission,
for its conduct, I suggest that the front organize the following
artillery groups in the armies , divisions, and regiments:
-- for armies - up to 10 battalions;
-- for divisions on main axis - up to 6 battalions;
-- for regiments on main axis - up to 4 battalions;
For repelling enemy tank attacks I recommend front create the
following anti-tank reserves of the formations, large units, and units:
-- a. in the front - 2 anti-tank reserves, one with the composition of
up to 1-2 anti-tank brigades and the other of the combat helicopter regiment
MI-24 ;
-- b. in the armies - 1 anti-tank regiment;
-- c. in divisions that are on the main axis - 1 anti-tank battalion;
-- d. in the regiments that are on the main axis - 2 anti-tank batteries;
I recommend the distribution of the artillery from the reserve of the high
command in the following manner:
-- a. First Guards Tank Army - ___ division;
-- b. Eight Guard Army - ___ division:
-- c. 28th Guards Army - ___division;
-- d.
During the commitment into the engagement of the second echelon army, it should
be reenforced with the following artillery ___division;
-- Anti-tank reserve for the armies=___ brigades
-- The width of the breakthrough sector for armies should be distributed as
follows:
---- First Guards Tank Army - 8 km
---- Eight Guards Army - 8 km;
---- 28th Guards Army - 8 km;
---- _______ - 8 km
Duration for conduct of artillery preparatory fire and the participation of
artillery in it will be determined according the actual situation conditions
and the nature of the enemy defense according the recommendations of the chiefs
of artillery of the armies.
Artillery support during the course of the offensive must be conducted in a
manner to insure the uninterrupted forward movement of the tank and motor-rifle
forces. I recommend that, if the enemy has a deep defense area, artillery
preparatory fire must be conducted by means of single or double barrage fire to
the depth of the full positions of the first echelon battalions, and by means
of single or double successive fire to the depth of the first echelon brigades.
Artillery accompanying fire should be by means of massive and concentration
fire.
Rocket forces
The majority of rocket forces of front are moving into their position
areas, and rocket forces of the armies have occupied their positions and
division rocket forces are located at a distance of 10 km from the state border
in accordance with plans. They have occupied their positions and they are
prepared. One third of the rocket forces of front and armies are at a
status of combat alert at level 3 of combat readiness for firing. Rocket forces
of the front, armies, and divisions in personnel are at 93% and in
combat equipment at 97%.
Front has in its composition 100 launchers R-65 and 92 R-300
launchers. For the initial nuclear strike the front is capable of
destroying 6 - 9 enemy divisions, and also to suppress nuclear depots, command
posts of army groups, corps, divisions, and brigades; the important centers of
alarm and guidance, and control of air forces, PVO; and it also may partly
suppress tactical aviation on the airfields and also the basic majority of
anti-air rockets.
Front for the conduct of the offensive requires 484 rockets, of which
182 are the R-300. At present 250 R-65 and 140 R-300 are on hand in the rocket
units and the remainder will arrive during the course of the operation.
For conduct of the offensive operation, the front requires 500
conventional rocket R-65 and 276 rockets R-300 and 200 chemical rockets for
R-65 and 92 rockets R-300. All these are on hand in the rocket units.
The most important mission of rocket forces during the offensive is conduct of
the initial nuclear strike. In this strike I recommend that we destroy the
following targets:
-- a. enemy nuclear rocket in areas ___, ___;
-- nuclear storage at ___, ___;
-- aviation carrying nuclear weapons at ___, and ___;
-- b. destruction of___, and ___ divisions of ___ Corps and ___ division
of___corps etc.;
-- c. destruction of command posts of corps ___, ___; and signal communication
centers in ___ area; centers for guidance of aviation at ___.
-- d. destruction of anti-air defense system at ___ etc. and radar stations at
___.
-- suppression of rear service targets at ___, ___.
With the aim of strengthening the front initial nuclear strike, I
recommend that the rocket forces of divisions of the second echelon armies also
participate in it. For this I recommend that they also occupy firing positions
at 10 km from the state border.
Combat Instructions of Front Staff on Employment of Rocket
Troops and Artillery to Army Staff
The following points are included in the instructions given by the
front chief of rocket troops and artillery to the chief of rocket
troops and artillery at army:
-- what artillery formations and units and anti-tank units are being assigned
to reenforce the army;
-- the time for their assignment, location of their deployment and their
organization and composition;
-- organization of security (cover) provided by artillery and rocket forces for
the deployment of the army and occupation of the FUP areas by the main army
forces;
-- width of the army breakthrough sector in the enemy first defensive line and
the density of artillery per kilometer of breakthrough frontage, the time of
artillery preparatory fire and amount of ammunition to be used in the
preparatory fire;
-- the composition of artillery groups:
---- army group
---- divisions on main attack axis;
---- regiments on main attack axis;
--methods for conduct of support and accompanying fire;
-- means for use of artillery and rocket forces in securing the commitment into
the engagement of the second echelon army of the front;
-- organization of anti-tank reserve;
---- army reserve;
---- division on main attack axis;
---- regiments on main attack axis;
-- conduct of air preparation, support, and accompaniment during the
corresponding phases of artillery fire including its direction against which
targets and reserves in interaction with artillery;
-- quantity of expenditure of ammunition during the offensive and amount
required for creation of reserves at end of the operation;
-- how to resupply ammunition during the fire preparation phase directly to
army, division, and regimental artillery groups.
Rocket (Missile) forces
upon receipt of the alarm signal how the rocket and artillery forces will shift
to the higher state of combat readiness with 30% of rockets going to
preparation stage number 3, ready to fire, with the aim of being ready for
destruction of the most important enemy targets (especially nuclear weapons)
and for participation in the front initial nuclear strike;
-- which rocket forces will participate in the initial nuclear strike;
-- planning for the army rocket forces with the aim of their participation in
the front initial nuclear strike conducted on the basis of exact
reconnaissance data, for the destruction of the following targets:
---- destruction of nuclear weapons, rockets, launchers, aviation carrying
nuclear bombs, atomic artillery, and nuclear depots.
---- destruction of the main forces of which corps and divisions in what
region;
---- destruction of control points of divisions and brigades in the area ___
and aviation control navigation centers;
---- destruction of PVO forces and means in which areas, and radar locating
stations located ___.
---- suppression of rear service targets in specified regions;
-- plan to use air bursts and chemical strikes in areas on the main attack axis
with the aim of reducing the collateral damage to the area and reduce
radiation;
-- plan and graphic of the participation of rocket forces in the nuclear strike
must be prepared and delivered to the front staff by ___ time;
-- targets in the army area which will be destroyed by front forces;
-- quantity of resupply of nuclear, chemical, and conventional racket warheads
during the operation, divided according to use in front first nuclear
strike and by army missions;
-- security provided by artillery for commitment into the engagement of the
front second echelon;
-- means for securing reconnaissance data from space;
-- time to be prepared to accomplish assigned missions.
|
|
|
Combat Instructions of
the Front Commander on Artillery
Series number
Secret
Copy number #
|
|
|
To: Chief of Artillery of Eighth Guards Army
Combat instructions on employment of artillery
Command Post ___: Time ___: Date___:
Map__: Scale__; Time of year:
1. The 100th Artillery Division and 103rd Heavy Artillery Brigade of the
reserve of the high command are assigned to the army for the offensive. The
artillery division will arrive at ___ hrs on ___ date in ___(location) area.
The heavy artillery brigade at ___hrs on ___ date will assemble in ___ area.
The organization, types of weapons, and number of guns per battery are shown in
annex # 1.
2. With the aim of securing (covering) the deployment of the main forces of the
army, the destruction of possible enemy strikes, and support for the army going
over onto the offensive, each first echelon division will deploy three or four
artillery battalions in the covering force area. Prepare positions for this
artillery at a distance of 3 - 7 kms from the state border. Also with this aim
and for participation of the rocket battalions of first echelon divisions in
the initial nuclear strike, deploy these battalions 10 km from the state
border. These positions are camouflaged against enemy observation and
reconnaissance. In the army FUP areas with the aim of repelling possible enemy
strikes, prepare and camouflage main and alternate positions for artillery;
3. The army breakthrough zone in the enemy forward first defense zone is not
less than 8 km wide and the density of artillery in this zone will be not less
than 110 guns and mortars per km.
4. During the breakthrough of the defense and during the course of the
offensive organize the following artillery groups in army, divisions, and
regiments that are on the main axis of advance:
-- army artillery group of not less than 10 battalions;
-- division artillery groups of 6 battalions;
-- regimental artillery groups on main axes of up to 4 battalions;
5. With the aim of development of the offensive at a high tempo into the depth
of the enemy defense, artillery support fire will be conducted up to the depth
of the rear of the enemy first echelon brigades by means of single and double
barrage fire and successive concentration fire. After this, accompanying fire
for attacking forces will be conducted by concentration fire or massive fire.
6. Commitment into the engagement of the front second echelon army
will be supported by a minimum of 10 artillery battalions in the composition of
army, division, and regimental artillery groups in the region of commitment in
addition to the artillery of the second echelon itself.
7. The composition of the anti-tank reserve of army, divisions, and regiments
will be designated by the chief of rocket troops and artillery at the decision
of the army commander. (Note that in the composition of the army anti-tank
reserve will be the anti-tank brigade of the reserve of the high command.
8. During the conduct of the artillery preparation, support, and accompanying
fire; aviation preparation, support, and accompaniment will be conducted by
three fighter bomber regimental sorties. Designation of targets and times for
air strikes and for support of the security of aviation during fire preparation
and the course of the operation is coordinated between the chiefs of rocket
troops and artillery, PVO, and the center of combat control of the air army.
9. The quantity of ammunition for the offensive and for creation of reserves at
the end of the operation is shown in the annex.
10. For the conduct of fire preparation during the breakthrough of the enemy
first line ammunition will be delivered and dumped directly at the firing
positions of regimental, division, and army artillery groups. Plan that the
duration of fire preparation will be 40 minutes and the quantity of ammunition
expended will be 1 unit of fire. This may be changed as needed according to the
latest reconnaissance data.
11. The time to be prepared to fulfill the missions is ___.
12. Command posts are located at___.
Signed Chief of front artillery
Chief of Staff of front artillery
Chief of artillery operations department
|
|
|
Order of Front
Chief of Rocket Troops and Artillery to the Front Anti-tank
Reserve
Serial Number
SECRET
Copy Number
|
|
|
To: the Commander of front AT Reserve # 1
Order from chief of rocket troops and artillery
Command post __ Time__ Date__ Map__ Scale__ year__
1. Assessment of enemy
In accordance with the worsening international situation, the commander in
chief of NATO forces is secretly bringing NATO forces to full combat readiness
and plans a sudden surprise attack on the Warsaw Pact forces. Directly in front
of the Central Front are located the forces of the Vth and VIIth U. S.
Corps, the IIIrd German Corps, the IInd Belgian Corps, and the Ist British
Corps; in the first echelon. These units have the following: ___motorized,
mechanized and tank divisions with ___ nuclear rockets, ___atomic artillery,
___tanks, ___ artillery and mortars, ___air defense weapons, ___ helicopters,
and ___ combat aircraft.
In the second echelon the U. S. IIIrd Corps deploys and the forces of the West
German and French armies are mobilizing to create reserves. In the composition
of these forces are the following: ___motorized, mechanized and tank divisions
with ___ nuclear rockets, ___atomic artillery, ___tanks, ___ artillery and
mortars, ___air defense weapons, ___ helicopters, and ___ combat aircraft. The
enemy against the Central Front has ___ medium range strategic
rockets. The enemy operations are supported by the 4th OTAC with ___ combat
aircraft.
2. The Central Front delivers its main attack on the axis ___. which
is conducted by the forces of the 8th Guards Army. The front immediate
mission is to seize the line ___ by the 6th day. The front will commit into the
engagement the 7th Guards Tank Army on the axis ___ , and on the 13th day reach
the coast line between __ and __.
3. The front commander in chief orders:
The ___ Anti-tank Brigade will form the first AT reserve of the front
and will deploy in the region ___. It conducts battle against the enemy tanks
on the axis of the front main attack: possible lines of repelling
enemy counter attacks of tanks are planned ahead to be the following:
-- Line # 1: ___ to ___ axis __
-- Line # 2: ___ to ___ axis ___
-- Line # 3: ___ to ___ axis __
-- Line # 4: ___ to ___ axis ___
The AT reserve during the course of operation moves behind the ___ division of
the 8th Guards Army. It will be prepared to repel counterattacking enemy tanks
in coordination with the front 1st Mobile Obstacle Detachment and
other forces of the army.
4. The quantity of ammunition for the AT artillery and AT rockets during the
offensive is 8 units of fire.
5. The time to be prepared to fulfill missions is ___.
6. The command post of the chief of artillery and rocket forces is ___.
Signature: Chief of artillery
Signature: Chief of staff of artillery
Signature: Chief of artillery operations department
|
|
|
Figure 273-4-5 Plan for
employment of Rocket Troops
   |
|
|
Figure 276 Echelonment
of Material Means in the Front

|
|
|
Air
|
|
|
Air Components in the
Preparation of front Offensive Operations
The air army commander conducts both his planning and subsequent air army
combat actions themselves on the basis of instructions issued by the commander
in chief of the air forces and the decision for the offensive operation made by
the front commander.
Instructions of the Commander in Chief of the Air Forces
The instructions given by the commander in chief of the air forces normally
include the following points:
-- instructions on deployment of the air army forces and means from currently
occupied airfields to new airfields;
-- instructions on preparing a network of main and alternate airfields and also
deceptive airfields;
-- instructions on establishing material reserves in the air army mobile bases
and on the airbases and airfields used by the air army;
-- instructions on air technical support (to include air traffic control,
meteorological support, airfield maintenance, and other similar activities);
-- if a strategic air operation is to be conducted in the context of the TVD
strategic operation, instructions on the role and missions of the air army in
the operation;
-- if an airborne assault operation is planned in the TVD, instructions are
included on the missions, role, and participation of the air army;
-- instructions on air combat support measures (during flight) for long-range
aircraft and military transport aviation which operate in the area of
operations of the air army and designation of flight corridors for such
aircraft;
-- coordination of front air army operations and long-range aircraft
operations during the initial strategic nuclear strike and during the strategic
air operation;
-- coordination of the front air army with military transport aviation
and long-range aircraft during the airborne operation;
-- instructions on supply of nuclear rockets and bombs during the preparation
and conduct of the offensive operation;
-- other instructions as needed.
Suggestions of the Air Army Commander to the Front
Commander
When the front commander receives the mission for the offensive
operation he clarifies it, and, if time is available during his estimate of the
situation, he listens to the reports of the chiefs of the different departments
and commanders of combat arms and special troops. In this case they report to
the front commander on the instructions they have received from higher
headquarters, the situation and status of their respective forces, and present
their suggestions on the combat employment of their related arms and services.
In this case the commander of the air army informs the front commander
about instructions received by him from the commander in chief of the air
forces and coordinating instructions from higher headquarters and adjacents and
other factors based on the operations of adjacent air forces, long-range,
transport, and naval aviation which might affect the front's mission
either positively or negatively. He also reports the latest information about
enemy air forces, as received by his means and that of higher air forces. (He
also provides this information to the chief of reconnaissance.) Then he reports
the following points during the estimate of the situation:
-- situation and status of air army troops, including where they are, what they
are doing, how many airfields and kinds of airfields, etc.;
-- strength of air army troops in terms of aircraft, helicopters, flight crews,
supplies, technical materials, and support;
-- situation and status of existing airfields and airbases;
-- deployment of air army forces to new main airfields and the establishment of
alternate airfields as well as the preparation of deceptive airfields;
-- capabilities of the air army in the initial nuclear strike of the
front to include the number of nuclear bombs and rockets that can be
delivered by the air army and how many enemy troops and targets can be
destroyed;
-- capability of the air army during the air operation;
-- capability of the air army in support of an airborne landing of tactical
airborne assault units;
-- capability of the air army during the preparatory fire, supporting fire, and
the course of the front's ground force armies' offensive;
-- capability of the air army in reconnaissance, particularly in the
reconnaissance of targets immediately after the initial nuclear strike;
-- capability of the air army to distribute and allocate sorties in terms of
front missions, and army missions throughout the operation;
-- capability of the air army to cover the main grouping of frontal
forces and rear services installations against enemy aircraft.
The air army commander then makes his suggestions on the employment of air army
troops in the following situations:
-- during the initial nuclear strike;
-- during the air operation (if such is planned at the front level);
-- during the landing or dropping of tactical air assault troops;
-- for covering the main front grouping and rear service installations
from enemy air attack;
-- the use of air forces to seek and destroy enemy nuclear delivery means;
-- the distribution of air sorties for support of the first echelon armies
during the operation;
-- the destruction and suppression of enemy reserves;
-- air reconnaissance.
The Front Commander's Assignment to the Air Army
The front commander assigns the following tasks to the air army after
he makes his decision:
-- missions and targets for the air army during the initial nuclear strike.
(The air army is normally given small and mobile targets and those located in
the deeper areas to be covered in the operation);
-- missions and targets for the air army during the air operation. (If such is
planned at front level);
-- missions for the air army during the artillery preparatory fire (in the
penetration area, enemy nuclear weapons, command posts, artillery, tanks, rear
services); during the assault support fire phase (targets on the direction of
the main attack, such as nuclear targets, command posts, artillery, tanks,
aircraft, reserves, and other small mobile targets out of range of artillery)
and during the course of the offensive operation;
-- reconnaissance missions;
-- distribution of aircraft sorties in terms of front missions and the
missions of first-echelon armies;
-- missions of covering the main front grouping and rear service
installations against enemy air strikes;
-- missions for destruction and suppression of enemy reserves.
|
|
|
Figure 277 Distribution
of Air Sorties in Terms of Missions
A sample of this table appears on this and the following three pages.
DISTRIBUTION OF AIR SORTIES RESOURCES IN TERMS
OF MISSIONS AND DAY OF THE FRONT'S OFFENSIVE OPERATION
|
TASKS LARGE UNITS & UNITS
|
D
|
D + 1
|
TASKS
|
NO & SIZE OF SORTIES |
NO. OF AC
|
TASKS
|
NO. & SIZE OF SORTIES |
NO. OF AC |
FIGHTER AVIATION |
335 DIV |
ESCORT 249 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER (AD PLAN)
COVER SEABORNE ASSAULT
RECON
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 6 REGT
1 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
62 170
31
10
31
|
ESCORT 249 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER
COVER SEABORNE ASSAULT OPS
RECON
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 4 REGT
1 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
58 116
29
9
58
|
365 DIV |
ESCORT 283 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER (AD PLAN)
COVER AIRBORNE ASSAULT
|
2 REGT 6 REGT
2 REGT
1 SQN
2 SQN
|
62 170
60
10
31
|
ESCORT 283 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER
COVER COMMITMENT OF 2GTA'S OF OMG
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 4 REGT
1 REGT
1 REGT
|
58 116
29
58
|
141 DIV |
ESCORT 611 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER (AD PLAN)
COVER AIRBORNE ASSAULT
RECON
RESERVE
|
3 REGT 6 REGT
1 SQN
1 SQN
1 SQN
|
85 170
10
10
10
|
ESCORT 611 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER
COVER COMMITMENT OF 4CAA OMG
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 4 REGT
1 REGT
1 REGT
|
58 116
29
58
|
FIGHTER BOMBER AVIATION |
249 DIV |
AIR OPS NUCLEAR SEARCH & DESTROY
SUPPORT 2 GTA
SUPPORT AIRBORNE ASSAULTS
RECON
RESERVE
|
5 REGT 1 REGT
3 REGT
2 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
140 30
85
18
10
30
|
INTERDICT ENEMY RESERVES NUCLEAR SEARCH & DESTROY
SUPPORT 2 GTA
RECON
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
3 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
58 28
80
9
28
|
283 DIV |
AIR OPS NUCLEAR SEARCH & DESTROY
SUPPORT 4 CAA & 5 CAA
RECON
RESERVE
|
4 REGT 2 SQN
4 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
118 18
118
10
30
|
DESTROY ENEMY AIR ON AIRFIELDS NUCLEAR SEARCH & DESTROY
SUPPORT 4 CAA & 5 CAA
SUPPORT REPULSION OF ENEMY COUNTER-STRIKE
RESERVE
|
1 REGT 1 SQN
4 REGT
1 REGT
1 REGT
|
58 28
116
28
28
|
BOMBER AVIATION |
611 DIV |
AIR OPS NUCLEAR SEARCH & DESTROY
INTERDICT ENEMY GA RESERVE IN AREA
RECON
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 2SQN
1 REGT
--
2 SQN
|
60 18
30
18
|
DESTROY ENEMY AIR FORCE IN AREA DESTROY ENEMY GA RESERVE
NUCLEAR SEARCH AND DESTROY
RECON
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 2 REGT
1 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
58 58
28
9
|
RECON AVIATION |
112 TAC REGT |
RECON PLAN RESERVE
|
3 REGT 1 REGT
|
85 30
|
RECON PLAN RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
|
58 28
|
118 TAC REGT |
RECON PLAN RESERVE
|
3 REGT 1 REGT
|
85 30
|
RECON PLAN RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
|
58 28
|
515 OP REGT |
RECON PLAN RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
|
60 30
|
RECON PLAN RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
|
58 28
|
TRANSPORT AVIATION (HEL) |
TRANSPORT AIR-BORNE ASSAULT SUPPLY & EVACUATION
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
1 REGT
|
102 54
54
|
TRANSPORT AIR-BORNE ASSAULT OF GTA + 4 CAA SUPPLY &
EVACUATION RESERVE
|
1 REGT 1 REGT
1 REGT
|
50 50
50
|
This table is prepared by the front air force staff to show the
allocation of aircraft to all the air missions - escort, reconnaissance, air
defense cinterdiction, ground support, attack on enemy air fields, support of
airborne or air landing assault, and reserves. The sample table shows only D
day, D + 1, and D + 6. The full table, of course, would show similar
information for all days out to the end of the front operation.
According to the reorganization of the Soviet air forces the bomber divisions
were removed from the front air armies and placed in strategic or
theater level air armies. There they are available either for allocation to
individual fronts or for use by the TVD commander in mass strikes. We
have shown in this plan the allocation of a bomber division to this
front.
DISTRIBUTION OF AIR SORTIES RESOURCES IN TERMS
OF MISSIONS AND DAY OF THE FRONT'S OFFENSIVE OPERATION
|
TASKS LARGE UNITS & UNITS
|
D + 2
|
D + 6
|
D + 7 |
ETC |
TASKS |
NO + SIZE OF
SORTIES
|
NO. OF AC |
TASKS |
NO & SIZE OF SORTIES |
NO. OF AC |
|
|
FIGHTER AVIATION |
335 DIV |
|
|
|
ESCORT 249 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE COVER IN...
COVER MOVEMENT OF 2ND ECH 5 GTA
RECON
RESERVE
|
1 REGT 2 REGT
1 REGT
1 SQN
1 REGT
|
30 60
30
9
30
|
|
|
365 DIV |
|
|
|
ESCORT 283 DIV SORTIES COVER COMMITMENT OF 5 GTA
AIR DEFENSE IN AREA.....
RESERVE
|
1 REGT 1 REGT
2 REGT
1 REGT
|
30 60
30
30
|
|
|
141 DIV |
|
|
|
ESCORT 611 DIV SORTIES AIR DEFENSE IN AREA....
COVER AIRBORNE ASSAULT BDE
RESERVE
|
1 REGT 2 REGT
1 REGT
1 REGT
|
30 60
30
30
|
|
|
FIGHTER BOMBER AVIATION |
249 DIV |
|
|
|
SUPPORT COMMITMENT OF 5 GTA DESTROY ENEMY AIR & RESERVES
RESERVE
|
3 REGT 2 REGT
1 REGT
|
85 60
30
|
|
|
283 DIV |
|
|
|
DESTROY ENEMY FORCES & RESERVES ON..... RIVER SUPPORT RIVER CROSSING
OF 1 GTA & 5 GTA
RESERVE
|
1 REGT 3 REGT
1 REGT
|
30 85
30
|
|
|
BOMBER AVIATION |
611 DIV |
|
|
|
AIR ACTION TO SUPPORT RIVER CROSSING SUPPORT OF THE OPERATION OF AIR
ASSAULT BDE
RESERVE
|
2 REGT 1 REGT
1 REGT
|
60 30
30
|
|
|
RECON AVIATION |
112 TAC REGT |
|
|
|
RECON PLAN |
2 REGT |
40 |
|
|
118 TAC REGT |
|
|
|
RECON PLAN |
2 REGT |
40 |
|
|
515 OP REGT |
|
|
|
RECON PLAN |
2 REGT |
40 |
|
|
TRANSPORT AVIATION (HEL) |
|
|
|
|
TRANSPORT AIRBORNE ASSAULTS ACROSS RIVER SUPPLY & EVACUATION
RESERVE
|
1 REGT 1 REGT
1 REGT
|
40 40
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 277 Distribution of air
sorties in missions
 
|
|
|
Figure 278 Graphic of
Initial Nuclear Strike by Air Army
|
|
|
Figure 279 Graphic of
Air Operation
|
|
|
Air Defense
|
|
|
General Staff
Instructions on Air Defense
The general staff (commander of military district) specifies the following in
its instructions on the air defense system:
-- What air defense large units of the PVOS system, and what air defense
resources of military districts have been deployed in the army's marching zone,
and what missions have been assigned to them;
-- Method of coordination (interaction) of army air defense units with the
above-mentioned PVOS and military district air defense means;
-- Method of reconnoitering the enemy air activities and warning of the army
troops about enemy aircraft.
Instruction of TVD Headquarters on Air Defense
The following points are contained in the directive and instructions issued by
the TVD headquarters to the front:
-- composition of front air defense troops and fighter aviation of the
front air army;
-- interaction of the front air defense is coordinated with what
national air defense large units and formations, and air defense of adjacent
fronts;
-- missions of large units and formations of national air defense forces, navy,
adjacent fronts and method of interaction with them;
-- missions of front air defense on the following:
---- organization of aerial enemy reconnaissance and method of warning of the
troops;
---- areas and targets to be covered by the air defense troops;
----boundaries of front air defense forces;
---- participation of front and its missions in repulsing the enemy's
massive air strike;
---- missions on support of the flight of long range aviation, transport
aviation and naval aircraft within the boundaries and area of the
front;
----air defense cover of supply routes and cover of the second echelon
front forces and other strategic reserves in the front area.
--supporting measures:
---- supply of rockets and air defense ammunition;
---- air defense maskirovka;
---- radio electronic warfare;
---- other measures.
--air defense troop control points, communication centers and the method of
their relocation during the operation.
Contents of the Decision of the Front Commander on Air Defense
During the Offensive
The front commander of air defense forces makes a decision
concerning the employment of air defense forces and means. The decision
contains the following points:
-- place, time and that grouping of forces (targets) for which the main effort
of the air defense is concentrated for covering at the beginning and during the
conduct of the operation;
-- grouping of forces and means of the front air defense;
-- which armies must be reinforced by the front air defense means and
by what air defense forces and means, at what time, and for the accomplishment
of what missions of the operation;
-- the method for repulsing enemy air strikes;
-- principles of the interaction of the front air defense forces among
themselves;
-- distribution of combat sorties of fighter aviation;
-- measures on high combat readiness of the air defense system in case of the
enemy's surprise attack and method for repulsing it; and composition of on duty
forces and means of the front's air defense troops;
-- method of deployment of air defense large units and units and their maneuver
during the operations, time of preparation of the air defense forces and means
and reconnaissance and warning system in general at the beginning of the
operation;
Front Instruction on Organization of Air Defense
As part of the directives and instructions issued by the front
commander the following points are specified for air defense troops and means:
-- deductions from the assessment of the aerial enemy, grouping of the aerial
enemy and characteristic of his action;
-- missions of the air defense;
-- instructions on reinforcement of armies by air defense means;
-- interaction:
-- interaction of air defense troops with fighter aviation;
-- interaction with national air defense troops;
-- missions of front's fighter aviation on air defense cover of
front forces and targets;
-- troop control.
Report and Suggestions of the Chief of Front's Air Defense
During Front Commander's Decision-making
During the front commander's decision-making he calls upon the chief
of air defense to provide information and make suggestions on the proper use of
air defense forces and means. This includes the following:
Information
-- asessment of aerial enemy:
---- composition of the enemy
---- likely characteristics of enemy action;
---- directions of strikes;
---- action in terms of altitudes, number of aircraft in groups, etc.
-- stuation, status and characteristic of action of the front air
defense troops;
-- capabilities of the front air defense troops regarding repulsion of
enemy's massive air strikes, covering of vital front targets during
critical phases of the operation;
-- aailability and supply of air defense rockets during the preparation and
during the conduct of the operation;
-- srength level of air defense troops in terms of personnel and equipment;
-- mssions of air defense troops during the preparation of the operation and
targets to be covered;
-- missions of the air defense troops during the operation and the method of
their relocation;
Suggestions
-- method of repulsing the enemy's massive air strikes;
-- suggestions on reinforcement of armies by front air defense means
at specific times, during specific missions and specific phases of the
operation;
-- suggestions on distribution of air sorties of the fighter aviation;
-- method of reconnaissance of the aerial enemy and warning of the troops
during the preparation and conduct of the operation;
-- organization of interaction among front air defense troops, with
national air defense troops and adjacent fronts; interaction among air
defense rocket troops and fighter aviation of the front's air army;
--calculations related to the employment of the front's air defense
troops to be used in making the decision by the front commander.
Control of Fighter Aviation
At the time the air force is raised to the state of full combat readiness, the
air army deputy commander, along with a number of air force officers and
communications means, moves to the front's main command post and
closely interacts with the chief of the front's air defense regarding
the control and combat employment of the fighter aviation in the following
areas:
-- the method of warning on the air situation;
-- the distribution of the areas of combat action of fighter aviation and units
of air defense rocket and artillery;
-- specifying interaction of aircraft with air defense rocket and artillery in
a single area;
-- specifying duty areas (combat air patrol) of fighter aviation in the air and
interception lines of the aerial enemy and specifying which fighter aviation
will be on duty status at the airfields as well as development (expansion) of
their action during the enemy's air strikes.
-- deployment and method of relocation of positions, observation posts,
guidance and target identification points at the locations of air defense
rocket troops;
-- support of flight security of friendly aircraft in fire zones of air defense
rocket and artillery;
-- specifying signals for interaction, mutual identification and target
identification;
|
|
|
Engineer
|
|
|
Employment of Engineer
Troops in Front Offensive Operations
Aim of Engineer Support in Front Offensive Operations
The aims of engineer support in offensive operations are the following:
-- to create necessary conditions for timely and concealed (secret) movement
and deployment of front forces for the attack;
-- maintain and enhance protection of personnel and equipment against all enemy
means of destruction;
-- repulse likely enemy attacks and strikes;
-- support of high speed attacks in obstacle and mass-destruction areas.
These aims are achieved through the accomplishment of a number of engineer
support tasks. The content and volume of these tasks depend on the concept of
the operation and the concrete operational and strategic situation under which
the offensive operation is prepared and conducted.
Engineer Support Tasks During the Preparation of Front
Offensive Operations
The following are engineer support tasks during the preparation of
front offensive operations:
-- engineer reconnaissance of the enemy and the terrain;
-- engineer support of the preparation of the offensive operations of
first-echelon armies;
-- engineer preparation of facilities (fortification) for the position areas of
rocket troops and air defense rockets;
-- engineer preparation of facilities for deployment (assembly) areas of
second-echelon troops and front reserves;
-- establish road networks to support the maneuver of front troops;
-- engineer preparation of facilities for troop control points;
-- conduct engineer measures in support of operational maskirovka;
-- engineer support for departure (initial) airfields of front
aviation;
-- engineer supply of front troops and technical support of engineer
troops;
-- prepare defensive lines on desired directions to repel enemy attacks, in
case of the explicit threat of enemy aggression;
-- make preparations regarding the conduct of engineer measures to eliminate
the consequences of enemy nuclear attacks.
Engineer Support Tasks During Conduct of Front Offensive
Operations
These tasks are conducted to establish favorable conditions for the development
of the attack at high speed and protection of personnel against enemy means of
destruction. They are as follows:
-- engineer reconnaissance of the enemy and the terrain;
-- engineer support for the attack of first-echelon armies during their passage
through enemy security zones, breakthroughs of enemy defenses, and development
of the attack in the depth of enemy defenses;
-- engineer support for major river crossings;
-- engineer support for movement and commitment of front
second-echelon troops and reserves;
-- support for consolidation of important lines and repulsion of counterstrikes
of large enemy groupings;
-- support for landings and combat actions of airborne and seaborne assault
forces;
-- engineer support for front aviation combat actions;
-- engineer support for actions of rocket (SSM) and air defense rocket troops;
-- establishment of front command posts;
-- operational maskirovka;
-- extraction and purification of water;
-- elimination of the consequences of the enemy's use of mass-destruction
weapons and restoration of combat capabilities of front troops;
-- organization of the supplying of troops with engineer equipment and
material.
Organization of Combat Employment of Engineer Troops in Front
Offensive Operations
The organization of combat employment of engineer troops in offensive
operations includes a number of measures conducted by the chief of engineer
troops and his staff on planning and all-around engineer support of the
offensive operation. The most important elements of organization of combat
employment of engineer troops are as follows:
-- making decisions and planning engineer support;
-- assigning missions and engineer instructions;
-- grouping the engineer troops during preparation for offensive operations and
during conduct of offensive operations;
-- preparing attack departure (FUP) areas and command posts (control points);
-- collecting and dumping engineer equipment, armament, and material;
-- organizing political work in engineer units and subunits;
-- organizing all types of supporting measures including engineer support;
-- preparing engineer troops for combat action;
-- maintaining high combat-readiness for conduct of assigned missions.
Engineer support of the offensive operation is conducted on the basis of the
following:
-- the concept of the decision of the front commander;
-- the front commander's instructions on engineer support;
-- the instructions of the chief of engineer troops of the higher echelon.
The chief of front engineer troops organizes the plan of engineer
support of the offensive operation based on the aforementioned.
Plans for Engineer Support
The plans for engineer support of offensive operations are prepared on a
1/500,000 or 1/200,000 scale map with written instructions. The plan reflects
the following:
-- principle tasks of engineer support:
---- 1. engineer support tasks during preparation of operations;
----2. engineer support tasks during the conduct of the operation.
--areas and times of the conduct of the aforementioned missions and troops
assigned to accomplish them;
-- deployment areas for engineer troops during the conduct of the operation;
-- method of relocation of engineer troops during the conduct of the operation;
-- organization of support and supply of troops by engineer equipment,
armament, and material.
Graphic Part of the Plan
The graphic part of the plan reflects the following:
-- brief assessment of the strength, means, and likely character of enemy
actions;
-- operational formation (structure - deployment) of the front and
armies in the departure (FUP) areas and the immediate and long-range missions
of the front and armies;
-- areas of breakthroughs in the enemy's defense;
-- lines of commitment of second-echelon forces of armies and the
front into engagement;
-- command posts (control points) of the front and armies in the
departure (FUP) areas and their relocation during the operation;
-- boundary lines between armies and with adjacent fronts.
The written instructions include information and necessary calculations such as
the following:
-- combat composition, grouping and distribution of engineer troops among
armies, elements of combat formations and different missions, and regroupment
of engineer troops during the operation;
-- availability and distribution of engineer equipment and material in terms of
missions and among armies;
-- measures on protection of troops against enemy mass-destruction weapons.
Grouping of Engineer Troops
Engineer troops are grouped as follows to conduct various engineer missions in
front offensive operations:
-- engineer troops assigned to conduct engineer support missions at
front levels;
-- engineer troops attached to first-echelon armies;
-- engineer troops being attached to front surface-to-surface and air
defense rocket troops;
-- one to two mobile obstacle detachments (POZ);
-- engineer reserve.
The grouping of engineer troops is not a permanent structure. Depending on the
actual situation it is changed and reformed during the conduct of the
operation. On the basis of the plan of front engineer support missions
are assigned to the following:
-- troops;
-- motorized rifle and tank formations;
-- large units.
They are assigned through instructions on engineer support to engineer units
and large units through combat instructions.
Engineer Support During Assault River Crossings of front
Forces
Engineer support for assault river crossings over wide rivers is organized to
create favorable conditions for the following:
-- rapid arrival of troops to river obstacles on a wide front;
-- their crossing at current speeds of attack;
-- development, without halt, of the attack into the depth of enemy defenses.
During the process of making decisions the following are assessed:
-- width, current velocity, depth, nature of the river beds and banks;
-- presence of hydrotechnical establishments, bridges, crossings, fords,
communication routes;
--seasonal characteristics;
-- time of day;
-- other factors.
Crossing over small rivers (60 m wide) is organized by division commanders
using divisional forces and means. Crossing medium rivers (60-150 m wide) is
organized by army commanders using army forces and means. The front
commander organizes crossings over wide (major) rivers (more than 150 m wide)
using front forces and means.
In the Western TVD it will be necessary to cross 2-3 wide (major) rivers before
reaching a depth of 600-800 km. In case of the destruction of dams, the number
of rivers of that size to be crossed by the front may increase.
The wide (major) rivers are crossed from the move (without stopping). If
crossing from the move (line of march) does not succeed, crossing is conducted
after brief preparation. A planned (deliberate) crossing over wide (major)
rivers is conducted when our own forces initiate the crossing from a position
of direct contact with the enemy on the river.
While making the decision, the front commander in addition to other
common issues specifies the following points:
-- assault crossing areas of first-echelon armies;
-- methods of troop river crossings;
-- employment of crossing means and their maneuvers;
-- location of front crossing points, time of their preparation, and
form of their use;
-- organization of air defense at assault river crossing areas and conduct of
other supporting measures.
Engineer support of wide (major) river crossings conducted at front
levels includes the following: (See Chapter Five for capabilities and norms for
river crossings)
-- engineer reconnaissance of rivers to the entire depth of the front
offensive operations, roads leading to rivers, and enemy defenses on water
obstacles;
-- support of rapid and organized movem ent of troops to water obstacles;
-- establishment of crossing points and crossing support for first-echelon
armies, rocket troops, air defense rockets, second-echelon troops, reserves,
and rear service elements;
-- organization and conduct of traffic, commandant, rescue, and evacuation
services at crossing points;
-- establishment of departure (FUP) areas of troops for river crossings and
positions of air defense rocket and antiaircraft artillery units which cover
crossing points;
-- establishment of underwater bridges, bridges to replace floating bridges,
and establishment of deceptive crossing points;
-- providing security for crossing points against floating mines and enemy
saboteurs.
The following combat employment is specified on the basis of the front
commanders decision:
-- pontoon bridge construction;
-- assault river crossings;
-- engineer bridging units.
When available means are limited crossing means are attached to armies
operating on main directions or where success has been achieved and part of the
crossing means such as one sixty ton bridge are retained at the front
level as reserve.
Engineer Support of Commitment of Front Second-Echelon Troops
into Engagement
Commitment of front second-echelon troops into engagement is planned
during the initial planning of front offensive operations. During the
conduct of the operation, the time and the line of commitment of the
front's second-echelon is reconfirmed.
The aim of engineer support of commitment of second-echelon troops into
engagement is to provide for the following:
-- timely arrival of second-echelon troops in specified areas (lines of
commitment(;
-- support of their advance;
-- their deployment;
-- their protection against enemy strikes from the flanks.
The engineer support of the movement of the front's second-echelon
troops and their commitment into engagement includes the following measures:
-- engineer reconnaissance of the movement area of the secondechelon army and
the direction of movement of reserves;
-- establishing deployment (assembly) and daily (nightly) rest areas;
-- establishing troop movement routes;
-- engineer support for preparing crossing sites at water obstacles, during
advance, and for movement of the second-echelon;
-- supporting deployment of large units during commitment into combat;
-- breaching lanes in areas of enemy obstacle, deployment, and commitment of
second-echelon troops into engagement;
-- covering troop flanks during their deployment and commitment into engagement
by mobile obstacle detachments and antitank reserves of the front and
armies;
-- conducting measures on operational deception (maskirovka);
-- conducting measures eliminating consequences of enemy nuclear weapon use.
The movement of second-echelon troops from assembly areas is usually conducted
on available roads prepared in advance. Roads stretched by first-echelon armies
during the operation may also be used. To support the movement of a
second-echelon army at least two routes are required for each first-echelon
army division and at least one route for army troops. Thus, depending on the
number of divisions moving in the army's first-echelon a total of at least five
to seven routes will be needed for the movement of the front's
second-echelon army for commitment into engagement. Routes are prepared for use
in a limited time. The speed of their preparation must be coordinated with the
speed of advance of the first-echelon armies. On each direction one engineer
road construction company is needed. For all directions (roads) one engineer
road construction and bridging regiment and pontoon and bridge units are
required. Simultaneously, one to two alternate (reserve) routes are also
established.
If the terrain is rugged and if there is alot of obstacles and destruction, the
engineer reserves are also employed to construct bypassing routes.
During deployment of front second-echelon troops into engagement, each
battalion needs one to two routes which will be established by second-echelon
engineer subunits. Lanes in mine obstacles are also breached by these subunits.
To support the commitment of second-echelon troops into engagement the chief of
engineer troops closely works with the front's operational directorate
to conduct engineer reconnaissance of roads by helicopter.
Engineer Support for Consolidation of Vital Seized Lines and Repulsion
of Enemy Counterstrikes During Conduct of Offensive Operations
Organization for engineer support of vital seized lines depends on the
following:
-- conditions of operational situation;
-- conditions of terrain;
-- repulsion of counterstrikes of groupings of enemy forces.
The front consolidates the seized lines in the following situations:
-- during arrival of troops at seacoasts;
-- when the front reaches the final line of the assigned mission;
-- when the front is forced to repel counterstrikes of superior enemy
forces.
The nature of engineer support will depend on these conditions.
Aim of Engineer Support
The aim of engineer support under these conditions is to create necessary
conditions providing for the following:
-- stability and firmness of defense;
-- enhancing effectiveness of fire of all types of weapons;
-- increasing protection of personnel and equipment.
Engineer tasks in such conditions are as follows:
-- engineer fortification of positions of first-echelon armies;
-- engineer fortification of positions of artillery, rocket troops, air defense
rocket, and artillery;
-- establishment of engineer obstacles in front of forward lines, on open
flanks, and in the depth;
-- construction of roads supporting the maneuver of troops while taking up the
defense;
-- establishment of command posts (control points) installations.
The following are employed to establish engineer fortifications:
-- engineer units and subunits of first-echelon defending armies;
-- front reserve engineer units and subunits;
-- front trench-digging (fortification) units and subunits.
Time for conducting this mission will be very limited. It will last a few hours
or up to one day (24-hrs.). Engineer work will be first priority.
Engineer Obstacles
To establish engineer obstacles actions are conducted the same way as they are
for establishment of obstacles in front of the forward defensive line and in
the depth of the defense. To accomplish this mobile obstacle detachments of the
front and first-echelon armies are employed. They interact with
antitank reserves or act independently to conduct their missions.
front engineer reserves may also be employed to establish engineer
obstacles. In addition to obstacles established in front of forward defense
lines, obstacles are also established in depths. Depending on the situation, in
areas of likely enemy counterstrikes, obstacles are further reinforced. To
establish such obstacles combat engineer subunits operating from helicopters
are employed.
Preparation of Roads
The preparation of roads to support the movement of troops to designated areas
and maneuver routes to support the maneuver of troops are conducted by army and
front engineer road construction units.
Engineer preparation of positions of rockets and artillery troops are conducted
by troops employing their own engineer sub-units and combat troops.
|
|
|
Figure 280 Distribution
of front engineers and engineer units of VGK
|
|
|
Figure 280 Distribution
of front engineers and engineer units of VGK
GROUPINGS OF ENGINEER
TROOPS FOR FRONT OFFENSIVE OPERATION
|
Engineer Units
Elements of FRONT
Combat Formations
|
Combat Eng. Regts |
Engr Rd & Bridge Bde |
Pontoon Bridge Regts |
Assault River Crossing Bns |
Maskirovka Bns |
Mine Clear Bns |
CP Const Bns |
Engr. Repair Bns |
Engr Obstacle Bn |
1 Rgt |
12 Rgt |
13 Rgt |
11 Bde |
14 Bde |
15 Bde |
4 Rgt |
16 Rgt |
17 Rgt |
3 Bn |
8 Bn |
4 Bn |
19 Bn |
CP Bn |
Rear Bn |
114 Bn |
115 Bn |
116 Bn |
117 Bn |
|
12 Army (Main Attack) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 Army (Supporting Attack) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 Army |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 Tank Army At Time of Commitment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FRONT Control Engr Tasks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rocket & SAM Troops |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
POZ #1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
POZ #2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engineer Reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signal
|
|
|
Organizing and Planning
Signal Communications in Front Offensive Operations
One of the most important conditions for insuring troop control in
front offensive operations is establishing constant, uninterrupted
signal communications. Establishing warning communications systems is one of
the most important responsibilities of the commander and staff along with
organizing and maintaining continuous signal communications with the following:
-- subordinate formations;
-- large units and units;
-- interacting troops;
-- rear services.
The chief of signal is responsible for organizing and maintaining uninterrupted
signal communications. Through the chief of signals, the chief of staff guides
and leads the process of organizing communications with the following:
-- subordinate and interacting formations;
-- large units and units.
He specifies the principle measures on organizing signal communications and
employment of signal communication means.
Signal communication is organized and planned on the basis of the following:
-- front commander's decision for the offensive operation;
-- instructions from the chief of staff and chief of signal;
-- instructions from higher command.
Plan for Employment of Signal Troops
Contents of the Signal Plan
Within the signal plan there are separate sections and diagrams dealing with
the following elements of front wide communications: radio relay,
landlines (local and auxiliary), axes of communications, and establishment of
intermediary communications centers. Generally, only those items which cannot
be sufficiently addressed in the signal plan diagrams are covered by narrative
discussion. In terms of responsibility for the planning and organization of
signal components; courier, radio relay, and landline communications are
handled by the front staff.
There are three major heading in the written part of the signal plan. The first
is the "Aim and Concept of the Signal Plan". The second is the
"Mission of the signal units". The third major heading is the
"Establishment of Communications Links". This last heading includes
information for radio, radio relay, land line, and courier communications.
Planning signal communications includes working out the signal plan prepared on
a 1/500,000 or 1/200,000 scale map. It reflects the following communications
systems:
-- wire communications systems;
-- radio-relay communications systems;
-- mobile communications systems;
-- diagram of the radio communications system.
On the plan map the following points are marked:
-- boundaries and missions of fronts and armies;
-- command posts of front and armies in the FUP area and relocation of
them during the conduct of the operation;
-- command posts of the air army, rocket troops and artillery, and air defense
troops;
-- command posts of radio-electronic combat troops, reconnaissance troops,
engineer troops, and chemical troop, etc.;
-- areas for deployment of forward and rear bases of the front rear
services, bases of the front's rear services hospitals, the
front's forward hospitals bases, sections of the front's rear
services rocket technical bases, and other important installations of the
front's rear services;
-- signal centers of the front's and armies command posts;
-- axis and directions of the front and armies wire communications
systems;
-- axis and directions of the front and armies radio-relay
communications systems;
-- direction, axes, and circular paths of mobile communications means of the
front and armies;
-- centers and stations of the front and armies field mail service and
the front's bases and state field mailing centers;
-- the airfield for the combined signal aviation regiment;
-- areas of deployment for front signal supply and repair units.
As for front radio communications, the diagram of radio communications
is prepared. In addition a number of tables, annexes, and written instructions
and documents are prepared as annexes to the signal plan. The signal plan is
signed by the front chief of staff and chief of signals. It is
approved by the front commander.
Tables in the Signal Plan
One of the first tables to appear in the signal plan is the "Distribution
of Signal Units and means". This table contains instructions for the
various signal battalions regarding their responsibilities in setting up
communication links between the various command posts. The table assigns
different battalions to establish signal centers for command posts at various
stages of the operation, i.e. front main, front forward,
front auxiliary.
The frequency allocation table outlines the band-widths within which the
command, staff, and other radio nets and directions will be operating. This
preplanned assignment is intended to alleviate interference between friendly
units before the operation actually begins. Another table which appears within
the signal plan is the "Table of Resources", which resembles a TOE
chart for the signal assets of the given echelon.
In general, these instructional documents fall into three classes. The first is
the combat documents, which are actual guides for the operation, such as the
radio signals plan. front level information displaying nets and
directions in tabular form is not disseminated beyond front
headquarters. A second class of document is the instructional documents, which
include such items as the distribution of signal units and means as well as the
frequency charts. The third class of documents is explanatory documents, and
these are basically support documents such as the resources table. Only written
documents are disseminated. The full scale charts and maps may be viewed by
lower echelon officers when at the front headquarters and notes may be
made of the information. But such charts and tables may not be physically
removed from the front (or army or division) headquarters.
Combat instructions are compartmented and distributed to the appropriate
officers at the lower command echelons. These documents are signed by the
front chief of staff, sent to the signals chiefs at lower echelons,
and reviewed by the front staff at well.
An additional set of documents and staff exist for secret communications, which
include cryptological communications. The staffs of these directorates and
sections have access to the necessary ciphers and codes. Although much of the
documentation is compartmented apart from normal signals materials, no separate
net exists strictly for cryptographic communications.
Cryptographic security instructions
SAMPLE
To the ------ Army Chief of Staff:
1. Documents to be used:
-- conversation table (#0460A)
-- code table (#0891B)
2. After --- (date) use the following code keys:
-- for conversation table -- key series #3 column #65
-- for code table.. key series #2
3. Alternate code keys
-- for conversation
-- for code table
4. Signal for switch to alternate code keys--
5. Report compromise of code key by signal ....
Chief of cipher section Chief of staff
|
|
|
Figure 281 Frequency
allocation table
|
|
|
Figure 281 FREQUENCY
ALLOCATION TABLE
FREQUENCY ALLOCATION
TABLE
|
Radio nets |
Type of Radio sets and assigned
frequency blocks
|
|
R-140 |
R-137 |
R-130 |
R-111 |
R-123 |
R-102 |
R-145 |
Command net #1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command net #2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command net #3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command dir #3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command dir #4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command dir #5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staff net #6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staff dir #7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staff dir #8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT&A net #9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Air net #10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engr. etc |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figure 282
Conversation table
|
|
|
Figure 282
Conversation table
CONVERSATION TABLE
|
01 |
02 |
03 |
04 |
05 |
06 |
07 |
08 |
09 |
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio-electronic
Warfare
|
|
|
Principle Measures for
the Organization of Radio-electronic Warfare
General
In front offensive operations, radio-electronic warfare is organized
by the front staff on the basis of the decision of the front
commander and the instructions of the armed forces general staff on
radio-electronic warfare. Before the front commander makes his
decision the front staff estimates the electronic situation,
determines the number of command posts and important electronic targets in the
enemy command and control system of troops and weapons to be destroyed, and
proposes suggestions to the front chief of staff on the organization
of radioelectronic warfare. In the process of making operational decisions the
front commander specifies the forms for interrupting the enemy command
and control system and the measures to protect the reliability of friendly
forces' command and control.
The chief of staff issues instructions on radio-electronic warfare on the basis
of the commander's decision, and with close consideration for the suggestions
made by the chief of operations, the chief of reconnaissance, the chief of
radio-electronic warfare and the chiefs of other arms and services. In
such instructions the chief of staff specifies the aim, the general concept of
radio-electronic warfare, and the principal targets in the enemy electronic
system to be destroyed by fire.
He also assigns the following missions to the chiefs of combat arms, special
troops, and services, and also to organic and attached operational formations,
large units and units: the component elements of radio-electronic warfare,
including electronic reconnaissance, electronic jamming, electronic protection
and the distribution of electronic means and supplies. All measures to be
taken in this connection are coordinated with each other.
Following the announcement of the front commander's decision and the
instructions of the chief of staff on the organization of radio-electronic
warfare, the front staff plans radioelectronic warfare, establishes
the required grouping of troops and means to conduct electronic jamming,
organizes the preparation of such groups to execute the assigned missions,
issues missions for radioelectronic warfare to the troops, organizes control
over the execution of the assigned mission and also organizes the troop control
and interaction among the troops and means employed to conduct radio-electronic
warfare.
The content and method for conducting the principal measures for the
organization of radioelectronic warfare.
Estimate of the Electronic Situation:
The estimate and assessment of the electronic situation, as a element in the
estimate of the general situation, is made by the front staff and all
chiefs of combat and combat support arms and services who are involved in the
employment of electronic means. The assessment is made in close consideration
of the forms of conduct of the offensive operation with or without the
employment of nuclear weapons, and in accordance with the operational situation
and the direction of the troops' operation. The estimate of the
electronic situation considers enemy electronic systems and means used in
command and control of its troops and weapons in the front's attack
area, enemy radioelectronic warfare means, friendly electronic systems and
means, front electronic jamming troops and means, terrain conditions
and the transmission of radio waves.
Analysis and assessment of enemy electronic systems and means used in command
and control of its troops and weapons are made jointly by the chief of
radioelectronic warfare and chief of reconnaissance. They determine the
most important and dangerous elements of the enemy's electronic systems in
order that they will be jammed during the operation by electronic jamming
devices in coordination with friendly means of destruction that are to be
employed to destroy enemy electronic systems and means by firepower. They
consecutively analyze and evaluate available information on each enemy command
and control system with their different elements and at different levels of
command from army group and OTAC down to and including battalions.
Depending on the conditions of preparation for the operation, during the
planning of the operation of friendly forces, the enemy may not have succeeded
in the deployment of its forces and their field command and control system.
Therefore, during the assessment and estimate of the electronic situation and
electronic systems used in command and control of the enemy nuclear force,
army, air and air defense forces, the most likely grouping (configuration) of
enemy electronic troops and means is taken into consideration.
For each enemy electronic system, the mission, significance, composition,
deployment, capabilities, and likely routine of operation are analyzed and
evaluated. Their strong and weak points and aspects, as well their most
dangerous elements, are determined and, finally detailed calculations
concerning the jamming of likely electronic targets at each echelon and in each
system are worked out.
Conclusion
In the conclusion of the estimate of the electronic situation relevant
deductions about capabilities, methods, forms and the duration of destroying
the operation of enemy systems in the course of offensive operations, with or
without employment of nuclear weapons, are made and accordingly, the required
number and type of troops and means are specified for the conduct of electronic
jamming.
In respect to each enemy electronic system, the chief of the front
radio-electronic warfare assesses, on the basis of detailed calculations, the
capabilities of special purpose units in jamming enemy systems on the axis of
the main attack and on supporting attack directions, in connection with the
mission of the troops in the operation.
On the basis of the assessment of the enemy electronic system the chief of
front radioelectronic warfare, jointly with the front's
operation department, specifies the number of command posts and electronic
targets to be jammed and to be destroyed in the enemy command and control
system during the offensive operation, with or without the employment of
nuclear weapons.
All chiefs of combat and combat support arms and services at front's
headquarters, who are utilizing electronic means in their own operations,
including the chief of radioelectronic warfare, make a special estimate of the
electronic situation in support of electronic protection of the system and
means used in their respective arms and services. In the process of
system assessment, they consider the detected or likely grouping of enemy
electronic reconnaissance and electronic jamming troops and means and,
consequently, they determine the enemy capability to detect and jam the
operation and also destroy the electronic systems employed in their respective
arms and services by electronic jamming and by rockets equipped with electronic
homing guidance. They also assess the impact of enemy actions to transmit
false information. Their estimate of the situation is made on the basis of
detailed calculations in close consideration of the characteristics and
operational routine of their own electronic systems, as well as enemy
electronic reconnaissance means and electronic jamming stations.
The overall estimate of the electronic situation concerning the friendly forces
should be made by the chief of the operations department on the basis of
special assessments made by the chiefs of radioelectronic warfare,
reconnaissance, signal, air defense, and artillery and rocket troops.
The conclusion deduced from the estimate of the electronic situation is
reported to the front commander before he makes the decision about the
operation. Such deductions are also reflected in planning documents for
radioelectronic warfare.
The content of such deductions can be as follows:
-- likely impact on the electronic situation in case of the employment of
nuclear weapons; likely impact of the actual conditions under which the
offensive operation is conducted; measures taken by the Supreme Command and
adjacent units for radioelectronic warfare.
-- enemy electronic targets and command posts to be destroyed by destructive
means or to be jammed by jamming means; the capabilities of the front
to interrupt the command and control of enemy troops and weapons by electronic
jamming means.
-- enemy capability to detect and interrupt the operation of the front
electronic system, likely axes of concentration of the efforts of enemy
electronic reconnaissance means, as well as of its electronic jamming developed
prior to the commencement of operations as well as during the conduct of the
operation.
-- suggestions for the organization of radioelectronic warfare.
Decision
In making the decision for the operation (combat action), the commander
specifies: on what axes, in which phases, at what levels, and by what
forms and means, enemy command and control of the troops should be
destroyed. He also specifies the measures to ensure the reliability of
friendly forces command and control of the troops.
On the basis of the commander's decision, and in close consideration of the
suggestions made by the chiefs of operation, reconnaissance, and
radioelectronic warfare, and the chiefs of the other arms and services, the
front chief of staff issues instructions on radioelectronic warfare
which are documented in the form of combat instructions on radioelectronic
warfare. In such instructions the following points are specified.
-- the axes of concentration of the main efforts of radioelectronic warfare,
the method and forms of its execution, the method covering and protecting the
grouping of troops and targets against enemy electronic jamming operations;
-- targets and principal means in the electronic system of enemy command and
control which are to be destroyed by fire power;
-- missions to chiefs of departments of arms and services, operational
formations, large units and units on all component aspects of radioelectronic
warfare including electronic reconnaissance, electronic jamming and electronic
protection.
Planning Radio-electronic Warfare
On the modern battlefield, radio-electronic warfare is of a universal nature
and is involved in the combat employment of all combat arms, combat support
arms and services. Therefore, radio-electronic warfare is an area of
responsibility and interest of the front commander, army and division
commanders, combined arms and special arms staffs, and the chiefs of all arms
and services. It is by no means the responsibility and area of operations
of the chief of radioelectronic warfare alone. Generally, the principal
organizer of radioelectronic warfare is the staff of the combined arms
formation (front staff, army staff), primarily the chief of
staff.
The measures for radio-electronic warfare are planned in the framework of the
operation. It is reflected in the following documents:
-- in the reconnaissance plan and in the plans for the combat employment of
special purpose units and special purpose reconnaissance units;
-- in the plan for electronic jamming;
-- in the plan for combat employment of artillery and rocket troops;
-- in air defense, signal communications, engineer and chemical plans and in
the operational concealment plan.
The following points concerning radio-electronic warfare are reflected in the
plan of the operation:
-- inflicting losses on enemy command posts and signal centers by nuclear
attacks and fire strikes;
-- seizure of enemy command posts and signal centers;
-- destruction of enemy radio-electronic warfare means.
The following points are reflected in the reconnaissance plan and the plans for
combat employment of special-purpose units and special-purpose reconnaissance
units:
-- missions to acquire information about enemy electronic means and to provide
combat arms and services as well as electronic jamming troops with
reconnaissance information;
-- the employment of special-purpose reconnaissance groups using different
types of electronic jamming devices;
-- missions to protect electronic systems of reconnaissance organs and units;
-- missions of special-purpose reconnaissance groups on reconnaissance,
destruction and seizure of enemy command posts and electronic means.
The following points are reflected in the plan for electronic jamming worked
out by the chief of radioelectronic warfare:
-- mission to detect enemy electronic means, and on target indication for
electronic jamming means;
-- missions of electronic jamming units to jam and interfere in the operation
of electronic systems and means in the enemy command and control set-up;
-- protection of electronic means, as well as of special-purpose radio and
radio-technical units; measures to supply equipment and stores to electronic
systems in case of enemy jamming operations.
The following points are reflected in the plan for combat employment of
artillery and rocket troops:
-- missions to deal with enemy electronic means;
-- employment of different types of electronic jamming means;
-- inflicting losses on enemy command posts, signal center electronic troop
control means, enemy electronic warfare means and reconnaissance means;
-- measures to protect artillery and rocket troops' electronic systems.
Moreover, measures concerning radioelectronic warfare are all reflected in air
defense, signal, engineer support and chemical support plan as shown
below:
--In the air defense plan:
---- missions to detect enemy radioelectronic means, as well as its electronic
jamming devices used in support of the combat employment of enemy aircraft;
----destruction of flying objects carrying jamming devices measures to protect
air defense electronic means.
--In the signal plan:
---- measures to protect signal electronic means and system.
--In the engineer support plan:
---- the use of radar, laser, and infrared reflectors.
--In the chemical support plan:
---- the use of aerosols to jam enemy electronic means;
----in the engineer and chemical directorates of front headquarters,
plans to protect troop control means are organized as well.
The Electronic Jamming Plan:
The electronic jamming plan is usually worked out graphically on the map. It
reflects the employment of electronic jamming units. Moreover, written
instructions are also attached to the plan. On the map, the following points
are illustrated:
-- detected and likely units of enemy troops, their electronic means including
radioelectronic men and material in the front's attack zone;
-- enemy command posts and important electronic targets to be destroyed by
front and army troops and equipment in accordance with the decision of
the front commander;
-- some elements of the front's operational formation; (organization
for combat)
-- the areas of deployment, missions and operating zones of the special-purpose
radio and radio-technical unit; the time of conducting radio jamming and the
method of their maneuver in the course of the operation;
-- deployment of special-purpose radio and radio-technical unit's command posts
in the starting area;
-- measures to be taken by engineer troops for concealment of the troops, the
direction of movement of the troops, river crossings and rear services
installations;
The following points are reflected in the graphic portion of the combat
employment of electronic jamming units:
-- missions of electronic jamming troops during the initial nuclear strike and
during the accomplishment of important missions by front troops or
different days of the offensive operation:
-- To special-purpose radio units:
---- detecting and jamming enemy radio and radio-relay communications;
--To special purpose radio technical units:
---- protecting front troops and targets against enemy radioelectronic
warfare;
----the time of relocation of the positions of radioelectronic warfare units,
time of reconnaissance and electronic jamming;
---- capabilities of electronic jamming units.
In the written part of the electronic jamming plan, those points are specified
which can not be reflected on the map; such points are the following:
--deductions from the assessment of enemy electronic systems and means;
-- objective and concept of electronic jamming prior to the commencement of
combat operations, during the launch of the front's initial nuclear
strike and the enemy nuclear counterstrike, during the initiation of the attack
by front troops and during the accomplishment of the immediate
mission;
-- missions of front special-purpose radio and radio-technical units
and adjacent special-purpose units cooperating with the front, in
accordance with the missions of the front in the offensive operation;
-- the main measures for electronic protection to be taken by special purpose
radio and radio-technical units;
-- reconnaissance missions to be conducted in support of electronic
jamming. Method of coordination between special-purpose radio and
radio-technical units and special-purpose reconnaissance troops;
-- organization of the command and control of electronic jamming personnel and
equipment, and cooperation between them.
The number and content of the questions and points to be reflected in the
electronic jamming plan may differ with specific conditions and the nature of
the preparation and conduct of the offensive operation. In the process of
planning, the radioelectronic warfare department, in compliance with the
instructions of the chief of staff, coordinates the content of the plan with
the departments of operations, reconnaissance, signal and with chiefs of combat
arms, with the staff of air army, with the staff of transport aircraft command,
and with the staff of airborne assault troops. The plan is signed by the chief
of staff and chief of radioelectronic warfare and approved by the
front commander. The mission and specific measures for the destruction
of enemy command posts and important electronic targets by the action of rocket
troops, air forces, artillery, airborne and seaborne assault landing troops,
and special purpose reconnaissance groups are generally illustrated in the plan
of operation. They are reflected in more detail in the plans for the
combat employment of respective arms and troops. The missions of
radioelectronic warfare are assigned to subordinate echelons by combat
instructions prepared in compliance with the instructions of the chief of staff
on the organization of radioelectronic warfare
|
|
|
Maskirovka
|
|
|
Basic methods for
maskirovka
The types of methods employed depend on the type of military operation being
subjected to maskirovka. Forces on the offensive will require
different techniques than those on the defensive. Marches will be different
from attacks or concentrations in assembly areas. The following measures are
deemed significant in relation to offensive operations:
-- secret bringing of the forces and means to full mobilization;
-- secret movement of forces and means into the initial and final concentration
and assembly (FUP) areas;
-- secret regrouping of the air army on operational airfields;
-- conduct of various maskirovka methods to conceal the concept of the
operation as a whole;
-- concealed deployment of command posts, first echelons, second echelons and
other installations into secret places;
-- creation of false military elements, including installations and large and
small units;
-- imitation methods for depicting false assembly areas, artillery firing
positions, rocket launch areas, and especially false airfields, etc.
-- if the enemy does expect an impending attack, then concealment of the axis
of the real main attack and depiction of a false attack axis;
-- use of secret signal systems and communication systems that are more
difficult to compromise, such as telephone and couriers or, if necessary, UHF
radio.
-- conduct of local, tactical maskirovka measures by all types of
units, with or without professional engineer assistance.
Organization of Maskirovka
Maskirovka must be carefully organized with respect to mission, time,
and place. This is the basic responsibility of the front staff.
Organization is conducted on the basis of the operational directive and the
instructions on as maskirovka from higher headquarters and the
operational decision and instructions of the front commander. The
chief of staff directly supervises the effort, while the chief of the
operations directorate takes the leading role in coordinating and providing
details. All the chiefs of combat and support arms and services participate,
along with the deputy commander for rear services. The staff organizes
maskirovka in response to a number of specific situational factors
including: the enemy's reconnaissance capabilities, the conditions of weather
and terrain, and the capabilities of own forces and means. Preservation of
secrecy is a prime consideration. Only the key staff members participate in
formulating the details. The actions that are then generated in fulfillment of
the plan are not necessarily identified as having anything to do with
maskirovka and even for those that do the aim is not revealed. The
plan will take account of and use all the various means that are available for
deceiving the enemy. The most critical element to be concealed is the concept
and aim of the combat operation. Along with this then goes the missions of
forces and means, their locations, the location of command posts, the artillery
and rocket positions, air fields, direct preparations for nuclear strikes, and
the timing of deployments and other actions.
In organizing maskirovka it is important to avoid simple,
stereotypical or patterned activities. Success is achieved in the following
ways:
--maskirovka methods are conducted in close relation to the times,
sequences and requirements of the operational plan.
-- the maskirovka plan itself must be secret. Typically it is prepared
in a specially secured room, not open to subordinates. If the enemy discovers
the essence of the maskirovka plan, he will be greatly strengthened.
-- the commander and staff must exercise central and continuous direction and
monitoring to check on the effectiveness of the various methods.
-- all means must be employed in a complex and interactive manner to counter
all enemy reconnaissance methods. If the staff even suspects the enemy has
penetrated the design, the project should be terminated or at least changed
significantly.
-- the procedures should include not only passive measures, but also and
especially active ones. Activeness of maskirovka is a key principle.
In other words, not only conceal real assembly areas, but also show false ones.
And the false activities must be conducted in conjunction with real ones to
give them credibility.
--maskirovka must be agile and able to change rapidly in accordance
with the changing situation.
--it must be realistic down to many small details.
--it must be constant.
Sequence of Organization
The commander is responsible for maskirovka as a combat support
measure. He issues instructions on maskirovka and on this basis and
the instructions of higher echelons, the staff organizes it. The main officers
are the operational staff and rear staff and engineer and other staff officers.
Contents of Commander's Instructions on Maskirovka
-- aim, tasks and measures of maskirovka;
-- forces and means to be used;
-- place and deadlines for executing maskirovka;
-- individuals responsible for maskirovka measures;
-- procedure for monitoring maskirovka.
Maskirovka is organized in subordination to, but in conjunction with
the operational plan in the following sequence:
-- making the decision and establishing the aim;
-- developing the plan
-- issuing the orders and instructions;
-- conducting troop control;
-- supervising and inspecting execution.
The decision and aim are developed on the basis of the commander's overall
operational decision by the commander himself or the chief of staff. The
operations directorate then prepares the elaborate plan with the participation
of the other directorates. A special group is organized to create the plan and
also to inspect its execution. The decision contains the following points:
-- aim;
-- missions which must be accomplished;
-- forces and means to be employed;
-- specific means to accomplish each task;
-- times for execution;
-- how sequences of actions will interrelate;
-- control measures and troops control system.
The aim is determined and described in terms of the aim of the operation
itself. It will be different in each operation. The detailed planning is done
on the basis of the decision and prepared in two parts. The graphic part of the
plan is show on a map. This depicts real and false unit assembly areas, main
attack axis, unit boundaries, weapons positions, etc. and the times for
fulfilling each task shown. The written part of the plan consists of notes
specifying the forces and means, the signals, the statement of aim and concept,
control actions, and the description of various methods that cannot be depicted
on the map. An important part of the plan is the designation of the responsible
individuals for each activity and the discussion of how individual activities
will be inspected for effectiveness. The plan is signed by the chief of
operations and the chief of staff and approved by the commander.
The orders and instructions to subordinates are issued on the basis of the
plan. They are promulgated in a manner that won't reveal the aim or intent of
the maskirovka. In other words, while a critical aspect in the issuing
of basic, standard operational orders is to insure that they are thoroughly
understood as to aim as well as content, for orders relating to
maskirovka it is critical to conceal the aim of the activities being
ordered.
One way this is accomplished is to keep the various complex activities
separate. For a normal order requiring the interaction of many elements, for
instance in the construction of an airfield, their interaction is specified and
explicitly assured by direct contact. However, for the creation of a false
airfield, which will require at least as much coordinated activity for
depicting the many different aspects, such as buildings, radars, dummy
airplanes, POL dumps, etc. the coordination is handled centrally, but without
the direct interaction of the various players. Likewise, all control measures
are conducted centrally and the observation and inspection is done by a
specially created operational group.
|
|
|
MASKIROVKA PLAN
Approved:
Commander, 30 Army
Date:
PLAN OF THE 30TH ARMY FOR CAMOUFLAGE MEASURES AND A FEINT ATTACK IN
THE DIRECTION REMBKOVO-SKOROSKKY TO SUPPORT THE MAIN ATTACK
Objective: To deceive the enemy concerning our strength,
equipment, operations, and intentions.
Mission:
-- 1. To insure surprise for our operations.
-- 2. To reduce our losses in personnel and equipment.
Methods: To ensure successful completion of the mission, small units
and deceptive techniques will be used along the direction of the feint attack
to:
- - represent assembling of troops.
- - prepare simulated artillery and weapons positions, and mine fields.
- - build dummy weapons and tanks.
- - clear passages through enemy mine fields and determine avenues of approach
for tanks.
- - construct dummy bridges.
- - carefully reveal positions to the enemy by day and by night along the
direction of the feint attack, and to conduct strict camouflage discipline
along the direction of the main attack.
- - work along the direction of the main attack to give the appearance of
organizing a stabilized defense position.
Forces and Means: Two rifle battalions and the division artillery from
the 45th Rifle Division 1st and 2d Companies of the 4th Engineer Battalion.
Equipment:Improvised and local, 1,000 sheets of plywood, paint. 10
vehicles (with permission for 2 refuelings), 2 motorcycles available on
requisition by responsible commanders.
Command:1st Assistant Chief or Operations, 30th Army , is responsible
for supervision and control of camouflaging. Engineer-Major (Chief of Technical
Section, 5th Engineer Battalion) and representative from staff of 31st Rifle
division-technical assistants. For constructing and simulating combat
positions-command personnel and equipment of 31st Rifle division.
|
|
|
PLAN OF THE 30TH ARMY
FOR CAMOUFLAGE MEASURES AND A FEINT ATTACK IN THE DIRECTION REMBKOVO-SKOROSKKY
TO SUPPORT THE MAIN ATTACK
 
|
|
|
Defense Against Mass
Destruction Weapons
|
|
|
Organization and
Capabilities of Front Chemical Troops
The defense against and use of mass destruction weapons are actions in which
many types of forces participate. However, the chemical troops play an
especially significant role. The following chemical service units are found at
the front level.
-- chemical protection brigade;
---- 3 chemical protection battalions;
----1 chemical reconnaissance battalion;
----signal company;
----headquarters and service company.
--road chemical protection battalion;
-- radiation and chemical reconnaissance battalion;
-- personnel and equipment decontamination battalion;
-- smoke battalion;
-- mobile analytical plotting station (RAST);
-- nuclear burst direction finding battalion (special control);
-- also other small units and sub units for chemical actions. For instance,
each staff and major independent unit itself including the front
staff, the rocket brigade, and the air defense brigade has a company for
chemical protection. Also there are chemical protection battalions at each
front forward base (mobile material supply brigade) and at the
front rear base.
-- the air army has radiation reconnaissance capability and units for chemical
reconnaissance and protection of airfields.
These units have the following characteristics and capabilities:
-- Chemical protection brigade;
-- This unit has three chemical protection battalions and one battalion of
chemical and radiation reconnaissance and one signal company and the brigade
staff and service units. The separate battalions for chemical protection have
the mission of special decontamination of forces when the enemy uses nuclear or
chemical weapons. These battalions work on personnel or equipment. The
battalion has three companies, two are for decontamination of technical
equipment (DKV and ARS) and one company for self propelled equipment (TMS -65)
(heat) for decontamination and a DDA laundry unit for clothing. The battalion
in the course of 11 - 12 hours can decontaminate a whole division.
Decontamination of a chemical nature takes 3 to 4 hours or cleaning of
radiation requires 6 to 8 hours. Disinfection is the term used to refer to
bacteriological agents, decontamination refers to chemical agents, and
deactivation refers to radiation. The unit has special hoses to enable it to
decontaminate 6 vehicles at once. The ARS- 12 can carry 1.5 tons of
decontaminate to spray on equipment. For radiological decontamination it can
clean 25 tanks or 50 to 80 artillery pieces or 30 trucks or 500 meters of road
with one load. If it is doing only decontamination of chemicals, it can do 4
times more, or up to 100 tanks or 200 artillery or 120 vehicles.
-- Mobile analytical plotting station (RAST):
-- The calculation and analysis station (RAST) at army and front is to
collect all the data on the nuclear or chemical especially the nuclear
explosion and forecast the results and fallout. It can forecast the level of
contamination and destruction. The data is reported to the army staff.
-- Nuclear burst direction finding battalion (separate special control):
-- The separate special control battalion has the mission to determine the
location and parameters of nuclear explosions. Besides this it forecasts or
determines the level of destruction and radiation or contamination. The
battalion has six companies each company has three complexes of K-6001C
systems. This battalion basically determines the parameters of nuclear
explosions. When a nuclear explosion occurs the battalion can detect it
immediately from the radiation wave and calculate the coordinates and the
yield. Each station is like a platoon of personnel. One station cannot
determine the location as quickly as three working together. The battalion also
has a central point for collecting and analyzing the data collected by the
stations. Besides that it reports the information to the calculation and
analysis station located near the headquarters. The station with the K-6001C
detects small explosions at 40 km distance and medium and high explosions at a
range of 100 km. If one station works alone it can determine the answer in 1 to
5 minutes. And if several stations work together they can get the answer in a
matter of seconds.
-- Separate personnel and equipment chemical decontamination battalion provides
showers, laundry and general decontamination for troops.
-- Separate battalion for decontamination of terrain locations conducts
decontamination of locations and roads.
-- Separate company (battalion) for radiation and chemical reconnaissance
-- This company now may have been increased to a battalion. The chemical and
radiation reconnaissance unit detects and determines the level of contamination
from chemicals and radiation by sending patrols in specially equipped vehicles.
Each company has 4 platoons and each platoon has 4 APC for patrol so the total
in the company is 20 reconnaissance machines including the 4 in company
headquarters. But this is not enough to conduct reconnaissance in the entire
army area. So now with a battalion they have greater capability for
reconnaissance in the area. They feel it is essential to determine the results
quickly so the reconnaissance is vital. If the enemy uses nuclear or chemical
weapons the Soviets have to determine the location and extent of the
contamination quickly, but a company could only perform reconnaissance on 20
routes. The army attacks in a zone of 60 to 80 or 100 km width, therefore the
company was not able in a timely manner to determine results. The Soviet army
is constantly increasing the capability of organizations so the expansion may
be only a routine matter. In addition the company has one platoon with 4
laboratories for determining contamination.
The front has a aviation squadron that can also conduct major survey.
For very close reconnaissance the ground patrols move in different directions
simultaneously into a area to check it out from various directions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principle Tasks of Front
and Army Chemical Troops
There are certain measures done in order to plan and determine how to use
forces and means to prepare and facilitate the safe advance of troops under
conditions of the use of mass destruction weapons.
-- determining the coordinates of nuclear bursts;
-- conducting radiation and chemical reconnaissance and participating in
bacteriological reconnaissance;
-- forecasting areas where troops may received casualties because of enemy use
of radiation or chemical or biological weapons and the destruction of terrain,
flooding, and fires;
-- conducting full decontamination of personnel;
-- decontaminating (radiation, gas, disinfection) of clothing and equipment;
-- decontaminating terrain and roads ;
-- controlling and inspecting radiation absorbed by personnel;
-- controlling and inspecting contamination of personnel, weapons, equipment
and material;
-- controlling changes in the contamination of terrain;
-- procuring and preparing chemical supplies material agents and incendiary
materials;
-- using chemical munitions in the operation;
Determine Coordinates of Nuclear Bursts
This task is performed by the special control battalion along with the
calculation and analysis station. See section on the battalion for details.
Chemical - radiation reconnaissance
Effective reconnaissance is conducted to learn the situation early and enable
accurate forecasting and analysis of the situation based on reconnaissance.
Otherwise all one can do is remove the effects after the fact. In order to
determine the coordinates of bursts the special control battalion plots the
information and passes it to the RAST. All information is analyzed there to
forecast the situation. Only on the basis of this forecast can one protect the
troops. Then the second type of activity is to protect the forces by bypassing
contaminated areas or using shelters and protection clothing. Only in the third
place is activity to eliminate the consequences of the enemy's use. In other
words, better to avoid than to have to eliminate the consequences. Therefor the
commander must conduct reconnaissance on every avenue to learn early and ahead
of time the location of contamination.
Organization of Reconnaissance at Front Level
The chemical, radiation, and biological reconnaissance is organized on the
basis of the order of the front commander. On the basis of this order
the staff and chief of chemical forces and chief of medical service organize
the reconnaissance in detail. They give the missions and time for them and how
to organize signal and reporting in detail. The organization of reconnaissance
has the following points:
-- main missions on reconnaissance for reconnaissance units of chemical troops;
-- organization of interaction between units of various types of
reconnaissance, such as the chemical units and the other reconnaissance units;
-- organization of signals and how the report the data to the RAST station and
to the staff;
-- how to organize reconnaissance data once obtained for reports.
The basic force of reconnaissance is concentrated on the route of the main
attack and with the main forces and the rocket forces and reserves. For
example, 3 or 4 separate reconnaissance companies or if they have a battalion
organization, then it will be deployed. The air squadron is also used for
radioactive reconnaissance. For the conduct of bacteriological reconnaissance
the Soviets assign the sanitary anti-epidemic detachment and the veterinary
animal epidemic detachment. In addition the forces and means of the other
forces also participate.
The separate reconnaissance company for chemical reconnaissance is assigned on
each main direction. They deploy one company on each axis. The company also has
reconnaissance missions to check for the CP and reserve unit locations. These
units also have their own reconnaissance units that check the contamination
situation in their local areas.
Tasks for Reconnaissance
The following are the principal tasks for chemical and radiation
reconnaissance:
-- reconnaissance of main and alternate assembly areas, command posts, and
areas of rear service installations;
-- reconnaissance of movement directions and, lines of commitment of second
echelons and reserves;
-- reconnaissance of contaminated areas to support the activities of the rescue
units;
-- reconnaissance of desant areas.
The plan will allocate forces and means to the routes and times. Once the
assets are distributed into 16 to 20 directions then one battalion cannot
control all these simultaneously. The division also has reconnaissance assets
and the regiment has a reconnaissance platoon and each combined arms company
has a team with a NCO for reconnaissance. But army reconnaissance is for more
elaborate purposes using different types of equipment to detect various agents.
It has all kinds of meters etc.
Higher units have more sophisticated and sensitive equipment for detection.
They draw up the plan of operation first, then the reconnaissance plan supports
the operational plan. Medical units do reconnaissance for biological agents
using the epidemic unit. This is a lengthy process. One cannot determine a
biological agent on the spot, but has to pick up specimens and take them to a
laboratory to decide there. These platoons have small bottles to take samples
of earth and water and vegetation and people who are sick and the medical
laboratory can perform the tests.
There are three forms of reconnaissance: One is combined arms reconnaissance.
In this the components of chemical-radiation reconnaissance units accompany the
combat units. The second is separate radiation reconnaissance, in which the
special chemical units go alone. The third conducted when the assets of the
higher headquarters of radiation-chemical reconnaissance operate in the area.
The result is that other units will also be reporting on the chemical and
radiation situation. To coordinate this effort the RAST is established, where
all information is collected to be coordinated. Reconnaissance is a very
difficult and large issue basic for the protection of troops from the impact of
mass destruction weapons. Without it other functions cannot be performed well.
The equipment for decontamination is not being modernized as quickly and
frequently as the equipment for reconnaissance.
Determine Radiation and Contaminated Areas
The radiation level in an area is depicted on a map by being shown on the
border of area at which it is reached. This level is then considered to exist
up to the next line for a higher dosage, like a contour line (isobar) of equal
dosage. The line shows the lowest dosage at a given point. From this picture
one can determine the radiation dosages on various routes though an area and
compare the rate of crossing with level of dosage to determine the maximum that
would be received. If the unit moves in APC's at 15 km a hour it can get
through an area in a certain time with a specific exposure. Or it can cross
another area which has a higher level but the depth is only half and the APC
can go faster, so it can get through in a shorter time, so the dosage won't be
so high. Also the commander may may use protection to cut dosage. An assessment
is also made of the time to allow the troops to reach the contaminated area.
Assess the time to begin crossing of the area and know what the radiation will
be at the future time in order to determine what the actual dosage will be.
Assess the likely contamination of the outside of the vehicle too, and how soon
the outside can be decontaminated. On the basis of these factors the commander
can decide which method to use to pass the contaminated area.
Avoiding (bypassing) Contaminated Areas
There are six methods for bypassing contamination. The first is to avoid the
area all together. However, this may take a long time during which the enemy
will establish a better defense. Therefore this may involve too much risk. The
second option is to move through the part of the area where the contamination
level is relatively lower. This may be better but still it is not desired for
one reason or another. Then the solution is to go though the area of high
level, but with special preparation. And finally, if the commander can afford
it, he can move a detachment over the contaminated area by helicopters etc. One
task for airborne forces is to be used in environment of contamination.
Decontamination of Clothing and Equipment - Decontamination of
Terrain
Decontamination of an area is a slow action and may be used in support of
second echelons and rear service to open permanent lanes. But combat units
can't wait to open lanes through contaminated areas for the first echelon. In
combat one can't afford to open lanes, just bypass or go through with
protection measures. Opening lanes for units in combat formation would need
many lanes. It would require a lane for every tank.
The purposes for use of chemicals by the enemy and own forces are the same. So
the Soviets realize the enemy will use chemical weapons where their main attack
is expected, to establish barriers against the advance of troops. The enemy
will use them in areas where the Soviets have to pass, so they must take
protection measures.
The decontamination point will accumulate radiation. There personnel can come
and deposit equipment and clothes in one area, then go to shower and then get
new clothing in a new area. Therefore the station must be relocated, but it
does move frequently anyway, so it does not worry about the accumulation of
radiation at one location.
Control (Inspection) of Radiation Levels of Personnel
Control means inspection and monitoring to insure that individuals do not
accumulate too high an exposure. Control and examination of the radiation doses
received by personnel is done at the squad level using squad dose meters. The
Soviets measure the dose of one person per squad, figuring that they basically
all move together. Beyond the squad level people are not in the same exposure.
Control of Changes in the Contamination of Terrain
Control (inspection) of the contamination level of terrain is done for forecast
purposes. Since other contamination can shift from other areas even after a
region is first decontaminated, it is important to keep checking. The forecast
will establish what the radiation level will be in the area when it is planned
to launch the attack and when the line to repel a counterattack will be
established. In order to accomplish these tasks there are engineer troops for
preparation of routes and supporting passages in contaminated areas.
|
|
|
Protection Against Mass
Destruction Weapons in Front Offensive
|
|
|
Organization of
Protection of Troops Against Mass Destruction Weapons
The aim of protection measures is to reduce the losses of forces and means
and rear service targets from the enemy's use of mass destruction weapons and
to maintain or restore the combat effectiveness of the force to insure that it
can accomplish its missions successfully.
Organization of protection against mass weapons is conducted to minimize the
impact of the enemy's use of weapons of mass destruction and to maintain the
combat power of the troops in support of the accomplishment of the mission.
There are several factors that influence the organization in a given situation.
These include the following:
-- the content of the concept of the operation; that is, what the grouping of
forces will be, how many armies, in what areas, and what other forces including
how the artillery will be used etc. what is the direction for the main attack,
the direction of supporting attacks, where the second-echelon will be used, and
how the destruction of the enemy will be accomplished (with the use of mass
destruction weapons or not) in simultaneous or successive manner. These issues
are the content of the concept of the operation.. They are the main factors and
first factor that influences the organization of protection measures.
-- the enemy's capabilities. If an enemy is without capability then less need
be prepared. Only if the enemy has such weapons and has the intention to use
them, then Soviet commander has to assess the intentions of the enemy too.
-- the availability of own forces, what forces are available to be counted on
for protection.
-- the time and space conditions, time includes day and night and season of
year and weather and wind conditions; and space means terrain and kind of
terrain and how it affects the use.
-- The organization is divided into three areas:
---- minimizing the impact of the weapons;
----minimizing the consequences of their use;
----regaining the combat power of the forces after their use.
To accomplish these three objectives proper effective control is most
essential. To have control knowledge of the situation is a critical
prerequisite. Therefore the prompt and correct assessment of the consequences
of the enemy's use of mass destruction weapons is the first task.
For this the reconnaissance must be effective and the analysis and forecasting
of the situation must be rapid and correct. Only after this can direct
protection of the troops and rear services become effective. This is a passive
measure taken to reduce the impact of the enemy's use of these weapons. The
measures to reduce the consequences and restore combat power are more active in
nature, but they also depend for effectiveness on excellent reconnaissance and
forecasting. Therefore reconnaissance and forecasting comes first, direct
protection to minimize comes second and eliminating consequences comes third.
The following measures must be taken to implement the planned defense against
enemy use of mass destruction weapons:
-- forecasting the zone and areas of radiation, chemical and bacteriological
contamination, fires, floods and other destruction;
-- defining the location, power and type of nuclear explosions;
-- reconnaissance of all main areas to detect chemical, radiation, and
bacteriological contamination;
-- warning the troops about chemical, nuclear and bacteriological
contamination;
-- dispersion and concealment of forces and means and periodic movement of
units and the locations of rear service installations;
-- using protection means afforded by natural terrain and artificial
construction including engineer means and combat equipment;
-- supporting the troops with protective supplies, clothing, masks, etc.;
-- creating passages through contaminated areas;
-- employing the best means for moving forces around contaminated areas;
-- inspecting personnel, water, equipment, and animals for signs of exposure to
radiological, chemical or bacteriological contamination;
-- employing measures for medical and veterinary support;
-- washing, cleaning, and decontaminating clothing and equipment;
-- using smoke, aerosols, fire weapons, and other chemical weapons.
In forecasting the commander sees what areas are more likely to be affected by
these affects. In order to plan he must have a forecast of this, the
forecasters specify and determine areas and yield and type of weapons the enemy
will use. Logic says enemy will use a 5 or 10 kt weapon against a battalion,
from a rocket or aircraft. What will be the extent of the result of such use?
The system that analyzes the enemy nuclear weapons includes the following:
-- the radio location stations radars of PVO;
-- the separate battalion of special designation that has the 60001C system, ie
the separate triangulation battalion;
-- the means of artillery for reconnaissance including the sound and radar and
other reconnaissance.
The data that these receive is all collected together. For instance, the PVO
data passes through the PVO command post, and then to the front staff.
Data that the artillery receives goes through artillery command then to the
front staff. Data that is received from the separate battalion also
goes to chief of chemical forces and then to the front staff.
All this data is sent to the RAST station, the calculation and analysis
station. All the data at the station is analyzed and reported to the
front staff. They then know where and what yield and forecast the
results and what units will receive contamination etc.
They know what units are located where the forecast of contamination will hit
and they can forecast losses and measures to protect them. On the basis of the
data the front commander and staff makes a decision on restoring the
combat effectiveness of the forces. The forecast can be detailed on the basis
of the known parameters of the explosion and the concrete situation at the time
including weather and wind etc.
The second measure in organization is the conduct of reconnaissance of chemical
and radioactive and biological contamination, then determine the area and
parameters of nuclear bursts, then warning the troops before it happens to
reduce the impact. This gives the troops the capability to avoid surprise.
Warning of troops about enemy use will show to the troops the exact
contaminated areas to avoid or even the coming attack. Sometimes the enemy
chemical use will be in one area and forecasting the wind will show where it
will spread to later.
The next measure is dispersal of troops to avoid the consequences. This
involves protection and maskirovka. This is in the protection plan to
deceive the enemy so he will hit the wrong targets and cover of real targets
against the enemy so they won't be detected for his use of weapons. Then from
time to time the commander relocates large units such as assembly areas of
second echelon divisions and the rear service installations to provide
additional protection against enemy mass destruction weapons. Second echelon
divisions and rear service brigades and depots move relatively rarely and from
one place to another just for conventional operational requirements, but to
avoid attack by enemy nuclear weapons they may move more frequently. However,
if they are in one place long enough they may need to have shelters and covered
protective areas and ways to protect their equipment. They need to have
engineer installations constructed to protect them.
Then the next measure is supply of troops with individual protection equipment
and establishment of lanes in contaminated areas, either radioactive and
chemical. This includes also selection of the best method of passive security
in contaminated areas.
The next measure is continuous measurement and monitoring of radioactive dose
received by personnel and equipment and material and animals and water. Then
there are measures on determining medical monitoring of troops for elimination
of the consequences of mass destruction weapons once the troops are ill. The
chemical planning also includes their own use of smoke generating systems
aerosols and flame throwers etc.
Shielding (Protection) of Forces Against Enemy Mass Destruction
Weapons
Shielding of forces is organized in the specific conditions by the command and
staff under various situations. The basis is the combination of the
instructions of the higher command to the front on how to do this, the
front commander's operational decision, and his instructions and
orders on the subject. The commander specifies the most important issues and
enunciates the basic guidance and policy on it. He gives orders to the chief of
staff and staff and chiefs of services, so they will prepare the instructions
on the subject to others. What are the given data for this decision?
The given data are:
-- the directive of the commander of the TVD on preparation and conduct of the
operation, the TVD operations plan;
-- the instructions from the higher staff on the subject giving specifics of
the defense against mass destruction weapons;
-- the decision of the commander of the front on the operation;
-- the commander's instructions on organization and preparation of defense
against mass weapons.
On basis of these four the front commander, through the chief of
staff, prepares instructions on the protection of forces and means against
enemy use of mass destruction weapons. In the instructions they spell out the
following points:
-- elements of operational formation and direction of main axis, force
grouping, and main attack axis and also the deployment of the forces during
preparation including defense of rocket forces, air defense, air army, main
forces, command points, 2nd echelon, reserves, and rear services.
-- the order for moving of forces through the areas of contamination and across
water obstacles and across the border and across mountains and other main
places also are spelled out. The measures for defense against mass weapons
during all these episodes is given.
-- creation of engineer measures for various elements in the combat formation
like shelters and bunkers for rocket forces and artillery etc. During peacetime
under the cover of exercises and training they will build the engineer measures
for defense of command posts and other units such as artillery. Each company or
other unit will build these shelters.
-- the regions and directions for reconnaissance and how the reconnaissance for
chemical, radiation and biological is to be done and their concrete specific
missions are spelled out. In what regions and on what axis should they
concentrate the forces and means of reconnaissance. The reconnaissance is
organized for the FUP area and for the offensive operation. They have to check
out the contamination of assembly areas before they are occupied as well as all
routes used before or during the operation.
-- deployment of forces and their cover against mass weapons including
dispersion as a means for protection against mass weapons.
-- organization of operational maskirovka in the interest of reduction
of enemy nuclear strikes and also organization of radio-electronic warfare
defense to reduce enemy nuclear strikes.
-- the structure and capability of troop control of chemical forces before and
during the operation. How their signal and command posts and system will
collect data on chemical and nuclear events. Also the separate radio signal
system for warning on enemy use of nuclear and chemical weapons. They designate
a special radio network for chemical signals.
-- the forces and means that will be designated for shielding (protection) of
forces from the enemy in the interest of the forces, ie. directly subordinated
to the front, includes the rescue forces in the special detachments.
These forces, when the enemy uses mass weapons, render assistance to the rest
of the forces ,and repair, and bring troops back to combat effectiveness, fight
fires, and rescue and evacuate forces, and decontaminate and purify water etc.
This includes repair of equipment and bringing replacement officers and forces
in to restore units. There is a special plan for restoration of combat
capability and effectiveness and one for creation of the rescue detachments.
There are medical and chemical and engineer forces and combat units.
-- the documents and plans and instructions to prepare for the troops by the
staff etc and how they will be distributed etc.
In addition to the plan for defense there is another plan for restoration of
combat effectiveness, and the plan for the functioning of the rescue
detachments. The front commander's instructions cover all these
activities and then the plans for them are separate documents, spelling out
coordination of the protection against enemy mass weapons. The plan for defense
of forces shows where to locate the system that will detect and analyze the
enemy use of nuclear weapons.
The plan for shielding (protection) against enemy use of mass weapons is
prepared and organized in response to the concept of the operation and decision
of the commander of the front and his instructions on shielding of
forces. In the plan for shielding the staff spells out the organization and
engineer support and what items will be prepared in the FUP area in the
interest of defense of forces, engineer fortifications in the area, measures of
operational maskirovka and deployment and dispersion of forces and measures for
chemical support and measures for rear service support and measures for medical
support. In addition the plan also specifies the command posts for conducting
the defense of forces. In the general front command post area they
have the specific place where they will collect the data and run the special
signal system for chemical information and warning. This is the command post
for control of the units related to defense of forces from enemy mass
destruction weapons. They also spell out the specific forces and means that
will be used for such operations, the more the better.
The basic organizer of this is the front staff, not the chief of
chemical troops. All the chiefs of combat arms, special troops, and services
participate in the plan for defense against mass destruction weapons, so they
are organized by the chief of operations directorate. The plan interacts with
all the other plans for the special troops, so the plan for defense against
mass weapons has its counterpart sections in all the other plans. Also the rear
service plan and maskirovka and signal plan have their defense against
nuclear aspects.
The chief of operations is the main organizer of all the rest of the
participants. The plan shows the instructions on defense prepared by the
operations directorate and signed by chief of operations and chief of staff and
approved by the commander. These instructions are then issued along with the
operational directive. The instructions on defense of forces when prepared
along with the operational directive are sent out to subordinates.
The basic document on protection of forces is the plan for protection
(shielding) against enemy use of mass destruction weapons. The plan has the
heading "Plan for shielding of forces against enemy use of mass
destruction weapons".
Then the aim of the plan is given. The aim is written in operational terms so
that these measures are focused on their operational goal. This is defense of
forces and rear targets against enemy use of mass weapons.
The third point is the missions spelled out in the plan. These are the main
tasks assigned to each organization. Then for fulfillment of each task they
show which forces and means are allocated to do it. Then who are the
responsible personnel to achieve each task. Then also the time for fulfillment.
The plan is organized into three sections or parts in chronological order. The
first part is the missions and measures of defense to be accomplished prior to
the preparation of the operation, that is during deployment and movement into
assembly areas. The second part is the missions and measures that will be done
during the course of the operation. The third part is the missions for troop
control of the shielding forces themselves.
The plan is signed by the chief of chemical service, the chief of operations,
and the chief of staff and approved by the commander.
The front staff plans on the basis of the use of the large scale
nuclear strike and large weapons, but the army and division command and staff
can plan on the basis of the weapons at their scale. The reconnaissance section
does the forecasting on the enemy use of nuclear weapons on the basis of
capability and intention.
Plan for Eliminating the Consequences of Enemy Mass Destruction
Weapons
The combined detachment is established to eliminate the results of enemy mass
weapons and control damage. When on the defense the army and front
create the detachments, but when on the offense usually they just designate the
component units and have them identified in the plan, since the forces are
moving. In defense since the units are in place they can establish the combined
detachment and locate it in a likely place.
In the plan the staff shows how to liquidate the results and consequences of
the enemy weapons, create channels and paths in contamination, and organize
rescue units, and evacuate and repair equipment etc.
They include how the decontamination units will operate and also, if their are
fires, how they will be fought, and what will be done about other damage, how
to conduct special cleaning of individuals and equipment, also purifying water
and food and other supplies.
In the plan on repair the main points are spelled out before the operation and
then when the enemy uses the nuclear weapons then the plan can be filled out in
detail with specifics on the situation.
The chiefs of arms and services all participate in this plan, so they know
exactly what their jobs are and what is expected of them.
Plan for Restoring the Combat Effectiveness of the Forces and
Means
If there are large losses need to create a operational group under control of
the deputy commander of front with various officers to conduct and
organize the regrouping and raising of morale and combat effectiveness need to
restore morale and psychological effectiveness after enemy use of nuclear
weapons. The political officers would play a big role in this.
When the enemy uses a nuclear strike, at that time data from various sources of
reconnaissance is collected at the staff and at the RAST and is analyzed and
the situation is made clear. On this basis the front commander
organizes the restoration of the combat effectiveness of the forces. This is
the specific restoration plan written after the nuclear strike.
In this plan are the following points:
-- results of the nuclear strike on each unit and formation is described
showing the losses to command posts;
-- what the situation and condition is for each unit and formation, how combat
ready are they, and what losses they had etc.;
-- spell out the signal system and what is the situation for rear services and
the signal system and troop control system
The plan gives the following information:
-- missions for restoring combat effectiveness for troops;
-- missions for restoration of combat effectiveness for command posts;
-- details of missions for each army and division, if they take large losses
their combat missions have to be changed and perhaps reduced, scope of new
mission and mission of artillery and rocket and others is spelled out;
-- conduct of new regrouping, reorganization according the several ways to do
it, give these different ways;
-- missions spelled out for large units and units that are newly organized;
-- combat support, especially engineer and chemical radiation reconnaissance on
each axis;
-- how to refill their material supplies;
-- how to restore combat effectiveness from the point of view of morale and
psychological status.
|
|
|
Rear Services
|
|
|
The Tasks and Likely
Composition of the Front Rear Services
Rear services support consists of a number of measures concerning the
organization of the rear services, preparation and utilization of the
communications routes and transportation means, and provision of material,
technical, medical, and other types of support and services to the troops. In
front operations, such support is provided by the rear services of the
troops, armies and front.
The rear services of the troops and of the armies are completely mobile and
maintain the following amount of supplies: in a division, for four to five
days; in the army, for six to seven days of combat action.
The front rear services constitutes the material and technical base
for rear service support of the troops throughout the entire depth of the
front's offensive operation. The tasks of the front's rear
services echelon are the following:
-- supplying the troops with all kinds of supplies, timely establishment and
maintaining of specified reserves, and their continuous delivery to the troops;
-- preparation and reliable operations of supply routes and transportation
means along with the organization of commandant and traffic control services on
the front's main supply routes;
-- collection, evacuation, and repair of damaged vehicles and weapons;
-- providing medical assistance and treatment of the wounded and sick, taking
anti-epidemic and preventive (sanitary) measures during the front
offensive operation;
-- organization of protection, security and defense of the rear services
installations and keeping order in the front's rear services area;
-- performing the tasks concerning veterinary and quartering services of the
troops and the utilization of local and captured resources.
The troop control of the front's rear services is exercised by the
front commander through the front staff, the deputy
front commander for rear services, the deputy front commander
for technical and armament services, and the chiefs of services directly
subordinate to him. The staff of the front rear services and the
following chiefs of services are subordinate to the chief of the
front's rear services (deputy front commander for rear
services): chiefs of: motor transport service, motor routes, military
communications service, POL supply service, medical service, foodstuff supply
service, clothing supply service, veterinary service, quartering service and
military trade service.
The following service elements are subordinate to the front commander
through the deputy for technical and armaments:
-- rocket and artillery armaments service;
-- armored vehicles service;
-- motor and tractor service;
The following services are directly subordinate to the front
commander:
-- engineer service;
-- chemical service.
The composition of front rear services is not permanent and depends on
the composition of the troops, the missions of the front, the nature
of the theater of military operations and the volume of tasks to be
accomplished by the front's rear services. The composition of the
front rear services can be as follows:
-- forward and rear bases of the front with various supply depots and
service units;
-- mobile rocket technical bases and other units involved in providing support
for rocket units organic to the troops;
-- units and large units of railroad, highways, motor transportation,
pipelines;
-- front forward hospital bases, front rear hospital bases,
independent medical detachments and other special medical units and facilities;
-- military communications service elements;
-- repair and evacuation units and facilities in support of the combat troops
and services;
-- rear services signal communications units and facilities.
-- field military trading stores, bank offices, and military mail;
-- rear service security (guard) units and large units.
In addition, special loading and unloading facilities and specialized
facilities of communications routes may be allocated to the front. The
total strength of the front's rear services may reach the following
figures:
-- the number of large units, units, and independent installations: 250 - 3000
-- personnel: 160,000 - 170,000
-- vehicles: 25,000 - 27,000
The responsibility for timely supplying the troops with weapons, combat
vehicles, equipment, and other material means belongs to the chiefs of arms and
services. This should be taken into account in organization of rear services
support in front offensive operations.
Support of the Rear Services:
General Principles
Organization of rear service support is the process of planning, taking
measures concerning the preparation, deployment and survival of the rear
services, thorough rear services support for the troops and the steady and
reliable command and control of the rear services. The fundamentals of the
organization of rear service support in the front's offensive
operations should be based on the following principles:
-- the organization of rear service support should comply with the plan of
conducting the operations and with the missions of the troops;
-- the grouping of forces and means of the rear services should be capable of
supporting the combat operations of the troops under all conditions, with or
without the employment of nuclear weapons;
-- the main efforts of the rear service should be concentrated on supporting
that grouping of troops which is assigned to accomplish the main mission;
-- insuring sustainability of the groupings of the troops in terms of rear
service support;
-- in operational formations of the ground forces rear service support should
be organized in the interest of all troops participating with them in the
operation.
Deployment:
The deployment of the front rear services echelon is conducted in the
framework of plans prepared in advance. It includes the transition of the rear
services echelon from peacetime to wartime status through mobilization of rear
services elements which is normally carried out concurrently with the
deployment of the combat forces organic to the front. The process
includes upgrading all rear services echelons to a state of full combat
readiness, mobilization of rear services, movement of additional logistical
support units, large units and installations, supplies and stores to the
theater of action and the deployment of the rear services echelon in accordance
with the requirements set for the logistic support of combat actions in
specific situations.
The operational organization of the rear services is the grouping of rear
services troops and means into a structure organized to provide rear service
support to the troops. In front offensive operations the grouping of
rear services forces and means is established in echelons, within the limits of
the rear services area along the main directions of troop actions.
The front's forward rear service base is relocated once every three
days, when the speed of attack is 40 - 60 kilometers per day; so that its
distance from the army's mobile base should not exceed 150 km, which is a
half-day march by the front's transport vehicles.
The front rear services deploy and operate in the front's
rear area. The boundaries of the front rear area are defined as
follows: at the flanks, by the boundaries with adjacent fronts; at the
rear, by the rear boundary of the front specified in the directive of
the commander-in-chief; and forward by the rear boundaries of armies' mobile
bases.
In the (iskhodniye nastupatelhaya rayon), the forming up position for
the attack, the depth of the front's rear area reaches up to 300 - 400
km, while in the course of the offensive operations it may increase to 800 -
900 or more. The front rear services elements deploy in echelons
throughout the depth of the rear services area on the main axes of combat
operations. Their main efforts are allocated in support of the troops
conducting the main attack.
Depending on their missions, mobility, and method of operation, front
rear services units, large units, and installations are grouped into two
echelons, i.e., the forward echelon and the second-echelon of the
front's rear services.
Forward Echelon of Rear Services:
The forward echelon of the front's rear services is composed of the
following elements:
-- forward front bases;
-- rocket engineering units and rocket fuel depots;
-- forward front hospital bases;
-- pipeline units and large units;
-- front mobile repair units and installations, etc.
In the forming up position for the attack the units and installations included
in front rear service forward echelon are grouped in accordance with
the axes of the first-echelon armies' operations. If the available rear
services forces and means are not sufficient, a single grouping is established
to support two adjacent armies.
The forward front's bases are deployed close to the railroads at a
distance of 80 - 100 km from the mobile army bases. To ensure the dispersed
deployment of the forward front base, an area of 150 square kilometers
is required for its deployment. When the front has only one forward
base, it is recommended that it deploy in two locations. The bulk of its
elements should deploy to support the troops operating in the direction of the
main attack and a branch of the base should deploy to support the troops
conducting supporting attacks.
The front's rocket technical units are deployed in accordance with the
grouping of rocket troops. Usually the mobile rocket technical bases of the
front deploy at the beginning of the operation at a distance of 30 -
40 kilometers from the location of the front's rocket brigade, while
the independent rocket park battalion deploys 10 - 15 kilometers apart from the
unloading stations, ports, and supply airfields. The rocket fuel depots and
rocket fuel transportation units deploy close to the unloading stations and
supply airfields. Branches of rocket fuel depots are moved forward to be at a
distance of not more than 50 - 70 km from rocket engineering technical bases.
The deployment of medical installations at the beginning of the operation can
be as follows:
-- at a distance of 50 - 70 km from the front line, groups of hospitals organic
to the rear front hospital bases are deployed and the local hospitals
of the area are also placed under their command;
-- the forward front hospital bases move within the armies' attack
zones in a manner to be prepared to deploy in the course of the operation. In
the absence of rear front hospital bases, the forward front
hospital bases are deployed in advance.
-- the independent medical detachments deploy close to the first-echelon troops
as well as near the front's reserves. this is done in situations when
eliminating the impact of enemy nuclear attacks may become necessary.
Under all circumstances, at the beginning of the operation, the number of
medical installations deployed in the area of each first-echelon army is
calculated to the able to deal with the treatment of all casualties received
during the first two or three days of the operation.
The pipeline brigades are deployed to provide for the flow of POL from the
permanent POL depots as well as from the front's POL depots to the
troops operating in the main grouping of the front elements. If two
pipeline brigades are available in the front, a number of pipelines
can be established on one or two axes of the attack. The main field pipelines
are also used to transport air forces' fuel to the airfields, to transport POL
across rivers, and to bypass the destruction of railroad centers, and also to
disperse POL reserves from large depots.
The front's mobile repair units move in army areas at the beginning of
the operation or they are attached to the armies.
Front Rear Service Second-Echelon:
The front's rear service second-echelon is deployed further to the
rear. It is composed of the following elements:
-- rear front bases;
-- rear front hospital base;
-- repair shops and other units and installations deployed to the rear of the
front rear service areas.
The depots of the rear front base are deployed in echelons along the
railroads. The stationary depots are located in the front's rear area
with their material reserves subordinated to the rear front base. The
order of deployment of front bases depends on their number and the
time of their arrival in the front. Moreover, the locations of their
deployment should be in accordance with the locations of deployment of forward
front bases and their branches. For example, if at the beginning of
the operation, there is only one rear front base available, then its
recommended breakdown should allow its main part to be deployed on the main
rail head and a branch of the base to be allocated to another axis. In addition
a second branch of the base is kept in reserve, for temporary deployment in the
loading area or ready to move to an important railroad extension area.
If two rear front bases are available in the front, then each
one deploys on one or two railroad axes. In this case a branch of the rear
front base should deploy in an area 120 - 150 kilometers from the
forward edge of the battle area, while a second branch should be kept in
reserve to be moved during the operation.
As the experience of field exercises indicates, it is better that the rear
front hospital bases deploy in two to three locations on the main
railroad axes. Depending on their missions and the availability of bases, their
distance from the FEBA can be from 50 - 70 km up to 200 - 300 km.
The repair shops are deployed close to the rear front bases and local
repair facilities are also used if possible.
Rear services units and installations arriving during the operation are
deployed in appropriate areas. Depending on their missions, they should be
deployed on major railroad links or they should be included in the composition
of the first echelon of the front's rear services and deployed
accordingly.
Therefore, in the forming up position for the attack, the rear services units
and installations with less mobility -- the operation of which is closely
dependent on, and connected with, railroad movement -- should be deployed
first, while the mobile units and installations should be kept prepared to move
and follow attacking troops during the operation. For this purpose they should
stay close to the armies which they support.
Redeployment of Rear Service Bases:
The movement and relocation of front rear services large units, units,
and installations in the course of the operation is dependent on the rate of
advance of attacking elements and the situation.
In principal, the distance of the forward echelon of front rear
services from the armies' rear services large units, units, and installations
should not exceed half-a-day's march by transportation means, which is about
150 km. This will ensure daily resupply of the army's exhausted material
reserves and also will facilitate timely medical aid to the wounded and sick
and their evacuation. It will also insure timely recovery, repair, and
restoration of damaged vehicles.
In such cases the army's mobile bases will not be able to follow closely behind
the attacking elements, and may be left behind at a distance of 100 - 200 km.
Therefore the armies' transportation means may be employed to move the supplies
from the forward front bases, and troops transportation means may be
used to move supplies from the army's mobile bases.
According to the above-mentioned principle, the rear services large units,
units, and installations included in the composition of the front's
first rear services echelon should relocate as follows.
Forward front bases should follow the first- echelon armies. The
distance between the forward front bases and their branches and the
army's mobile base should not exceed 150 kilometers. Therefore when the rate of
advance is 45 - 50 km a day, the forward front bases and their
branches should move once every three days. When the rate of advance is 80 -
100 km per day, they should move once a day or once every two days. The forward
front bases may relocate in their entire strength, or they may conduct
alternate movement by moving their branches first and following them with the
bulk of the base. Frequent movement of forward front base is
desirable, but this may decrease its capabilities and will require a large
amount of transport means in its movement.
The front's mobile rocket technical bases follow the attacking troops
in bounds of 150 - 200 kilometers, and the independent rocket park battalions
conduct relocation in accordance with the extension and restoration of
railroads and the establishment of new material support airfields. The rocket
fuel depots and their branches usually move together with the mobile rocket
technical bases.
The forward front hospital bases move to the massive casualty areas
and deploy at a distance of 40 - 50 kilometers from the FEBA.
Mobile repair units move to the areas where a large number of damaged vehicles
are collected.
The rear service large units, units, and installations included in
front rear services second-echelon move in accordance with the
preparation of railroad lines. The rear front base, during the
operation, detaches its branches to areas where railroad construction is
completed, and sometimes it moves on motor routes in the absence of railroads.
In such cases it should be provided with additional motor transport means.
All elements of the rear front base completely relocate only at the
end of the front's offensive operation.
Requirements in the Organization and Content of the Rear
Services Support Plan:
The plan of rear services support, in the interest of the front's
troops is a part of the front's operations plan. Therefore the
requirements pertaining to any command and control document are also applicable
to the plan of rear services support. The plan should be concise and clear. The
conciseness of the plan is achieved by including only the most important
matters concerning the organization of rear services support. The clarity of
the plan is achieved by precisely reflecting the special symbols of the rear
services, of supply routes, and transportation means, and also by providing the
most effective data tables in the plan. The plan of rear services support
should be organized in complete conformity with the concept of the operations
and the missions of the troops.
The contents of the rear services support plan include all matters concerning
rear service support of the troops handled by the deputy front
commander for rear services and the service chiefs. The plan also includes
issues of supplying the troops with ammunition, vehicles, and technical
equipment, since the deputy front commander for rear services is
responsible for their timely supply. The supply of the troops with rockets and
their movement by specialized transportation means, technical support of
armament, armored vehicle support, motor and tractor and other equipment
support are reflected in other plans prepared by the chiefs of the
front's services who are not subordinate to the deputy front
commander for rear service support.
The front's rear service support plan in an offensive operation
normally reflects the following:
-- the basic missions of front's rear services.
-- the composition of front's rear services including the large units,
units, and installations of the rear services planned to support the offensive
operation;
-- the deployment of the front's rear services during the preparation
of the operations and their movement during the course of the operation;
-- the front's communications routes, their development, restoration
and maintenance during the operation;
-- material support of the front troops;
-- medical support of the front troops;
-- protection, security and defense of the front rear.
-- organization of command and control of the front's rear services;
-- other matters.
In planning rear services support the following principles must be observed:
-- The plan should reflect the future volume of the rear services actions in
planned operations in terms of their actual capabilities;
-- A unified plan should be worked out for the operations with or without the
employment of nuclear weapons;
-- The plan is worked out in accordance with the front's missions.
Rear service support during the accomplishment of the immediate mission,
particularly for the first three days of operation, is reflected is more
detail.
-- The front's rear services support plan for offensive operations
reflects only the most important and basic matters, and does not include all
tasks of the rear services, which are included in other plans, such as the plan
of dispersion of material reserves, material supply plan, rear service support
of airborne and seaborne assault operations, and the plan of rear services
regrouping;
-- The plan should be worked out in a short time. While in peacetime sufficient
time is available to prepare the plan, in the beginning of the war, as well as
in the course of the war, time is normally limited, and therefore the logistic
support plan should be worked out in a short time;
-- The tables of the rear services support plan should be worked out in a
format which can be used in computers.
The front's rear services support plan is prepared on a map with
written instructions, or it can be prepared in written form with a map annex.
The plan is signed by the chief of the front rear services and his
chief of staff. It is coordinated with the front's chief of staff and
approved by the front commander.
The initial data in preparing the plan of rear services support are the
following:
-- the rear service directive of the Armed Forces Chief of the General Staff;
-- the decision of the front commander for offensive operations and
his instructions on rear service support;
-- the decision of the deputy front commander for rear services on the
organization of the rear services support for the offensive operation;
-- the information on the size, number, composition, and the status of the
troops;
-- information about the composition, deployment, mobilization, status, and
location of operational rear services.
The directives of the Armed Forces General Staff constitute the basis for
planning and, without waiting for the other information, the preparations for
planning should begin once the directive is received. The commander's decision
and his instructions on rear services support are supplemented by other initial
data in planning the rear service support for the front's offensive
operation.
Front Level Rear Service Principles:
General Principles of Supply:
The forces will receive sufficient supplies every day in order to maintain
their prescribed norms;
-- priority of supply goes to those forces which are successful;
-- transport vehicles at all echelons will be used to their maximum capacity;
-- forces in the second echelon will supply themselves through the use of their
organic vehicles;
-- in the event of a rapid advance or a successful airborne operation, supplies
will be moved by air and special air fields will be prepared to receive them;
-- transloading from one vehicle to another should be avoided.
Rules Governing Movement of Supplies and Types of Transport
Vehicles:
Up to front Rear Base:
-- 75% by rail
-- 15% by motor vehicles
-- up to 10% by pipeline
From front Rear Base to front Mobile Base:
-- up to 15% by rail
-- 75% by motor vehicles
-- 10% by pipeline
-- 5% by air
From front Mobile Base to Field Army Mobile Base:
-- 90% moved by motor vehicles
-- 5% by air
The planning for supply is conducted by the staff of the rear services in
conjunction with individual services, such as transportation, tracked vehicle,
rations, clothing, etc. The daily ranges of transport vehicles are:
-- 200 km for transport vehicles of the forces;
-- 250 km for transport vehicles of the field army;
-- 300 km for transport vehicles of front
Rear Services Management:
Rear Services management includes planning and a series of measures concerning
readiness, deployment, operation of the rear services, comprehensive support
(obespecheniye) of the forces and firm command and control of the rear
services. The main principles of management of rear service support for the
forces in a front offensive operation will be based on the following
fundamentals:
-- management of rear service support for the forces must comply with the
overall planning of the conduct of the operation and mission of the forces;
-- the deployment of rear services forces and means should be capable of
supporting combat activities in all circumstances, in both conventional and
nuclear environments;
-- the principal emphasis of the rear services forces should be oriented
towards supporting those forces carrying out the main mission;
-- there must be assurance that from the rear service point-of-view the highest
degree of initiative will be available to the groupings of the forces.
-- the management of rear services means should be carried out in such a manner
that all the units participating in a given operation might profit from such
support.
Establishment of the Rear Services in an Offensive Operation and
Methods of Movement:
Establishing the rear services includes a series of measures with respect to
the distribution and deployment of rear service forces and means. It also
includes establishing an environment favorable to the uninterrupted flow of
materials to the forces within the framework of the operation. The action of
establishing the rear services comprises the following:
-- preparation of rear service large units, units, and installations for
accomplishing their mission;
-- positioning and movement of rear service units and installations;
-- measures for protection from the effects of weapons of mass destruction;
-- protection and physical security of rear area targets;
-- establishing the rear services is based on the commander's decision within
the specific operation, with consideration given to the existing situation.
Tailoring the rear services is based on the grouping of the forces.
Front Level Requirements Concerning Content and Management
of Rear Service Support Plans:
The plan for rear service support is part of an overall operational plan. The
rear service support plan presents the same requirements as all the other
command and control documents. Conciseness of the rear services support plan
may be achieved by applying the salient features of rear service management.
Clarity of the plan may be achieved by careful usage of rear service symbols
and of clear marking of principal truck routes, as well as through the use of
charts and diagrams. The rear service plan will be based completely on the
overall concept of the operation and the mission of the forces. The plan's
content will include items relevant to the rear service support of the forces
as prescribed by the deputy commander for rear services and other subordinate
services. The plan also gives special consideration to the support of the
forces with ammunition and technical equipment (all the items are specified in
terms of palatable units and tonnages). The deputy commander for rear services
is responsible for timely supply to the forces. Rocket supply and transport by
special vehicles, supply of technical weapons, supply of armored, armored
tracked and other vehicles, are specified in a separate plan of the
chiefs-of-services subordinate to the deputy commander for rear services.
The following is usually pointed out in the front rear service support
plan for a offensive operation:
-- principal mission of the front rear services;
-- composition of the front Rear services with consideration for
attached major units and installations within the framework of the planned
offensive;
-- the preparation and deployment of the front rear service during
preparatory stages of the operation and its movement during the course of the
operation;
-- front communication routes, their maintenance, repair and
serviceability;
-- supply/support of front forces;
-- continuous flow of supplies;
-- medical support for front forces;
-- protection, security and defense of the front rear services;
-- management of front rear service command and control.
-- other subjects.
During the preparatory stage of rear service support planning, the following
principles are taken into consideration:
-- the plan should reflect the future volume of rear service activities within
the planned operation and should be based upon the real capabilities of the
rear services;
-- the rear services plan should be prepared in such manner as to be applicable
to both conventional and nuclear war;
-- the plan will be prepared in accordance with the front mission;
support measures for the immediate mission, especially for the initial two to
three days of the operation, will be reflected in much detail;
-- the various aspects of the rear service tasks will be reflected in separate
plans (e.g. the supply, storage, and dispersal plan, the securing of supplies,
the rear service support of air, airborne and amphibious operations, and
regrouping).
The front rear service plan only mentions the most important elements:
-- while in peacetime, a sufficient amount of time is available for the
preparation of the plan; this may not be the case at the onset of hostilities
or during a war situation. It is therefore imperative that the plan be prepared
within the shortest period of time;
-- schematics used in preparation of the rear service support plan should use a
format permitting its processing by computers;
-- the rear service support plan is prepared with the use of an overlay as well
as written comments, or in a narrative form with a map annex.
The plan will be signed by the rear services chief of staff as well as the
chief of rear services and must be coordinated with the chief of staff of the
front and authenticated by the front Commander.
Estimate of Rear Service Situation and Rear Service Decision Made by
Chief of Rear Services
The chief of rear services estimates the situation and makes his decision
including the following points.
1. situation and status of rear service installation and services:
-- situation, status, character and capability of operation and location of
rear service large units, units and installations in front;
-- the situation, status and capacity of supply motor routes, railroads,
seaports, airfields and transportation routes;
-- availability and level of material, medical technical and the supplies in
the front rear service installations and in the operational formations
and large units organic to the front;
-- situation, and status of mobile technical bases or rockets and rocket fuel
depots;
-- number of sick and wounded in front mobile hospital bases and
separate medical detachments of armies and in divisional medical battalions,
along with the capacity and status of front mobile hospitals and
medical transport means;
-- status and capability of repair and evacuation units of the front
and number of heavily and medium damaged vehicles in these troop units;
-- volume of ammunition expenditure and technical, medical and other supply
requirements during the preparation period and in the course of the operation.
How many days of supply of ammunition, material, technical equipment and
medical supplies should by supplied by the end of the operation.
2. preparation of calculations for the commander to make the decision and to
issue instructions on rear services. Also calculations for front chief
of rear services to make his decision.
3. measures to be taken in order to organize rear service support (rear service
decision):
-- establishment of operational formation of rear service echelon (deployment
of elements and organs of first- and second-echelon of rear services and their
relocation during the course of the operation);
-- measures on medical support during the operation; evacuation and treatment
of seriously wounded and sick to main front hospitals;
-- measures on collection, repair and evacuation of damaged vehicles;
-- supply of rockets and deployment of mobile technical bases of rockets and of
rocket fuel depots;
-- demarkation of the army's rear service area;
-- lateral and axis motor routes of the front and their location and
construction and organization of provost and traffic control service along the
entire system of supply routes;
-- directions of extension of railroads to improve the supply system and what
troops are to be employed on this;
-- which seaports and air means are allocated to be used in the supply of
armies;
-- in what directions the main pipelines are going to be extended;
-- the main principles of supply to insure undisrupted supply of the troops;
-- the organization of protection, defense and security of rear service
installations and the troops and means to be employed for this purpose;
-- organization of troop control.
Instructions From TVD High Command (General Staff) On
Rear Services
1. Composition of the rear service.
2. Missions of the front's rear service are as follows:
-- support of all troops with all types of material means, timely establishment
and maintenance of specified material reserves and their continuous delivery to
the troops;
-- preparation and support of uninterrupted operation of supply routes and
transport means and organization of commandant service and traffic control on
main front routes;
-- collection, evacuation and repair of damaged weapons and equipment;
-- provision of medical support, treatment of wounded and sick, conduct of anti
epidemic and preventive medicine measures during the front's offensive
operation;
-- organization of protection, defense, and security of rear service targets
and maintenance of order in the front's rear service area;
-- veterinary support, quartermaster service, and exploitation of local sources
and captured means during the operation.
3. The front's rear service with all of its large units (i.e.,
"soedinenie" - in this case, rear service brigades),
units (i.e., "chast'," or regiments and separate
battalions), and installations (bases and repair plants) are to be brought to
the state of full combat readiness; their mobilization must be conducted in a
way to meet the requirements of the accomplishment of assigned missions with
particular emphasis on the covert nature of the mobilization. The deployment
and movement of rear service large units, units and installations and material
reserves within the TVD will be in accordance with the plans of combat
readiness and operational deployment by the TVD. Any deviation from the plans
is to be reported immediately.
4. The boundaries of the rear service area: Army rear service areas will be
specified by the front. At the flanks they confirm with the
front's assigned boundaries. The rear boundary passes through the
following points: Koszalvn, Watcz, and Szamotvly.
5. The forward echelon of the central rear service supplying the front
deploys in area Szczecin.
6. To facilitate better flow of supplies to the front the following
ports and stations are to be established:
-- areas of temporary unloading (VPR) of the front: in the vicinity of
Prenzlan and Eberswalde;
-- one distribution port of the front (R/P) in the vicinity of
Swinoujscie;
-- one unloading (delivery) port for the 3rd Pomeranian Army in the vicinity of
Swinoujscie;
-- one unloading (delivery) port for the 5th Army in the vicinity of
Greifswald;
-- additionally, the front will establish 2-3 distribution stations
(R/S) for each first-echelon army.
7. The front is to establish at least one frontal military
motor route (FVAD) behind each army in the first-echelon with a capacity of
10,000 vehicles per day during the preparation and conduct of the operation.
Establishment of roads during preparation is to be covert. Organization of air
defense cover and technical support of these routes and other front
roads must be conducted in coordination with national air defense forces and
engineer directorates at all levels.
8. in the front's area two main field pipelines (PMT) are established
including one 150 mm pipeline in the direction of the main attack of the
front and one 100 mm pipeline behind the army attacking in the
direction of Jutland Peninsula. The front will continue these
pipelines with its own means. Coordinate with ~VD staff as to location.
9. Two Front Area Service Bases (FTB) are to established along the
railroads and reported to the TVD Chief of the rear as follows:
-- base number 1 in the area ..........
-- base number 2 in the area ..........
10. Three Front Rear Hospital Bases (FTGB) are to be established and
reported as follows:
-- base number 1 in the direction of Jutland Peninsula (FTGB-1) in the area
..........
-- base number 2 (FTGB-2) in the area ..........
--base number 3 (FTGB-3) in the area ..........
11. Supply is to be conducted principally from top to bottom. To prevent
additional transportation, loading from one transport to another must be
avoided; material should be delivered directly to two echelons lower as much as
possible.
-- to increase the speed of supply and timely delivery of means to troops,
maximum use must be made of all available and economic transport mean, such as
railroads, motor vehicle, naval, river, and air transport; coordination with
the military committees of the local communist parties is authorized at the
receipt of this instruction.
12. during the conduct of the offensive operation, the distance of the
front's forward bases with armies' mobile bases must not exceed half
of the daily movement distance, i.e., 15 km.
13. measures on concealment and dispersion of material reserves and rear
service units are to take account of the threat of enemy air strikes.
14. security, protection, and defense of rear service targets against enemy
saboteurs and reconnaissance-subversive groups must be taken, including from
NATO forces in the Berlin area, and also actions against possible enemy use of
mass-destruction weapons, facilitating the elimination of the consequences of
the mass-destruction weapons and restoration of the combat effectiveness of
rear service large units, units, and installations. Front plans are to
be reported to higher headquarters.
15. report the location of the front rear service control point.
Chief of Staff, Western TVD ------------ -Deputy Commander for the Rear
Services and Chief of the Rear, Western TVD
General of the Army Alekseyev, A.N. ---General-lieutenant Arlinikidze, M.A.
Member of the Military Council of the Rear - General-Major Griboyedov, N.N.
|
|
|
Figure 283 Composition
of front rear service organiztions

 |
|
|
Figure 283 Composition
of front rear service organiztions
COMPOSITION OF FRONT
REAR SERVICE LARGE UNITS AND UNITS
|
Large Units, Units and Installations |
Available |
Arrive during the Operation |
D Day |
D+1 |
D+2 |
D+3 |
D+4 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
Front Rear Service Base (FTB) |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Forward Front Base (FPB) |
2 |
1 |
|
|
|
|
Front Hospital Base (FTGB) |
2 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
Forward Hospital Base (FPGB) |
3 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
Transport Brigade (AVTO BR) |
1 |
1 |
|
1 |
|
|
Railroad Brigades (DJD BR) |
2 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
Road Construction Brigades (DK BR) |
2 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
Pipeline Brigade (TP BR) |
2 |
1 |
|
|
|
|
Bridging Brigade (MOS BR) |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rocket Fuel Transport BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Ambulance BN (VASB) |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Air Ambulance Regt. |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Railroad Exploitation Regt. |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
Railroad Bridging Regt. |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Signal Regt. |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rear Service Security Division |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Repair Installation Front Rocket Repair Plant |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Arty Repair Plant |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Radar Repair Plant |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Air Defense Arty Repair Plant |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
SAM Repair Plant |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Arty Armament Evaluation BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tank Collection BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mobile Tank Repair Plant |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mobile Tank Parts Repair Plant |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Armor Vehicles Evaluation BN |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Tank Repair and Restoration BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Motor Assembly Repair Plant |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Tracked Vehicles Assembly Repair Plant |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Motor and Tractor Evacuation BN |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Engineer Equipment Repair BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Engineer Main Parts Repair BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tank Armament Evaluation BN |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Format
Front's Rear Service Directive
Identification of Map
No____ HQ____ Date____
1. Front's forward and rear bases, the boundaries between them, the
identification of the armies' rear areas. (This is partially in words, and
partially, where it is easier to express, on the map)
-- locations_______ opening times_______
-- distribution of supplies
--- - ammo (in units of fire);
--- - POL (in refills);
--- - food (in numbers of man/day rations).
2. Supply routes
-- front and armies supply routes (location, numerization, times
open);
-- improved dirt roads (location, numerization, capacity, times open);
-- traffic control system;
-- medical evacuation routes (location, evac. points);
-- material evacuation routes (location, evac. points).
3. Transportation
-- means to be used -- supporting units, supported units;
-- supply transfer points (location, opening time);
-- transport units (what armies attached to, from -- to --);
-- use of local and captured transportation assets (policy, use).
4. Material supply norms and allocations
- (by type of supply -- ammo, POL, rations).
5. Repair and evacuation of material
-- damaged vehicles collection areas
- initial situation;
- in the process of the operation.
- repair plan at front and army installation - who does what to what.
6. Medical service
-- deployment of front rear and forward hospital bases (location, time
of opening);
-- medical evacuation procedures and plan;
-- use of field ambulance units, and their attachment or allocation to
subordinate armies.
7. Order and procedures of front's rear services installations and
units in the course of the operation.
8. Command and control measures.
|
|
|
Rear Service Directive Of The Baltic Front
No 1 HQ Baltic Front 14 Mar. 89
Map 1:500,000, TPC E-2B, 1986 ed
1. Boundaries of the armies' rear areas are established as follows:
-- 20th Guards Tank Army: rear boundary passes through the following
points--Rathenow and Kyritz;
-- 2nd Silesian Army: rear boundary passes through the following points--Kyritz
and Leizen;
-- 2nd Guards Army: rear boundary passes through the following points--Leizen
and Raduhn;
-- 5th Army: rear boundary passes through the following points-- Raduhn and
Wismar.
2. The front's rear boundary passes through the points--Kozalin,
Watcz, and Szamotvly.
3. The front's rear bases are established at Neuruppin and
Neubrandenberg. The front's forward bases are established at
Wittenberge and Parchim. A third forward base will be established at Stendal on
D-Day. Beginning on D+2, forward bases will be moved west to insure that the
distance between forward front bases and army mobile bases does not
exceed half of the daily movement distance.
4. Opening time for the front's rear area facilities will be D-1
unless otherwise established.
5. Priority in distribution of supplies will be given to the main axis, with
approximately 50% allocated to the 20th Guards Tank Army and 2nd Silesian Army.
Approximately 20% will be allocated to the 5th Army on the Jutland axis.
Approximately 15% will be allocated to the 2nd Guards Army. Approximately 15%
will be held in reserve for contingencies and the second-echelon.
6. To facilitate movement of supplies, a distribution port of the
front (R/P) is established in the vicinity of Swinoujscie. One
unloading (delivery) port is established in the vicinity of Swinouscie, and
another unloading (delivery) port is established in the vicinity of Greifswald.
Temporary unloading areas (VPR) are established in the vicinity of Prenzlau and
Eberswalde. Distribution stations are established in the vicinity of the
following locations: Stendal, Osterburg/Altmark, Seehausen/Altmark,
Wittenberge, Karstadt, Ludwigslust, Schwepin, and Schonberg. On D+2, additional
distribution stations are planned in the vicinity of Celle, Uelzen, and Lubeck.
7. Front and army resupply routes are established and identified as
follows:
-- rail routes A--Swinoujscie to Eberswalde, open D-7;
-- rail route B--USSR, through Pila, to Eberswalde, open D-7;
-- rail route C--Swinoujscie to Prenzlau, open D-7;
-- rail route D--USSR, through Szczecinek, to Prenzlau, open D-7;
-- rail route E--Greifswald to Prenzlau, open D-7;
-- rail route F--Greifswald to Schwepin, open D-2;
-- rail route G--Eberswalde to Neubrandenburg, open D-2;
-- rail route H--Prenzlau to Neubrandenburg, open D-2;
-- rail route I--Neuruppin to Stendal, Osterburg/Altmark, and
Seehausen/Altmark, open D-1;
-- rail route J--Neuruppin to Wittenberge and Karstadt, open D-1;
-- rail route K--Neubrandenburg to Ludwigslust, Scwepin, and Schonberg, open
D-1;
-- motor route 1--Stendal west toward Celle, open D-Day, capable of 5,000
vehicles per day;
-- motor route 2--Osterburg/Altmark west toward Celle, open D-Day, capable of
10,000 vehicles per day;
-- motor route 3--Seehausen/Altmark west toward Bergen, open D-Day, capable of
10,000 vehicles per day;
-- motor route 4--Wittenberge west toward Uelzen, open D+1, capable of 14,000
vehicles per day, bridging and construction of 9 km of road required
(capability building over time);
-- motor route 5--Karstadt west toward Uelzen, open D-Day, capable of 8,000
vehicles per day;
-- motor route 6--Ludwigslust west toward Uelzen, open D-Day, capable of 11,000
vehicles per day;
-- motor route 7--Schwepin west toward South Lubeck, open D-Day, capable of
10,000 vehicles per day;
-- motor route 8--Schonberg west toward North Lubeck, open D-day, capable of
10,000 vehicles per day.
8. Secondary motor routes will be established by each army's rear service chief
and reported to the front rear service command post. Secondary motor
routes will be numbered based on the primary motor route from which they depart
(i.e., 1a. 1b, 1c, etc. off of motor route 1).
9. Traffic control will be the responsibility of each army within its rear
area, and will be given a high priority, motor routes 2, 3, and 7 are
designated one way routes, and will be reserved for troops, equipment, and
supplies moving forward to support the direct battle only. All other motor
routes are two way, but can be designated one way routes if necessary, with the
concurrence of the front rear service command post. Material
evacuation will beg via the two way motor routes. Priority on two way routes
will go to troops, supplies, and equipment moving forward.
10. The front will have one transportation brigade (three battalions)
available prior to D-Day. One battalion will be dedicated to support of the
armies on the main axis (half to each of the two main axis armies), one to the
army on the northern axis, and one battalion will be controlled directly by the
front rear service. On D-Day, another brigade will be added, with two
of the battalions dedicated to the main axis (one to each army), and the other
under the front's control. The final transportation brigade is
scheduled to become available on D+2, with one battalion to the main effort,
one to the northern axis, and the third remaining under the front's
control. Front controlled transportation battalion assets can be
requested if necessary through the rear service command post. Captured
transportation assets can be used if necessary, but use should be minimized.
11. Material resupply will be in accordance with established norms and in the
following priority: ammunition, POL, technical supplies (spares), rations, and
clothing.
12. Material requiring repair will be handled in accordance with the following
guidance. Damaged equipment which can be repaired through minor maintenance
will be repaired by the armies. Vehicles and equipment which require major
maintenance will be collected by the armies for shipment back to repair
facilities. Collection centers will be established in the vicinity of Celle,
Uelzen, and Lubeck. Planned opening of the collection centers is early on D+2.
Additional collection centers will be established by the armies moving forward
on the two axes and reported to the rear service command post. Motor routes 1,
5 and 8 will be used to transport equipment requiring extensive repair to
railheads. During the initial phase of the operation, this return shipment will
be planned between 1000-1600, to prevent conflict with troops, supplies, and
equipment going forward. One company each of the Artillery Armament Evacuation
Battalion, the Tank Armament Evacuation Battalion, the Tank Collection
Battalion, the Armor Vehicles Evacuation Battalion, and the Motor and Tractor
Evacuation Battalion will be at each collection center. Major repair facilities
will be located as follows:
-- rocket repair plant--Neuruppin, open D+1;
-- artillery repair plant--Neuruppin, open D+1;
-- radar repair plant--Neubrandenburg, open D+2;
-- air defense artillery plant--Neubrandenburg, open D+2;
-- SAM repair plant--Neubrandenburg, open D+2;
-- mobile tank repair plant--Wittenberge, open D+1;
-- mobile tank parts repair plant--Neuruppin, open D+2;
-- motor assembly repair plant--Neubrandenburg, open D+2;
-- tracked vehicles assembly repair plant--Wittenberge, open D+1;
-- engineer equipment repair plant--Neubrandenberg, open D+1.
13. Frontal medical services: front hospital bases are
established at Neuruppin and Neubrandenburg, and will be open D-7; another
front hospital base will arrive at D+1 in Parchim, and will be
established by D+3, freeing the forward hospital base at Parchim to leapfrog
forward on approximately D+4; forward front hospital bases are
established at Schwepin, Parchim, and Stendal, and will open D-1; an additional
forward hospital base is planned for Uelzen, and is planned to open D+3; the
forward hospital base from Parchim will move forward behind the main axis of
advance, and be established in Celle; planned opening D+6;
-- the air ambulance regiment will be split between Neuruppin and
Neubrandenburg, and will support urgent aeromedical evacuations on both axes;
on D+1, elements of the air ambulance regiment will move forward to Stendal and
Schwepin; as the forward hospitals are established at Uelzenand Celle, the air
ambulance element from Neuruppin will move forward;
-- two field ambulance battalions (VASB) are available; one company of field
ambulances will be attached to each first-echelon army specifically to move
serious casualties from triage stations to forward hospitals; one company of
ambulances will be on call at each forward hospital; as medical conditions
permit, long term patients will be moved back to the front hospital
bases, and, if necessary, out of theater.
14. Additional rear area capabilities will be as follows:
-- railroad battalions--one each allocated to the 20th Guards Tank Army, the
2nd Silesian Army, and the 5th Army; The other three will be allocated to the
front; on D+2 three more battalions become available and will be
allocated to the armies as above;
-- road construction battalions--one each allocated to the 20th Guards Tank
Army, the 2nd Silesian Army, and the 5th Army; two battalions assigned to
construct the road linking Wittenberge with Gartow; one battalion is allocated
to the front; on D+1 three more battalions become available; they will
be allocated to the armies as above; once the Wittenberge and Schwepin to
repair any damage to the existing pipelines;
-- one pipeline brigade will be assigned to each axis; they will lay a 150 mm
pipeline along the main axis and a 100 mm pipeline along the northern axis; on
D-Day, another pipeline brigade becomes available, and it will be split between
Wittenberge and Schwepin to repair any damage to the existing pipelines;
-- one bridging battalion will be assigned to each axis; the third bridging
battalion will initially be assigned to the Wittenberge-Gartow road; once that
is complete, it will remain under the front's control to repair
potential interdiction damage;
-- one railroad exploitation regiment is available; approximately 75% of it
will be allocated to the main axis, and 25% to the northern axis;
-- one railroad bridging regiment is available; approximately 75% of it will be
allocated to the main axis, and 25@ to the northern axis;
-- one signal regiment is available; it will be dedicated to the
front's rear service command and control, and to links with each of
the armies' rear service command posts; signal within an army's rear area is
that army's responsibility;
-- one MRD is available for frontal rear area security; initially, one
brigade will be deployed in Eberswalde, one brigade in Neuruppin, and one
brigade in Neubrandenburg, all to redeploy as necessary; each army will provide
its own rear area security; Security, defense, and protection of rear service
potential targets must be mae available against enemy saboteurs and
reconnaissance-subversive groups; preparations to minimize the consequences of
enemy use of weapons of mass-destruction must be made; each army will report
its rear area security plan to the Deputy Front Commander for the
Rear.
15. The rear service command post will be located in Szczecin, open as of now.
The alternate rear service command post is in Neubrandenburg. The rear service
command post will move forward every other day. Expected follow on locations
are Neubrandenburg and Wittenberge. Armies will report their rear service
control points to the rear service command post and provide prior notification
prior to moving their control points.
__________, General-Colonel ________, Gen-Lt
First Deputy Front Commander/ Deputy Front Commander
Chief of Staff for the Rear
|
|
|
Air Army's Rear
Service
The rear services of the front's air army is managed by the deputy air
army commander for rear services. The air army's rear service is composed of
the following elements:
-- headquarters (staff) of air army's rear service;
-- air army's bases (one to two in the air army);
-- aviation technical support regiments (the number of which depends on the
number of aviation divisions in the air army).
Each regiment is composed of three to four separate aviation technical support
battalions (OBATO), as follows:
-- separate aviation technical support battalions, the number of which depends
on the number of separate aviation regiments in the air army;
-- separate aviation technical support companies (ORTO), the number of such
companies in the air army is the same as the number of separate aviation
squadrons in the air army.
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment of enemy air force.